NEW EDITION English Practice Grammar For intermediate learners of English For home-study and classroom use Authentic examples of language in use Full answer key and self-assessment test Michael Macfarlane NEW EDITION English Practice Grammar For intermediate learners of English For home-study and classroom use Authentic examples of language in use Full answer key and self-assessment test Michael Macfarlane Published by Garnet Publishing Ltd. 8 Southern Court South Street Reading RG1 4QS, UK Acknowledgements The publishers would like to thank the following for their kind permission to reproduce images and copyright material: Copyright © 2013 Garnet Publishing Ltd. Page 24: English Heritage plaque reproduced with kind permission of English Heritage, ©English Heritage. Reprinted 2014. The right of Michael Macfarlane to be identified as the author of this work has been asserted by him in accordance with the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988. Page 22: Text from the website of the Gulf Bank’s Blood Donation Movement, in collaboration with Kuwait Central Blood Bank. Page 31: “excerpt” from UNDER MILK WOOD, ©1952 by Dylan Thomas. Reprinted by permission of New Directions Publishing Corp. Pages 84 and 166: Texts reproduced with kind permission of The Donkey Sanctuary. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior permission of the Publisher. Any person who does any unauthorized act in relation to this publication may be liable to criminal prosecution and civil claims for damages. ISBN 978 1 85964 688 5 British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library. Production Project manager: Kayleigh Buller Editorial team: Kayleigh Buller, Sue Coll, Kate Kemp, Rachel Lovering, Kevin McNicholas, Sarah Whiting Design and layout: Mike Hinks, Nick Asher Illustration: Doug Nash Photography: istockphoto.com, clipart.com, Corbis, Getty Images Every effort has been made to trace the copyright holders and we apologize in advance for any unintentional omissions. We will be happy to insert the appropriate acknowledgements in any subsequent editions. Printed and bound in Lebanon by International Press: [email protected] Page 170: Article reproduced with kind permission of The Independent, ©The Independent 1998. Page 226: Bottom text reproduced with kind permission of The Wilts and Berks Canal Trust. Page 230: Use of the red cross emblem and designation in this publication has been authorized by the British Red Cross Society. The red cross emblem is a symbol of neutrality and protection whose use is restricted under international and national laws. Page 232: RSPB logo reprinted with kind permission of The Royal Society for the Protection of Birds. Second text on page reprinted with kind permission of Thames Valley Local Resilience Forum from their “Are you ready?” booklet. Contents Introduction for the student 7 Introduction for the teacher 9 The sentence and its parts 1 Word classes 2 The sentence: types and structures 10 12 Basic verb forms 3 Imperatives 4 Present simple 5 Present simple: be 6 Present continuous 7 Present simple or present continuous? 8 Past simple 9 Past simple: be 10 Past continuous 11 Present perfect 1 12 Present perfect 2 13 Present perfect or past simple? 14 Present perfect continuous 15 Past perfect and past simple 16 Future with going to 17 Future with will 18 Future continuous 19 Future perfect 20 Review: the future 21 have and have got 22 Review: main verb forms 23 Review: auxiliary verb forms 24 Short form or full form? 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 60 Question forms and answers 25 Yes/No questions 26 Wh~ questions 27 Tag questions 28 Short answers 29 Indirect forms; question word + infinitive 30 So and Neither/Nor; so and not 62 64 66 68 70 72 3 4 Modal forms 31 Ability and possibility 32 Requests, permission and offers 33 Advice and criticism 34 Necessity and obligation 35 Non-necessity and negative obligation 36 Certainty and uncertainty 37 Review: past modal forms 38 Review: modal forms 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 Passive verb forms 39 Passive: formation and uses 40 Passive tenses and modal forms 41 Other passive structures 92 94 96 Infinitives and ~ing forms 42 Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 1? 43 Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 2? 44 Verb + object + infinitive 45 Verb + preposition + ~ing form 46 Adjective + preposition + ~ing form; be/get used to and used to 47 Structures with ~ing clauses 48 Common expressions with ~ing forms 98 100 104 106 108 110 114 Conditional forms 49 Zero and first conditionals 50 Second conditionals 51 Third conditionals 52 wish and if only; other conditional forms 116 118 120 122 Reported speech 53 Reported statements 54 Reported questions 55 Reported orders, etc.; special reporting verbs 124 126 128 Nouns and articles 56 Nouns: singular and plural 57 Irregular noun forms 58 Countable and uncountable nouns 59 Two-word nouns 60 Articles 1: a/an, the and some 61 Articles 2: general and specific 62 Direct and indirect objects 130 132 134 136 138 142 146 Determiners and pronouns 63 Demonstrative forms; one and ones 64 some or any 65 something, anybody, everyone, etc. 66 there is, there are; it, they, them, etc. 67 Quantity 68 Quantifier + of 69 Personal pronouns: subject and object 70 Possessive forms 71 Reflexive pronouns 148 150 152 154 156 158 160 162 164 Relative clauses 72 Relative clauses with who, which, that 73 Reduced relative clauses; prepositions; whom 74 Relative clauses with whose, what, when, where, why 75 Relative clauses with ~ing, ~ed and infinitive forms 76 Defining and ‘adding extra’ relative clauses 166 168 170 172 174 Adjectives and adverbs 77 Use of adjectives; word order 78 Participle adjectives; it + adjective + infinitive; the young 79 Adjectives and adverbs 80 Adverb positions 81 Adverb types 82 Comparison 1: adjectives and adverbs 83 Comparison 2: sentence patterns 84 too and enough 85 a bit, very; much, a lot; so, such 176 178 180 184 186 190 194 196 198 5 6 Prepositions 86 Prepositions 1: place and movement 87 Prepositions 2: place 88 Prepositions 3: time 1 89 Prepositions 4: time 2 90 Preposition + noun; noun + preposition 91 Adjective + preposition 200 204 206 210 212 214 Prepositional and phrasal verbs 92 Prepositional verbs 93 Phrasal verbs 216 218 Linking ideas, sentences and discourse 94 Linking ideas in a single clause 95 Linking ideas in sentences 1: overview 96 Linking ideas in sentences 2: contrast 97 Linking ideas in sentences 3: purpose, reason and result 98 Linking ideas in sentences 4: conditions and future time connections 99 Connecting sentences 100 Shaping discourse 222 224 226 228 230 232 234 Answer key 236 Checkpoint self-test 263 Checkpoint self-test answer key 270 Appendices 1 Irregular verbs 2 Some spelling rules 3 Punctuation 4 Numbers 5 Days, dates and times 6 British and American English 271 273 276 278 280 281 Index 285 Introduction for the student Is English Practice Grammar right for me? Yes, if you are no longer a beginner. Yes, if you are not yet an advanced user of English. Yes, if you find examples of English in real-life contexts useful. Yes, if you want to master the 100 essential areas of English grammar. How can this book help me? You can use English Practice Grammar to go straight to the grammar area you know you need to study. Or you can use the Checkpoint self-test first if you are not sure which areas of grammar you need to practise. Whichever route you choose, this book will help you to understand the grammar, see it in use and practise it. Do not try to use this book from start to finish. It is not a course book! What does the book contain and why? The Contents (pages 3–6) and the Index (pages 285–295) help you to find the specific piece of grammar you are looking for. The Checkpoint self-test (pages 263–269) helps you to find out which areas of grammar you most need to study. You can also use the Checkpoint self-test after you have studied a piece of grammar to make sure you have really understood it. The 100 units explain the essential grammar of English and provide practice exercises for each point. Most of the units have two pages – a page of grammar and contextualized examples, and a page of practice exercises. Some particularly important grammar areas have two pages of explanation and two pages of exercises. From Unit 2 onwards, references at the bottom of the grammar pages direct you to other units that deal with related areas of grammar. The Answer key (pages 236–262) allows you to check your work with the exercises. The Checkpoint self-test allows you to check your understanding further. The Appendices (pages 271–284) give you information about irregular verbs, spelling rules, punctuation, numbers, days, dates and times, and differences between British and American English. 7 What’s in a unit? Grammatical forms. Exercises 35 Illustrated grammar situations. needn’t, mustn’t, didn’t need to, didn’t have to, needn’t have FORMS 1 Complete the statements. Use needn’t or mustn’t. needn’t and mustn’t Examples: I mustn’t forget his phone number. I have to phone him tonight. She doesn’t need to do any housework. She’s got a maid. didn’t need to and needn’t have 1 Don’t you like it? Well, you ____________ drink it if you don’t want to. 3 You ____________ make so much noise. This is a library. 4 You ____________ finish the report today, but please can I have it tomorrow? ACROSSCHECK CROSSCHECK B mustn’t Use must for saying something is necessary. We must get there by 11:00. Use need not (or not need to/not have to) for no necessity to act. We needn’t go to the cinema to see it. We can get the DVD. We don’t need to buy the DVD. We can rent it. We don’t have to rent it. We can borrow it from Peter. Use mustn’t for necessity not to do something. You mustn’t play with that knife. You’ll cut yourself. You mustn’t cross the road when the lights are red. didn’t need to Use didn’t need to (or didn’t have to) + infinitive when something was not necessary, so it did not happen. She’s clever, so she didn’t need to work for the test. She still got top marks! needn’t have Use needn’t have + past participle when something was not necessary, but it still happened. Poor Sam needn’t have worked so hard for the test. It was cancelled! You needn’t have paid him any money. He was happy to work for nothing. We can also use it when an action was not necessary, but it still happened – like needn’t have. You didn’t need to pay him any money. He was happy to work for nothing. How much is it going to cost? Neil: It’s £400, but you 5____________ pay it all yet. The letter says you only 6____________ pay half now. 5 Children ____________ play with knives. They’re dangerous 8 £200? (we) Neil: 2 Reorder the words to make positive and negative statements and questions. Examples: Good. We 7____________ spend too much now because we haven’t got much money this month. How soon ________________________ give the school the first things. 6 Ann ____________ stay. Carol can do everything. (there/he/go/to/have/doesn’t) _____________________________ He doesn’t have to go there. (need/what/buy/we/do/to) __________________________ What do we need to buy? 1 (work/to/I/late/have) You 9____________ send it by next Friday. Mum: It sounds a lot of fun. Neil: Yes, but they’ve made a special rule. As soon as we get on the bus we 10____________ speak English any more. We can only speak French for a whole week! 4 Complete the statements. Use didn’t need to or needn’t have. Examples: _________________________________________________ 3 (she/need/go/does/to/so soon) Players must not wear shoes with coloured soles on court. 82 Necessity and obligation / _________________________________________________ 4 (tomorrow/you/do/to/have/work) _________________________________________________ The loss of the Titanic in April 1912 was a disaster that need never have happened. It was the result of a long series of errors that began even before construction of the great ship started. Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 2 / RIGHT PRICE 5 (need/I/homework/don’t/do/my/to) _________________________________________________ 6 (learn/why/to/they/French/do/need) _________________________________________________ Kids! School uniform s needn’t be boring! Parents! Good quality needn’ t be expensive! Check out our fashiona RIGHT PRICE clothes ble ranges at a store near you. needn’t have gone to the meeting. Nobody I _____________ else was there. Yesterday was a holiday, so I didn’t ________________ need to 2 (they/go/to/where/have/do) _________________________________________________ Explanations and examples. Examples of grammar points in real-life contexts (some are highlighted for easy identification, and others are for you to find). Dad: Dad: needn’t Use need to (or have to) for saying something is necessary. Come on! We need to hurry. ________________________ wear your school uniform? No, we 2____________ do that. We can wear our ordinary clothes. We also 3____________ take clothes for outdoor activities – jeans, boots and jackets. You 4____________ look at this list of clothes and equipment, and this letter from school. trouble. I needn’t have gone to the meeting. Nobody else was there! A 1 (you) Neil: 2 Listen! You ____________ be late again or you’ll be in bad I didn’t need to buy any meat as there was some in the fridge. Crosscheck sections to highlight differences bet ween related grammar points. Mum: What clothes do you _________ need to take with you? We needn’t ________ hurry. We’ve got lots of time. mustn’t swim here. It’s dangerous. We ________ We needn’t buy any food. We’ve got lots. go to work. 1 At my school we ___________________________ wear a uniform. People just wore their ordinary clothes. 2 They ___________________________ worked so hard. Nobody even noticed all the work they did. 3 We ___________________________ hurried. Everybody else was late too. 4 Sally’s brother gave her a very nice coat, so she ___________ _____________________ buy one. 3 Complete the conversation. Use need to, needn’t or mustn’t. You may need to use a question form. 5 I ___________________________ send the money. Mr Brant came for it. Neil is telling his parents about his school trip to France: 6 You ___________________________ written to them. I’d already told them your answer. Neil: On the day we go, __________ I need to be at school at 7:45. The bus goes at 8:00. 83 British and American English References to other units on related grammar areas. Exercises. How do I use the book? 1 Find the area of grammar you want to study in the Contents or the Index. Or: Use sections of the Checkpoint self-test to find out which areas of grammar you most need to study. (Like the book, it is divided into sections – Basic verb forms, Question forms and answers, etc. – so that you can focus on particular areas of English grammar.) 2 Turn to the correct unit. Study the illustrated situation, the grammatical forms and the explanations and examples of different points. Then look at the real-life contexts of use to see how the grammar of English really works. 3 If you wish, follow the references at the foot of the grammar page to study related grammar areas. 4 Do the exercises. 5 Check your answers in the Answer key. 6 If you have made any mistakes, read the grammar explanation again to understand what you did wrong. 7 If you wish, perhaps for later revision, use parts of the Checkpoint self-test that relate to areas of grammar that you have been studying. 8 At any time, you can turn to the Appendices for information about irregular verbs, spelling rules, punctuation, numbers, days, dates and times, and differences between British and American English. 8 Introduction for the teacher English Practice Grammar is designed mainly for self-study by students who may be learning at secondary school, college or adult levels at pre-intermediate to upper intermediate (CEF A2 to B2). You may want to use all or part of the Checkpoint self-test material either as a diagnostic test early in the course of study, or later for revision, or as an exit test. You may want to ask individual students to study particular units to supplement, reinforce or revise work that has been done in class. The exercise material can of course also be used in class, the reference materials in this case being used as a reminder and summary of your own language presentations. 9 Word classes 1 Verb, adverb, noun, adjective, etc. FORMS There are eight different word classes in English. They are: High winds hit Skyride cable cars. Specially trained firemen safely brought down 59 people from 30 metres above the ground. A Verb: Noun: Pronoun: Determiner: Adjective: Adverb: Preposition: Conjunction: One word – different word classes, different meanings We often use one word in different ways. It may be just a different word class with a similar meaning. n Did they climb? (verb) n It’s a long climb. (noun) n Some needed first aid. (part of a noun) n We climbed along first. (adverb) hit, use, climb, need, have to day, Weston Towers, danger they, them, nobody a/an, the, their, some, three enjoyable, high, special yesterday, successfully, down, safely at, from, above, along and, although, when Or a word may have different meanings. n High winds hit the cable cars. (adjective = strong) n The tower is 30 metres high. (adjective = off the ground) n The price of tickets is too high. (adjective = expensive) CROSSCHECK There are different kinds of determiners and pronouns. B Determiners Articles: Quantifiers: Demonstratives: Possessives: C a/an, the some, a lot of, no (+ noun) this, those (+ noun) my, your (+ noun) Use a determiner before a noun. High winds hit the cable cars. n Firemen rescued all the people. n Five people were rescued from that cable car. n Is it my newspaper or your newspaper? n EXMOUTH MARKETS East Devon’s New-Look Premier Market Look no further for all your shopping needs Everything you need under one roof 10 Pronouns Personal: Quantifiers: Demonstratives: Possessives: I, he, she (subject) me, him, her (object) some, a lot, nobody (+ verb) this, those (+ verb) mine, yours (+ verb) Use a pronoun instead of a determiner + noun. High winds hit them. n Firemen rescued everybody. n That is one of the cable car passengers. n Is it mine or yours? n Is a festival season ticket the best buy? • Season tickets give priority access to all events at a bargain holiday price. • They give exclusive access to our Late Night Extra. • They give you FREE parking in all festival car parks. • A SEASON TICKET IS DEFINITELY THE BEST BUY! BUY YOURS NOW! Exercises 1 Label the words in italics with these word classes. Adjective, Adverb, Determiner, Conjunction, Noun, Preposition, Pronoun, Verb Example: We _______ Pronoun 4 Complete the conversation with adjectives or adverbs. Another ordinary morning Peter: I ______ really don’t want to go to school ______. today I’m _____! ill (ill, really, today) We are an ordinary 1 English family – a mother, 2 father and 3 two children – 4 and we 5 live very 6 ordinarily in a small town 7 near London. Lisa: 1 __________________ 5 __________________ 2 __________________ 6 __________________ Mum: I think Lisa is 4_________. You look 5_________, Peter. So finish your breakfast as 6_________ as you can, and let’s go. It’s 7_________ 8:00. (fast, fine, nearly, right ) 3 __________________ 7 __________________ Dad: 2 3 4 __________________ 2 Complete the paragraph. Use the correct forms of these nouns. bathroom, bedroom, dining room, dish, flower, food, garden, house, kitchen, living room, supermarket, television, time, vegetable, visitor Upstairs in our _______ house there are three ________________ 2 and a ________________. Downstairs there is a 3 ________________, where we sometimes watch 4 ________________. Then there is a 5________________, but we only eat there when we have 6________________. When there are only four of us, we usually eat in the 7 ________________. It’s easier to serve 8__________________ there and clear away the dirty 9________________. Outside, there is a large 10________________. We spend a lot of 11 ________________ out there, so we keep it looking nice with lots of 12________________. We also grow our own 13 ________________. They taste better than the ones from the local 14________________! 3 Complete the paragraph. Use the correct forms of these verbs in the present simple. be, cook, drive, drop, get, have, have, leave, make, take, work Ordinary weekday mornings _________ exam and you know you’re going to do _________! (badly, big, only ) Yes, come on, everybody. Let’s go 8_______________ or I’ll be 9_______________ for the train, and I 10 _______________ mustn’t miss it this morning. I have to get to an important meeting. (certainly, late, quickly ) 5 Complete the story with pronouns, determiners or prepositions. An ordinary English home 1 You’re 1_________ saying that because you’ve got a Finally … a very unusual day we took Peter and Lisa ___ to Alton Towers. 1______ Last weekend, ___ was 2______ nice day, but rather windy. (a, it, to, we) When 3_________ arrived, 4_________ decided to take 5 _________ cable car. Soon after 6_________ started, 7 _________ wind got worse. Then 8_________ 9_________ cable car system stopped and 10_________ cars stopped moving. (a, it, the, the, the, we, we, whole) 11 ______ was over 12______ deep valley. 13______ people ______ our car waited calmly, but 15______ child kept crying. (a, in, most, one, ours) 14 16 ______ hour later, 17______ group 18______ rescuers climbed 19 _________ 20______ cable to help 21______. 22_________ helped 23______ climb down 24______ 25______ ground. (a, along, an, of, the, the, they, to, us, us) In the morning, I always _____ make tea for everybody. Then Rosie _________ breakfast while Peter and Lisa 2_________ ready for school. We all 3_________ the house at 8:00. Rosie 4_________ always the driver. First, she 5_________ me at the station because I 6 _________ in London and I 7_________ to catch the 8:20 train. Next she 8_________ the children to school. Then she 9_________ back into town, where she 10_________ a job at a bank. 1 11 The sentence: types and structures 2 Statement, question, etc. Subject, verb, object, etc. You’re driving very fast, Tom … Look out! Clauses and sentences FORMS Sentence types There are four types of sentence in English: Statement: You’re driving very fast. Question: How fast are you driving? Order: Don’t drive so fast. Exclamation: Look out! How dangerous! What a crazy driver! Sentence structures There are several possible parts of a sentence: A B Sentence types n A statement gives information. n A question requests information or action. n An order requires action. n An exclamation expresses an emotion. In writing, a sentence starts with a capital letter, e.g., You’re, How, Don’t, Look. It ends with a full stop (.), a question mark (?) or an exclamation mark (!). Sentence structures Possible parts of a sentence: subject, verb, object, complement and adverbial. n A subject (S) is the focus of a sentence, e.g., You, the car. n A verb (V) shows an action (e.g., drive) or a state (e.g., be). n An object (O) is the thing or person affected by the verb. n A complement (comp) gives more information about the subject. n An adverbial (adv) gives more information about the verb. Look at the different parts of these simple statements. (Note: A statement or other type of sentence can contain many more parts than this, e.g., two or more verbs.) S 1 2 Tom Verb Complement Tom is a dangerous driver. Subject Verb Object Adverbial He is driving his car too fast. These statements all have a subject and a verb in that order. For word order in questions, ∆ Unit 25. A complement comes after the verb. An adverbial can come at the end – see 4 – but also in other places: e.g., Stupidly, Tom has probably got himself into big trouble. (∆ Unit 80.) Some verbs take one object and some take two – see 2 and 5. (∆ Unit 62) C V Clauses and sentences A clause has at least a subject and a verb, and so does a sentence. Tom is driving is both a clause and a sentence. But many sentences contain more than one clause. The following sentence contains two independent or main clauses. Independent clause 1 Independent clause 2 n Tom is driving too fast and Ann wants him to slow down. is driving. S V Tom is driving Clauses 1 and 2 above are equally important. Each could be a complete, separate sentence. However, many other sentences contain a dependent or subordinate clause. This sort of clause could not exist as a separate sentence. Here are a few examples. Independent clause Dependent clause n Ann will be angry with Tom if he doesn’t slow down soon. n Tom will be in big trouble because he is driving too fast. n Tom isn’t slowing down yet even though Ann is shouting at him. O his new car. S V comp 3 Tom is S V 4 Tom is driving S V O O 5 Tom is giving Julie a ride. the driver. adv dangerously. What the critics say: 12 Subject Imperatives ∆ 3 / ‘Don’t miss this play!’ Daily Herald ‘Have I ever seen acting like this? I don’t think so.’ Capital Theatre Magazine Question forms ∆ 25–26 / Direct and indirect objects ∆ 62 / ‘If you enjoyed Tom Carver’s Words of Love, you’ll love this new romantic comedy.’ Sunday Review ‘Amazing!’ The Courier Adverb positions ∆ 80 / Clauses and sentences ∆ 94–98 Exercises 1 Label the sentences with the following. Exclamation, Order, Question, Statement 3 Reorder the words to form various types of sentences. Example: S we Are you all right? __________ Question Example: 1 How much money have you got? ___________________ Question (the/now/we/can/buy/car) Can V 2 Take these letters to the post office. ___________________ 4 John’s birthday is next week. ___________________ 6 I don’t like this sort of music. ___________________ 7 Absolutely amazing! ___________________ 8 Don’t spend any more time on this job. ___________________ Adverbial (A), Complement (C), Object (O), Subject (S), Verb (V) A V V O A 3 Question (see/you/the/did/yesterday/news) S _________________________________________________ V Is Lucy singing well? C _______________________________________________ __ S O A 4 Add words to join the independent clauses. Choose from: and, but, or. A has become O 2 Order (there/the/put/over/don’t/boxes) 2 Label the sentence parts with the following. 1 Lucy now? _______________________________________________ S 5 We all understand what we’ve got to do, don’t we? ___________________ V the car 1 Statement (seems/brother/tired/very/your) 3 Fantastic! ___________________ Example: buy Example: a great singer. You can get there by train, ___ or you can travel by bus. 1 Let’s finish our shopping, _____ then let’s stop for a coffee. 2 Don’t drop 3 The boys 2 Do you want to go with us, _____ do you prefer to stay here? those glasses. quickly mended the bike. 3 I’m going to wash the dishes, _____ I’m not going to put them away tonight. 5 Add words to join the independent and subordinate clauses. Choose from: because, even though, if, in order to. 4 Quickly write down these addresses. Example: I have to go home now ________ because it’s getting late. 1 What are we going to do ____________ we run out of money? 2 Magda is training hard ______________ win the big race. 5 Has anybody seen my glasses? 3 Annie gives her brother half her money ______________ she does not have enough for herself. 6 Are the pictures safe? 4 I want to see my old home again ____________ I was so happy there when I was young. 7 When will the boys see their parents? 13 3 Imperatives Light the firework. FORMS Positive Light the firework. Be careful! Negative Do not hold the firework. Light the firework … and stand back! A Don’t be stupid! Forming imperatives Use the infinitive (dictionary) form of a verb. n Light the firework … and stand back ! For warnings. n Look out! It’s going to fall! n Don’t play with that knife or you’ll hurt yourself. n Be careful not to hurt yourself. For a negative imperative, use Do not or Don’t. n Do not hold the firework. (formal, usually written) n Don’t hold the firework. (informal, usually spoken) For friendly advice. n Relax! Don’t worry! Everything will be all right. Use be + adjective. n Be careful! Don’t be stupid! B Uses of imperatives For giving orders, instructions and directions. n Be quiet! Don’t talk! n Please turn to page 15. n Turn the handle and press the red button. n Go straight on, take the first left and the bank is on the right. Healthy Eating for Kids 14 The sentence: types and structures ∆ 2 C Let us (Let’s) + infinitive Use Let’s + infinitive to suggest doing something together. If the leader of a group says this, it can be nearly as strong as an order. n Let’s buy some fireworks. Form the negative with Let’s not. n Let’s not go out today. ENROLMENT FORM 1 Only buy the foods you want your child ren to eat. Then let them make their own choices from the careful selection you provide. 2 Encourage children to help plan and prepare meals. For example, children who help make their packed lunches are more likely to eat them. 3 Set an example by eating the right foods and having regular mealtimes. Make all mealtimes an occasion and avoid distractions such as television . Follow London Road until you come to a large roundabout, and then take the third exit. After two kilometres you will see a sign for two left turns. Do not take the first turn. Continue a short distance further and take the second turn. For invitations. n Come and have dinner on Saturday. n Hello! Come in and sit down. Make yourself at home. tick boxes Please write clearly, using block capitals, and where appropriate. Time Day Course no. Course title (Office use) Method of payment Type of card ‘And now, let’s not wait any longer. Let’s go straight to the Oscars. Emma, tell us, what’s happening?’ London Road Cash Visa Card Mastercard Exercises 1 Complete the imperative sentences with the correct form of to be. Example: Sam: pull down a plastic cup from this hole on the OK, first __________ right. Then 1____________ your money. Now 2 ____________ the cup under here and 3____________ the sugar button. Now 4____________ your drink – black coffee. 5____________ your cup under here, 6 ____________ the button and the coffee comes out. And now just 7____________ your coffee and 8 ____________ it! Ben: Thanks, Sam. The bus leaves at exactly 4:00, so __________ don’t be late. 1 ____________ quiet, everyone. You’re too noisy. 2 Is the plane going to crash? Oh, ____________ silly. Of course it isn’t. 3 ____________ careful with that knife. It’s sharp. 4 ____________ mean, Joe. Give Sam the toys. 5 ____________ quick, Larry. There isn’t much time. 6 Drive carefully. ____________ such an idiot! 4 Study the map and complete the directions to May’s Garage. Use the verbs provided. cross, drive, follow, go, pass, take, turn 7 ____________ helpful to your mother. She’s very busy. 8 Why are you crying? ____________ so sad. Pos offi t ce 2 Complete the imperative sentences with these verbs. drive, forget, go, play, press, take, talk, turn off, write 1 __________________ with matches. They’re dangerous. Ban k Riv er ___ Go home now. It’s late. High Street Example: Plaza Hotel May’s Garage 2 __________________ this money to the bank, please. 3 It’s time to sleep now. __________________ the lights. You ar e he re 4 __________________ to your sister like that. It’s rude. 5 __________________ to collect the tickets on your way to the airport. 6 To open the machine, __________________ this button. 7 __________________ so fast. You’ll have an accident. 8 __________________ your name, age and address here please, madam. 3 Complete the instructions with these verbs. Sometimes more than one answer is possible. Example: To get to May’s Garage, ____ go to the end of this road. 1 __________________ right into the High Street. 2 __________________ right again at the first set of traffic lights. 3 __________________ the second left opposite the Plaza Hotel. 4 __________________ the bank on the right. 5 __________________ the road to the end and … 6 … __________________ right at the post office. choose, enjoy, place, press, pull down, push, put, put in, take Ben: How do I work this drinks machine, Sam? I’d really like some coffee. Sam: It’s easy. Do you want milk and sugar? Ben: Sugar, please, but no milk. 7 __________________ the bridge and … 8 … __________________ right. 9 __________________ along the river and … 10 … __________________ the third left. May’s Garage is near the corner, on the left. 15 4 Present simple Ann works at A.B.C. FORMS Statements Yes/No questions I Do work. I You We do not work. we They He they works. Does She It Ann works from 8:00 to 4:30 every day. A Positive statements In positive statements, only the 3rd person singular has an ending. n I work. n You talk. n We move. n They write. n He works. n She talks. n It moves. If the verb ends in ~o, ~ch, ~sh, ~ss or ~x, add ~es. go ➞ goes watch ➞ watches wish ➞ wishes miss ➞ misses box ➞ boxes C Wh~ questions Where do you work? When does Ann start work? Full answers I work at A.B.C. She starts work at 8:00. Short forms: • do not = don’t • does not = doesn’t WIMBLEDON The British, and even world, tennis event of the year gets underway tomorrow once again at the famous Lawn Tennis Association grounds in south-west London. The weather promises to be kind this year, after last year’s washout. Forecasters predict a warm, south-westerly breeze and sun with light cloud. D For facts about events at a fixed future time. n The president and his wife arrive at midday tomorrow. n Flight 765 leaves at 10:30 the day after tomorrow. For instructions on how to do – or not to do – something. n No, you don’t do it like that. First, you turn the key. Then you press … Present simple or present continuous? ∆ 7 it OPENS TOMORROW Uses of the present simple For permanent states and situations. n I live in London. n Bill has two sisters. For do as a main verb and as an auxiliary verb, ∆ Unit 23. / does not work. A nice cup of tea Negative statements and questions Verbs in negative statements and questions* need the auxiliary do. In the 3rd person singular, the auxiliary (not the main verb) takes the ~s ending. n I don’t like this music. n She doesn’t talk. n Do you know him? n How does it work? *But ∆ Unit 26, Section C on subject questions without the auxiliary do. Present simple: be ∆ 5 work? Tea bushes grow in warm, wet countries like China, India, Sri Lanka and Kenya. Tea pickers harvest the tea by hand. ey take just the top two leaves and bud from each branch of each tea plant. e leaves are then dried and crushed and sorted into different grades. e tea is ready to use when it turns black. For things which always happen and for actions and repeated processes. n The sun rises in the east. n Plants always grow fast in spring. n I get up at 7:00 most days. n Ann often makes coffee at 11:00 and then takes a break. 16 he she 38 Whatever your problem, just ask Jenny Slater My parents don’t let me go out in the evening, although I’m 15 years old. All my friends go to parties and events, but I have to stay in. What can I do? Mike, a bored teenager If the verb ends in a ~y, change the ~y to ~ies. cry ➞ cries fly ➞ flies try ➞ tries B work? you / Bet You Never Knew! Some people have more than 206 bones. People who spend most of their time riding horses often develop extra bones in their thighs. Some people have an extra pair of ribs and a few people even have extra fingers and toes! Stative verbs These usually take the present simple and not the present continuous. (∆ Unit 7 for a list.) n I know what to do next. n Susan doesn’t like cold weather. n Do they understand English? Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23 / Wh~ questions ∆ 26 Exercises 1 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Example: watches TV. (watch) Rob often _________ 2 (you/know/Ann Smith) ______________________________________________ Yes, I do. She’s an old friend. 1 We ____________ in London. (live) 2 I really ____________ this picture of you. (like) 3 That baby ____________ every night! (cry) 4 Ann and Mary ____________ work at 8:30. (start) 5 Ann ____________ home at 4:30. (go) 6 Mary’s husband ____________ her from work at 5:00. (fetch) 7 Our cat ____________ fish for lunch every day. (have) 2 Write the verbs in positive or negative forms. Examples: need to explain again. She ________ doesn’t We _____ understand . (need) (not/understand) ____________ 1 I ____________ to visit Rome again. I really ____________ the city. (want) (love) 2 We sometimes ____________ the stereo, but it _____________________ very well. (use) (not/work) 3 Charlie’s fat! He _____________________ any exercise, and he ____________ too much! (not/get) (eat) 4 They aren’t interested in sport. They __________________ football, and they _____________________ volleyball either. (not/like) (not/enjoy) 5 Roy _____________________ very often, but Andy ____________ swimming every day. (not/swim) (go) 6 I __________________ coffee before bedtime because it ____________ me awake. (not/drink) (keep) 7 Sally _____________________, so she always ____________ to work. (not/drive) (walk) 3 Write the questions for the answers. Example: (come/from Britain) Do you come from Britain? ____________________________ Yes, I do. I’m from London. 1 (Tom/drive) ______________________________________________ Yes, he does. He’s got a blue Honda. 3 (the TV/work) ______________________________________________ No, it doesn’t. It’s broken. 4 (you/go out/much) ______________________________________________ No, we don’t. We usually stay at home. 5 (Marie/speak/French) ______________________________________________ Yes, she does. She’s fluent. 6 (Fred and Mary/live/near here) ______________________________________________ Yes, they do. They live in the next road. 4 Turn the statements into questions. Example: You go swimming. (How often) _________________________________________ How often do you go swimming? 1 Tom goes to work. (How) _________________________________________________ 2 Sally visits her parents. (When) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 They go on holiday every year. (Where) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Mark gets home in the evening. (What time) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 We always make mistakes. (Why) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 The children watch TV after school. (How long) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 7 Lucy usually buys a newspaper on Sunday. (Which) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 17 5 Present simple: be Jim is a really good player. FORMS Statements Jim is a really good player. I am Yes/No questions Jim. Am I Jim? fast. Is he fast? am not He is She she It is not We are it players. You They Are we players? you are not Wh~ questions How old is Jim? Where are you from? they Full answers He is 22. I am from England. Short forms: • I am = I’m • he/she/it is = he’s, she’s, it’s • we/you/they are = we’re, you’re, they’re • I am not = I’m not • he is not = he isn’t, he’s not • we are not = we aren’t, we’re not A Uses of be With there, for talking about things that exist. Is there a post office near here? Yes, there’s one in the next street. Or: No, sorry, there isn’t a post office in this part of town. With adjectives and nouns, for different types of state. Age: I’m 22. Amy isn’t 20 yet. She’s 19. Description: Jim is young and he’s very noisy! What’s Ann like? Height: She’s 1 metre 70. Are you as tall as me/I am? Weight: Jim is 78 kilos. How heavy are the boxes? Feelings: I’m sure you’re very tired and hungry. Distance: Those hills are about five kilometres away. Size: The room is five metres by six. Price: How much are these shoes, please? Time: What time is it?/What’s the time? It’s 5:00. For be as an auxiliary verb, ∆ Unit 23. B Short answers You can reply to Yes/No questions with short answers that finish with the verb. Is she clever? Yes, she is. Are the students in Room 1? No, they aren’t. LOOKING AFTER YOUR BONES YOUR QUESTIONS ANSWERED Q Is calcium important for strong bones and teeth? A Yes, it is. Ninety-nine per cent of the calcium in our bodies is found in the skeleton. Q I’m 75 years old. Am I too old to exercise? A No, you aren’t. No one is too old to exercise. Exercise strengthens our bones and reduces the risk of developing osteoporosis. There’s more choice at SUPERWAYS Where there’s always a welcome When it is a Yes answer, we always use full forms. n Yes, I am. n Yes, he is. n Yes, they are. When it is a No answer, we usually use short forms. n No, she isn’t. n No, we aren’t. ( But No, I’m not.) Is it a bird? Is it a plane? No. It’s Superman. 18 Present simple ∆ 4 / Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23 Exercises 1 Complete the statements and questions. Examples: n This is __ my book. n 4 Answer the questions. Use short forms. Examples: ____ these your books? Are Are you from Britain? (Yes) __________ Yes, I am. 1 Those ______ your shoes. Is Sam from LA? (No) (Miami) 2 ______ that your teacher? _______________________________ No, he isn’t. He’s from Miami. 3 The time ______ 10:30. 1 Is Sally from London? (Yes) ______________________________________________ 2 Are we on time? (No) (very late) ______________________________________________ 3 Is it 1st May today? (No) (30th April) ______________________________________________ 4 Are there any people on the beach? (Yes) ______________________________________________ 5 Are you 30? (No) (only 28) ______________________________________________ 4 ______ I late for the bus? Oh, no! 5 ______ they the new students? 6 Ann ______ Rosie’s best friend. 7 ______ you from Japan? 8 Dear Sir, My brother and I are writing in reply to your advertisement today in the Daily Times. I ______ 20 years old, and he ______ 19. We ______ both experienced drivers. 2 Write the short forms. Examples: 5 Read. Then write questions and answer them. n she is ______ she’s n we are not ______________________ we aren’t / we’re not 1 I am _________ 5 I am not ____________________ 2 he is _________ 6 he is not ____________________ 3 they are _________ 7 they are not _________________ 4 you are _________ 8 you are not __________________ 3 Correct the statements. Example: Sue is a nurse. (doctor) ___________________________________ Sue isn’t a nurse. She’s a doctor. 1 I’m 80 kilos. (85) I _______________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 Alan is in Berlin. (Paris) Alan _____________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 You’re 1 metre 75. (1 metre 80) You ______________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 They’re at home. (school) They _____________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Example: (What/name) n W _____________________ hat’s his name? n __________ It’s Nick. Nick is 25. He is a designer at A.B.C. His office is on the second floor, and his desk is the one by the window. There are six other people in the same room. 1 (How old) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 2 (What/job) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 3 (Where/office) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 (Which/desk) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 5 (How many people/in his office) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 19 6 Present continuous I’m flying! FORMS Look! I’m flying! Statements I am Yes/No questions flying. Am I flying? moving. Is he moving? am not He is She she It is not We are it stopping. You are not Wh~ questions What is he doing? Why are we stopping? Forming the present continuous Form the present continuous with am, is, are* + main verb + ~ing. n ‘I am flying now!’ Peter said. n He is not flying very high. n Are you learning to fly, too? *From be. For be as an auxiliary verb and as a main verb, ∆ Unit 23. Full answers He is swimming. We are stopping for lunch. ALL-OUT RIOT If the main verb ends in ~ie, change ~ie to ~y. die ➞ dying lie ➞ lying 20 they MUSIC ON THE MOVE If the main verb ends in a single consonant after a single vowel, double the consonant. stop ➞ stopping run ➞ running swim ➞ swimming C stopping? Short forms: • I am = I’m • he/she/it is = he’s, she’s, it’s • we/you/they are = we’re, you’re, they’re • I am not = I’m not • he is not = he isn’t, he’s not • we are not = we aren’t, we’re not If the main verb ends in ~e, leave it out. move ➞ moving come ➞ coming drive ➞ driving B we you They A Are Uses of the present continuous For things which are happening now. n Look! I’m flying now! n Listen! The phone is ringing. After outselling every other rap band in the UK, this Manchesterbased band are now recording their second album. Taking time out from recording, Raze O’Dwigher talked to Buzz magazine about how it is going. For temporary states and activities. n I’m staying with friends for a month. n Paul is painting his house this week. NEW SPACE • NEW IMAGES • NEW ARTISTS • NEW For future plans. n Sam is playing football tomorrow. n Are you doing anything on Saturday? is opening its doors for the first time next week. The New Space Gallery Stative verbs These usually take the present simple and not the present continuous. (∆ Unit 7 for a list.) n I know what to do next. n Susan doesn’t like cold weather. n Do they understand English? Present simple ∆ 4 / Present simple or present continuous? ∆ 7 SPA / For our inaugural exhibition we are showing a group of local West London artists. The artists themselves are presenting their work to the press on Saturday 12 April. Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23 Exercises 1 Write the short forms. Examples: 4 ________________________ to the party? (Sally/go) No, she _________. She’s very tired. (isn’t) 5 How fast ________________________ (we/fly) ________________________ 700 kph. (we/do) 6 _______________________________________ the car? (the boys/wash) No, ____________________________________ the grass. (they/cut) 7 What _______________________________________ (the cat/eat) _____________________ some fish. (it/eat) n She is going. ____________ She’s going. n We are not going. _________________________ We aren’t/We’re not going. 1 I am going. ______________________________ 2 You are not going. ______________________________ 3 He is not going. ______________________________ 4 They are going. ______________________________ 5 It is not going. ______________________________ 2 Write the verbs in positive or negative forms. Examples: n You’re ___________ talking too much. (talk) isn’t raining now. (not/rain) n Let’s go out. It ______________ 1 Stop the car. I ________________________ well. (not/feel) 2 It’s dark! The lights ________________________. (not/work) 3 The phone __________________, but Cathy ________________________ it. (ring) (not/answer) 4 5 I ________________________ Tim. Is he here? (look for) I’m sorry. He _______________________ here this week. (not/work) He ________________________ our Paris office. (visit) Hello. Can I speak to Alice, please? I’m afraid not. She __________________ a bath at the moment. (have) 6 Paul and Pat ___________________________ television. (not/watch) They __________________________ to some of their favourite music. (listen) 4 Write these verbs in the correct forms. choose, cut, get, have, leave, make, plan, write Example: She ’s _________ having a cup of tea. 1 He __________________ his tools from the garage. 2 The boys ________________________ a library book. 3 _____________________________ a new book, professor? 4 I ______________________ to visit Canada next year. 5 We __________________ in a minute. Give me your case. 6 Why ___________________________ the wood into pieces, Dad? 7 Sarah __________________ a cake. 5 Write these verbs in the correct forms. build, do, go, start, study, train, work Two old college friends meet by chance. 3 Complete the questions and answers. Nina: are you ______ doing here? Hello, Alan! What ___ Alan: What ________________________________________ (the children/do) _______________________ in the garden. (they/play) Oh, hi! I 1___________________ for my uncle’s construction company. We 2___________________ some offices here in London. Tell me, 3_______ you still 4 _______________ at college? Nina: ______________________________ the film? (you/enjoy) Yes, I ______. It’s really good. (am) No, I 5__________. I 6__________________ to be a banker. Alan: And 7______ your brother still 8____________ to school? Nina: No, he’s left school now. He 9_________________ at college next month. Examples: What ________________ are you doing? (you/do) I _____________ ’m mending the door. (mend) 1 2 3 Why ________________________ so much? (Bill/train) _________________ to get into the team. (he/try) 21 7 Present simple or present continuous? He usually plays. Today he’s watching. FORMS Present simple Jim usually plays for his team. Present continuous He is not playing for them today. He is watching them on TV. CROSSCHECK CROSSCHECK A You are noW enTerIng Uses of the present simple For regular actions or events. n Jim usually plays for his team. n Alan usually works in the office. Present simple + always means every time: n Lisa always phones me on Sunday. B Uses of the present continuous For things which are happening now. n Today he’s watching them on TV. n Today he’s working in the factory. Present continuous + always means very/too often: n Lisa is always phoning me! now regular actions/events A NEIGHBOURHOOD WATCH AREA SHOPLIFTING IS A CRIME RADSTOCK WELCOMES CAREFUL DRIVERS WE ALWAYS PROSECUTE a continuing action/event happening now C D For things which are always true – permanent states. n Ann lives in Rome. n Rome stands on the River Tiber. For things which are true around now – temporary states. n I’m living in Rome for a year. n Ann is standing at the bus stop. For facts about future events. n The game starts at 2:30. n When does college start next term? For future plans. n We’re playing again next week. n What are you doing tomorrow? Stative verbs Verbs which say what you feel, know or sense are usually in a simple tense. These are ‘stative’ verbs, and the most common are: appear, believe, belong, detest, forget, hate, hear, know, like, look, love, mean, need, own, prefer, realize, remember, see (understand), seem, smell, sound, taste, understand. n I know the way to town. n Jenny loves old American films. n What sort of music do you like? n They don’t understand. Different tenses – different meanings We can use a few verbs in both the present simple and the present continuous – with a change of meaning. The most common are think and have. n I think we’ll win. (I believe.) n I’m thinking about the future. (I’m looking at ideas.) n Terry has three houses. (He owns.) n Terry is having dinner. (He’s eating.) BEING A BLOOD DONOR AS YOU READ THIS LEAFLET … … a child in hospital is receiving a blood transfusion … … a girl is learning how to smile again while recovering from leukaemia … … on another ward, an old man is receiving treatment for severe burns … … they all rely on blood donations from healthy people like you entertainment for everyone We believe in making the arts accessible to all. The Theatre Royal has special facilities for those with hearing difficulties and the visually impaired, and we are striving to make the building accessible to all patrons. ‘We are all in the gutter, but some of us are looking at the stars.’ (Lady Windermere’s Fan, Oscar Wilde, 1854–1900) 22 Present simple ∆ 4 / Present continuous ∆ 6 / Review: the future ∆ 20 Exercises 1 Write the verbs in positive, negative or question forms of the present continuous. Pam is calling her brother, Tom. Pam: are you doing today? (you/do) What _______________ 1 ___________________________ out anywhere? (you/go) Tom: No, we aren’t. What about you? 2 ___________________________ anything? (you/do) 9 The Jones brothers _________ across the park to college every day. (walk) 10 We can go out or we can stay at home. I _____________________. (not/mind) 11 ________________________ the way home? (you/know) Pam: 3 Yes, we are. You know that Marie __________________ with me. (stay) Well, I 4_____________________ her to Windsor today. (take) That’s very near us. Pam: Yes, so can we visit you after Windsor – if you 5 _______________________ anything? (not/do) Pam: Tom: Examples: n I ______ don’t go out much these days. are the boys doing? n What ____ 1 Stop! You ____________ going the wrong way. Tom: Tom: 3 Complete the statements and questions. 2 I __________ understand this problem. 3 What ____________ Ann doing at the moment? 6 Of course you can. We ______________________ anywhere. (not/go) How long 7_____________________ to stay in Windsor? (you/plan) Until about 5:00, I think. 4 ____________ Nick and Sally going home soon? 5 What time ____________ the plane leave? 6 How ____________ you say this in English? 8 Well, _____________________ a barbecue this evening. (we have) You’re very welcome. 7 He’s busy, so he ____________ coming to the party. 8 I’m sure Tom ____________ know the answer. 2 Write the verbs in positive, negative or question forms of the present simple. Examples: ____ has its food at 5:00 every day. (have) It’s full now. It ______________ doesn’t want any more. (not/want) How much _____________ does it eat a day? (it/eat) n The cat n n 1 We’ve got enough money. We __________________ any more. (not/need) 2 Go to bed. You _________ tired. (look) 3 How _____________________ this word? (you/say) 4 I hate winter. I _________________ the cold. (not/like) 5 ____________________________________ here? (the bus/stop) 6 Rob’s school report is bad. He _____________________ any work. (not/do) 7 What time ___________________________ the office? (Lisa/leave) 8 Jim _________ to work by bike every morning. (go) 9 ____________ the children want dinner? 10 It’s a holiday, so I ____________ not working today. 4 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Mark is a new student in New York. He is e-mailing his parents in London. Hi Mum and Dad, ’m well and I__________ ’m having a wonderful How are you all? I_______ 1 time. (be) (have) I ______________________ a lot of new friends and I 2_______________________ with three of them until I can find my own place to live. (make) (stay) Let me tell you what I 3______ every day here. (do) I 4__________ early because classes 5____________ at 8:00 in the morning. (get up) (start) Later, I usually 6______ lunch with Rod. (eat) His parents 7 _________ the house where I 8__________________ at the moment. (own) (live) He 9________________ the same classes as me. (take) We often 10____________ at the gym in the afternoon, but not today. (train) He 11________________________ some work for college, and I 12_____________________ all my e-mails. (finish) (write) 23 8 Past simple I washed them yesterday. FORMS I washed those clothes just yesterday! Statements Yes/No questions I Did washed them. You He I wash them? you did not wash them. he She she It it We we They they Wh~ questions What did she do? When did she do it? Full answers She washed his jeans. She did it yesterday. Short form: • did not = didn’t A Forming the past simple of main verbs In positive past simple statements, regular verbs end with ~ed. n She washed his jeans. n He played with his friends all morning. If the verb ends in ~e, add ~d. n We moved to our new house a month ago. But questions and negatives need the auxiliary verb did. What did you see? Did you enjoy it? I saw Robocop 4. I didn’t enjoy it much. For do (also be and have) as both auxiliary and main verbs, ∆ Unit 23. B Verbs ending in ~y usually change the ~y to ~ied. carry ➞ carried hurry ➞ hurried But note these special cases: say ➞ said pay ➞ paid lay ➞ laid For actions that often happened in the past, we can say used to + verb. n I used to go training every day. n I didn’t use to eat meat. n How often did Alan use to travel abroad? If the verb ends in a single consonant after a single vowel, double the consonant. plan ➞ planned fit ➞ fitted stop ➞ stopped A lot of important verbs are irregular and their past forms do not end in ~ed. (See Appendix 1 for a list.) come ➞ came go ➞ went drink ➞ drank eat ➞ ate Positive statements need only a main verb. I went to the cinema last night. I enjoyed the film. n Use of the past simple and signal words; used to For actions which started and finished in the past. Look for past simple ‘signal’ words such as yesterday and (three days) ago. n Ben phoned us yesterday morning. n Amy arrived home a week ago. C Stative verbs For stative verbs, you need the past simple, not the past continuous. (∆ Unit 7 for a list.) n I knew what to do next. n Susan didn’t like the cold weather. Ancient Egypt POLICE NOTICE Accident ry Monday 16 Februa ng? Did you see anythi e. lic po e Phone th 24 Egyptian civilization grew up on the banks of the Nile about 5,000 years ago. It was a single nation and, unlike other civilizations which came before, had a single ruler. Egypt had a strict class system. The lowest class, slaves, did not have any rights, and they were the ones who used to do all the hard work. Past continuous ∆ 10 / Present perfect or past simple? ∆ 13 / Past perfect and past simple ∆ 15 Review: past modal forms ∆ 37 / Irregular verbs ∆ appendix 1 / Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23 / Exercises 1 Write the past forms. Examples: 4 Write questions and short answers. clean __________ cleaned sell _______ sold Example: I went to the beach. (Ben) (Yes) _________________________________ Did Ben go to the beach too? _____________ Yes, he did. 1 ask ____________ 11 invite ____________ 2 be ____________ 12 jump ____________ 3 break ____________ 13 keep ____________ 4 call ____________ 14 leave ____________ 5 do ____________ 15 meet ____________ 6 drive ____________ 16 need ____________ __________________________________________ 7 eat ____________ 17 open ____________ __________________________________________ 8 find ____________ 18 run ____________ 9 go ____________ 19 see ____________ 10 have ____________ 1 Andy visited Paris last year. (Tim and Fred) (No) __________________________________________ __________________________________________ 2 Sue ran well in the race. (Ann) (Yes) 3 They had a Maths test. (French) (No) __________________________________________ __________________________________________ 20 wake up ____________ Which verbs are irregular? ___________________________________________________ 4 Peter practised the violin. (piano) (Yes) __________________________________________ Which verbs can be both main verbs and auxiliary verbs? ___________________________________________________ 2 Complete the paragraph with verbs from Exercise 1. This morning, I _________ woke up late. When I 1____________ the time, I 2 ____________ out of bed and I 3____________ downstairs. I 4 ____________ a piece of bread and I 5____________ a glass of orange juice. I 6____________ the house at 8:00 and I 7 ____________ at 100 kph all the way to work! 3 Write statements with positive and negative forms. Example: (see/his parents 3) (see/his sister 7) Sam _________________ saw his parents last night, but he __________________________________________ 5 Read. Then write questions for the answers. Use these question words. How, What time, When, Where, Who, Why Example: She went to London. Susan went to London last Thursday because she wanted to buy a wedding present for her sister. She went by train and she got there at 10:30. She met an old school friend at the station and they went shopping together. 1 __________________________________________ She went there last Thursday. 2 ___________________________________________ She went by train. 3 ___________________________________________ Because she wanted to buy a wedding present. 4 ____________________________________________ She got there at 10:30. 5 ___________________________________________ She met an old school friend. didn’t see his sister ______________________. 1 (find/my old suit 3) (find/my new one 7) I _________________________________ yesterday, but I ________________________________________________ 2 (clean/her red shoes 3) (clean/her black ones 7) Tina ____________________________ this morning, but she ________________________________________________ 3 (call/their mother 3) (call/their sister 7) They ___________________________ the other day, but they ________________________________________________ ___________________________ Where did Susan go? 25 9 Past simple: be They were by my bed. FORMS Statements I was Yes/No questions there. Was He She was not she it We They were by my bed all the time! there? he It Where were they? I were You They at home. Were we at home? you were not Wh~ questions What was that noise? Where were they? they Full answers It was an animal. They were at home. Short forms: • was not = wasn’t • were not = weren’t A Uses of be With there, for talking about things that existed in the past. Was there a bookshop on this street a long time ago? Yes, there was a lovely old bookshop just over there. Or: No, there wasn’t anything like that around here. With adjectives and nouns, for many sorts of states in the past. Age: The boys weren’t 15. They were 16. Description: She was tall with brown hair and blue eyes. Height: He was only 1 metre 50 when he was 13. Weight: I was 80 kilos last week. The books weren’t very heavy. Feelings: Were you sad at the end of the holiday? Distance: How far were they from the sea? Size: The house was about 700 square metres. Price: Was that watch expensive? Time: What time was your lesson yesterday? For be as an auxiliary verb, ∆ Unit 23. B Short answers You can reply to Yes/No questions with short answers that finish with the verb. Was she clever? Yes, she was. Were the students in Room 1? No, they weren’t. When the answer is Yes, we always use full forms. n Yes, I was. n Yes, he was. n Yes, they were. When the answer is No, we usually use short forms. No, she wasn’t. n No, we weren’t. n 26 Past simple ∆ 8 / Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23 25 Dinosaurs were reptiles and lived on land. There were hundreds of different types, divided into two main groups. Some dinosaurs, such as Tyrannosaurus (right), were carnivores (meat eaters); others, such as Stegosaurus, were herbivores (plant eaters). Spinosaurus was the largest carnivorous dinosaur. Competition UFO SIGHTED News! Last week’s lucky winner was Margaret Richards from north London, who won a fabulous weekend for two in Paris. And what was the answer to the question? It was ‘Marie Antoinette’. John Dale of Fleet, Hampshire, had the shock of his life when he saw a UFO land in his back garden. ‘It was really big,’ said Mr Dale. ‘It was bright blue and there were lots of flashing lights.’ He showed our reporter the burn mar ks on his lawn. ‘It wasn’t there for long’, he recalled. ‘Then it took off and vanished.’ Exercises 1 Complete the statements and questions. Example: were you in 2005? How old ______ I _____ was 13. 1 It _________ late, and the children _________ tired. 2 The Johnson brothers _________ at the same college. Rod _________ a medical student, and Harry and Tony _________ Law students. 3 We _________ 30 minutes early for the party and there _________ nobody there. The room _________ empty! 4 How long _________ you and your wife in Cairo? I _________ there for three years, but she _________ only there for two. 2 Complete the conversation. Two friends meet after a party. Jenny: We ______ were sad that you ________ weren’t at the party. Robin: I 1_________ sorry to miss it, too. 2_________ it a good one? Jenny: Yes, it 3_________. There 4_________ a lot of old friends there. Where 5_________ you and the family? Robin: Dad 6_________ away on business, and Mum 7 ____________ very well. And my brothers 8 ____________ back from holiday. They 9_________ still away. And like Mum, I 10_________ feeling well either. 3 Read. Then write questions and answer them. Example: (When/they/at the house) _______________________________ When were they at the house? _____________ Last night. We saw a lovely house yesterday. We were there last night. It was about 100 years old, and we wanted to buy it immediately. There were four bedrooms upstairs. Downstairs, there was a beautiful dining room, and the living room was very big – 10 x 6 metres. The kitchen at the back of the house was large, too, and very modern. Outside there was a beautiful garden with a stream. We loved the house! The only problem was the price. It was £900,000! 1 (How old/the house) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 2 (How many bedrooms) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 3 (How big/the living room) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 (Where/the kitchen) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 5 (What/outside) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 6 (What/the only problem) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 7 (How much/the house) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 Complete the statements. Example: Maria _______ wasn’t good at English at school because she didn’t want to learn the language, but she’s___ excellent now. 1 Go and see the old city. There _________ thousands of very old buildings there. Some of them _________ already old 500 years ago! 2 Simon _________ at home yesterday, but he _________ there now. 3 I looked for my shoes in the cupboard, but they __________ there, so I think they __________ probably in the hall. I’ll go and look there now. 4 We _________ wrong to leave the main road. Now we _________ lost! 5 It’s nearly 10:00 a.m., but everyone _________ still asleep because we _________ up so late last night. 6 Alan _________ at work yesterday because he had a bad cold, and he ______ still off work today, too. 27 10 Past continuous It was raining again. FORMS Statements I was Yes/No questions looking. Was He I looking? he She was not she It it We were running. You They Were we running? you were not they They looked out of the window. It was raining again. A Wh~ questions What was she doing? Where were they sitting? Forming the past continuous Use was/were + main verb + ~ing. n I was reading all last night. n What were you doing at 2:00? Short forms: • was not = wasn’t • were not = weren’t Remember the spelling rules with ~ing. (∆ Unit 6.) move ➞ moving stop ➞ stopping die ➞ dying Be careful. For stative verbs, you need the past simple, not the past continuous. (∆ Unit 7 for a list.) n I knew what to do next. n Susan didn’t like cold weather. B Uses of the past continuous For things which were happening at a certain moment in the past. What were you doing at 12:00? I was going home for lunch. For emphasizing that something happened for a long time. n The baby was crying all night. For things which were happening when something else suddenly happened: a short past action/event (past simple) Full answers She was reading. They were sitting in the garden. PLEASURE BOAT RESCUE gton A pleasure boat from Greatlin seas gh rou in Beach sank yesterday Steer off s rock with n following a collisio 15 ying carr was t boa Point. The on board, passengers. Luckily all those recovering e wer , including the two crew matic dra a r afte l pita last night in hos oat. lifeb n gto atlin Gre the rescue by Here is some traffic news at midday. Traffic on the M5 is moving again northbound. Police have cleared the accident, which was blocking the northbound side earlier today. now Chapter 1 a continuing action/event (past continuous) When the two actions are in one sentence, use the linking words/ conjunctions when, as or while to join the two sentence parts. n Jenny was reading when Ann phoned. n The truck hit my car as I was turning. n The policeman arrived while we were having lunch. If the when/as/while part is at the start of the sentence, use a comma. n When Ann phoned, Jenny was reading. Two actions can happen at the same time: n While we were having lunch, Jenny was reading. Do not confuse these two different ideas. n When Tom arrived, we were having dinner. (Dinner was continuing.) n When Tom arrived, we had dinner. (Tom arrived. Then dinner started.) 28 Past simple ∆ 8–9 The Nightmare Begins Sam looked out of the window at the street below. He didn’t want to be here but Inspector Caldwell had insisted. Suddenly he heard his nam e. ‘What were you doing here at ten o’clo ck last night, Mr Wright?’ Inspector Caldwell was looking at him and waiting for an answer. ‘I wasn’t doing anything special,’ he replied. ‘I was at home,’ he added lamely. The inspector looked at him without interest. ‘So you were doing nothing – at hom e.’ He paused. ‘And what were you doing when your wife phoned you from the Grand Hotel?’ Sam tried to remember that night but he could only think of what had happened later. ‘There was a party upstairs,’ he bega n. ‘People were dancing all night. I was listening to some music to drown the noise. I couldn’t have heard the phone when it rang.’ Sam broke off. It sounded as if he was incriminating himself. Exercises 1 Write the verbs in the correct forms. The Carter family all remember what they were doing when the last Californian earthquake happened. Example: was cooking lunch for John. (cook) Sally: I _____________ 3 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Examples: n I _____________ was making lunch when the earthquake n ___________. happened (make) (happen) were the children doing at this time What _________________________ last week? (the children/do) 1 John: I ________________________ my boss in New York. (call) 2 Ron and Sue: We ________________________ at the lake with Paul. (swim) 3 Tom: I ________________________ a football game on TV. (watch) 4 Ann and Carol: We ________________________ a Pepsi at the Corner Café. (have) 5 Flo: I ________________________ ready to go out with some friends. (get) 6 Tim and Bill: We ________________________ our bikes in the park. (ride) 1 What ______________________________ at this time yesterday? (you/do) 2 Why ____________________________ along the street at 10:00 last night? (he/run) 3 She ________________________ home when her new car ______________________. (drive) (break down) 4 I ____________ the window. (open) The sun ________________________. (shine) 5 They ________________________ in the garden when the phone _________. (work) (ring) 6 The storm ______ the boat as it _____________________ to reach the harbour. (hit) (try) 2 Complete the questions and answers. Examples: _____ cooking dinner? (cook) Was Sally _________ No, she ________. was cooking lunch. wasn’t She _______________ What ______ were Ann and Carol ________ doing ? (do) They ______________ were having a Pepsi at the Corner Café. (have) 1 Who _________ John _______________? (call) He ________________________ his boss. 2 Where _________ Tim and Bill ____________ their bikes? (ride) They _____________________ their bikes in the park. 3 _________ Tom _______________ to the radio? (listen) No, he ____________. He _______________ TV. (watch) What _________________________________? He ________________________ a football game. 4 Who _________ Ron and Sue __________________ with? (swim) They ________________________ with Paul. ____________________________________ at the swimming pool? No, they ____________. They _____________ at the lake. 7 The plane _____________________ to land when it ____________. (try) (crash) 4 Write the verbs in the correct forms. went out at 9:00, the sun ______________. was shining (go)(shine) When I ______ 1 It _________ a beautiful spring day and the birds in the park 2 ________________________. (be) (sing) I 3 ________________________ along the road beside the park when suddenly I 4_______________ my old friend, John. (walk) (notice) He 5________________________ football with his son in the park. (play) I 6____________ to him and he 7____________ round in surprise. (call) (look) Then he 8_______________ back and 9_______________ me to join them. (shout) (invite) Soon all of us 10________________________ football together. (play) Then we 11_______________ to get some ice creams. (stop) While we 12 _____________________ them, we 13_______________ to go to the lake and hire a boat. (eat) (decide) Then something terrible 14 _______________. (happen) Just as I 15___________________ into the boat, it 16_______________ to move away, and I 17 _________ straight into the water between the boat and the shore. (get) (begin) (fall) Hundreds of people 18________________, and they all 19______________ laughing. (watch) (start) I 20 _________ really embarrassed! (feel) 29 11 Present perfect 1 I’ve washed the car. FORMS Look, Dad! I’ve washed the car. Statements I have Yes/No questions washed it. Have You We He have not we they has finished. She It washed it? you They Great! It’s really clean now. I Has he finished? she has not Wh~ questions What have you done? How long has the job taken? it Full answers I have washed the car. It has taken an hour. Short forms: • I/you/we/they have = I’ve, you’ve, we’ve, they’ve • he/she/it has = he’s, she’s, it’s • have not = haven’t • has not = hasn’t A Forming the present perfect Form the present perfect with have/has + past participle. With regular verbs, the past participle is the same as the past simple form – main verb + ~ed. Have you washed the car? Yes, I’ve just finished. Has she finished dinner? No, she hasn’t finished yet. For have as an auxiliary verb, ∆ Unit 23. Many common main verbs are irregular, too. (See Appendix 1 for a list.) Examples: Infinitive Past form Past participle hit hit hit make made made speak spoke spoken swim swam swum C n If the verb ends in ~e, add ~d to form the past participle. The train has arrived. There it is! Let’s run. Uses of the present perfect When something happened in the past and is still important now. n Tom has cleaned the car. (So now it’s really clean.) n Ann has broken her arm. (So now she can’t write.) Verbs ending in a ~y usually change the ~y to ~ied. carry ➞ carried hurry ➞ hurried But note these special cases. say ➞ said pay ➞ paid lay ➞ laid When something started in the past and continued to the present. n We’ve finished the job, so now we can have a rest. n Sam has travelled all the way from America to be with us here tonight. If the verb ends in a single consonant after a single vowel, double the consonant. n The bus has stopped. We can get off now. B 30 D Irregular forms A lot of important verbs are irregular, and their past and past participle forms do not end in ~ed. The verbs be, do and have are all irregular. Infinitive Past form Past participle be was/were been do did done have had had Present perfect or past simple? ∆ 13 / Irregular verbs ∆ Appendix 1 Present perfect signal words Look for the present perfect signal words yet and just. Yet means ‘up to now’, and we use it in questions and negative statements. Have they repaired the car yet? No, they haven’t had time yet. They’re going to do it tomorrow. Just means ‘a very short time ago’, and we usually use it in positive statements. n The water has just boiled. Would you like a cup of tea? n Our new car has just arrived. Come and look. We sometimes use yet and just together. Have you finished your homework yet? Not yet. I’ve just finished question 1, but I haven’t answered question 2 yet. (I’m doing it now.) / British and American English ∆ Appendix 6 We use up to now and so far in positive and negative statements and in questions. How many letters have you written so far? Up to now, I’ve done 15. But so far, I haven’t written to Sue. The most anticipated film of the year. Use still … not for something that happens late. I started this last week and I still haven’t finished. Use already for something that happens early. It’s only 8:00 and they’ve already done an hour of work. We sometimes use still … not and already together. I suppose Joe still hasn’t started work! You’re wrong. He’s already finished! E Short (contracted) forms The ~’s short form can mean is or has, so check the main part of the verb. Study the different meanings. n She’s come home. (~’s come = has come) n She’s coming home. (~’s coming = is coming) FIRST VOICE Mr Pugh, in the School House opposite, takes up the morning tea to Mrs Pugh, and whispers on the stairs: “Where have you been all my life?” The Eagle Has Landed MR PUGH Here’s your arsenic, dear. And your weedkiller biscuit. I’ve throttled your parakeet. I’ve spat in the vases. I’ve put cheese in the mouseholes. Here’s your … … nice tea, dear. MRS PUGH Too much sugar. MR PUGH You haven’t tasted it yet, dear. MRS PUGH Too much milk, then. Beach Car Park HAVE YOU PAID AND DISPLAYED ? Tickets ava ilable from machin e (Under Milk Wood, Dylan Thomas, 1914–1953) 31 Exercises 1 Write the past participles. Example: 3 My parents ________________________. Their car is outside. buy ________ bought happen __________ happened meet _____ met 1 ask ____________ 11 keep ____________ 2 be ____________ 12 leave ____________ 3 choose ____________ 13 make ____________ 4 do ____________ 14 need ____________ 5 eat ____________ 15 open ____________ 6 find ____________ 16 put ____________ 7 give ____________ 17 run ____________ 8 have ____________ 18 start ____________ 9 invite ____________ 19 take ____________ 10 join ____________ 20 wake up ____________ Which verbs are irregular? ___________________________________________________ Which verbs can be both main verbs and auxiliary verbs? ___________________________________________________ 2 Complete the paragraph with verbs from Exercise 1 (including the examples). Dear Mum, Well, a lot of things have ___________ happened since our move to Australia. 1 Larry has ___________ a good job at a bank, and we have 2 ___________ a small house outside town for $190,000. Peter and Sally have 3___________ at their new school, and they’re very happy there. Peter has 4___________ the football team and Sally has 5___________ a lot of good friends in her class. I have 6 ___________ all the neighbours now, and they have 7 ___________ very kind. In fact, our next-door neighbour has 8 ___________ all of us to a barbecue lunch on Sunday. 3 Write these verbs in the correct forms. arrive, break, clean, get, paint, win Example: Tom ____________ has cleaned the car. Now it looks like new. 1 They ________________________ the TV. It doesn’t work. 2 Ann ________________________ the room. It’s pink now. 32 4 Mark ________________________ the race. He’s the new champion. 5 Dad ________________________ the tickets, so we can go in. 4 Write statements with positive and negative forms. Example: (find/a job 3) (find/a house 7) Alan ________________ has found a job , but he _____________________ hasn’t found a house . 1 (join/the school drama group 3) (join/the tennis club 7) Tony _____________________________________________ ______________, but he ____________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 (make/a cake 3) (make/any sandwiches 7) Julie _________________________________, but she _________________________________________________ 3 (bring/their books 3) (bring/their pens 7) The boys ________________________________________, but they __________________________________________ 4 (choose/the carpets for their new house 3) (choose/any furniture 7) Ian and Sue _______________________________________ _______________________________________, but they _________________________________________________ 5 (wash/the car 3) (wash/the children’s bikes 7) I _______________________________________, but I _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 (invite/Alan to the party 3) (invite Joe 7) We _____________________________________________, but we ___________________________________________ 5 Write questions and short answers. Examples: Lisa has cleaned her shoes. (boots) (Yes) __________________________________ Has she cleaned her boots, too? ______________ Yes, she has. Peter has eaten his lunch. (Bill) (No) ______________________________ Has Bill eaten his lunch, too? No, he hasn’t. ______________ 1 The boys have done their Maths homework. (French homework) (No) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 2 Vicky has been busy all day. (Mark) (Yes) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 3 Barry has learnt to fly. (you) (Yes) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 Petra and I have brought our books. (Sally) (No) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 6 Reorder the words to make questions. Example: (gone/where/girls/have/the) Where have the girls gone? ______________________________ 1 (lived/Emma/how long/London/has/in) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 (late/come/you/why/so/have/home) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 (my/what/you/have/with/shirt/done) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 (the/has/Andy/where/put/bike) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 (kilometres/you/how many/today/driven/have) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 7 Write the answers. Use just or yet. Examples: Is the TV working? (Yes) (mend/it) ____________________________ Yes, I’ve just mended it. Have you seen your picture in today’s newspaper? 1 Has Ruth moved? (Yes) (go to/Rome) ______________________________________________ 2 Do you know the Smiths? (No) (not/meet/them) ______________________________________________ 3 Does Bob like sweet things? (Yes) (buy/some chocolate) ______________________________________________ 4 Are we going home now? (No) (not/finish/work) ______________________________________________ 5 Have the boys had lunch? (No) (not/come/home) ______________________________________________ 6 Have you got enough petrol? (Yes) (buy/some) ______________________________________________ 7 Have you moved my books? (Yes) (put/them/in your room) ______________________________________________ 8 Write statements. Use already or But … still … not. Examples: n Tom got his boots dirty. (clean/them 7) __________________________________ But he still hasn’t cleaned them. n Ann works very fast. (do/her Maths 3) ________________________________ She’s already done her Maths. 1 I asked you to talk to Bill yesterday. (call/him 7) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 We’re planning to go to Spain. (buy/the tickets 3) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 I asked you to get ready. (pack/your bag 7) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 She’s saving for a new TV. (get/£150 3) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 Number 33 is moving fast now. (do/30 kph 3) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 I wrote three weeks ago. (have/a reply 7) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ (No) (buy/one) _____________________________ No, I haven’t bought one yet. 33 12 Present perfect 2 I’ve lived here for 35 years. Have you ever visited Scotland? FORMS Present perfect + for/since How long have you lived here? I’ve lived here for 35 years. This has been my home since I was a young man. I have lived here for 35 years. for a long time. for ages. I haven’t lived here since I was young. since 1990. since yesterday. Present perfect + number of times Have you ever been back to Sydney? Yes, I have been back three times. She has visited Spain once or twice. four times this year. every year since 2005. A Use of the present perfect + for/since We often use for and since when we talk about something starting in the past and continuing to the present. To show how long something has continued, use for. To show when something started, use since. since (a point in the past) n B for (a period of time) Use of the present perfect + number of times For things that have happened repeatedly from the past up to the present, we often use ever and never and time expressions such as this year, this week, today, since (time/event), in my (whole) life. a period of time now actions/events in a period of time Have you ever been back home (since you moved here)? Yes, I’ve been back three times since then. Have you ever visited New York? No, I’ve never been there in my whole life! C 34 been and gone Study the different meanings of been and gone. n He’s been to India. He went last year. (And now he’s home again.) n He’s gone to India. He’s working in Mumbai. (He’s there now.) Present perfect or past simple? ∆ Unit 13 DOES IT AGAIN now Karen has been a nurse for 20 years. since the 1990s. a point in the past SIMPSON / The great javelin thrower, Bill Simpson, beat his own record yesterday with a throw of 99.45 metres. Simpson has now held the world record for 12 years. Interviewed after the event, Simpson said,‘This should help me keep the record for the next 12 years.’ Zeigla Since 1835 we have been the leading makers of watches and clocks Have you ever? Have you ever flown a bike? Have you ever ridden a kite? Have you ever driven a plane? Have you ever captained a crane? Well, have you ever? No, I’ve never. HAVE YOU EVER … The monthly celebrity confessional … punched a member of your own group? Louise Wener (Sleeper) ‘No. It has come close and they have come close to punching me, but it hasn’t happened. Yet.’ Julian Cope (solo, ex-Teardrop Explodes) ‘Of course, many times. I’ve never punched a member of my solo band, but the Teardrop Explodes were always fighting.’ British and American English ∆ Appendix 6 Exercises 1 Write statements. Examples: 2 When did the whole family last meet? (Claire’s wedding) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 3 When was the last time we had fish for dinner? (months) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ (Charlie/live/there/35 years) Charlie has lived there for 35 years. _________________________________________ (he/be/there/20 years old) _________________________________________ He’s been there since he was 20 years old. 1 (this land/belong to/Mr Hill/1980) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Write questions. Use ever where possible. Answer the questions. Examples: 3 (we/live/in this house/I was 25) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 Complete the questions and answers. Example: I live in London. have you lived there? How long _______________ ______ Since 2001. OR _____ For (eleven) years. 1 Nick and Sue have a Mercedes. How long ___________________________ it? _________ last month. 2 My brother works for IBM. How long ___________________________ for them? _________ three years. 3 The Carter family want to move house. How long ______________________________ to do that? _________ Mr Carter got a job in London. 4 Nick Ellis lives on a small island. How long ___________________________ there? _________ most of his life. 1 (you/stay in Miami) (three times) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 2 (How many times/he see Avatar) (seven times) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 3 (they/try Indian food) (a few times) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 (How often/it rain today) (twice) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 5 Complete the questions and answers. Example: 1 gone again this weekend. ________ this year. She ’s When was the last time you had an ice cream? (ages) OR (last week) I haven’t had an ice cream for ages. _______________________________________ OR _____________________ since last week. When did Tim last see Susan? (three weeks) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ Does Susan like sailing? ________ She loves it! She ’s been sailing every weekend 3 Write negative answers for the questions. Example: (you/read this book) (three times) Have you ever read this book? __________________________________ Yes, I’ve read it three times. __________________________________ (How often/he/stay/in Paris) (once) ___________________________________ How often has he stayed in Paris? ________________________ He’s stayed there once. 2 (Sally/have/the same car/five years) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 1 ________ you ever ________ to Rome? No, but my brother ________ just ________ there this week. 2 Where’s Alan? He ____________ to the bank to get some money. Really? He _______ already ______ there twice this week! 35 13 Present perfect or past simple? It has opened. It opened last week. Look! The new sports shop has opened. Yes, I know. It opened last week. CROSSCHECK CROSSCHECK A CROSSCHECK Uses of the present perfect For when something happened in the past, but you do not know when. n The new sports shop has opened. Uses of the past simple For when something happened completely in the past. n What happened then? For when something happened in the past, but it affects us now. n He’s broken his leg. (The leg is still broken.) For when something started and finished in the past and you know when. n He broke his leg last year. (His leg is OK now.) For when something started in the past, and it continues to the present. n Mary has lived in London for seven years. (And she still lives there now.) For when something started, continued and finished in the past. n Mary lived in London for seven years. (But she doesn’t live there now.) For when something has happened in a particular period of time up to the present, e.g., today, this year. n She’s written three letters today. n Have you had exams this year? For when something happened in a period of past time, e.g., yesterday, last year: n She wrote five letters yesterday. n Did you have exams last year? For finding out if something has happened, not when. Has Peter gone home yet? For finding out when something happened. When did Peter go home? We often start to talk about an event at an unstated time in the past. Have you ever visited Japan? Yes, I’ve been there three times. We then often fix that event at a particular time with the past simple. When were you last in Japan? I stayed there last summer. Phone Cornwallis Insurance Brokers for a free quote Have you had a break-in? Did you have proper insurance? If you were caught out this time, 36 B Star Interview ? How many films did you make last year? Just two. It wasn’t a busy year. I made The Waiting Game in January. Then I had to wait seven months for Warner to offer me Starman. DON’T BE CAUGHT OUT AGAIN! ? Tel: 01683 95421 It’s been a very busy week, and the best thing was when I stayed in bed the whole of Friday morning. Past simple ∆ 8 / What have you enjoyed most this week? Present perfect 1 ∆ 11 / Meet the Chef! Liz Bailey is the main chef at Ludlow’s. She started catering when she was 15. She worked at the Three Bridges for a number of years and at the Lakeside Bakery in Bampton. She has worked at Ludlow’s since 2009. Dear Mrs Oliver, It’s true – a short time ago we entered your name in the Vauxhall pre-draw, which has now just taken place. As you have come through the first stage of the draw, I am notifying you now that you could already be THE WINNER! British and American English ∆ Appendix 6 Exercises 1 Write the verbs in positive, negative or question forms of the past simple. Rob: Lyn: was terrible. (be) I _______ locked myself You know, last night ____ out of the house. (lock) Oh, no! What 1_____________________ (you/do) 2 3 Rob: I _________ round the house and I ____________ for an open window. (go) (look) Lyn: 4 Rob: There 5____________ any on the ground floor, but there 6 _________ one upstairs. (not/be) (be) Lyn: It’s a pity you 7_____________________ us. (not/call) You’re always welcome to stay here. ___________________________ one? (you/find) Rob: Thanks, but I 8________________________ to disturb you. (not/want) Lyn: So what 9_____________________ after that? (you/do) Rob: I 10____________ the police. (phone) 2 Write the verbs in positive, negative or question forms of the present perfect. Tina and Bill are getting ready for school. Examples: Mum: Tina: Bill: _____________ Have you had enough to eat? (you/have) Thanks, Mum. I’ve _________ eaten lots. (eat) Well, I _________ haven’t I’m still hungry. 1 Tina: Bill, where _______________________ my coat? (you/put) Bill: I _______________________ your coat since last week. (not/see) 3 Write the past forms and past participles. Examples: write ______ wrote ________ written 1 ask ___________ ___________ 2 be ___________ ___________ 3 cut ___________ ___________ 4 do ___________ ___________ 5 find ___________ ___________ 6 go ___________ ___________ 7 have ___________ ___________ 8 invite ___________ ___________ 9 join ___________ ___________ Which verbs are irregular? ___________________________________________________ Which verbs can be both main verbs and auxiliary verbs? ___________________________________________________ 4 Complete the statements and questions. Examples: has never been to Canada. n Helen ____ n Did _____ you spend much money yesterday? 1 How long ___________ Ann been at home? 2 I’m sure Peter ___________ made a mistake. 3 Tom ___________ finished work yet. 4 ___________ anybody see the news at 1:00? 2 Mum: ____________________________ your bag for school, Tina? (you/pack) Tina: Yes, but I ______________ my pencil case upstairs. (leave) 3 Mum: _________________________ you your lunch money, Bill? (Dad/give) Bill: No, he ___________. Can you give me some? 4 Dad: I ____________________ the car to the front door. (bring) Are you ready to go? Bill: I am, but Tina ______________ upstairs for her pencil case. (go) 5 We ___________ found the way, but we’re trying. 5 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Mark is e-mailing his parents in London. Dear Mum and Dad, Well, I ________ arrived here in New York on 6th September and now it’s ’ve been here for two months. (arrive) (be) I’m 6th November, so I________ sorry I 1__________________________ to you since last month, but life 2______________ very busy. (not/write) (be) Classes 3 ____________________ and I 4___________ a lot of things to do. (begin) (have) I 5________ you about Rod in my last e-mail. (tell) He 6____________ me stay at his place since I first 7________ here. (let) (get) But at last I 8____________________ a place of my own. (find) I 9____________ the agreement with the owner last night and he 10________ me a key. (sign) (give) 37 14 Present perfect continuous I’ve been waiting for an hour. FORMS How long have you been waiting? Statements I Yes/No questions have been waiting. Have I You We you have not we They He they has been playing. Has She I’ve been waiting for an hour! It been waiting? he been playing? she has not it Wh~ questions What have you been doing? How long has he been waiting? Full answers I have been watching TV. He has been waiting for an hour. Short forms: • I/you/we/they have = I’ve, you’ve, we’ve, they’ve • he/she/it has = he’s, she’s, it’s • have not = haven’t • has not = hasn’t A B Forming the present perfect continuous Use have + been (past participle of be) + ~ing form of the main verb. Have been contains the present perfect meaning. The ~ing form shows the idea of continuing. Uses of the present perfect continuous For emphasizing that something has continued for a long time. n I’ve been waiting for two whole hours! n Tom has been building that boat since 2005. Will he ever finish? a point in the past a period of time For something that stopped just before the present, but is still important now. n Look, the road is wet. It’s been raining. n I’ve been saving for months, and now I’ve got nearly £1,000. For frequent actions in a period of time from the past to the present. n We’ve been visiting France every summer for the last ten years. n How long have you been going to work by bicycle? a period of time Present perfect 1 ∆ 11 At High Notes we’ve been mastering the art of making musical instruments for 150 years. No one has more experience than we do. now a continually repeating action/event in a period of time C Signal words We use some of the signal words that go with the present perfect, e.g., for, since, just. We also use other expressions to emphasize ‘how long’, e.g., all morning/ day/week, the whole morning/day/week. n We’ve been working since 6:00 this morning. n Oh, hi! I’ve just been writing an e-mail to you! n They’ve been waiting for this letter all week! 38 GET IN TOUCH! now a continuing action/event in a period of time a point in the past People have been meeting since 1970 through the Mary Stewart Dating Agency Heavy snow has been falling in southern areas of Scotland. Although it is now bright and sunny, motorists are advised to stay at home unless their journey is absolutely necessary. High Notes Exercises 1 Complete the answers. Example: Why are you so tired? __________________ I ’ve been studying all night. (study) 1 Hello! Where have you been recently? I ____________________________ in London. (work) 2 Why are the children so dirty? They ______________________________ in the garden. (play) 1 You meet a friend. You haven’t seen her for a month. What _______________________________________ recently? (you/do) 2 You ask Tom’s sister about him. He’s been studying Spanish in Spain. How ________________________________________ in Spain? (he/get on) 3 You want to know about Tom’s studies. __________________________________________ a lot of Spanish? (he/learn) 3 I can’t find my MP3 player. Where is it? John __________________________ it upstairs. (use) 4 Why haven’t you washed the car yet? I ___________________________ jobs for Mum. (do) 4 Your little brother’s hands and mouth are dirty. ___________________________________________ chocolate? (you/eat) 5 Maria speaks very good English. Yes. She __________________________________ very hard. (study) 5 Someone tells you about some friends. They’re working in London. How long ____________________________________ there? (they/work) 2 Complete the answers. Example: Have the children been helping Mum? haven’t been helping her. No, they ______________________ __________________ They’ve been watching TV. (watch) 1 Has Tony been spending all his money? No, he ____________________________________ it. He _________________________ it. (save) 2 Have we been going the wrong way? No, we ______________________________________ the wrong way. We _________________________ the right way. (go) 3 Has Ann been doing her homework? No, she ______________________________________ that. She _________________________ to her new CD. (listen) 3 Complete the questions. Examples: You meet an old friend who is now at college. have you been getting on at college? How _________________________ (you/get on) You ask about your friend’s brother. He’s recently started at a new school. 4 Write questions and answer them. Examples: Joe is travelling round the world. He left at the end of last year OR six months ago. What _____________________ has Joe been doing recently? ______________________________________ He’s been travelling round the world. has he been doing that? How long ___________________ ____________________________ Since the end of last year. For six months. OR ________________ 1 Pam is looking for a new job. She started looking last month. What ________________________________ recently? ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ How long ________________________________ that? ______________________________________________ 2 Nick and Andy are training for the London Marathon. They began training the month before last. What _________________________________________ ___________________________ recently? ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ How long ________________________________ that? ______________________________________________ __________________________________ Has your brother been enjoying his new school? (your brother/enjoy) 39 15 Past perfect and past simple When they arrived, the film had started. FORMS Statements I had Yes/No questions started. Had I You you He he She had not started? she It it We we They they Wh~ questions Full answers What film had they gone to see? They had gone to see Avatar 4. When had it started? It had started at 7:00. Short forms: • I/you/he/she/we/they had = I’d, you’d, he’d, she’d, we’d, they’d • had not = hadn’t When they arrived, the film had started. A B Forming the past perfect Form the past perfect with had + past participle. n The film had started before we arrived. n Had it begun before you arrived? Use of the past perfect For when we need to emphasize that one past event happened earlier than another past event. We can put the two events in two sentences with or without connectors. n I got to the party at 8:00. However, my friends had already left. n At the airport I couldn’t find my passport. I’d left it at home! We can also talk about two events in one sentence. This often happens in reported speech. (∆ Unit 53) n I looked for some fruit in the fridge, but someone had eaten it all. n Last Sunday, Annie told her best friend that Tom had asked her to marry him. We can also use these words to connect the two sentence parts: when, after, before, once, until, as soon as. n When I arrived, the meeting had started. n The rain had stopped before we went out. Be careful. Do not overuse the past perfect. Use the past simple for past events that happened one after another. n I saw Peter and I said hello. n When I got home, I sat down and turned on the TV. Note the difference in meaning between the following: n When the director arrived, the meeting started. (First the director arrived and then the meeting started.) n When the director arrived, the meeting had started. (First the meeting started and then the director arrived.) 40 Past simple ∆ 8–9 / Reported statements (with time shift) ∆ 53 DRIVER WAS BLIND AND DRUNK Police called to breath test a Speaking in court, Bolton said suspected drunk driver were that his sight had worsened, until astonished to find he was he was registered blind in March. registered blind. David Bolton, He had been at the pub with his 40, could not see the end of his girlfriend, who normally drove, bonnet, but had managed to but this time she had had several drive two miles before drinks too. Magistrates imposed crashing into a parked car. an immediate driving ban on him. Columbus believed that if he sailed west he would reach India. In fact, he landed in the Caribbean. He didn’t realize what he had found. He called it the West Indies. ‘Welcome to my ho use! Enter freely an your own will!’ d of He did not step forw ard to meet me, bu like a statue, as thou t stood gh his welcoming words had fixed him in stone. The had stepped over th instant, however, that I e threshold, he mov ed impulsively forwar d. Holding out his ha nd, he grasped mine with a str wince and with a ha ength which made me nd as cold as ice – more like the hand of a dead man than a living on e. ‘Count Dracula?’ I as ked. (Dracula, Bram Stoker, 1847–1912) Exercises 1 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Example: It was a strange house. Nobody __________ had lived there 3 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Example: for years. (live) 1 The town was empty. Everyone __________________. (go) 2 The car wasn’t there. A thief _____________________ it. (take) 3 The biscuit tin was empty. Tim _____________________ them all. (eat) 4 I didn’t recognize old Mr Jarvis. He _________________ a lot. (change) 5 We decided to buy a sofa which we _______________ the weekend before. (see) 6 We went back to the shop to get the sofa, but somebody else ________________________ it. (buy) 7 I wanted to speak to Mr Jones, so I phoned his office. Unfortunately, he _______________ five minutes before. (leave) 8 Bob was late for football practice and they _______________ without him. (start) 2 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Example: We____________ ’d only been at home for a few minutes when the phone rang. (only/be) 1 I invited Pat, but she ______________________________ to go out. (already/arrange) 2 They were amazed. They ___________________________ such a beautiful place. (never/see) 3 Celia ____________________________________ dinner when the police called. (just/start) 4 Mrs Spear was worried. She __________________________ _________________________________________ her son’s accident. (recently/hear about) 5 I phoned the garage, but they ________________________ __________________ my car. (still/not/repair) 6 Tony wanted to buy a bike with the money, but Tina _______________________________ it. (already/spent) Alan _________ broke a window to had lost his key, so he ______ get in. (lose) (break) 1 I ____________ at the party at 8:00, but my friends _______________. (arrive) (go) 2 The horses ________________________ before we ____________ the gate. (get away) (close) 3 Once we __________________ the river, we ____________ to move faster. (cross) (be able) 4 The manager _________ us all there until we _______________ everything possible. (leave) (do) 5 They _____________________ because they ___________ __________________ food and water. (turn back) (run out of) 4 Join each pair of statements to make one statement. Use when. Example: n We went out. We had breakfast. went out when we’d n We ________________ ______ had breakfast. 1 We drove out of town. We loaded the Jeep. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 We stopped for a rest. We drove into the hills. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 We started again. We had a good rest. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 We finally stopped for the night. We were on the road for over ten hours. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 We started to cook dinner. We unpacked the Jeep. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 We went to sleep. We finished dinner. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 41 16 Future with going to We’re going to drive. FORMS We’re going to drive straight across the desert. Ready? Statements I am Yes/No questions going to drive. Am I going to drive? going to go. Is he going to go? am not He is She she It is not We are it going to travel. Are we You you They are not they Wh~ questions Where are they going to drive? How long is the trip going to take? going to travel? Full answers They are going to drive to Perth. It is going to take a month. Short forms: • I am = I’m • he/she/it is = he’s, she’s, it’s • we/you/they are = we’re, you’re, they’re • I am not = I’m not • he is not = he isn’t, he’s not • we are not = we aren’t, we’re not A Uses of going to For explaining future plans. What are you going to do on Saturday? I’m going to visit my grandparents. The heads of government are going to meet again at 10:00 tomorrow morning. For explaining an intention to do something in the very near future. Right now, I’m going to make some salad. Then we can have dinner. Dad, can you help me with my homework? Sure, I’m just going to watch the news. I’ll help you when it’s finished. n For predictions when it is clear that something is certain to happen soon. n Look at the clouds. It’s going to rain. n Listen to the car! It’s going to break down! Note: Use going to with go, just like any other verb. n We’re going to go to the cinema. CROSSCHECK B Present continuous We often use the present continuous to talk about future events that are agreed and arranged. Are you doing anything tomorrow? Yes, I’m seeing Sally. We’re meeting at 3:00. going to When we use going to, we are focusing more on deciding and planning future events. What are you going to do? First, we’re going to take a trip on the river. Then we’re going to see a film. 42 Future with will ∆ 17 / Review: the future ∆ 20 At a press conf erence held by the lottery orga winner Peter nizers, Morgan, an un em ployed miner four children, with sprayed report ers with cham ‘It’s going to be pagne. a great Christm as!’ he told th Mr Morgan, ag em. ed 39, who ne tted £2.3 millio went on to sa n, y, ‘It’s going to change my lif e!’ Virgo With the planet Jupiter in your house, this is going to be a very exciting year for Virgoans. Your practical, down-to-earth nature is going to help you deal with the many changes that await anyone born under this sign. Exercises 1 Complete the answers. Example: Have you had dinner yet? (later) 3 Write questions and short answers. Examples: Are we going to be late? _________________________ ______________ No, we aren’t. going to have it later. __________________________ No, not yet. I ’m 1 2 Have you washed the car yet? (after lunch) No, not yet. I ____________________________________ ________________________________________________. Has Tessa cleaned her shoes yet? (now) No, not yet. She _________________________________ _________________________________________________. 3 Have the boys mended their bikes yet? (this evening) No, not yet. They ________________________________ _________________________________________________. 4 Has the cat had its food yet? (in a minute) No, not yet. It ___________________________________ _________________________________________________. 2 Write the verbs in positive or negative forms. Examples: Your local football team are in the cup final, but they’re playing badly. __________________ They ’re going to lose. (lose) They _____________________ aren’t going to win. (not/win) 1 You’re in the hills. There are black clouds. It _________________________________. (rain) We _______________________________ very wet. (get) 2 Alan should be on his way to the airport to catch a plane, but he’s still in bed. He _________________________________ there in time. (not/get) He ______________________________ his plane. (miss) 3 Your car is very low on petrol, and you’re still a long way from the petrol station. We _____________________________________ petrol. (run out of) We _______________________________________ the petrol station in time. (not/reach) 4 Your friend is in a marathon race. He’s very tired, but he’s very near the end of the race. He _______________________________________ now. (not/give up) He _________________________________ for sure. (finish) (we/be/late) (No) 1 (Sam/pass/his exams) (Yes) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 2 (your parents/take/you out) (No) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 3 (you/watch/TV this evening) (Yes) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 (Sally/buy/a newspaper) (No) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 Write questions. Example: I’m planning to go on holiday. (Where/you/go) ____________________________ Where are you going to go? 1 Ann has bought some lovely flowers. (Where/she/put them) ______________________________________________ 2 The Smith family have sold their house. (When/they/move out) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 3 I’m making some cakes for the party. (How many/you/make) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 Bill is planning to go to the cinema. (What/he/see) ______________________________________________ 43 17 Future with will People will live in space cities. FORMS Statements I One day, people will live in space cities like this. will Yes/No questions start. Will I You you He he She will not she It it We we They they Wh~ questions When will they build the first space city? Where will the space city be? start? Full answers They will start in about 2040. It will be 1.5 million kilometres away. Short forms: • I/you/he/she/it/we/they will = I’ll, you’ll, he’ll, she’ll, it’ll, we’ll, they’ll • will not = won’t A Uses of will For expressing future facts. n Sam will be 20 next month. n The new road will be eight lanes wide. For predicting the future, so we often use it with words such as probably, definitely and certainly and phrases like I’m sure …, I’m certain … Note: ~ly words change position in will and won’t sentences. n He’ll definitely love Rome. n He definitely won’t want to come home. For predicting something in the future. n One day, people will live in space cities. n Don’t worry! I’m sure you’ll pass your exams. Note: Do not use will to express plans and arrangements. n I can’t see you tomorrow as I’m visiting/going to visit my parents. (not will visit ) For saying what you decide to do at the time of speaking. n I’ve left the window open. I’ll go back and close it. Note: Will often goes with verbs like expect, think and know. n I expect I’ll be late home tonight. n I don’t think he’ll agree to the idea. For offering, promising or threatening to do something. n That looks heavy. I’ll help you. n I promise I won’t be late. B For asking somebody to do something and agreeing or refusing to do it. Will you post this card for me? Yes, I’ll post it on my way home. TECHPRO Electronics TURY 21st CEN TECHNOLOGY 17–19 March 2013 NEC Birmingham, UK Network in comfort You will find that we’ve put in place all the facilities you need to make TECHPRO both pleasant and productive. Visitor lounges and catering facilities throughout the show will give you the chance to catch your breath and plan the next stage of your visit. The all-new TECHPRO TV will be constantly delivering fast-breaking news from all around the show and its features, as well as providing reports on local traffic and weather conditions via a giant video wall in Hall 2. 44 Future with going to ∆ 16 / Future continuous ∆ 18 shall/shall not (shan’t) In British English, people sometimes use shall/shall not (shan’t) instead of will/will not, but only with I or we. It is usually used for suggestions, offers and asking for instructions or suggestions. n You look terrible! Shall we call a doctor? n I’ve finished this job. What shall I do next? / As we move further into the 21st century, the evergrowing use of information technology means that more people will be able to work from home. This in turn will change the pattern of transportation. The morning rush hour will soon be a thing of the past. Review: the future ∆ 20 / British and American English ∆ Appendix 6 Exercises 1 Write the verbs in positive or negative forms. Examples: 2 I’m thirsty. Ask Sue. __________________ you a Pepsi. 3 This case is very heavy. Give it to me. _______________ it for you. 4 We need some wood for the fire. OK. ____________ some pieces now. n The film __________ will start at 8:00. (start) n It _____________ won’t finish until 11:00. (not/finish) 1 I’ve hidden the presents, so the children __________________ them. (not/find) 2 The bridge __________________ the river here. (cross) 3 The road __________________ until next year. (not/open) 4 Write questions and short answers. Example: 5 Paul _______________ 20 until next year. (not/be) 2 Complete the offers and promises with positive or negative forms of these verbs. (Joe/win/the competition) (No) Will Joe win the competition? ________________________________ No, he won’t. ______________ 4 Ask the boys. They ____________ the job for you. (do) 1 (Ann/be/ten next week) (Yes) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ be, buy, close, forget, look after, lose, make, wash Example: Please be careful with my jewellery. _____________ Don’t worry. I ’ll look after it. 2 (the boys/like/their new school) (No) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ OR Don’t worry. I ___________ won’t lose it. 1 We haven’t got any milk. All right. I ____________ some at the shop. 2 Be sure to get there on time. Don’t worry. I _______________ late. 3 The car is very dirty. OK. I _______________ it. 3 (Mr Hall/arrive/tonight) (Yes) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 (next term/start/on 15th April) (No) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 5 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Luke and his friends are planning a class river trip. Luke: take some boats and go up the Here’s my idea. We ’ll _______ river. (take) Andy: will it cost? (it/cost) OK, but how much _____________ Luke: I don’t know. I 1_______________ the boat company and ask. (phone) But I’m sure it 2_______________ too expensive. (not/be) Andy: 3 ____________________________________ to go? (everybody/want) Luke: Yes, I’m sure they 4_________. (will) carry, cut, get, give, phone Tony: What 5________________________ to take? (we/need) Example: Please give your parents a call. Luke: We 6__________________ take a picnic. (have to) Yes, __________ I’ll phone them now. Andy: 7 Luke: No, we 8____________. Don’t worry. The TV weatherman says we 9_______________ a lovely day tomorrow, and he promises it 10_______________. (not) (have) (not/rain) 4 Look, the windows are open. All right. I _______________ them. 5 Try to get everything right this time. No problem. I __________________ any mistakes. 6 Remember to take this letter and post it. Don’t worry. I _____________________ it. 3 Complete the answers with these verbs. Use the correct pronouns. 1 Is Simon at work now? No, not yet. _______________ to the office at 9:00. _____________________ raincoats? (we/need) 45 18 Future continuous I’ll be swimming. FORMS Statements I Just think! At this time tomorrow, I’ll be swimming in the Indian Ocean. Yes/No questions will be swimming. Will I You you He he She will not be be swimming? she It it We we They they Wh~ questions What will she be doing? Where will he be swimming? Full answers She will be working. He will be swimming in the sea. Short forms: • I/you/he/she/it/we/they will be = I’ll be, you’ll be, he’ll be, she’ll be, it’ll be, we’ll be, they’ll be • will not be = won’t be 8:00–10:15 Olympic Special A Uses For talking about a continuing event or activity at a point in the future. now a point in the future This live action Olympic coverage will include the final of the 100 metres. At 9:15 this evening, everyone in Britain will be sitting on the edg e of their seats hoping that we can once again win Olympic gold. a continuing action/event happening at a point in the future MEMO What will you be doing at this time tomorrow? I’ll be travelling to New York. Compare similar uses of other continuous tenses. n It’s 9:00 now. Harry is watching TV. n At 9:00 yesterday he was watching TV, too. n At 9:00 tomorrow he’ll be watching TV again. For emphasizing that an event or activity will continue for a long time. n There’s so much to do! We’ll be working all day. n We’re having a party tomorrow evening, so we’ll be cooking all afternoon. Use the future continuous (like the present continuous and going to) to talk about future arrangements and plans. n I’ll be calling at the supermarket on my way home. n I’m calling Can I get you anything? n I’m going to call B 46 Short answers Just use will/won’t. We do not usually add be. Will you and Emma be flying to Rome next week? She will, but I won’t. I’ll be driving. Review: the future ∆ 20 All staff To: From: The management Date: 15th December day Staff are reminded that they will be working a full mas Christ do to g wishin e Anyon Eve. on Christmas shopping should arrange for an afternoon off during the coming week. Dear Tony Sorry I can’t come to yo ur wedding on the 16th, but I’ll be flying out to South Af rica next Saturday to cover the elections there. Good luck to you both. I look forward to seeing you and Sarah wh en I get back. Love, George Exercises 1 Read. Then answer the question. Use these verbs. Lisa: No, sorry. I 3_________________________________ ________________. Are you free on Wednesday? Jack: No, sorry. I 4_________________________________ ________________. Are you free on Thursday? Lisa: I’m afraid not. I 5______________________________ ________________. Can we meet on Friday? Jack: Yes, I’m free then. do, have, learn, study John’s timetable 9:00 9:45 10:30 11:15 12:00 12:45 Science Art French Maths English Lunch What will John be doing at these times? 9:00, 9:45, 10:30, 11:15, 12:00, 12:45 _________________________________ At 9:00 he’ll be having Science. Example: 1 _______________________________________________ 2 _______________________________________________ 3 _______________________________________________ 4 _______________________________________________ 5 _______________________________________________ 2 Read Jack’s and Lisa’s diary pages for next week. Then complete the conversation. Jack Hill Lisa Bell Mon. 1 Morning – Talk to customers from Japan. Afternoon – Meet the sales manager. Tues. 2 Morning – Visit the factory. Afternoon – Have meetings with the sales team. Wed. 3 Show visitors round London all day. – Thur. 4 – Spend the day in Paris. Fri. 5 – – Company directors Jack and Lisa need to have a meeting next week, but when? Lisa: Can we meet on Monday morning? Jack: No, sorry. I ’ll _________________________________ be talking to customers from _______. Japan Are you free on Monday afternoon? Lisa: I’m afraid not. I 1 _______________________________ ________________. Are you free on Tuesday morning? Jack: No, I’m afraid not. I 2_____________________________ _____________. Can we meet on Tuesday afternoon? 3 Read. Then write questions and answer them. Roger Barnes is a traveller. On his next trip, he will be travelling round the world by bicycle. He will be flying to Florida next Monday. Then he will be riding across America on his bike for the next two months. He will be arriving in California in ten weeks. From there, he will be going up the west coast to Alaska. Then he will be crossing to Asia by ship. Example: (How/he/travel/round/the world) _____________________________________ How will he be travelling round the _______ world? ________ By bike. 1 (When/he/fly/Florida) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 2 (How long/he/ride/across America) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 3 (Where/he/arrive/in ten weeks) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 (Where/he/go/from there) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 5 (How/he/cross/to Asia/after that) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 47 19 Future perfect We’ll have done it by 4:00. FORMS I need it at 4.00 tomorrow. Will it be ready? Statements I will have A B He he it We we They they hen England play in the World Cup in Australia in six months’ time, Andy McNee will have been manager of the England team for exactly four years. Whatever the outcome of the championship, many believe it is time for him to move on. Intermediate a point in the future The new manager will have started work before/by 1st May. The new manager won’t have met all the staff before/by 1st May. n The new manager won’t have met all the staff until/till 30th May. Do not use until/till after a positive future perfect form. Use before or by. Compare the uses of the future continuous and future perfect. n I’ll be doing the work at midday. (The work will not be finished.) n I’ll have done the work by 1:00. (The work will be finished.) Questions and short answers We only ask questions in the future perfect to be very exact about the time of an action. When we give short answers, we just use will/won’t. We do not usually add have. We need a meeting early tomorrow afternoon. Will you have had lunch by 1:30? Yes, I will. Good. Let’s have the meeting then. Review: the future ∆ 20 she It W n 48 will not have have done it? TIME FOR A CHANGE n C I you Use To say that an event will be finished before a future time. We often use before or by with the future perfect. In the negative, we often use not … until/till. an action/event a point inbefore the future now before an action/event a point in the future a point in the future Will Short forms: • I/you/he/she/it/we/they will have = I’ll have, you’ll have, he’ll have, she’ll have, it’ll have, we’ll have, they’ll have • will not have = won’t have Forming the future perfect Form the future perfect with will + have + past participle. n We’ll have cleaned it by 4:00. n We’ll have done it before closing time. now done it. You She Oh, yes. We’ll have done it by then. Yes/No questions Swimming Courses Bronze challenge By the end of the course, you will have learned how to: 1 jump into the deep end. 2 swim 10 metres, surface dive and swim underwater for 5 metres. 3 tread water in a vertical position for 3 minutes. By the time they are five years old, nearly half the children in the UK will have had some dental treatment. Try to think of alternatives to sweets as presents and treats! Exercises 1 Read. Then write statements. 4 Will she know the results by the 15th? Yes, she ___________________________ them before then. (get) 5 Will Alex bring a present to the party? No, he ______________________________ time to get one. (not/have) Tessa Black is 16. She wants to be a famous writer. These are her ambitions. By the age of: 18 – sell some short stories 20 – write a book of short stories 25 – produce a play in London 30 – publish a best-selling novel 35 – win an important international prize 3 Read. Then complete the questions and answer them. This is a schedule for building a house. 40 – make a lot of money Example: Schedule By the age of 18, she hopes she ’ll _____________. have sold some short stories. ____________________ 1 By the age of 20, she hopes she ______________________ _______________________________________________. 2 By the age of 25, she hopes she ______________________ _______________________________________________. Finish putting up the walls 10/6 Finish putting on the roof 20/6 Finish putting in the windows 12/7 Finish fitting the doors 29/7 Finish doing the wiring 6/8 3 By the age of 30, she hopes she ______________________ _______________________________________________. Finish laying the floors 18/8 4 By the age of 35, she hopes she ______________________ _______________________________________________. Finish plastering the walls 10/9 Finish painting the house 25/9 5 By the age of 40, she hopes she ______________________ _______________________________________________. Example: 2 Write the verbs in positive or negative forms. Example: Could you record the 9:00 news? 1 ______________________________________ by 15/7? ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 2 ______________________________________ by 15/8? ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 3 ______________________________________ by 15/9? ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ________________ All right. I ’ll have mended the video by then. (mend) OR won’t have mended the video by I’m sorry. I ____________________ then. (not/mended) 1 Could I have the report by 5:00, please? I’m afraid I ___________________________________ it by then. (not/finish) 2 Let’s buy the red sofa which we saw. It was very cheap. The shop _______________________ _______________ it by the time we get there. (sell) 3 Ask everyone to come here at 6:00. I’m sorry, but they ___________________________ by 6:00. (go) What will they have finished by 15/6? ______________________________ ___________________________________ They’ll have put up the walls, but ___________________________________ they won’t have put on the roof. 49 20 Review: the future I’ll be 18 next week. I’m going to have a party. FORMS I’ll be 18 next Sunday, so I’m going to have a part y. Please come, everyone! All of these ways of talking about the future are correct grammatically, and they all give the same information. But each one shows that the speaker is thinking about the information in a different way. Different future forms are correct in different situations. The party will start at 6:00. It’s starting at 6:00. It’ll be starting at 6:00. It starts at 6:00. It’s going to start at 6:00. It’ll have started at 6:00. CROSSCHECK CROSSCHECK A Uses of will and going to will Use will to express facts about the future that you know are true. n Susan will be 18 next Sunday. going to Use going to when it is clear that something is certain to happen soon. n That’s a big shopping list. It’s going to be an expensive party! Use will to say what you decide to do at the time of speaking. n I know! I’ll have a party! Use going to when you explain future plans. n I’m going to make a huge cake. Use will to offer, promise or threaten. Use will to request something or refuse to do something. n I’ll pay you £100 to do the job. n All right. I’ll do it tonight. B Uses of the present simple and continuous with future meaning Present simple Use the present simple for facts about future events and times. n The party starts at 6:00. n Susan’s school finishes next Thursday. n When does school start next term? Present continuous Use the present continuous for future arrangements. n She’s having a big cake. n Susan is having a party next Sunday. n All her friends are coming to the party. C Uses of will and the future continuous will Use will to express a complete action in the future. n The party will start at 6:00. Future continuous Use the future continuous for something continuing in the future. n They’ll be dancing for hours. D Uses of the future perfect and the future continuous Future perfect Use the future perfect for an action that is completed before a certain point in the future. n Don’t worry! The party will have finished long before midnight. Future continuous Use the future continuous for something continuing at a certain point in the future. n At lunchtime tomorrow they’ll still be cleaning up after the party! Aaron 24 says: Are you coming to the party? Of course! It’s going to be the party of the year. :-) 50 Present simple ∆ 4 / Present continuous ∆ 6 THE EXAMS WILL START AT 10:15 SEND / Future continuous ∆ 18 / Future perfect ∆ 19 Exercises 1 Write the verbs in future forms. Use going to or will. Example: ’re going to run out of milk soon. We ________________________ (run out of) 3 Write the verbs in future forms. Use will or the future continuous. Example: ________________ I ’m going to get a newspaper, so I _______ ’ll buy some milk too. (get) (buy) 1 Slow down! We _________________________________. (crash) Don’t worry. We _________ all right. (be) I promise. 2 _______________________________________ out this evening? (we/eat) Yes, we ___________________________ to the Café de Paris. (go) 3 What would you like – tea or coffee? I ____________ some coffee, please. (have) 4 The phone is ringing. ____________________________ it, please? (you/answer) Yes. It _____________________ Harry. (probably/be) 5 You _________ 18 soon, so ______________________ school? (be) (you/leave) Yes, I ______________________________ engineering at college. (study) 6 What time ___________________________________? (the meeting/start) At 6:00 exactly, so be there on time. I _______________ late. (not/be) I promise. 2 Write the verbs in present tense forms for future meanings. Examples: n The Stone family __________ are going to Cyprus for their holidays. (go) n Their train _______ leaves at 18:15. (leave) 1 They __________________ a train to the airport. (take) Will you be at home at 5:00? (you/be) ____________ _____________ No, I ______ won’t . I ’ll be playing tennis then. (play) 1 At this time tomorrow, I _____________________ to Australia. (fly) What ________________________ _____________? (you/do) I ________________________ here, as usual. (work) 2 Do you think she ____________ her exams? (pass) I don’t know. She certainly _______________ very well if she doesn’t work harder. (not/do) 3 What time _____________________ home from college? (Sam/be) At lunchtime. I expect you and Sam __________________ a lot to talk about. (have) Yes, I expect we ________________________ all afternoon. (talk) 4 Hurry up, or we ________________________ here all day. (wait) Don’t worry. I ____________ everything ready in five minutes. (have) 4 Write the verbs in future forms. Use the future perfect or future continuous. Examples: By this time next week, I ’ll _____________ have left London, _______________ and I ’ll be travelling to Africa. (leave) (travel) 1 By the time they finish the new offices, 200 builders ______________________ 10 million bricks. (lay) 2 In two months from now, 1,000 people _______________________ in the new offices. (work) 3 Don’t worry. Your washing machine _____________________ again in a minute. (work) 2 It __________________ the airport at 19:45. (reach) 4 I ________________________ my exams in June. (take) 3 They __________________ with KLM. (fly) 4 The plane __________________ at 21:30. (take off) 5 By this time next year, I _____________________ school, and I ____________________ as a pilot. (leave) (train) 5 It __________________ in Cyprus at 00:30. (arrive) 6 6 The family __________________ in a villa near the beach. (stay) Could you come soon after 5:00? The others __________________________ between 5:00 and 5:30. (arrive) I’m sorry, but I _________________________________ work by then. (not/finish) 51 21 have and have got He has a huge pack. He’s got a huge pack. He’s having a rest. FORMS have and have got for possession have have got Present I have I have got do not have He have not got has a huge pack. He has got does not have a huge pack. has not got Past I had He did not have a huge pack. I had He did not have a huge pack. have for an action He is having a rest. He’s got a huge pack. He’s having a rest. A He is having a drink. Short forms: • I/you/we/they have got = I’ve got, you’ve got, we’ve got, they’ve got he/she/it has got = he’s got, she’s got, it’s got • have not got = haven’t got • has not got = hasn’t got have and have got We use both have and have got to mean ‘own’ or ‘possess’. Both forms are usually possible, but have got is less formal than have. n Does he have a pack? n Has he got a pack? We use have (own) in simple tenses, but not in continuous tenses, e.g., present simple, not present continuous. n Do you have any fruit juice? n No, I don’t. I only have water. When we use the past simple, we usually use the form had, not had got. n He had a motorbike before he bought his car. When we use the present perfect, we always use the form had. n He’s had the car for the last three years. B We use this form of have in a lot of very useful expressions. These are some of the most common: n have a swim/wash/bath/shower n have a walk/run/ride n have (a cup of) coffee/tea n have breakfast/lunch/dinner n have a meal/snack/break/rest n have a look n have a talk/chat/discussion/fight/an argument The verb form have got is the present perfect form of get, but the meaning is present. n Have you got any coins? n No, I haven’t. I’ve only got notes. In the present perfect, auxiliary verb have goes with main verb have just like any other main verb. Auxiliary verb have often shortens, but main verb have does not shorten. (∆ Unit 23 for more about have as an auxiliary verb.) n He’s had that car for 11 years. n They’ve had that house since May. Do you have an interest in the outdoor life? Why not try a traditional boating holiday on Britain’s famous canals? We have a wide choice of narrowboat holiday s from £75 per person per week. Have you got what it takes? Canal Holidays Freephone 0800 592684 We’ve got all you need to know to run a successful business Send for free information 01389 643218 52 Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23 / have for an action We use this form of have in continuous tenses as well as simple tenses. n He’s having a rest now. n He has a swim every day. With the Express&Herald you’ve got it all! NEWS • SPOR T • FEAT URES • ENTE RTAIN MENT British and American English ∆ Appendix 6 Exercises 1 Write the correct forms of have got. Example: 1 2 _____________ Have you got any free time later? (you) haven’t got a minute. Sorry. No, I ____________ ________________________ any coins for the phone? (you) No, sorry. I _____________________ any money at all. Ask Tom. I think he ____________ some. No, he __________________ any. I’ve already asked him. What does your brother look like? He’s tall and he ____________ red hair. _____________________ a moustache? (he) No, he ____________. You’re thinking of someone else. 2 Write the correct forms of have. Example: Do you have any free time later? (you) _____________ No, I ____________ don’t have a minute. Sorry. 1 _____________________ any stamps for this letter? (you) No, sorry. I __________________ any stamps at all. Ask Sue. I think she ______ some. No, she _____________________ any. I’ve already asked her. 2 What does your sister look like? She’s thin and she ______ dark hair. _____________________ glasses? (she) No, she ____________. You’re thinking of someone else. 3 ________________________ a bike when you were young? (you) Yes, I ______, but it was very heavy. I _____________________ a good bike until I was 15. That was a great bike. It ______ a special lightweight frame. 4 Alan, what kind of car ________________________? (you) I __________________ one. I walk everywhere. I _____________________ one for three years. What kind of car ________________________? (you) It was a Toyota. 5 Nick ______ a holiday home in Spain. Lucky man! How long __________________ it? (he) I think he ____________ it since 1989. But it’s sad because he ________________________ much time to go there these days. 3 Write the correct forms of have and have got. Use have got where possible. Example: Ann ________ has got a new TV. She’s__ only ____ had it for a week. Tom and Sue 1_______________ an old French car. It 2 _______________ a very big engine, so it doesn’t go very fast. Tom and Sue don’t mind, though. They love it. In fact, they 3 _____ __________ a name for it – Harold. They 4 _______________ the car for eight years, and it’s the only car they 5 _______________ ever 6_______________. Before that, they were students. They were very poor and they 7_______________ a car. They only 8_______________ bicycles. Now they 9 _______________ enough money for a new car, but they don’t want to change. They’re happy with the car that they 10 _______________, even though it 11_______________ some engine problems in the last few months. 4 Write the correct forms of these expressions. have breakfast, have a chance, have a chat, have coffee, have a game, have a look, have lunch, have a rest, have a run, have a swim, have time Don and Lyn Blake work hard all week, so at the weekend they like to relax. They _________________ have breakfast at 9:00 instead of 7:30. 1 Then Don _____________________ at the newspaper and Lyn often 2_____________________ with her mother on the phone. They never 3_____________________ to do much shopping in the week, so they go to the supermarket and do the week’s food shopping. After that they usually 4____________________ in a café. Then they go to the sports centre together. Lyn usually 5 _____________________ of tennis with a friend, while Don 6 _____________________ in the indoor pool. When they go home, they are hungry, so they 7_____________________ and then they 8_____________________ because they are tired. Later Don often 9_____________________ round the park and Lyn 10_____________________ to check her e-mails. 53 22 Review: main verb forms talk, talked, talked, talking, talks FORMS A Main verb forms Only use the ~s form with the 3rd person singular of the present simple. (∆ Unit 4 for the ~s/~es difference.) n He talks. n She crashes. n It falls. The past and past participle forms of regular verbs are the same. talked ➞ talked crashed ➞ crashed 1 Infinitive form: look fall 2 The ~s form: looks falls 3 Past form: looked fell 4 Past participle: looked fallen 5 Present participle (the ~ing form): looking falling With irregular verbs, they are often different. (∆ Appendix 1 for a list of common irregular verbs.) fell ➞ fallen took ➞ taken Look at me! I’m riding on one wheel. Use the verb forms as follows: Forms Uses Examples 1 Infinitive form Infinitive Imperative Future with will Present simple He tried to stop. Look at me! He’ll hurt himself. Children make mistakes. 2 The ~s form Present simple That boy often makes mistakes. (3rd person) 3 Past form Past simple He crashed. He fell off. 4 Past participle Perfect tenses (present, past, future) He’s damaged his bike. He crashed just after the boy had warned him. We’ll have finished by 3:00. 5 Present participle (the ~ing form) Continuous tenses (present, past, present perfect, present perfect, future) The boy is talking to an adult. He was going too fast when he crashed. He’s been crying ever since he crashed. His arm is broken. He won’t be riding a bike again for a long time! Look out! You’re going to crash! He’s hurt himself. He always rides too fast. He tried to stop, but he crashed. human population growth 10 9 Auxiliary verb forms and uses with main verbs We use different forms of the auxiliary verbs be, do and have with main verbs. be ➞ am, is, are, was, were, been, being do ➞ do, does, did have ➞ have, has, had, having Together, auxiliary verbs and main verbs form the verb structure of a sentence. Verb structures add extra information to the meaning of the main verbs, including information about the time of the action – present, past or future. (∆ Unit 23 for more about auxiliary verbs.) n I’m riding a bike. n Did you know that boy? n Have you hurt yourself? 54 Present simple ∆ 4 / Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23 / Population (billions) 8 B 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1750 1835 1850 1900 1927 1950 1967 1974 1987 1999 2011 2050 Year Until modern times, the number of people rose very slowly and only reached 1 billion in about 1835. Since then, however, the human population has been rising very fast. And since the Second World War, it has risen by over 300%, from 2.3 billion in 1945 to over 7 billion today. Today, human numbers are still rising by over 80 million per year and they will continue to rise to a peak of about 9 billion by around 2050. Irregular verbs ∆ Appendix 1 Exercises 1 Write the verbs in the present simple. Infinitive Where does Ann ____ live ? (live) Example: 1 Do you _________ Joe Lee? (know) Yes, he ____________ a BMW, doesn’t he? (drive) 2 When does the film _________?(start) It ____________ at 7:45. (begin) Lisa doesn’t _________ watching TV in the morning. (like) No, but she ____________ it a lot in the evening. (watch) 4 What does Peter _________ for lunch? (have) He usually ______ a sandwich. (have) 5 Liam always _________ for a run before work. (go) Wow! How long does he ______ for? (go) He usually _________ 5 km, and that _________ him about 30 minutes. (do) (take) 2 Write the verbs in the present simple or present continuous. Examples: Past participle Verbs with one change _____ in New York. (live) She lives 3 Past form ____________ feel ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ Infinitive Past form Past participle Verbs with two changes ____________ give ____________ ____________ ____________ Example: 1 Did Mary ______ herself? (cut) Yes, she ______ her hand with a knife. (cut) 2 Did you _________ any cakes? (make) Yes, I _________ two. (make) 3 Did Tom _________ my bike? (ride) No, he didn’t _________ yours. (ride) He _________ his own. (ride) 4 Why did you ______ him go? (let) I didn’t ______ him go. (let) He ______ me and ______ away. (hit) (get) 3 I _________ I’m not late. (hope) 4 What _____________________ with those bits of wood? (he/make) Who did you ____ see at the party? (see) I ____ saw Ann and Steve. (see) 1 Helen ____________ work at 5:00 most days. (finish) 2 Quiet! I _____________________ to the news. (listen) ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ 4 Write the verbs in the past simple. n Steve always _______ comes at 8:00. (come) n Look! He’s __________ coming now. (come) ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ 5 How _____________________ to school every morning? (she/go) 5 Write the verbs in the present perfect. 6 ______________________________ the film? (you/enjoy) No, not really. Let’s go home. 3 Write the infinitive, past form and past participle of these irregular verbs. Example: What have they _____ done? (do) They’ve ______ taken the old car. (take) 1 What have the children _________? (do) They’ve _________ these models. (make) 2 Has Bob _________ the report yet? (see) No, I haven’t ____________ it to him yet. (give) 3 Have you _________ Fred yet? (see) No, but I ____________ here early. (get) 4 Ow! I’ve ______ myself! (hit) Yes, and you’ve ______ yourself too. (cut) cost, cut, feel, get, give, keep, hit, let, make, ride, see, take Infinitive Past form Past participle Verbs with no change cost ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ 55 23 Review: auxiliary verb forms be, do, have Are you looking for your bag? Do you know where it is? Have you found it? No, I don’t. Yes, I have. Yes, I am. A Use of auxiliary verbs with main verbs The forms of main verbs help to form verb structures. (∆ Unit 22.) 1 2 3 4 5 look looks looked looked looking know knows knew known knowing The auxiliary verbs be, do and have also help to form verb structures. be ➞ am, is, are, was, were, been, being do ➞ do, does, did have ➞ have, has, had, having Together, auxiliary verbs and main verbs form verb structures. Verb structures add extra information to the meaning of the main verb, including information about the time of the action – present, past or future. John Peter Lyn B Auxiliary is has didn’t Main talking, found answer so please listen. his bag. the question. Special uses of auxiliary verbs Use auxiliaries with not (n’t) in negative questions to show surprise. n Isn’t he winning the match? (He was champion last year!) n Don’t you like the food? (Most people love it!) n Haven’t you heard of her before? (She’s famous!) CROSSCHECK Tag questions can check information. They expect the listener to agree. Use a falling tone ( ). n You’re coming later, aren’t you? n You haven’t read the book, have you? Tag questions can also be real questions. The speaker does not know for sure. Use a rising tone ( ). n You’re coming later, aren’t you? n You live in Liverpool, don’t you? n You haven’t read the book, have you? LOCAL MAN DENIES ARMED ROBBERY Responding to the charge, the defendant Laurence Barnes replied emphatically, ‘I did not take part in the bank robbe ry and I have never taken part in any robbery of any kind in my life.’ These Wh~ questions ask about a non-action. Why questions are the most common type of negative Wh~ questions. n Why aren’t you going? (You aren’t going. Why not?) n What didn’t we do? (We didn’t do something. What?) n Who haven’t we called? (We haven’t called somebody. Who?) Use auxiliaries in tag questions. (∆ Unit 27.) 56 have and have got ∆ 21 Do you swear to tell the truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth? / Review: main verb forms ∆ 22 / Tag questions ∆ 27 / Short answers ∆ 28 / So and Neither/Nor; so and not ∆ 30 Use auxiliary forms for special emphasis in reply to another speaker’s words. Please read it. I am reading it. You didn’t finish. Actually, I did finish. We haven’t studied Unit 3. We have studied it. Use auxiliaries in short answers, and do not repeat the main verb. Use them to answer Yes/No questions and tag questions. (∆ Units 25, 27.) Do you know where it is? No, I don’t. You’re worried, aren’t you? Yes, I am. We sometimes leave out the yes or no. You’re worried, aren’t you? I am. C We sometimes also use auxiliaries in short answers without yes to state our formal confirmation, acceptance or agreement to something. Are you Lawrence Sidney Barnes I am. of 38 New Road, Swindon? Use auxiliary forms with so, nor and neither. Be very careful – the word order looks like a question. (∆ also Unit 30.) I’m tired. So am I. He doesn’t work hard. Nor does she. We haven’t finished. Neither have they. be, do and have as main verbs Be, do and have are not only auxiliary verbs. They can also be main verbs. We can use be, do and have (auxiliary) with be, do and have (main) in the same sentence. n The children are being very good today. n How many hours a week do you do in your job? n I haven’t had such a good time for ages! CROSSCHECK Be as an auxiliary + main verb: n We were writing letters. n Is he eating lunch? Do as an auxiliary + main verb: n Do you like football? n She doesn’t want to leave. Have as an auxiliary + main verb: n Have you finished yet? n When I arrived it had started. Be as a linking verb + noun or adjective: n She is a doctor. n They were clever. Do as a main verb: n Is he doing his homework? n I did my exercises. Have as a main verb: n When are you having lunch? n I had a rest. Be as an auxiliary + be as a main verb: n Why are you being so stupid? (behaving stupidly) n I’m being careful not to drop these precious vases. Do as an auxiliary + do as a main verb: n Does he do his homework every day? n I didn’t do my exercises. Have as an auxiliary + have as a main verb: n Have you had this car for long? n Ann has had her lunch. BE QUICK! An exclusive chance to create your very own clothing line. Do you have what it takes? Get in contact NOW! [email protected] 57 Exercises 1 Write the correct forms of be. Example: 3 _________ you found your shoes yet? I ______ found one, but I ____________ found the other one. I don’t know where it is. 4 Why did he come late? Because he ____________ noticed the time. 5 Will their car be ready by 5:00? Oh, yes. We ____________ finished before then. 6 How long ______ Fred lived here now? He ______ been here for five years. 7 I need your report by Friday. I’m sorry. I __________________ finished it by then. 8 Why didn’t the boys have any money? Because they ______ spent it all on sweets. Lyn ____ was working all day yesterday. 1 I ______ taking Ann home next week. 2 Look! Where ______ Ed going with my bike? 3 We ____________ flying to Japan at this time tomorrow. 4 Alan _______________ staying in London since last month. 5 What _________ you doing at 9:00 last night? 6 At last, you’re here! I _______________ waiting for hours. 7 ______ you doing anything at the moment? 8 I ______ phoning Pam when Tom arrived. 2 Write the correct forms of do. Example: 1 2 3 4 5 6 Does _____ Peter speak German? He ________ doesn’t speak much, but he can read a little. How ______ you play this game? I’m not sure. We _________ have any instructions. ______ you want to go home, Sue? No, I _________ want to go home just yet. When ______ you get home last night? I ____________ go home. I stayed at a hotel. Why _________ he keep looking at us? I _________ know. I’ll tell him to stop. ______ you say much at the meeting? No, I ____________ say anything. I kept quiet. _________ Fred play tennis? No, he ____________, but he plays football. 4 Reorder the words to make negative questions. Examples: (job/didn’t/the/finish/you) ____________________________ Didn’t you finish the job? (job/didn’t/the/finish/you/why) _________________________________ Why didn’t you finish the job? 1 (Paul/home/hasn’t/come/yet) _________________________________________________ 2 (they/the/call/didn’t/police/why) _________________________________________________ 3 (enjoying/film/aren’t/you/the) _________________________________________________ 4 (you/agree/don’t/why/me/with) _________________________________________________ 5 (Rosie/the/isn’t/wedding/going/to) _________________________________________________ 3 Write the correct forms of have. Example: How much ____ has Andy written? He _______ hasn’t written much. Just a page. 1 2 58 _________ the trucks crossed the river yet? No, they ____________ because we ____________ repaired the bridge yet. Why are you so angry with Bob? Because he _________ done the work. 6 (you/go/have to/home/now/don’t) _________________________________________________ 7 (parts/don’t/have to/we/which/learn) _________________________________________________ 8 (questions/they/yet/answered/which/haven’t) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 Write tag questions. Examples: n They’re going to crash, ____________ aren’t they ? did you ? n You didn’t finish, _________ 7 Write questions and answers with be, do and have as main verbs. Use a) the present continuous, b) the past simple and c) the present perfect. Examples: (Which question/you/do) 1 You haven’t understood, _____________________? (we/do/number 2) 2 He likes her, _____________________? a 3 They were angry with you, _____________________? b 4 You don’t know Tony, _____________________? c 5 He arrived late, _____________________? 6 They’ve done the shopping, _____________________? 1 (What/you/have/for lunch) (we/have/chicken) 7 Alan doesn’t like travelling, _____________________? 8 Ann was studying last night, _____________________? Which question are you doing? _________________________________ We’re doing number 2. _________________________________ Which question did you do? _________________________________ We did number 2. _________________________________ Which question have you done? _________________________________ We’ve done number 2. _________________________________ a __________________________________________ __________________________________________ b __________________________________________ __________________________________________ c __________________________________________ __________________________________________ 9 You aren’t enjoying this, _____________________? 10 Nick didn’t get home until midnight, ________________? 6 Agree with the first speaker. Examples: I’m hungry. (I) So am I. _________ She didn’t like the film. (he) 2 (How much work/he/do) (he/do/ten hours) Neither/Nor did he. _____________________ 1 They don’t understand the question. (we) ______________________________________________ 2 Peter likes the new teacher. (Alan) ______________________________________________ 3 I’ve never been to India before. (I) ______________________________________________ 4 Sam didn’t do his homework. (Lisa) ______________________________________________ 5 Sue has called her parents. (her brothers) ______________________________________________ 6 We aren’t going to buy the book. (she) ______________________________________________ 7 I’d never seen such a lovely place. (we) ______________________________________________ 8 The car broke down again yesterday. (the van) ______________________________________________ a __________________________________________ __________________________________________ b __________________________________________ __________________________________________ c __________________________________________ __________________________________________ 3 (Why/they/be/so slow with their work) (because they/be/careful) a __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ b __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ c __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ 59 24 Short form or full form? I’m angry! I am angry! FORMS I’m angry! Short (‘contracted’) forms Full forms be be I’m you’re he’s I am you are he is I’m not you aren’t he isn’t I am not you are not he is not you’re not he’s not I was not you were not I wasn’t you weren’t do I don’t do he doesn’t they didn’t I’ve he’s I’d I haven’t he hasn’t I hadn’t have A we won’t I have he has I had I have not he has not I had not I will you wouldn’t Understanding contracted forms ~’s can mean is or has, so check the main part of the verb. n She’s coming home. (~’s = is) n She’s come home. (~’s = has) Also, do not confuse the possessive ~’s and ~’s meaning is. n This is Alan’s hat. (~’s = possessive) n Alan’s at home. (~’s = is) ~’d can mean had or would, so check the main part of the verb. n They’d finished by 12.00. (~’d = had) n They’d like to finish by 12.00. (~’d = would) he would It’s child’s play! … It’s never been easier to connect to the INTERNET … Just call the number below for your FREE connection pack. Hi Alan, e happened It’s been a long time since I last saw you. So many things’v after my looking I’m t momen the At begin. to that I don’t know where Lily crying now. baby niece while her mum’s in hospital. Oh no! That’s I’d better call you later. Love Tina. 24 The Grange, Crawley, Sussex CROSSCHECK Contracted forms For normal speaking. n He isn’t working. n Aren’t you sad you have to go away? Full forms With stress, to correct statements and to show strong feeling. n Oh, yes, he is working! n Yes, I am sad I have to go! For informal writing, e.g., an e-mail to a friend. Hi Sally, We’re having a great holiday. At the end of positive short answers. Are they busy? Yes, they are. Short answers ∆ 28 you would not INTERNET ACCESS: For formal writing, e.g., a business letter. Dear Sir, We are pleased to inform you … 27 March 2012 Sportsco Unit 68 Telford Industrial Estate Re: Order No. 9980 Dear Sir/Madam, Several weeks ago I ordered an exerc ise bike but I have not yet received it. However, a number of things have since happened which mean that I will no longer be able to make use of it. I would therefore be grateful if you would cancel the order and refund my paym ent of £189.99. Yours faithfully, S. Malley (Ms) WHAT’S ON ON WHERE IT’S WHEN IT’S ON 60 We will not would Do not confuse it’s and its. n It’s going to sleep. (It’s = It is) n The cat is closing its eyes. (its = determiner) B they did not will would he’d he does not have will I’ll I do not ation, get For all your film, concert and show inform City Lights ents at all good newsag Exercises 1 Write the short forms. Example: (I have) I’ve ____ been here all day. 3 Write the positive or negative short forms. Tom is worried about his friend, Ben. Tom: What’s wrong, Ben? You don’t ______ look well. Ben: I 1_________ feel very well either. I 2______ ill. Tom: What 3______ the matter exactly? Ben: Oh, I 4______ got a headache and I feel bad. 4 (What is) ____________ her name? Tom: You 5______ better see the doctor. 5 (We will) ____________ be late. Ben: I 6______ like to do that, but I 7____________ got any time. I 8______ going to an important meeting this morning. 6 If (he is) ____________ wrong, (he will) ____________ lose all his money. Tom: 9 7 If you were on that plane, (you would) ____________ be halfway to India now. _________ be stupid. You 10______ ill, so if you go to the meeting, you 11_________ be able to work properly. Can Roger go instead of you? Ben: 8 If (she had) ____________ gone to the interview, (she would) ____________ have got the job. He 12____________ really know enough about the project, but perhaps he can. I 13______ call him and ask him. Tom: Good. I know he 14______ say yes. And then we 15______ go to the doctor together. Ben: Thanks. That 16______ really kind of you. 1 (You are) ____________ right. 2 (He has) ____________ hurt his leg. 3 (I am) ____________ 18 next month. 9 (They have) ____________ finished their lunch. 10 (I would) ____________ like a cup of tea, please. 4 Write the full forms. 2 Write the negative short forms. Example: Mary ______ hasn’t eaten since yesterday. 1 I _________ like coffee. I never drink it. 2 She _________ singing at the moment. 3 Peter _________ seen Tom for ages. 4 We _________ be late again tomorrow. 5 _________ watch the film, Sam. I saw it at the cinema and I _________ enjoy it. 6 I _________ going to eat at that restaurant again. 7 This engine _________ much use. It _________ work properly. 8 If you _________ called me yesterday morning, I _________ have woken up in time. 9 Mike and Sue _________ been to Malta before. This is their first time. 10 Joe _________ at school yesterday because he was ill. The bank manager has written an unpleasant letter to a customer. Dear Mr Morton, (I’m) I_____ am writing to you about your company’s latest sales figures, which (we’ve) 1____________ recently received. As you say in your letter, the figures (aren’t) 2____________ good and they (don’t) 3____________ seem to be improving. Your figures have been showing losses for three years, and (I’m) 4 ____________ very sorry to say that (they’re) 5____________ still showing large losses. As a result, you (won’t) 6____________ be surprised to know that (we’re) 7____________ getting very worried about the business loan which you (haven’t) 8____________ yet been able to start repaying. 5 Write the full forms. The letter from the bank continues. Until your latest sales report, (we’d) 1____________ hoped (you’d) 2 _____________________ succeed, but (it’s) 3_________ clear now that the company will soon have to close. Our accountant is still studying your sales figures, but (he’s) 4____________ decided that we must now close your loan account with this bank. (He’s) 5 _________ sending you a copy of his report in tomorrow’s post. (I’d) 6____________ like to suggest that we meet early this week. 61 25 Yes/No questions Are you from Japan? FORMS Yes/No questions Is he from Japan? Yes, he is./No, he isn’t. Are you from Japan? No, I’m from Korea. Was she a doctor? Yes, she was./No, she wasn’t. Have we finished? Yes, we have./No, we haven’t. Can they understand? Yes, they can./No, they can’t. A B Use of Yes/No questions To check specific information. Is he from America? Yes, he is./No, he isn’t. Does the film start at 7:30? Yes, it does./No, it doesn’t. Are you the type? adventurous Do you have something to celebrate? Have you thought of this? Forming open Yes/No questions Form questions from statements in the following ways. With one auxiliary or modal auxiliary verb, do this: n He is working. ➞ Is he working? n They were reading. ➞ Were they reading? n They can understand. ➞ Can they understand? Champagne Balloon Flights With two auxiliary verbs (e.g., has been, is going to), do this. n He has been working hard. ➞ Has he been working hard? n He is going to work hard. ➞ Is he going to work hard? d the South East an s around London ailable av rs he uc vo t s gif pagne celebration am s post-flight ch With no auxiliary verbs, add do or does in the present simple and add did in the past simple. Use only the infinitive form of the verb. n I know her. ➞ Do I know her? n He knows her. ➞ Does he know her? n He knew her. ➞ Did he know her? Yes/No questions with modal verbs also take an infinitive. n Will he win? n Can she speak French? n Must you go? C Forming negative Yes/No questions Use auxiliaries and modal verbs with not (n’t) to form negative questions. Negative questions often show surprise. n Isn’t he winning the match? (He was champion last year!) n Didn’t you like the food? (Most people love it!) n Haven’t you heard of her before? (She’s famous!) n Couldn’t she understand? (Everyone else could!) HAS HE DONE IT THIS TIME? R We also sometimes use negative questions when we think something should happen. n Aren’t you going to finish the report before you go? n Shouldn’t the children go to bed? It’s very late. 62 Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23 / Wh~ questions ∆ 26 / Tag questions ∆ 27 res Balloon Adventu with oger Branwell is waiting for official confirmation that he has succeeded in his round-the-wor ld sailing attempt. This is Roger’s fourth go at mak ing the record books and it certainly looks like fourth time lucky. Isn’t it time to trade in that old car for something better? Ring Dave’s Autos 01430 86349 Exercises 1 Write questions from the statements. Examples: n Ed speaks French. (German) 3 Reorder the words to make questions. Examples: _________________________ Are Liz and Bill married? _____________________________ Does Ed speak German, too? n She’s having a piano lesson. (he) Yes, they are. __________________________________ Is he having a piano lesson, too? (in London/live/they) Do they live in London? ________________________ 1 Bob likes basketball. (football) ________________________________________________ 2 Sally is good at cooking. (Lucy) ________________________________________________ (be/married/Liz and Bill) No, they don’t. They live in Manchester. 1 (for long/be/married/they) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ Yes, they’ve been married for eight years. 3 The boys have had dinner. (Dad) ________________________________________________ 4 Jim cooked some vegetables. (meat) 2 (move/at that time/to Manchester/they) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ No, they moved there a year later. ________________________________________________ 5 We’re going out tonight. (you) ________________________________________________ 2 Write questions from the statements. Example: Rob can speak Japanese. (you) Can you speak Japanese, too? ______________________________ 1 I have to go now. (he) ________________________________________________ 2 She must finish the report. (letters) ________________________________________________ 3 (they/any children/have/got) ______________________________________________ Yes, they have got one son and one daughter. 4 (go/the children/to school) ______________________________________________ The boy does, but the girl is still too young. 5 (soon/she/school/start) ______________________________________________ Yes, she’s starting school in September. 4 Write negative questions. Example: I’m tired. I want to stay at home. Really? (you/not/want to meet Sue) 3 He can run fast. (swim fast) ________________________________________________ ______________________________________ Really? Don’t you want to meet Sue? 1 Don’t buy that car. Why? (it/not/be/a good one) ______________________________________________ 2 Let’s take the train, not the plane. Really? (you/not/like/flying) ______________________________________________ 3 Rod is working at the bank. Why? (he/not/go/to college yet) ______________________________________________ 4 We should train every morning. (evening) ________________________________________________ 5 We’ll have to write to all our relatives. (friends) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 63 26 Wh~ questions Where are you going? FORMS Wh~ questions What are they doing? They are talking. Where are you going? I’m going to London. How are they travelling? They are travelling by plane. Where are they going? They are going to London. Why do they have to go there? Because they have to go to meetings. A B C 64 A Subject and object questions Who and What can refer to the object of an action – and also to the subject. (object) (subject) n Lisa called somebody. n Somebody called Lisa. Who did Lisa call? (object) with auxiliary do. Compare: n Who is Lisa calling? n Who has Lisa called? E Q Forming open Wh~ questions from statements First, use a question word. Where, When, Why, What, Who, Whose, Which, How, How much, How many, How often, etc. Then we put the auxiliary verb before the subject. n Where are we going? n Why did they leave? n What has she been doing? n D What comes at the end of every year? The letter R. Use of Wh~ questions To get different kinds of information. Where is he going? To London. What (job) does he do? He’s a software designer at Apple. n Who called Lisa? (subject) without auxiliary do. Compare: n Who is calling Lisa? n Who has called Lisa? Wh~ questions with modal verbs We can form Wh~ questions with modal verbs + infinitive. n Where can we go? n Why did they have to leave? Forming negative Wh~ questions Use auxiliaries and modal verbs with not (n’t) to form negative questions. Why … not questions are the most common. n Why aren’t you going? (You aren’t going. Why?) n Why can’t she understand? (She can’t understand. Why?) n What didn’t we do? (We didn’t do something. What?) n Who haven’t we called? (We haven’t called somebody. Who?) Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23 / Yes/No questions ∆ 25 / How much sunscreen should I take for a two-week holiday? On average, you should allow about 200–250ml per person per week. pop quest 1 What nationality are U2? 2 Which band had a 2009 hit with I Gotta Feeling? 3 Who sings the theme song from the James Bond film, Skyfall? 4 Who did Jay-Z marry in 2008? 5 Which Underworld track featured in Trainspotting? Tag questions ∆ 27 Still looking for Cinderella We met at Tony’s party. Why haven’t I seen you again? Why did you leave early without telling me your name? I can’t forget you. Can we meet again? I was the one in the yellow suit you said you liked, or were you joking? E-mail: [email protected] Exercises 1 Write the question words. Example: When did Liz and Bill get married? ______ 3 Write negative questions. Example: __________________________ What didn’t we finish? Eight years ago. 1 ____________ do they live? In Manchester. 2 ____________ parents live with them? Bill’s. 3 __________________ have they lived in Manchester? For seven years. 4 __________________ children have they got? Two. A son and a daughter. 5 ____________ one is older? Their son. He’s seven. 6 ____________ is their daughter going to start school? This year. 7 ____________ do they live in Manchester? Because Bill has got a good job there. 8 ____________ does he do? He’s an engineer. 2 Reorder the words to make questions. Then write true answers about yourself. Example: (your/what’s/name) ____________________ What’s your name? ____________ My name’s … 1 (you/are/how/old) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 2 (your/address/what’s) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 3 (father/do/does/your/what) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 (you/learning/why/are/English) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ We didn’t finish something. (What) 1 He hasn’t answered the e-mail. (Why) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 We haven’t done something. (What) ________________________________________________ 3 They won’t be able to go on holiday. (Why) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 We didn’t go somewhere. (Where) ________________________________________________ 5 She isn’t going to go out tonight. (Why) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 6 He doesn’t like this television programme. (Why) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 Write questions with Who or What. Examples: Somebody called the manager. __________________________ Who called the manager? The customer called somebody. _____________________________ Who did the customer call? 1 Somebody called the police. ________________________________________________ 2 Something went wrong. ________________________________________________ 3 Bob found something by the door. ________________________________________________ 4 Tom phoned somebody. ________________________________________________ 5 The car ran over something. ________________________________________________ 6 Somebody saw Peter. ________________________________________________ 7 Julie ate something. ________________________________________________ 65 27 Tag questions Alan is finishing college soon, isn’t he? FORMS Alan is finishing college soon, isn’t he? A Yes, he is. Positive statements Negative statements Present Present These shoes are nice, aren’t they? That jacket isn’t very nice, is it? He’s laughing, isn’t he? You aren’t laughing, are you? You love music, don’t you? He doesn’t like music very much, does he? Perfect Perfect You’ve finished work, haven’t you? Mrs West hasn’t gone home yet, has she? He’d found it by 8:00, hadn’t he? He hadn’t expected to find it, had he? We’ll have gone before 1:00, won’t we? They won’t have come by 1:00, will they? Past Past Rob was on holiday in May, wasn’t he? You weren’t at work either, were you? I was making a mistake, wasn’t I? You weren’t making a mistake, were you? The plane went on time, didn’t it? They didn’t arrive late, did they? Future Future She’s going to be pleased, isn’t she? They aren’t going to complain, are they? You’ll be at home tomorrow, won’t you? We won’t be out tonight, will we? They’ll be going on Sunday, won’t they? You won’t be working on Sunday, will you? Modal forms Modal forms You can speak German, can’t you? We mustn’t be late, must we? We have to go now, don’t we? I don’t need to buy it, do I? Forming tag questions The general rule is this. When the main verb is positive, the tag is negative. When the main verb is negative, the tag is positive. Positive You’ve met Harry, Negative haven’t you? Negative She hasn’t done the job, Positive has she? With one auxiliary verb, use the opposite auxiliary form, e.g., is ➞ isn’t. Note the negative tag after am. I’m late, ➞ aren’t I? With two auxiliary verbs, use the opposite of the first auxiliary, e.g., You will have finished by 5:00, won’t you? With no auxiliary verbs, in the present and past simple, use a form of do, e.g., You went out last night, didn’t you? Have to and need to also take do tags. B Uses of tag questions Tag questions are not ordinary questions. We can use them to check information. We expect the listener to agree, and we use a falling tone ( ). n You’re 18, aren’t you? n You live in Liverpool, don’t you? We can also use this type of tag question to help a conversation. It’s a good film, isn’t it? Yes, it’s great. The acting is wonderful. We can use tag questions more like ordinary questions – when we do not know something for sure. Here we use a rising tone ( ). n You’re 18, aren’t you? n You live in Liverpool, don’t you? GOLFERS’ ULTIMATE AIR SHOT T wo golf balls collided in mid–air when players in separate games teed off at exactly the same moment for the 10th and 11th holes at Sturminster, Dorset. The club secretary said, ‘It’s amazing, isn’t it? When you You were listening to that, weren’t you? Because those were our summer competition prize questions and you’ve got just one more chance to phone in with your answers. 66 Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23 / Yes/No questions ∆ 25 / think how small the balls are and the tees are 150 metres apart. I think it must be a record, mustn’t it?’ A local school teacher, also a member of the club, calculated the odds of such a collision at over a million to one. Wh~ questions ∆ 26 Bad Hair Day? You haven’t tried new X-2 shampoo and conditioner, have you? elf a treat! Go on! Give yours Exercises 1 Write tag questions. Examples: n It’s hot today, ________ isn’t it ? n He won’t be working late, ________ will he ? With one auxiliary and most modal verbs. 1 You’ll be at home tonight, _____________________? 2 The letter hasn’t arrived yet, _____________________? 3 They’re doing the shopping, _____________________? 3 You’re going to make your next film in Mexico, _____________________? 4 Your wife isn’t interested in films, ___________________? 5 You’ve got four children, _____________________? 6 They won’t be going into the film industry, _____________________? 3 Write tag questions. 4 It rained last night, _____________________? You’re at a party. 5 She isn’t at home now, _____________________? Example: 6 Peter wasn’t working yesterday, _____________________? 1 The food is wonderful, _____________________? 7 Barry can’t come to the party, _____________________? 2 There aren’t many people here yet, ___________________? 8 He should finish by 5:00, _____________________? 3 Bob and Celia aren’t coming, ____________________? 9 We needn’t pay now, _____________________? 4 I haven’t seen you since last year, ____________________? It’s a lovely house, ________ isn’t it ? 10 She might arrive tomorrow, _____________________? 5 You met my wife at the last party, ___________________? With two auxiliaries. 6 We’ll be seeing you next week, ____________________? 11 He’ll be working all day, _____________________? 12 You haven’t been listening to me, ____________________? 13 The boys will have gone by 4:00, _____________________? 4 Write tag questions. Lucy and her daughter, Emma, are going to the airport. Emma is very worried, but Lucy is calm. Emma: Mum, you didn’t forget to bring the did you passports, ________? Example: 14 The window hasn’t been mended, ____________________? 15 Your book isn’t being printed yet, ____________________? Lucy: 16 Tony’s car was being serviced yesterday, _______________? Emma: Yes, that’s right. I forgot. And you’ve got the tickets, 2 _____________________? Lucy: Yes, don’t you remember? They were on the table with the passports, 3_____________________? Emma: Yes, I suppose so. But Mum, what’s the time? We’re going to be late, 4_____________________? Lucy: Calm down, Emma. It’s 9:00 now and the flight doesn’t leave until 12:30, 5____________________? And we only have to go another 30 kilometres, 6 _____________________? Emma: I guess you’re right. Lucy: Well, then, there’s nothing to worry about, 7 _____________________? With no auxiliaries and with modal auxiliaries have to and need to. 17 Bob owns all this land, _____________________? 18 You forgot to post the letters, _____________________? 19 You need to ask the boss, _____________________? 20 Mary had to sell the house, _____________________? 2 Write tag questions. You’re interviewing the famous film star, Rocky Reed. Example: haven’t you? Mr Reed, you’ve made nearly 40 films, ___________ 1 Your last film earned $130 million, ___________________? 2 Your early films weren’t so successful, _________________? Don’t worry. I told you I’d brought them, _____________________? 1 Emma is unsure. Mark her tags with a rising tone (). Lucy is sure. Mark her tags with a falling tone (). 67 28 Short answers Yes, I am. No, I can’t. I will. FORMS Can we build a better future together? YES, WE CAN! Are you upstairs now? Yes, I am. I’m going into the bedroom. Is the room on fire? No, it isn’t, but there’s a lot of smoke. Can you see the boy now? No, I can’t. … Ah, wait. Yes, I can. Is he all right? I don’t know yet. A Use of short answers These allow a brief answer to a question. The verb in the answer matches the verb in the question. Is the room on fire? Yes, it is. Can you see the boy now? No, I can’t. B Forming short answers We always use full forms in Yes answers, when the verb is the last word. n Yes, I am. n Yes, it is. n Yes, I can. I will. We usually use short forms in No answers. n No, it isn’t. n No, I can’t. n No, they didn’t. n (But No, I’m not.) Here are some more examples: Do you like Italian food? Yes, I do./No, I don’t. Has Peter posted the letter? Yes, he has./No, he hasn’t. Was the cat eating? Yes, it was./No, it wasn’t. Will Joe be at home tonight? Yes, he will./No, he won’t. Note: In conversation, we often give extra information after a short answer. This helps the conversation to continue. Do you know Helen? Yes, I do. I’ve known her for years. Have you finished work yet? No, I haven’t. I still have to write a report. C Forming short answers without Yes or No We sometimes leave out the Yes or No. Do you like Italian food? I do. (Very much.) We can also reply to some Wh~ questions using short answers. These are normally Who questions where Who is the subject. Who will help me move this desk? I will. Who would like a cup of tea? I would. Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23 / Short form or full form? ∆ 24 Who has the best music coverage on the Net? We do We sometimes also use short answers without Yes to state our formal confirmation, acceptance or agreement. Do you take this woman to be your lawful wedded wife? I do. 68 Will you love and honour her, in sickness and in health? / For news, reviews, profiles, concerts, venues … www.MusicCentral.net So and Neither/Nor; so and not ∆ 30 Exercises 1 Complete the answers. 5 Were you European? Yes, _______________. 6 Were you a soldier? Yes, _______________. Some people are talking at a wedding party. Example: Are you a member of the family? No, ________ I’m not , I’m a friend. 1 Have you met Tony? No, _______________. Hello. 7 Did you lead your country? Yes, _______________. 2 Do you know Mary? Yes, _________. We’re old friends. 8 Were you like a king? Yes, _______________. 3 Are you from London? No, ____________. I’m from Liverpool. 9 Did you live about 200 years ago? Yes, _______________. 4 Should we go and get some food now? Yes, _____________________. It’s in the next room. 5 Would you like some more wedding cake? Yes, _______________. It’s delicious. 6 7 8 9 10 11 Are there any more sandwiches? No, _____________________. They’re all gone. 10 3 Write true short answers about yourself. Example: 1 Are you a full-time student? ________________________ 2 Do you ever speak English outside class? ________________________ 3 Is English a difficult language to learn? ________________________ 4 Are you learning any other language? ________________________ 5 Do most people learn English in your country? ________________________ 6 Do a lot of people in your country use English in their work? ________________________ 7 Are you alive? No, _______________. Do you think you will use your English in the next year? ________________________ 8 Have you died recently? No, _______________. Will you travel abroad in the next year? ________________________ 9 Have you ever been to Britain or the USA? ________________________ Have you known Susie for long? No, _______________. But I know Ian well. Is Ian going to give a speech? Yes, _________. He’s standing up now. Can you hear what Ian is saying? No, ____________. It’s too noisy. Did you enjoy the wedding? Yes, _________. It was lovely. Must you go already? Yes, ____________. I’m sorry. The answer to question 10 below is Yes, I ______. was 2 Are you studying English? ___________ Yes, I am. 2 Complete the answers in the game, Who am I? 1 Were you Emperor Napoleon of France? Yes, _______________. 3 Were you a woman? No, _______________. 4 Did you come from Britain? No, _______________. 69 29 Indirect forms; question word + infinitive Could you tell me what the time is? Could you tell me what to do? FORMS A Forming indirect questions These ask for information politely. Note these common introductions: n Could you tell me …? n Do you know …? n Do you have any idea …? n Can you tell me …? Indirect questions continue like this: Do you know what (when, where, etc.) …? n Can you tell me if (or whether) …? n Compare the positions of the subject and verb. Direct questions: Indirect questions: n What is the time? n Can you tell me … n Is it getting late? … what the time is? … if it is getting late? What is the time? ➞ Could you tell me what the time is? Is there a bank? ➞ Do you know if there is a bank? Where does she live? ➞ Do you have any idea where she lives? Did he go home? ➞ Can you tell me if he went home? Excuse me. Could you tell me where we are exactly, please? We use do, does and did in direct but not indirect questions. What time does the bank close? ➞ Do you know what time the bank closes? n Did the bank close at 4:30? ➞ Can you tell me if the bank closed at 4:30? n In subject questions, the word order does not change. Who is coming? ➞ Can you tell me who is coming? n C Forming indirect statements We can use indirect forms in statements too. n I know/don’t know … what the time is. n I can/can’t tell you … when the bank closes. n I wonder … if/whether the bank opens late. Further points Indirect forms are similar to reported forms. (∆ Units 53–54.) Compare: n Where can I get some stamps? (direct question) ➞ Do you know where I can get some stamps? (indirect question) ➞ He wants to know where he can get some stamps. (reported question) The verbs think, believe, feel, suppose are different from the forms in A. n Do you think it is getting late? (not if/whether). n When do you think the bank closes? (initial question word) D Question words how, what, when, where, who + infinitive We use this form to talk about the best or right thing to do. We use it after many verbs, e.g., ask, consider, decide, discuss, explain, find out, forget, know, learn, remember, say, see, tell (+ object), think, understand, wonder, work out. n I can’t see how to put the pieces together. Do you know what to do? We can also use this form after several adjectives: certain, clear, obvious, sure. n It’s obvious where to go, but I’m not so certain when to go there. 70 Wh~ questions ∆ 26 / Reported statements ∆ 53 / Reported questions ∆ 54 Brain Twisters An opinion poll interviewer phones a house and says, ‘Can you tell me the number of people living here?’ He is told that there are three in the household. Then he asks, ‘Could you tell me what their ages are?’ and he is told that the product of the three ages is 200 and the sum of the three ages is an odd number. The interviewer then thinks No.601 for a while and says, ‘I cannot figure out the ages from this information. I must ask something else. I wonder if there is someone in the house over 21.’ The answer is yes, and now the interviewer knows the three ages. Do YOU know what they are? Answer: 25, 2 and 4 B In a coastal emergency DIAL 999 and ask for the COASTGUARD. BEFORE YOU SAIL ... It’s vital to plan carefully. Plan what to do in an emergen cy. Know where to find safety from bad weather. Tell someone where and whe n you are going. BE SAFE AT SEA! Exercises 1 Write indirect questions from direct Wh~ questions. Example: What time is it? Can you tell me? __________________________________ Can you tell me what time it is? 2 Did the ring cost a lot? Can you say? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 1 What date is it today? Do you know? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 When did the bus go? Could you tell us? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 When is Ann coming home? Could you tell me? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 How does the engine work? Do you know? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 Why has Tom gone? Do you have any idea? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 How long will you be away? Can you say? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 Write indirect questions from direct Yes/No questions. Example: Is the shop open? Can you tell me? ______________________________________ Can you tell me if/whether the shop _________ is open? 1 Have they had lunch? Do you know? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 Will you be home tonight? Can you say? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 Are the team going to win? Do you have any idea? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Are we having a test this week? Can you tell us? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 Write indirect questions from direct questions with do/did forms. Example: Did they leave at 1:00? Do you know? 4 Write indirect questions with … do/Do you think …? Examples: n Will it rain? n Do you think it will rain? ___________________________ n When did he go? n _______________________________ When do you think he went? 1 Why does he arrive late? _________________________________________________ 2 Are they going to finish today? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 How far did they walk? _________________________________________________ 4 Have we made a mistake? _________________________________________________ 5 Rewrite with this form: question word + infinitive Examples: How do I spell his name? I don’t know. I don’t know how to spell his name. _____________________________________ Who should we call? It’s not clear. ___________________________ It’s not clear who to call. 1 Where can I post these letters? Can you tell me? _________________________________________________ 2 What are we going to say to the boss? Can you tell me? _________________________________________________ Do you know if/whether they left at 1:00? _________________________________________ 3 How long must they wait at the station? Do they know? _________________________________________________ 1 Does Tom go to college? Can you tell me? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 How far should I drive along the road? I’m not certain. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 71 30 So and Neither/Nor ; so and not So am I. Neither/Nor do I. I’m thirsty. I think so. So am I. I’ll make some coffee. Is there any milk? I think so. Look in the fridge. I’m afraid not. FORMS So and Neither/Nor Positive Negative I’m thirsty. I don’t understand. So am I. Neither/Nor do I. so and not Positive A Do and does follow a positive present simple statement; did follows a positive past simple statement. She likes TV. So does he. He watched the news. So did she. The subject comes after the verb. n So am I. n Neither did we. Do you understand? I think so. I’m afraid not. ‘We saved £124 a year just by switching our car insurance. So could you!’ n So will they. so and not You can use so and not for positive and negative ideas after hope, think, believe, expect, suppose, guess and be afraid. Is this answer right? I hope so. I’m afraid not. Some of these verbs (but not hope, guess, be afraid ) also take this negative form. Are you going to be rich? I don’t imagine so. Has she won the competition? She doesn’t think so. Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23 / Jane and Robert Hughes, Eastleigh, Hampshire Student grants go further at Burger Palace and so do the So/Neither/Nor give us short forms of agreement. Compare them with the longer forms. I often watch DVDs. He didn’t arrive on time. I often watch DVDs too. We didn’t arrive on time either. OR OR So do I. Neither did we. 72 Is there any milk? So and Neither/Nor We use these words to agree with something that someone has just said. So follows a positive statement. Neither and Nor follow a negative statement. I’m hungry. So am I. I’m not hungry. Neither/Nor am I. The next word is a verb. It matches the verb in the first statement. It may be a form of be, do or have, or it may be a modal verb, e.g., can, should, ought to. I’m thirsty. So am I. I can’t do it. Neither can we. B Negative Short answers ∆ 28 burgers. All this month, get 20% off your burger s when you show a valid NUS card. G INGREDIENTS TESTIN Not only does SUPERWAYS not test ingredients on animals, neither do our suppliers when they are working on our behalf. Exercises 1 Complete the conversation. Use So … or Neither/Nor … Two people on a plane journey are talking. Examples: Mark: I’m travelling to Glasgow. Emma: __________ So am I. Mark: I don’t like long journeys much. Emma: Neither/Nor do I. ____________________ 2 Ken is very good at tennis, and ____________________________________. 3 Ted loves playing computer games, and ____________________________________. Mark: I don’t come from Glasgow. Emma: 1 ________________________. I’m from London. Mark: 2 ________________________. I’m going to a meeting. Emma: 3 ________________________. You know, I had to get up at 6:30 this morning to catch this plane. Mark: 4 Emma: 5 ________________________. I wanted to have the meeting in London. Mark: 6 ________________________. I couldn’t understand why they didn’t want a meeting in London. Emma: 7 Mark: 1 Sally isn’t interested in judo, and ____________________________________. ________________________. I didn’t enjoy that at all. 4 Sally hates computer games, and ____________________________________. 5 Sally can swim very well, and ____________________________________. 6 Ken can’t swim at all, and ____________________________________. 3 Complete the answers. Examples: I____________ think so. (think) Most big banks do. ________________________. I was told I had to go to the Head Office in Glasgow. 8 ________________________. Where’s your meeting? I think it’s going to snow. I hope not. (hope) I haven’t got a coat. ____________ 1 Will Tessa get home late again tonight? ________________________ (expect) She usually gets home late. 2 I think they’re going to build the new road. ________________________ (suppose) Everybody says they are. 3 Are you going to wear the blue shirt? ________________________ (not/think) I don’t like it any more. 4 Do you think Alex passed her exam? ________________________ (be afraid) She didn’t do any work. 5 I don’t think Tom is coming. ________________________ (guess) He should be here by now. 6 Will the shop still be open? ________________________ (think) It doesn’t close until 6:00. Emma: It’s at Northern Technical. 9 Mark: ________________________. That’s amazing. What time does your meeting start? Mine starts at 10:00. Emma: 10 ________________________. That’s even more strange! My meeting is about their new steel pipe project. Mark: 11 ________________________. Tell me, who are you meeting? Emma: Dr Mark Blair. Mark: Does the bank open on Saturday morning? That’s me! 2 Look at the table. Then complete the statements. Ken Sally Tennis 3 3 Judo 3 Computer games Examples: Claire 3 3 Swimming Ted 3 3 3 so does Claire . Ken does judo, and _______________ Ted can’t play tennis, and ______________________ neither/nor can Claire . 73 31 Ability and possibility can, could, be able to can’t have, could have, couldn’t have FORMS can The sea is warm now. We can go swimming. Help! I can’t swim! Amy can swim very well. The boy cannot (can’t ) swim. could and be able to Amy could swim when she was five. She was able to swim 100 metres when she was six. Yesterday, a boy fell in the sea. He could not (couldn’t ) swim, but Amy was able to rescue him. A B can Use can to express ability and possibility in the present and future. The negative form is one word – cannot. The short form is can’t. n She can swim very well. n It’s warm, so we can go swimming. n The boy cannot swim. n Help! I can’t swim. Use could for an action in the past with these verbs: feel, hear, remember, see, smell, taste, understand. (For most other verbs, see Section C, paragraph 3 below.) n I could hear his call for help. n I could see that he needed help. be able to You can use be able to for ability and possibility in the present, past and future, but it is more formal than can and less common. n She’s able to swim ten kilometres. n She wasn’t able to swim across the river. But we must use be able to instead of can in the present perfect. n I’ve had some free time, so I’ve been able to write some letters. And with most verbs, we must use be able to instead of could for a past action. n We had some free time, so we were able to look round town. (See Section B, paragraph 3 for verbs taking could to express a past action.) D can’t have, could have and couldn’t have Use can’t have or couldn’t have for something impossible in the past. n He can’t/couldn’t have been in Tokyo yesterday. I saw him in London. Use could have to talk about a missed opportunity in the past. n You could have visited Ann in hospital. Why didn’t you? We often use could have when something was possible in the past. n The thief could have entered through the door or through the kitchen window. We don’t know which. 74 (Answer: a sieve) As light as a feather, as round as a ball. Yet all the king’s men cannot carry it at all. could Use could to express ability and possibility in the past. n She could swim when she was five. n It was warm, so we could go swimming. Use could not (couldn’t) for an impossible action in the past. n He was underwater. He couldn’t breathe. C As round as a butter bowl, as deep as a cup. All of the Mississippi river, can’t fill it up. Requests, permission and offers ∆ 32 / Certainty and uncertainty ∆ 36 (Answer: a bubble) ANNE er’s gone. Now Well, Michael, your fath and me. Now we’re on our own. Just you breath. we can stop holding our MICHAEL n’t been for I’m glad he’s gone. If it had could’ve I ll. we e don e him, I could’v e got a good ld’v cou I . ool sch stayed on at in his footsteps. job. Instead of following “I couldn’t have worn fashionable clothes before I went on my Slimfood Diet … and now look at me!” They can’t play any instruments, have never had a Top 10 hit and prefer a good laugh to a serious discussion of their art. But, says Charlie Porter, that’s all part of Saint Etienn e’s charm , and the secret of their long life … Exercises 1 Complete the statements. Use can or can’t and these verbs: catch, go, hear, see, walk Example: Please speak up. I ___________ can’t hear very well. 1 I _____________________ Lucy now. Look! 2 I’ve finished, so I _____________________ home. 3 Tim is only a baby. He _____________________ yet. 4 You _____________________ me! I’m too fast for you. 2 Complete the statements. Use can/can’t or could/couldn’t. Example: I ____ couldn’t speak can speak French well now, but I _________ it at all five years ago. 1 Poor old Mr Black _______________ play football now, but he _______________ play well when he was young. 2 Sally _______________ read now, but she _______________ read at all when she was five. 3 I _______________ understand the game last time, and I still _______________ understand now. It’s very difficult. 4 Fifty years ago, you _______________ buy a nice house for £5,000, but you certainly _______________ do that now. 3 Complete the statements. Use could and these verbs: feel, hear, remember, smell, understand Example: I woke up suddenly. I ____________ could smell something burning downstairs. 1 Lucy _____________________ hear somebody outside. 2 Lisa _____________________ read when she was four. 3 The police _____________________ stop the two men. 4 The plane crashed, but the pilot _____________________ get out and walk away without injury. 5 Dan _____________________ see the mountains 20 kilometres away. 5 Complete the story. Use can/can’t or could/couldn’t or be able to. Use a form of can where possible. Luckily, we _____________ were able to hire a four-wheel drive vehicle quite easily. Next day we started early, and we 1___________________ travel fast across the open country. Later, we climbed into the hills and stopped for a rest. From there, we 2_____________________ look back across the flat land to the city. Maria pointed. ‘Look, Rod,’ she said. ‘You 3_____________________ still see the castle.’ Rod looked, but he wasn’t wearing his glasses and he 4 _____________________ see it. ‘Let’s go,’ I said. ‘If we hurry, we may 5_____________________ reach the valley by 6:00. Later we ran into some deep mud. ‘It’s no good,’ I said. ‘We 6_____________________ go forward or back.’ Then we got out and pushed. In the end we 7 _____________________ move the vehicle, but we were covered in mud. Rod and I looked at ourselves and laughed, but Maria was upset. She 8_____________________ see what was funny at all. 6 Complete the statements. Use can’t have or could have. Peter ___________ can’t have bought a car. He hasn’t got any 1 The waterfall was huge. You _______________ _______________ the noise a kilometre away. Example: 2 I thought about the girl. I _______________ __________________ her face, but not her name. 1 You _____________________ finished already. Nobody can work as fast as that. 3 Ann ______________________________ the words, but she still wasn’t sure what the French girl wanted. 2 Lucy _____________________ gone to the party, but she decided to stay at home. 4 I ______________________________ the rain running down my neck. It was horrible. 3 Ed _____________________ been at the restaurant because I was there and I didn’t see him. 4 Complete the statements. Use could or be able to. Use could where possible. Example: money. 4 We don’t know how Steve went, but he _____________________ gone by train or by bus. The door was open, so we _____________ were able to go straight in. 75 32 Requests, permission and offers can, could, would, will, may, shall Could you be quiet, please? FORMS can, could, would and may Bob, can you answer the phone for me, please? Could you meet me at 4:00, please? Miss Evans, would you book me a flight to New York, please? Can I use your pen, Ann? May I speak to Mr Reece, please? Could I borrow the car tonight, Dad? Yes, of course you can. You can have the car keys now. Here you are. WESSEX A B C Can/Could/Would/Will you …? Use these verbs for requests + 2nd or 3rd person. n Can you help me for a moment? (informal) n Could you give me your name, please, sir? (polite/formal) n Would/Will guests kindly check out by midday? (more formal) Can/Could/May I …? Use these verbs for requests + 1st person. n Can I borrow your pen for a second? (informal) n Could I have your phone number, sir? (polite/formal) n Ladies, may I have your attention, please? (more formal) Yes, you can/may. Use these verbs for permission. n Could I borrow some money, Sam? n Yes, of course you can. How much? (informal/formal) n May I talk to the King, please? n You may see him at 10:00. (very formal/old-fashioned) When we refuse permission, we usually avoid the negative of can or may. n Can I borrow your jacket tonight? n I’m sorry, but I need it tonight. If we use cannot (can’t) or may not, it shows very strong feeling. n Dad, can I have this week off school? n No, you certainly can’t! OR No, you most certainly may not! D 76 can/may/shall for offers Use these verbs for offers. n I can lend you a few pounds if you like. (informal) n Shall I lend you a few pounds? (informal) n Can I help you, Mr Hill? (more formal) n Good morning, Barclays Bank. How may we help you? (more formal) n Customers may bank online if they wish. (more formal) Future with will ∆ 17 / Ability and possibility ∆ 31 electricity I called today to read your electricity meter, but received no reply. I will call back AM/PM between ........................................ If this is not convenient, or if you do not want to be disturbed, would you please write the read ing on the reverse of this card , tear off at the perforation and display it where I can read it? Thank you. £10£10 £10£10 £10£10 To Sophie From Uncle Tony xxx branches. This voucher may be exchanged for goods at any of our 150 It cannot be exchanged for cash or replaced if lost. Could YOU spare a coup le of hours one day a week to wo rk in your local RESPONSE charity shop ? We are looking for volunteers to sort donations and serve in the shop. No shop experience needed. Perhaps you could ask a friend to volunteer with you. RESPONSE Immediate aid for are hit by natural disast as ers Exercises 1 Complete the requests with suitable modal verbs. Example: You’re speaking to an old friend. 3 Write the answers. Use Yes, you can. or No, you can’t . Example: Can I turn right here? ______________ No, you can’t. It says NO ENTRY. Ed, _____ can you pass the dictionary? 1 You’re speaking to an old friend. Ed, ____________ you tell me what this means? 1 Can I go now? ____________________________ The lights are green. 2 You’re speaking to a foreign visitor at your firm. ____________ you come with me, Mr Hoffman? 2 Can I park here? ____________________________ It says NO PARKING. 3 An air stewardess is speaking to the passengers. ____________ all passengers kindly return to their seats? 3 Can I pass this bus? ___________________________ There are no cars coming. 4 You’re speaking to an old friend. Jim, ____________ I use your bike for ten minutes? 4 Can I turn round here? ___________________________ It’s dangerous. 5 You’re speaking to a foreign visitor at your firm. ____________ I have your name, Sir? 6 An air stewardess is speaking to a passenger. ____________ I take your cup, if you’ve finished? 2 Complete the requests with suitable modal verbs. Example: A stewardess wants all passengers to fasten their seat belts. Would/Could all passengers kindly ___________________________________ fasten their seat belts? ________________________ 4 Complete the conversation. Use suitable modal forms for requesting, permitting and offering. Simon Bell has brought an important German businessman, Philip Hoffman, home for dinner. Simon and his family feel they should be quite formal, but Philip is happy to be informal. Simon: Come in, Philip. _____ May I take your coat for you? Now, 1 ____________ you come through to the living room. I’ll introduce you to the family. Philip: Good. I’m dying to meet them! 1 You want to borrow your friend’s book. Simon: This is my wife, Carol, and these are the children – Luke and Lisa. __________________________________________________ Carol: 2 You want your friend to lend you his pen. __________________________________________________ Philip: And it’s very good to meet you too. But one thing. ____________ you just call me Philip? 2 Carol: Yes, of course. Now 3____________ you all come and eat? Dinner’s getting cold. Lisa: (Quietly, to Dad) Dad, 4____________ I ask Mr Hoffman some questions about my German homework after dinner? 3 You want to know the address of a visitor to your company. __________________________________________________ It’s nice to meet you, Mr Hoffman. 4 You want the company visitor to take a seat for a moment. Simon: I’m not sure. 5____________ I ask him for you? __________________________________________________ Lisa: 5 A stewardess wants to put a passenger’s bag away. Simon: Philip, 6____________ Lisa ask you a few questions about her German homework after dinner? __________________________________________________ 6 A stewardess wants all passengers to remain in their seats until the plane stops. Philip: Please! Yes, of course. She 7____________ ask any questions she wants. __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ 77 33 Advice and criticism should, ought to, had better should have, ought to have You look really tired! I think you should stop now. You ought to go to bed. FORMS should She should stop now. She should not (shouldn’t) go on. ought to She ought to go to bed. She ought not to (oughtn’t to) stay up. had better She had better (She’d better) put her books away. She had better not (She’d better not) study any more. A should and ought to These are nearly the same, but ought to is a little stronger and more formal. Use them to advise the right thing to do in a particular situation. n That hat looks terrible, Tom! You should try this one. n You look very ill, Mr Jones. I think you ought to see the doctor. Also use should not (shouldn’t) and ought not to (oughtn’t to) for advising what not to do. n You shouldn’t wear those shoes, Tom. They’re not very nice. n You ought not to work today. Really! Please go and see the doctor. as a 1–479 bC) w onfucius (55 eatly . His ideas gr wise teacher taught Chinese. He e th d ce en u infl urteous, should be co that people selfish. loyal and un C If you don’t wan t to be the last house in your street w ithout satellite TV, you’d better ca ll us today. S A T E L L I T E D I R E C T Use them to say what is right or wrong in a particular situation. Excuse me. The bill shouldn’t be £5.50. It ought to be £3.70. Use these verbs to say what is always the right or wrong thing to do. n Parents should teach their children to be polite. n People oughtn’t to play loud music at night. B had better had better (’d better) is like should and ought to (first use) for advising what to do and what not to do in a particular situation. n That hat looks terrible, Tom! You’d better try this one. n You’d better not wear those shoes. They’re not very nice. But had better can be much stronger. Something bad will happen if you do not follow this advice. n You’d better run, or you’ll miss the train! n You’d better not say that again, or else I’ll be really angry! Note: Had better cannot express what is always the right or wrong thing to do (unlike should/ought to). C 78 should (not) have and ought (not) to have Use these past forms when somebody did the wrong thing. n Tom crashed the car. He shouldn’t have driven so fast. OR He should have driven more slowly. n Susie has broken all the plates. She ought to have been more careful. OR She oughtn’t to have carried so many. Necessity and obligation ∆ 34 0 8 0 0 7 3 9 2 1 6 After the match, Exmouth captain Nick Waters said, ‘We should have dominated this league this season; we’ve got the players to do it, but we haven’t produced our top form as often as we should have.’ Ask a Vet Q Last summer my two rabbits died after I gave them lettuce to eat. I thought I was giving them a treat, but a neighbour told me I ought to have known better. Was it my fault? Is lettuce dangerous? A Lettuce is not dangerous in itself, but too much too suddenly can be fatal, so, in that sense, you should have been more careful. However, you should not be too hard on yourself as many people Exercises 1 Complete the conversation. Use should or ought. Eve and Sam are getting ready for a party. Eve: 4 Give advice. Example: You shouldn’t eat so much. ____________________________ should we go? What time _______ ought to leave here at 7:30. And it’s 6:30 now, so we Sam: We ______ 1 I’m unfit. (ought/do/more exercise) ______________________________________________ 2 I’ve got a bad toothache. (better/see/a dentist) ______________________________________________ 3 I’ve got a lot of work to do. (should/not/watch/any/TV) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 I’ve got a huge phone bill. (ought/not/use/the phone/so much) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 5 It’s still raining. (better/not/go out/yet) ______________________________________________ 6 It’s nice and sunny now. (should/go/to the beach) ______________________________________________ 1 ____________ to hurry now. What do you think I 2 ____________ wear? Eve: I think you 3____________ to wear a jacket and tie. Do you think I 4____________ wear my red dress? Sam: Yes, you 5____________. It looks very good. 2 Complete the conversation. Use should/shouldn’t or ought/oughtn’t. Tina and Steve are going to visit his parents. Tina: Do you think we ________ should go by train? Steve: No, we _________ oughtn’t to do that. We’ll have too much to carry. 1 We _______________ to go by car. Tina: Well, OK, but we 2_______________ to take too much. We’re only going for two days. Steve: All right, but I think we 3_______________ take some warm clothes. The weather may be cold. And 4 _______________ we to take some toys for the children? They may be bored. Tina: No, we 5_______________ do that. I think we 6 _______________ just take one or two books for them to read. Now what time do you think we 7_______________ leave? Steve: Well, it takes five hours by car, so we 8_______________ to leave here after 2:00. 5 Write the replies. Example: You ’d ______________ better not play with those matches. They’re dangerous. ___________________________________ He oughtn’t to have gone to work. 1 Tim was ill this morning. (should/see the doctor) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 2 The boys got wet in the rain. (should/not/play/outside) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 3 We’re on the wrong road. (ought/turn/left/at/the traffic lights) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 Maria doesn’t like her new jacket. (ought/not/buy/it) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 5 Hurricane Rita hit Miami during our holiday there. (should/not/go/Miami/ought/choose/somewhere else) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 1 You look ill. You ________________________ see a doctor. 2 Ed has got a lot of homework to do. He _______________________ go out this evening. 3 We’ve only got a little food. We ________________________ waste it. 4 The children are tired. They ________________________ go to bed. Andy felt really ill this morning. (ought/not/go/to work) 3 Complete the statements. Use had better or had better not. Example: I’m overweight. (should/not/eat/so much) 79 34 Necessity and obligation must, have to FORMS Doctor, you must help my husband! Please! must You must help my husband! Please! Stop those boys! They must not play with that knife! have to Dr Bell often has to visit people. I have to go now. He had to visit Mr Clay last night. The law is changing. . Keep on the right side of the law I have to go and see old Mr Clay now. A ive a vehicle From next year, when you rece ther action whe licence reminder you must take the public roads on icle veh r you you use or keep keep your car on the or not. If you intend to use or nce by completing lice a for ly road, you must app must be done This ner. man al usu the in the form p your vehicle kee or use not quickly. But, if you do e the new plet com t mus you , road lic on the pub to a post it take and declaration on the VII form us. to it d office or sen Uses of must and have to We use must and have to for saying something is necessary now or very soon. n I must find my glasses. I can’t see properly without them! n He has to start work at 8:00 tomorrow. Use have to for other times (have to has tenses, but must does not). Did you have to work late? Yes, we had to stay until midnight! Has Ann had to go to hospital? Yes, she has. She’s very ill. We can’t finish now, can we? No, we’ll have to come back again. We often use have got to instead of have to, especially in conversation. Can’t you stay a bit longer? No, I’ve got to go or Dad will be angry. Have we got to do all this? Yes, you have to. It’s part of the job. Hidden Salts, Fats and Sugars Experts estimate that in the UK alone over 60,00 0 people die prematurely each year from diet-related disea ses caused by eating too much fat/salt and not enough fruit and vegetables. Yet most of us still feel that we do not have to consider the fat, salt and sugar content of the food that we eat. CROSSCHECK B must Use must when the speaker feels a strong personal need. n He’s very ill. I must get help. Also use it for very strong requests. n You must come, Doctor! Please! Also use it for very direct orders. n You must do exactly what I say. have to Use have to when the speaker feels a need from another person, e.g., from a boss, a teacher or a parent. n I have to go and see old Mr Clay. n I have to help my parents. We often use need to instead of both must and have to. n He’s very ill. I need to get help. n I need to go and see old Mr Clay. must not Use must not for necessity not to do something. Use the short form mustn’t in conversation. (Do not pronounce the t in the middle.) n Stop! You mustn’t drink that! It’ll make you ill. not have to Use not have to for no necessity to do something. n You don’t have to take the exam if you don’t want to. We often use can’t like mustn’t. n You can’t do that. It’s against the law. But we cannot use needn’t with this sense. (∆ Unit 35.) 80 Advice and criticism ∆ 33 / Non-necessity and negative obligation ∆ 35 We often use not need to or needn’t instead of not have to. n You don’t need to/needn’t take the exam if you don’t want to. / Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 2? ∆ 43 Exercises 1 Complete the questions with have to. Example: Paul has had to buy a car. Why ________________________ has he had to buy a car ? 1 Paul has had to pay a lot of money for it. How much ________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 Emma will have to go to London soon. When ____________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 The Smith family had to go last week. Where ___________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 Ann has to change all her plans. Why _____________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 Ed and Sue have had to live in the flat for years. How long _________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 Complete the statements. Use must or have to. Examples: n He said, ‘You must finish by 5:00, Ann.’ n So Ann ________________________ has to finish by 5:00. n The children have to go to bed now. ‘You must go to bed n Mum said, _____________________ now, children.’ _______________ 1 Old Mr Robbins has to rest for a week. The doctor said, ‘You _______________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 The bill says they must pay immediately. So they __________________________________________ 3 We have to check in two hours before the flight. The air tickets say: ‘Passengers _______________________ ________________________________________________ 4 The hotel sign says: ‘All guests must complete a registration form.’ So all guests ______________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 Jimmy has to be home by 6:00. His mother said, ‘You _______________________________ 6 The policeman said, ‘You must go to the police station, Mr Reece.’ So Mr Reece _____________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 Complete the statements. Use must or have to. Examples: had to work all day yesterday. n We _______ must leave the n The fireman said, ‘Quick! You ______ building immediately.’ 1 I ____________ read Ian York’s new book. I love his writing. 2 Alan ____________ go to the shop for some milk. Do you want anything? 3 You ____________ listen to what I tell you. It’s very important. 4 Last week we ____________ wait for hours at the airport because of bad weather. 5 We really ____________ buy a new TV. This old one is terrible. 6 Our new trainer is tough. We ____________ run ten kilometres every morning. 7 This job looks interesting. I ____________ ask for an application form. 4 Complete the statements. Use mustn’t or not have to. Examples: n You _____________ don’t have to buy a new pen. You can use mine. n Bob _________ mustn’t go out. He’s ill. 1 You _______________________ be late or you won’t get into the cinema. 2 Students _______________________ wear a uniform at this school. 3 You _______________________ talk like that. It’s rude. 4 I _______________________ be late home. I’ve got a lot of homework to do. 5 Ruth _______________________ go to work tomorrow. She’s on holiday. 6 I _______________________ eat it if I don’t want to. 7 We _______________________ go yet. It’s too early. 8 You can wear a formal suit if you like, but you _____________ ______________. 81 35 Non-necessity and negative obligation needn’t, mustn’t, didn’t need to, didn’t have to, needn’t have FORMS You needn’t run. The bus isn’t here yet. needn’t and mustn’t We needn’t buy any food. We’ve got lots. I mustn’t forget his phone number. I have to phone him tonight. She doesn’t need to do any housework. She’s got a maid. didn’t need to and needn’t have You mustn’t cross the road. The lights are red. I didn’t need to buy any meat as there was some in the fridge. I needn’t have gone to the meeting. Nobody else was there! ACROSSCHECK CROSSCHECK A B needn’t Use need to (or have to) for saying something is necessary. n Come on! We need to hurry. mustn’t Use must for saying something is necessary. n We must get there by 11:00. Use need not (or not need to/not have to) for no necessity to act. n We needn’t go to the cinema to see it. We can get the DVD. n We don’t need to buy the DVD. We can rent it. n We don’t have to rent it. We can borrow it from Peter. Use mustn’t for necessity not to do something. n You mustn’t play with that knife. You’ll cut yourself. n You mustn’t cross the road when the lights are red. needn’t have Use needn’t have + past participle when something was not necessary, but it still happened. n Poor Sam needn’t have worked so hard for the test. It was cancelled! n You needn’t have paid him any money. He was happy to work for nothing. didn’t need to Use didn’t need to (or didn’t have to) + infinitive when something was not necessary, so it did not happen. n She’s clever, so she didn’t need to work for the test. She still got top marks! We can also use it when an action was not necessary, but it still happened – like needn’t have. n You didn’t need to pay him any money. He was happy to work for nothing. Players must not wear shoes with coloured soles on court. 82 Necessity and obligation ∆ 34 / Back to school with The Titanic disaster The loss of the Titanic in April 1912 was a disaster that need never have happened. It was the result of a long series of errors that began even before construction of the great ship started. Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 2? ∆ 43 / RIGHT PRICE Kids! School unifo rms needn’t be bo ring! Parents! Good quali ty ne edn’t be expensive ! Check out our fas hionable ranges at a RIGHT PRICE clo thes store near yo u. British and American English ∆ Appendix 6 Exercises 1 Complete the statements. Use needn’t or mustn’t. Examples: Mum: What clothes do you _________ need to take with you? 1 ________________________ wear your school uniform? (you) n We needn’t ________ hurry. We’ve got lots of time. mustn’t swim here. It’s dangerous. n We ________ 1 Don’t you like it? Well, you ____________ drink it if you don’t want to. Neil: No, we 2____________ do that. We can wear our ordinary clothes. We also 3____________ take clothes for outdoor activities – jeans, boots and jackets. You 4____________ look at this list of clothes and equipment, and this letter from school. Dad: How much is it going to cost? Neil: It’s £400, but you 5____________ pay it all yet. The letter says you only 6____________ pay half now. Dad: Good. We 7____________ spend too much now because we haven’t got much money this month. How soon 8 ________________________ give the school the first £200? (we) Neil: You 9____________ send it by next Friday. 2 Listen! You ____________ be late again or you’ll be in bad trouble. 3 You ____________ make so much noise. This is a library. 4 You ____________ finish the report today, but please can I have it tomorrow? 5 Children ____________ play with knives. They’re dangerous things. 6 Ann ____________ stay. Carol can do everything. 2 Reorder the words to make positive and negative statements and questions. Examples: (there/he/go/to/have/doesn’t) n _____________________________ He doesn’t have to go there. (need/what/buy/we/do/to) n __________________________ What do we need to buy? 1 (work/to/I/late/have) _________________________________________________ 2 (they/go/to/where/have/do) _________________________________________________ Mum: It sounds a lot of fun. Neil: Yes, but they’ve made a special rule. As soon as we get on the bus we 10____________ speak English any more. We can only speak French for a whole week! 4 Complete the statements. Use didn’t need to or needn’t have. Examples: needn’t have gone to the meeting. Nobody n I _____________ else was there. n Yesterday was a holiday, so I didn’t ________________ need to go to work. 3 (she/need/go/does/to/so soon) _________________________________________________ 1 At my school we ___________________________ wear a uniform. People just wore their ordinary clothes. 4 (tomorrow/you/do/to/have/work) _________________________________________________ 2 They ___________________________ worked so hard. Nobody even noticed all the work they did. 5 (need/I/homework/don’t/do/my/to) _________________________________________________ 3 We ___________________________ hurried. Everybody else was late too. 6 (learn/why/to/they/French/do/need) _________________________________________________ 4 Sally’s brother gave her a very nice coat, so she ___________ _____________________ buy one. 3 Complete the conversation. Use need to, needn’t or mustn’t. You may need to use a question form. Neil is telling his parents about his school trip to France. Neil: On the day we go, __________ I need to be at school at 7:45. The bus goes at 8:00. 5 I ___________________________ send the money. Mr Brant came for it. 6 You ___________________________ written to them. I’d already told them your answer. 83 36 Certainty and uncertainty may, might, could, may be, must be, can’t be, may have, must have, can’t have It might rain. Take a coat. FORMS may, might and could It may rain. There are some clouds over there. It might/could snow, but it seems unlikely. may be, must be and can’t be He can’t be at home. Nobody is answering the phone. No, Mum. I’ll be all right. He must be at work. may have, must have and can’t have He must be wet! He may have caught a cold! Tom can’t have made enough money to buy that car. His father must have given it to him. A may, might and could Use may to say something is possible in the future. n The score is 3–3, so either side may win. Use might or could to say something is possible, but not likely. n City are 3–1 down. They might/could win, but I don’t think so. May not and might not mean something negative is possible. n I’m very busy, so I may not/might not have time to go to the match. Cannot (can’t) and could not (couldn’t) mean something is impossible. n City can’t/couldn’t win against Rangers. Rangers are too good. B may be, might be, must be and can’t be Use may be or might be when something is not certain in the present. n Bill isn’t in his office. He may be at lunch, or he might be seeing Mr Bell. Must be and can’t be are opposites. Use them when something is certain in the present – positively (must be) or negatively (can’t be). n Look at that car! It must be doing 250 kph. The driver must be crazy. This boy says he’s 16, but he looks so young. He can’t be telling the truth. He can’t be more than 14. C Compuite R ght computer? Looking for a upgraded Want your PCired? or repa further than Then look no ht. Compute Rig 0 ON Sidmouth, Devon EX1 264818 Registered Charity No. quillity. y for a little peace and tran ed Visit the Donkey Sanctuar 0 donkeys – many rescu 6,90 over care into n We have take Sanctuary neglected. The Donkey or ed treat lly crue g after bein keys and mules. tuary in the world for don must be the largest sanc 9am to dusk. We are open every day from ADMISSION FREE SMILE! IT MAY NEVER HAPPEN GP’s surgery first when a doctor is needed. Then one of three things will happen: Ability and possibility ∆ 31 DO NOT take inflatables into the sea – you could be carried away by wind and tide. THE DONKEY SANCTUARY U When the surgery is closed patients should, at all times, ring their own 84 Swim between red and yellow flags ed you might ne Most things in ith w d re can be orde t in stock. 24 hours if no may have, must have and can’t have Use these (and might(n’t) have or could(n’t) have) when something is certain or uncertain in the past. n Jerry hasn’t got his bag. He must have left it somewhere. n He can’t have left it at school. He’s checked and it isn’t there. n He may have left it somewhere on the way home. 1 Your own GP might be on call and might give you telephone advice. 2 He or she might offer you a consultation either at the surgery, community hospital or at your house. 3 You might be directed to ring another number. Area supervised by lifeguards ses the line, ... And as Sally Joplin cros world record the alled equ ainly cert she’s it. ken bro e hav n eve may and she Exercises 1 Complete the statements. Use may (not)/might (not). (Perhaps it isn’t him. He’s walking towards some other people.) _______________________________________ _____________________________________________ may/might miss it. Example: We’re very late for the plane. We ___________ 1 I __________________ be late home tonight, so don’t worry if I’m not back at the usual time. 3 2 Dr Jones __________________ have time to see you, but I don’t think so. Ask his secretary. 3 If we go on playing this badly, we __________________ win the game. 4 I __________________ catch the 9:00 train, but I’ll probably get the one at 9:30. 5 We __________________ have enough milk. Could you buy some, please? 6 I’ll try and get a green dress in town, but I __________________ be able to find one. 2 Write statements. Use may (not) be/might (not) be, must be or can’t be. Examples: Do you know where Paul is? 3 Complete the conversation. Use may be/might be, must be or can’t be + present participle. ? = may be/might be (Perhaps he’s at home.) Nick: I’m not sure. He ____________________ may/might be riding his bike. (? ride) Tina: No, he 1___________________________ that. (7 do) His bike is still in the garage. Nick: Well, he 2___________________________ upstairs. (7 play ) The house is too quiet. Tina: Oh, look. His baseball bat has gone. He ___________________________ baseball in the park. (3 practise) 3 (He’s always with his friends in the evening.) 1 2 How old do you think Mr Lee is? (I’m sure he isn’t under 60.) _____________________________________________ (Perhaps he’s about 64 or 65.) _____________________________________________ (I know he’s 65 because he’s just retired from work.) _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ Is that Rod coming across the beach? (I’m sure it isn’t Rod. Rod is taller.) _____________________________________________ (I’m sure it’s Julian because that looks like his jacket.) _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ 7 = can’t be Do you know what Dave is doing? ____________________________ He may/might be at home. He must be with his friends. _______________________________ 3 = must be Tina: (It’s late, so he isn’t at school.) He can’t be at school. _______________________ Whose is this sports bag? (It’s not Sue’s. She’s carrying hers.) _____________________________________________ (Perhaps it’s Maria’s. She isn’t carrying a sports bag.) _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ No, it’s Lucy’s. It’s got her name on it! _____________________________________________ 4 Complete the conversation. Use may have/might have, must have or can’t have + past participle. ? = may have/might have 3 = must have 7 = can’t have Dave: Mum, have you seen my wallet in the dining room? Tina: No, you _______________ can’t have put it there. (7 put ) I’ve just tidied the dining room and I didn’t see it. Dave: And I 1____________________________________ it in the park because I didn’t take my money. (7 drop) Tina: You 2______________________________ it upstairs in your bedroom. (? leave) Dave: No, I don’t think I did. Nick: Wasn’t your wallet in your jeans pocket yesterday? Tina: And didn’t you throw your jeans in the washing machine this morning? Dave: Oh, so I 3______________________________ my wallet in the washing machine too. (3 put ) I’ll have to hang my money out to dry! 85 37 Review: past modal forms could, had to, needed to, may have, must have, can’t have, could have, etc. FORMS Grandad: I could run 100 metres in ten seconds when I was young. Grandson: Wow! You must have been the fastest in the country. Grandad: Yes, I should have been in the Olympic team, but I was ill. I couldn’t go. Everyday Etiquette A had to and needed to; could and was able to Use had to or needed to for past necessity and need. (Must has no past form.) n I was late for the meeting. I had to run. n We needed to get some milk, so I went to the shop. Q My previous employer and I had a difference of opinion over certain pronunciations, particularly with frequently used words such as ‘integral’. When asked to read back his dictation, should I have used his version or mine ? Margaret Hills, Manchester A Yours. Modern good manners do not requi re one person to imitate the mistakes of another! Use could and could not to talk about ability and possibility in the past. n I could run 30 kilometres when I was 20. n He couldn’t swim when he was five. Use could not for an action that did not happen. n I was so tired that I couldn’t walk any more. We usually use be able to instead of could for a past action. But you can use could with verbs of feeling (see, hear, etc.) and thinking (remember, forget, etc.). n After a long sleep, I was able to get up and start walking again. n After a long while, I could see a farm ahead of me. B may have, must have and can’t have Use these (and might have or could have) when something is certain or uncertain in the past. n There’s nobody at home. They must have gone out. n They may have gone to the beach. n No. They can’t have done that. Their car is still here. C could have, should have and would have Use these (and ought to have or might have) to talk about an alternative to what really happened. n You could have called earlier. Why didn’t you? n I’m sorry. I can’t pay. I should have brought more money. n We would have visited you, but we thought you were abroad. This would have is the same form as in third conditionals (∆ Unit 51). India, ‘A wonderful play set in British Bucket.’ brought to life by director Peter Movie News places that The actors create situations and imagined. This until now you could only have ived critical extraordinary production has rece r of the north. and popular acclaim for its tou THE TIGER Did you know that at the beginning of the 20th century there may have been 100,000 tigers living in the forests and on the plains of Asia? Today there are fewer than 6,000, and their numbers are still falling. Use these negative forms in the same way: should not have, ought not to have, would not have, need not have. n He shouldn’t have shouted at her. Look! She’s crying now! n You needn’t have gone to town for a newspaper. You can get them near here. 86 Ability and possibility ∆ 31 / Advice and criticism ∆ 33 / Necessity and obligation ∆ 34 / Non-necessity and negative obligation ∆ 35 / Third conditionals ∆ 51 Exercises 1 Complete the story. Use past forms of can, be able to, have to, need or need to. Lucy: Yes, he 3_____________________ done that. He was asking me to buy a ball before. He’s suddenly gone crazy about volleyball. When Larry’s boat hit a rock, he _______________ didn’t need to look below. He 1 __________________ hear the water rushing in, and he knew the boat was going down. He also knew he 2__________________ get off the boat in just two or three minutes. He 3__________________ pull out the orange life raft and he threw it quickly into the water, where it filled with air. Next, he jumped down the steps into the cabin. He 4__________________ collect as many things as possible – food, water, medicine, a map, and so on. The only thing he 5__________________ take was petrol – the life raft had no motor. Soon water was coming into the cabin, and he 6__________________ get out quickly. Back outside, he looked round for the raft. He 7__________________ see it! Then he did. It was ten metres away. Larry dropped his supplies on top of the cabin and jumped into the sea. He 8__________________ get that raft! He reached it, climbed in and started rowing back for his supplies. As he rowed, he 9__________________ see the boat sinking. He rowed harder. He 10__________________ those supplies as much as the life raft itself. He 11__________________ let those supplies go down with his boat. Bob: Lucy: You’re wrong. He isn’t watching. He’s playing. He 5 __________________ gone and asked to join the game. 3 Complete the conversation. Use could have, would have (’d have), shouldn’t have, should have, wouldn’t have or needn’t have. The Green family are coming back from a terrible holiday in the south of France. It rained all the time and it was very cold. Mum: Well, nobody ___________ could have guessed the weather would be so bad. Dad: Yes, if we’d known about the weather, we certainly 1 ___________________________ gone there. Tim: We 2___________________________ taken our raincoats, boots, hats, gloves and scarves. Jo: And I 3___________________________ bought that new summer dress. I didn’t wear it once. I’m so disappointed. Dad: We 4___________________________ chosen a holiday in Greece as easily as the one in France. It 5 ___________________________ been the same price. In fact, I 6___________________________ chosen Greece except for the fact that we can all speak French, but not Greek. Complete these two possible endings. n But he 12_____________________ get there in time. He lost everything. OR n He got there just in time, and he 13____________________ save everything. 2 Complete the conversation. Use may have (or might have/could have), must have or can’t have. Bob and Lucy are at the beach. They have been half asleep in the sunshine, but now they are sitting up and looking around for their son, Joe. Bob: He ___________ can’t have gone into the water because his T-shirt and shorts aren’t here and that means he’s still wearing them. Talking about volleyball, there are some people playing volleyball over there, and there are some people watching. He 4_____________________ gone to watch the game. What do you think? Mum: We 7___________________________ listened to the travel agent. She said the weather was always wonderful in the south of France. Dad: We 8___________________________ done better to stay at home and save our money. Mum: Well, next year we’ll go somewhere else – somewhere warm and dry. Lucy: And he 1_____________________ gone to the ice cream van or the beach shop because he hasn’t got any money. Bob: Ah, but he 2_____________________ gone to the beach shop just to look around. 87 38 Review: modal forms can, could, would, be able to, should, ought to, must, have to, etc. Ability n Most birds can fly. n Some people can’t swim. n Ann could write when she was three. n I was able to finish the test in an hour. Ability and possibility (∆ Unit 31) Look! I can fly! Can we have our ball back, please? Requests, permission and offers n May I speak to Mr Hill, please? n Could you keep the noise down, please? n Would/Will you post this for me, please? May I go home early today? Yes, of course you can. n How can I help you, Mrs Jones? n Shall I carry these bags for you? Future with will (∆ Unit 17) You should stop smoking. It’s bad for you. / Requests, permissions and offers (∆ Unit 32) Advice and criticism n You shouldn’t eat so much. n You oughtn’t to play computer games so much. n You look tired. You’d better go home. n He shouldn’t have spent so much money. Advice and criticism (∆ Unit 33) Necessity and obligation n You mustn’t copy his work. That’s wrong. n At my new job, I have to start at 9:00. n I’ve got to go now, or my parents will be angry. n You can’t walk on the grass. Look! The notice says: ‘Keep off the grass’. n If you want a licence, you need to fill in this form. Come on! We must win! Necessity and obligation (∆ Unit 34) 88 Future with will ∆ 17 / Modal forms ∆ 31–37 Non-necessity n You needn’t do this work now. You can finish it tomorrow. n We didn’t have to work at the weekend, but we wanted to help as much as we could. Non-necessity and negative obligation (∆ Unit 35) You don’t need to come to school on Monday. There’s a national holiday! We may finish this week, but I don’t know. Certainty and uncertainty n He might come, but I don’t think so. n She definitely will/won’t be at the wedding. n They could arrive this evening, but I don’t think so. n He can’t be at the office. He never works this late. n He must be visiting a friend. Future with will (∆ Unit 17) You shouldn’t have done that! It was very naughty! / Certainty and uncertainty (∆ Unit 36) Past forms of modals n We should have gone to school, but we went to the football match. n You oughtn’t to have used the money. Now we haven’t got any to buy food. n They couldn’t stay. They had to go home. n Nobody answered the phone, so they can’t have been at home. They must have been out. Review: past modal forms (∆ Unit 37) 89 Exercises 1 Complete the statements and questions. Use can, can’t, could or couldn’t, where possible, or else be able to. Examples: 6 Somebody asks a friend to lend him some money. _________________________________________________ can’t go on any longer. n I’m tired. I ______ _________________________________________________ n At last, we _____________ were able to escape. 1 I ____________ understand the problem. ____________ you? 7 An office worker asks her boss for a day off next week. ________________________________________________ 2 Alex ____________ already swim when he was three. 3 I tried to move, but I ____________. 4 You were near the accident, Mr Jones. ____________ you see what happened? 5 In the end, we _____________________ save enough money to buy a car last year. _________________________________________________ 8 A visitor asks if he can park his car outside the entrance. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 Give advice. (You can often give more than one answer.) Example: 6 What happened when he got lost? ________________________ find his way home? (he) 2 Write requests. Give two possible forms. I feel ill. (see the doctor) OR (not go to work today) _____________________________ You’d better see the doctor. OR __________________________________ You oughtn’t to go to work today. 1 I’ve got a terrible toothache. (go to the dentist) ______________________________________________ 2 The boys have got a lot of work tonight. (not watch TV) ______________________________________________ 1 A girl wants to borrow her friend’s book. _________________________________________________ 3 I can’t see very well. (get some glasses) ______________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 2 A shop assistant offers to help a customer. _________________________________________________ My brother wants to make more money. (find a better job) ______________________________________________ 5 Tom wants a good grade in Maths. (not miss the next test) ______________________________________________ 6 Sam wants to play outside, but it’s still raining. (not go out yet) ______________________________________________ Example: A business caller wants to talk to the manager. May I speak to the manager, please? _____________________________________ Could I speak … _____________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 A manager asks his assistant to get the red file. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Somebody offers a friend a cup of tea. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 A receptionist asks a business visitor for his name. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Complete the statements. Choose from must, mustn’t, have to or can’t. Examples: n Mary’s new contract: Employees ______ must work 38 hours a week n Mary to her parents: I ________ have to work 38 hours a week. 1 Teacher to a new student: Tony, you ____________ come late again. You ____________ always be here on time. 2 Friend to Tony: We ____________ come to school late. If we do, we ____________ stay behind for an hour after school. 90 3 Notice on a beach: DANGER! Visitors ____________ remain close to the beach at all times. When the red flag is up, swimmers ____________ leave the water. 4 Swimmer to friend: Look! The red flag is up. That means we ____________ stay in the water. We ____________ get out. 5 Complete the statements. Choose from the present form needn’t and the present and past forms of (not) need to or (not) have to. Example: don’t have to There is a holiday next week, so we ______________ 7 Read Ann Green’s diary for today. Then answer her colleague’s questions. Use can’t be, may be or must be. 9:00–10.30 visit GLA 10:30–12:00 travel to Birmingham 12:00–1:00 meet Stephen Fisher 1:00–2:00 have lunch with Eric Ross at the City Hotel or the Ritz Grill 2:00–3:30 travel to Liverpool or Manchester Examples: What’s she doing at the moment? (It’s 9:30.) must be visiting GLA . She ______________________ come to work. 1 You _____________________ go shopping. I’ve been already. Is she in Birmingham now? (It’s 11:15.) 2 I ________________________ write a report last month. There was nothing to write about. must be travelling there . She _________________________ can’t be in Birmingham . No, she ________________________ 1 3 We ________________________ wear a uniform at work, but the boss always says we ________________________ dress smartly. What’s she doing now? (It’s 12:30.) She __________________________________________ 2 4 When I was at school, we ________________________ wear the school uniform until the last year, but in the last year, we ________________________ wear it any more. Where’s she having lunch? (It’s 1:15.) She __________________________________________ or she ________________________________________ 3 Is she in Birmingham now? (It’s 2:45.) No, she _______________________________________ She __________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 5 I ________________________ use the car again this week, so you can have it. But I ________________________ have it again by Monday morning. 6 Complete the conversation. Choose from will, won’t, could, may (not) or might (not). Two friends are waiting at the station for another friend, Ted, and for a train. Tony: I hope Ted isn’t going to be late. The train _____ will be here in a minute. Lisa: Don’t worry. Ted 1____________ be here in a minute. He promised. Tony: I don’t know. He’s often late. He 2____________ get here, but he 3____________. Look! The train is coming. It 4 ____________ be here in a minute. Lisa: You 5____________ be right about Ted. But he 6 ____________ still come. There’s still a chance. Tony: No. He 7____________ get here in time now. It’s too late. The train is here. Ted: Hi, Tony. Hi, Lisa. I’m here. 8 Complete the statements with past forms. Choose from these modals: could have, should have, ought to have, would have (’d have), can’t have, couldn’t have, shouldn’t have, oughtn’t to have. Example: n Jean _____________ needn’t have cooked so much. n Nobody was very hungry. 1 I _____________________ said thank you, but I forgot. 2 They ______________________________ crossed the desert. They had no water. 3 You ______________________________ made your little brother cry. 4 We ______________________________ taken our coats. It was warm. 5 I ______________________________ given you the money if I’d known you needed it. 91 39 Passive: formation and uses Every bike is tested. FORMS Each bike is tested before it leaves the factory. Statements I Yes/No questions am tested. Am I tested? tested. Is he tested? am not He is She she It is not We are it tested. Are You we tested? you They are not they Wh~ questions Full answers Where are they tested? They are tested at the factory. When is a bike tested? It is tested before it leaves. Short forms: • I am = I’m • he is = he’s • we are = we’re • I am not = I’m not • he is not = he isn’t, he’s not • we are not = we aren’t, we’re not • was not = wasn’t • were not = weren’t WARNING to FISHERMEN A Forms Form the present simple passive with am, is, are + past participle. Active: Our workers test all the bikes. Passive: All the bikes are tested by our workers. Form the past simple passive with was, were + past participle. n The first bike was made about 130 years ago. Form passive questions and negative passives like this. Are these cars sold in Europe? No, they aren’t sold in Europe. They’re sold in America. B Uses of the passive Use the passive to focus on the object of an active sentence – now the subject. The active subject changes to by + agent. n The first successful car was built by Karl Benz. (You can leave out the agent if it is not important or not known.) n The wheel was invented by somebody thousands of years ago. We often use the passive in technical English to explain how we do something. (Who does it is not important.) n The engines are put together in 85 separate steps. We often use the passive in formal English, e.g., in business agreements. n Under this agreement, it is understood that both parties are committed to completing the project by 31st December, 2017. 92 Passive tenses and modal forms ∆ 40 / Irregular verbs ∆ Appendix 1 Fish and eels from this river are contaminated. You are advised not to eat your catch. These premises are patrolled by guard dogs. MINERAL CALCIUM MINERAL SOURCES Calcium is found in full- and low-fat dairy produce, canned fish (e.g., sardines), white bread, pulses (including baked beans), leafy green vegetables and dried fruit. Sodium occurs naturally in many of the foods SODIUM & POTASSIUM we eat, but a good proportion of the sodium we eat is added as table salt (sodium chloride) or during the manufacture of processed foods. Potassium is found in all fruits and vegetables. Bananas are a particularly rich source. Exercises 1 Write the verbs in the present simple passive. European Airbuses __________ are built by a group of European aeroplane makers. (build) The nose of the plane 1_____________________ by the French. (make) The body of the plane 2_____________________ by the Germans. (produce) The wings 3_____________________ by the British. (provide) Then all the parts 4_____________________ to one factory in France where the plane 5_____________________ together. (bring) (put) The finished planes 6 _____________________ to their customers. (then deliver) 2 Write the verbs in the past simple passive. was designed by Leonardo da One of the first flying machines ______________ Vinci. (design) The first real plane 1_____________________ by the Wright brothers in 1903. (build) Planes soon became more common, and they 2_____________________ in World War 1. (use) In 1919, letters 3_____________________ across the Atlantic for the first time. (fly) Soon, other ways of using planes 4 _____________________ too. (find) Passengers 5 _____________________ on regular flights, also in 1919. (carry) In the same year, the first international passenger flights 6 _____________________ between London and Paris. (begin) Airline services developed fast. In 1925, the first hot meals for passengers 7_____________________ by a French airline. (provide) The first stewardess 8_____________________ by an American airline in 1937. (employ) 3 Change the active statements into passive statements. Leave out the agents. Example: They didn’t tell people about the plan. ___________________________________ People weren’t told about the plan. 1 First, the company built the new factory. _________________________________________________ 2 Then the engineers designed the new Superbike 2,000. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 They didn’t show the design to anyone. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 People bought over 1,000 in the first year. _________________________________________________ 4 Read. Then write questions and answers. Examples: (What/oil/need/for today) ________________________________ What is oil needed for today? ___________________________________ It’s needed for modern transport _____________ and industry. (oil/know/in ancient times) __________________________________ Was oil known in ancient times? ____________ Yes, it was. Our modern world needs large amounts of oil for industry and modern forms of transport. But oil was first known and used thousands of years ago. In ancient times, it was burned in oil lamps for light at night. Boats were also covered with it to keep water out. It was also used as a surface for roads by the Chinese. About 100 years ago, far more oil was suddenly needed as modern transport and industry developed. Oil wells were drilled and large amounts of oil were found in many parts of the world, including the Middle East and the USA. Today, oil is less easy to find, but new supplies are still discovered every year. About 80 million barrels of oil are pumped from the ground every day. 1 (When/oil first/use) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 2 (it/burn/for light) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 3 (When/far more oil/need) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 (more oil/find/at that time) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 5 (How many barrels/oil/pump/every day now) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 93 40 Passive tenses and modal forms It’s being checked. It’s been checked. It can be checked. Get it checked. FORMS The windows are being painted this week. Simple tense forms The roof was finished last week. Continuous tense forms The windows are being put in now. Perfect tense forms The electrics have been checked. Future and modal forms Everything can be finished next month. Good, but they should have been painted last week. CUSTOMER CAR DELIVERY IN 14 A Tense forms Form the different passive tenses like this: Active Passive Simple tenses … … with am, is, are, was, were n They finish everything. Everything is finished. n They finished everything. Everything was finished. Continuous tenses … … with being n They are painting everything. Everything is being painted. n They were painting everything. Everything was being painted. Perfect tenses … n They have checked everything. n They had checked everything. n They will have checked everything. … with been Everything has been checked. Everything had been checked. Everything will have been checked. Compare the different forms of be in continuous tenses and perfect tenses. n It is being finished. They are being finished. n It has been finished. They have been finished. B Future and modal forms Use the following with be + past participle: will, would, going to, can, could, may, might, must, should, have to, ought to, etc. Form the different future and modal passives like this: Active Passive n They are going to do the work. The work is going to be done. n They will not do the work. The work will not be done. n Must they do the work? Must the work be done? n When do they have to do When does the work have to the work? be done? n How should they have done How should the work have the work? been done? 94 Passive: formation and uses ∆ 39 / Irregular verbs ∆ Appendix 1 E DAYS, GUARANTE ED On receipt, we will confirm your order details. Your order will be delivered dir ect to your door WIT HIN 14 DAYS. Delivery UK only (ex cluding Channel Isl es). All items are subjec t to availability. BOYS’ PE NEWS SALCOMBE R E CHURCH GIS Salcombe Cricket David Culshaw has been selected to attend the 2nd round of trials on Monday, 6th April, for the Devon Under-16 Cricket Squad for the coming season. Open daily du ring daylight hours. Groups welcom e. Guided tours ca n be arranged. ts: Forthcoming even SUMMER FUNCTIisON An informal function being arranged for ly in Cottrill Hall. Saturday 18th Ju ents, bar 5-piece band, refreshm midnight Time: 8.00 pm-12.00 Cost: £10 per head le from 5th May, Tickets will be availabthe School Office. from Miss Parsons in Some business news now ... Techno, one of Britain’s biggest electronic retail chains, may be bought by a Canadian consortium ... Exercises 1 Write statements with verbs in continuous passive tenses. Example: The boy shouted for help. (he/carry/out to sea) He was being carried out to sea. __________________________________ 1 We heard a noise and turned. (we/call/by somebody) _________________________________________________ 2 The towers are dangerous. (they/pull/down/next week) _________________________________________________ 3 The boss was angry. (the work/not/do/efficiently) _________________________________________________ 4 I didn’t see little Ann yesterday. (she/look after/by Sue) _________________________________________________ 5 I haven’t got my car. (it/service/at the garage) _________________________________________________ 2 Write statements with verbs in perfect passive tenses. Example: I couldn’t open the door. (it/lock/on the inside) ___________________________________ It had been locked on the inside. 1 The village is different now. (a lot of new houses/build) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 It says we can’t renew books more than three times. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ At work. 4 It says you must wear protective clothing at all times. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 It says you mustn’t bring food into the office. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 It says you shouldn’t make personal calls from company phones. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Change the active statements into passive statements. Leave out the agent if it is not important. Examples: n The police are checking the house. n _______________________________________ The house is being checked by the police. n They haven’t cleaned this room. n ________________________________ This room hasn’t been cleaned. 2 I managed to start the old car. (it/not/drive/for 20 years) _________________________________________________ 1 They built this castle in 1760. _________________________________________________ 3 The bus has gone. (we/leave/behind) _________________________________________________ 2 Somebody was pulling Tony along the road. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 We were angry when we heard about the plan. (we/not/tell/anything about it) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 Alan won’t win the match. Jim will win it. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 Write the official rules. Example: Read this. It says we must pay bills within 30 days. Bills must be paid within 30 days. ____________________________________ At the library. 1 It says we can borrow up to five books. _________________________________________________ 2 It says we should always return books on time. _________________________________________________ 4 People should always read contracts before they sign them. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 Bob has written a memo, and the staff are reading it. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 Julie isn’t cleaning out the garage. Sue is doing that job. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 95 41 Other passive structures The president is said to be ready. AirAce are to have their planes checked. The president is said to be ready to take action to deal with the disaster. And it is thought that he will speak to the nation on TV at 8:00 tonight. Hollywood actors Cheryl Starr and Zak Reed have announced that they will get married next month. Following t wo near-crashes, AirAce are having all their planes checked for engine faults. • • FORMS Subject Passive + Infinitive The president is said to be Empty subject Passive + that It that is thought ready to take action. he will speak on TV at 8:00 tonight. get + past participle They will get married next month. have/get + object + past participle They A B C He is said to … We can use this structure – subject with passive verb + to-infinitive – to report what people say or believe about someone or something. This structure is formal, so it sounds serious and reliable. News reports often use it, especially when the true facts are not very clear. We can use these verbs with this structure: allege, assume, believe, consider, expect, find, know, presume, report, say, think, understand. n Club manager Tony Carpello is thought to have big plans for next season. n The survivors are understood to be recovering in hospital. n The prisoners were believed to have escaped through a tunnel. It is said that … We can also use this structure – ‘dummy subject’ It with passive verb + that – to report what people say or believe. Like He is said to …, this structure is formal, so it sounds serious and reliable. News reports often use it in the same way. We also use it to state general beliefs. We can use these verbs with this structure: agree, allege, announce, assume, believe, consider, decide, discover, expect, explain, find, hope, know, prove, report, suggest, suppose, think, understand. n It is hoped that the economy will soon start to improve. n Two centuries ago, it was widely believed that smells carried disease. get + past participle We can use get instead of be + passive for actions. n Our car got damaged in the crash. n Lucy always gets invited to all the best parties! GARDENS R-US 96 Passive: formation and uses ∆ 39 / are having their planes checked for engine faults. We can use get instead of be for actions, but not for states. We can say both: n Alice in Wonderland is regularly turned into films and TV series. n Alice in Wonderland regularly gets turned into films and TV series. But we can only express a state with be, and not with get. n Alice is a classic that has been loved for 150 years. We use get + passive in several common expressions. These include: get engaged, get married, get divorced, get dressed, get changed, get washed, get burnt, get sunburnt, get lost, get qualified, get bored, get embarrassed, get interested, get exhausted, get caught (out). D Have/get something done We use this structure when we ask somebody else to do something for us. have something done n Julie has her car serviced every 12,000 miles. n The Millers had their windows cleaned yesterday. n I am having a workshop built in my back garden. We use auxiliaries be, do and have in questions and negatives. n Are you having cupboards made for the workshop? n Tony didn’t have his hair cut for a whole year! n How many times have they had the house painted? Instead of have something done, we can say get something done. This is more informal. n I must remember to get these shoes mended. n I’m glad you got that coat cleaned! It looks much better now. Did your precious plants get damaged by ice and snow last January? If so, don’t get caught out again. Have your garden properly prepared for another severe winter. Call Phil on 0765 164237. Irregular verbs ∆ Appendix 1 Exercises 1 Rewrite these statements with passive + to-forms. Example: Experts say that people lived here for 1,000 years. People are said to have lived here ________________________________________ for 1,000 years. _________________ 1 We think that no one knows everything that happened. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 Experts say that this jewellery is nearly 3,000 years old. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 We know that ancient sea levels were much lower than they are now. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 People consider that this city is developing into the world’s financial capital. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 Rewrite these statements with It + passive verb + that. Do not add by + agent. Example: We know the crash was an accident. It is now known that the crash was _____________________________________ an accident. _____________ 1 Everyone has agreed that both sides should meet. ________________________________________________ 2 They have announced that last year’s sales were up. ________________________________________________ 3 A lot of people assume that the truth will never be known. ________________________________________________ 1 The police stopped Sam for speeding. ________________________________________________ 2 They mentioned Amy’s brave actions in the newspaper report. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 We never do a lot of important jobs at home. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 Do your staff check all the letters to customers before they send them out? ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 Use expressions with get + past participle to change the following. Example: This story is interesting me more and more. _______________________________________ I’m getting more and more interested _____________ in this story. 1 I need to change into some warmer clothes. ________________________________________________ 2 You’ll lose your way without a satnav. ________________________________________________ 3 They’re planning to marry in June. ________________________________________________ 4 Poor Roz! The sun burnt her very badly. ________________________________________________ 5 Lucy hopes to get her qualifications as a doctor by the age of 24. ________________________________________________ 5 Write statements. Use have/get + object + past participle. 4 Many people used to believe that the world was flat. ________________________________________________ 3 Change the following into the passive with get. Leave out by + agent if it seems unnecessary. Examples: n The fire destroyed all Tina’s photos. n ___________________________________ All Tina’s photos got destroyed by _________ the fire. n Whatever happens, we’re going to finish the project. n _______________________________________ Whatever happens, the project is going ________________ to get finished. Example: The car needs servicing next month. Let’s get the car serviced next month. _______________________________________ 1 The windows need mending now. Let’s ____________________________________________ 2 These brochures need printing soon. Let’s ____________________________________________ 3 This wall needs rebuilding tomorrow. Let’s ____________________________________________ 4 The door needs painting before winter. Let’s ____________________________________________ 97 42 Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 1? I want to go. I love going on the rides. FORMS I want to go home now. Verb + infinitive But, Mum! I love going on the rides! Mum: I want to go home now. It’s late. Tim: Please, Mum! I want to stay. Verb + ~ing form Mum: We can’t keep going round the fair. It’s expensive! Tim: A Easy Clean CROSSCHECK CROSSCHECK W e ai m to pl ea se ! Verb + infinitive Some verbs only take this form. These are the most common: agree, aim, appear, arrange, ask, attempt, can’t afford, can’t wait, choose, decide, expect, fail, happen, hesitate, hope, learn, manage, offer, plan, prepare, pretend, promise, refuse, seem, tend, threaten, train, want, wish n I agreed to go with the others. n We aim to get home by 9:00. n Has Ed promised not to spend any more money? Try our new carpet cleaning C The suspect is on the move again. I’ll carry on following him to see where he goes. Tell your friends about the benefits of being a World Music Club member. They’ll all want to join! Exceptions Some verbs can take both forms. n It continued to rain all day. It continued raining all day. n Tom always loves to win. Tom always loves winning. n She started to run. She started running. HERE’S HOW TO GET YOUR FREE CDs ... Other patterns These verbs take an object + to + infinitive: ask, persuade and remind . n The manager asked us to wait. n Tom persuaded me to go. n Could you remind me to call Mr Hill at 4:00? y with Quit smoking the easy wa ACUPUNCTURE Qualified doctor with 10 years’ experience These verbs take a preposition + ~ing form: think of, blame … for . n We’re thinking of buying a new car. n I can’t blame her for leaving that boring job. 98 Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 2? ∆ 43 / Verb + object + infinitive ∆ 44 service Call 01293 882881 Verb + ~ing form Some verbs only take this form. These are the most common: admit, avoid, can’t face, can’t help, can’t stand, carry on, consider, delay, deny, detest, dislike, enjoy, fancy, finish, give up, go, go on, imagine, involve, keep, keep on, mention, mind, miss, postpone, practise, put off, quit, regret, risk, suggest n Steve avoided seeing Bob for months. n Have you finished writing that letter? n I enjoy not getting up early at the weekend. n I go swimming three times a week. B But, Mum! I love going on the rides. Call 01630 369374 / Verb + preposition + ~ing form ∆ 45 Exercises 1 Write these verbs in the correct forms. climb, finish, get, give, learn, move, play, see, win Example: I’ve managed __________ to finish the report in time. 1 Tom agreed _______________ for our team. 2 Sandra refused _______________ her son any more money. 3 I can’t wait _______________ my cousins again. They’ve been away for a long time. Joe: Jane: Do you think we can afford 3_______________ a holiday this summer? (have) Joe: Maybe. If we try hard, I think we’ll manage _______________ enough. (save) 4 Jane: We should give up 5_______________. (smoke) That would save a lot of money. Joe: 4 Bob promised _______________ here on time. He’s late. 5 She’s hoping _______________ the competition. That’s right. The bills keep on 2_______________. (arrive) You’re right. Anyway, where do you fancy 6 _______________? (go) Jane: I’ve always wanted 7_______________ Italy. (see) You wouldn’t mind 8_______________ that, would you? (do) No, that’s a good idea. And I suggest 9_______________ in June. (go) I can get some free time then. 6 My parents have decided _______________ to a house in the country. Joe: 7 We’re preparing _______________ the mountain. Jane: Fine. Let’s plan 10_______________ then. (go) I can imagine 11_______________ around the streets of Venice and Rome already! (walk) 8 I’ve chosen _______________ German this semester. 2 Write these verbs in the correct forms. buy, crash, eat, lose, say, smoke, wait, walk, watch Example: 4 Complete the statements with negative forms. Examples: n Are you sorry that you didn’t pass the exam? Drive slowly. We don’t want to risk _________ crashing Dad’s n Do you regret _______________________ not passing the exam? new car. n Please don’t break the contract. 1 I can’t stand _______________ that TV programme. 2 They can’t deny _______________ the money. It’s gone. 3 We’ve delayed _______________ a car. We’re short of money. 4 I enjoy _______________ breakfast in the garden. 5 Don keeps on _______________ he’s clever, but he seems stupid to me. 6 Do you mind _______________ here? Mr Price will be here soon. not to break the contract. n Please agree ___________________________ 1 Jean looks as if she doesn’t mind what he said. Jean seems _______________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 Please don’t make so much noise. Would you mind ____________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 ‘It’s true. I don’t have the money to repay Sam,’ Tom said. Tom admitted ______________________________________ _________________________________________________ 7 I’ve given up _______________. I feel fitter already. 8 We’ll have to carry on _______________. We can’t stop here. 3 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Jane: I hate all these bills – gas, electricity, phone, the garage. Joe: I detest _____________ dealing with them too. (deal with) And I just to pay them all. (pay) don’t know how we can afford _______ 4 ‘I’m not going to go out with the others,’ Suzie said. Suzie decided ______________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 ‘I’m not going to talk to Bill any more,’ Ann said angrily. Ann threatened ____________________________________ _________________________________________________ Jane: We seem 1_______________ all our money as fast as it comes in. (spend) 99 43 Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 2? I started to race. I started racing. FORMS When did you start racing, Tony? Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form (no change of meaning) When did you start racing? Driver: I first started to race when I was 17. Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form (change of meaning) I first started to race when I was 17. A Reporter: Tony went on racing European Formula One cars for years. Later, he went on to race in the USA. Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form (similar meaning) These verbs can take either form with little or no change of meaning: attempt, begin, bother, can’t bear, continue, hate, intend, like, love, prefer, propose, start, continue, intend, propose and bother. n It began raining at 10:00. It began to rain at 10:00. n Tony loves driving fast. Tony loves to drive fast. n Soon, it started raining. Soon, it started to rain. n I love my mother and father very much. I’m really thirsty. I’d love a cup of tea. n I always prefer driving to going by bus. n I’d prefer to drive there tonight. The bus might be late. n B Verb + object + infinitive or verb + ~ing form (similar meaning) These verbs can take either the ~ing form or object + to + infinitive with little or no change of meaning: advise, allow, encourage, forbid, permit and recommend. n Bill advised doing some exercise. n Bill advised me to do some exercise. n I don’t allow smoking in my house. n I don’t allow people to smoke in my house. C Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form (different meaning) Some verbs can take either verb + to + infinitive or verb + ~ing form, but with a change of meaning. The most common examples are opposite. But do not put two ~ing forms together. n People were beginning to leave when I arrived. (not leaving) In British English, there can be a difference with the verb like. n He likes driving classic racing cars. (He enjoys this.) n He likes to check the oil and tyres before he drives anywhere. (He does this because he thinks it is the right thing to do.) Note the difference between hate/would hate, like/would like, love/would love and prefer/would prefer. G em ini May 22 –June 22 HAIR CLINIC t I’m afraid that a my teens, bu long hairstyle since I’ve had the same uldn’t suit me. shorter style just wo ll P. Turner, Cornwa PHILIP says: ger layers lder length, with lon ou sh to t cu ir ha ur Try having yo ir around the face, . Then feather the ha through the bottom king sexy and fresh! wn, to keep hair loo from the lip line do 100 Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 1? ∆ 42 / Verb + object + infinitive ∆ 44 When people try to sort out serious pro blems by making minor changes it is called ‘rea rranging the deckchairs on the Titanic’. However, some people prefer trying different solutions before deciding which one they intend to follow. CROSSCHECK CROSSCHECK Verb + infinitive remember/forget + infinitive (for necessary actions) n Please remember to buy a newspaper. n Please don’t forget to buy some milk. Verb + ~ing form remember/forget + verb ~ing (for memories of the past) n I remember climbing that mountain in 1985. n I’ll never forget reaching the top. It was great! n stop + infinitive (stop one thing and do something else for a short time) On our way home we stopped to buy some stamps. n try + infinitive (make a strong effort, do your best) n We tried to mend the engine all night, but we failed. n stop + ~ing (end an action) Let’s stop fighting and start talking. try + ~ing (do something in a new way) I don’t like the table here. Let’s try putting it over there. mean + infinitive (1 plan to do something, 2 be required to do something) 1) I meant to call you, but I was busy. 1) I’m very sorry! I didn’t mean to hit you. 2) You’re meant to sign the papers here. Then they’ll give you your money. mean + ~ing (one thing makes another thing necessary) n I want to go to college, but that means working really hard. n The bus has broken down. That means waiting for an hour for the next one. regret + infinitive (for showing you are sorry about what you are saying) n We regret to tell you that Mr Briggs has died. regret + ~ing (for showing you are sorry about doing something) n I regretted leaving my money at home. I needed it in town. need + infinitive (has to do) n Harry needs to fly to Cairo tonight as he has a meeting there tomorrow. need + ~ing (for something that is necessary) n Look at that dirty floor. It really needs cleaning. go on + infinitive (do something new after finishing another thing) n She went on to become a famous artist. go on + ~ing (continue doing) n Sally went on working hard, even after her terrible accident. – DAILY GLOBE SPECIAL OFFER – Californian Duster L ib ra Septem Would you prefer to take the strain out of housework or do you enjoy spending long hours dusting and cleaning? This amazing Californian Duster can be used for all those difficult-to-clean surfaces such as TVs and stereos . Send for one now while the offer lasts. Are you fed up with being unfit? And how often have you meant to do something about it? Well, now’s your chance! ber 24– October 23 Recent developments in your intimat e affairs have administered a shock to your system. However, there’s no time to start worrying about the past when the future requires your urgent attention. This situation means taking action now ! - Join us for aerobics classes Every Thursday at 7 p.m. Haygate Village Hall 101 Exercises 1 Write these verbs in the correct forms. Give both infinitive and ~ing forms where both are possible. ask, be, come, form, provide, take 9 Ann always likes ______________________________ exactly where her children are. (know) 10 I’d hate ______________________________ alone. (live) Someone is making a speech. Ladies and gentlemen, to come to this meeting on a cold, wet Thank you for bothering ________ December evening. I know most of us would prefer 1 ____________________ at home. I don’t intend 2 ____________________ much of your time, but I have an important proposal to make. I propose 3____________________ a group of us to collect money for our local hospital. For many years, the hospital has continued 4____________________us all with a great service. Recently, though, the hospital has not been getting enough money for things such as children’s toys. That’s why the staff have started 5____________________ for help from us, the local community. 2 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Give both infinitive and ~ing forms where both are possible Example: going on holiday. (go) Ed loves ______ 3 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Tina: to post the letters and buy the new Did you remember _________ TV licence? (post) Bob: Well, I remembered 1____________ the letters. (post) But I didn’t get the licence. Tina: Oh, no! You really forgot 2_______________ the licence? (buy) I clearly remember 3_______________ you to do that when you went out this morning. (ask) Bob: Well, I don’t remember 4____________ you. (hear) Perhaps I was too far away. Tina: That’s wrong. I remember you 5____________, ‘I’ll get it on the way home.’ (say) Bob: Don’t be silly. People don’t forget 6____________ things like that. (say) Tina: Well, you did. Anyway, please don’t forget 7____________ it tomorrow. (get) Bob: All right. I’ll remember 8____________ that. (do) I promise. Ed would love ______ to go away this year. (go) 1 Alan hates ______________________________ early in the morning. (get up) 4 Write the verbs in the correct forms. 2 Would you like ______________________________ out to the cinema this evening? (go) 1 At a dry-cleaner’s. 3 I like ______________________________ that all the windows and doors are shut at night. (check) to clean this jacket for me, please? Customer: Can you try ________ (clean) I’ve tried ____________ these marks out, but I can’t. (get) 4 We always prefer ______________________________ in the sea instead of the pool. (swim) Assistant: Have you tried ____________ Vanish? (use) It’s very good. 5 Ben doesn’t like ______________________________ very much. (read) 2 At a hotel. 6 Which would you prefer ______________________________ tomorrow – stay at home or go out? (do) Clerk: Excuse me, sir. Could you complete this form, please? It just means ____________ your home address and ____________ at the bottom. (write) (sign) 7 I’d love ______________________________ London and see Buckingham Palace. (visit) 8 When Emma was small, she loved ______________________________ with her doll’s house. (play) 102 Guest: Oh, yes, of course. I meant ____________ it when I arrived, but I had to make a quick phone call. (do) 3 In an office. Manager: This report needs _______________. (correct) Secretary: When would you like me to do it? Manager: Oh, you don’t need ____________ it now. (do) Tomorrow is all right. 5 Join each pair of statements to make one statement. Example: Ian said such terrible things to Emma! He didn’t mean it. Ian didn’t _________________________________ mean to say such terrible things to Emma. _________ 1 Bob didn’t get the licence on his way home from work. He forgot. Bob forgot _______________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 7 Throw your work away and start all over again from the beginning. That’s what this mistake means. This mistake means _________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 8 I’m sorry. I didn’t phone you this morning, but I was just too busy. I meant to. I’m sorry. I meant __________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 9 We should paint the dining room and the kitchen. They really need it. The dining room and the kitchen ______________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 6 Write the verbs in the correct forms. 2 I thought I could develop a new kind of solar-powered engine. I tried for years. For years, I tried ____________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 They say I had fights with other children when I was young. I don’t remember them. I don’t ___________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 They shouldn’t make so much noise late at night. They should stop. They should _______________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 I hate telling you this, but I’m afraid your son has done very badly in his exams. I regret that. I regret ___________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 6 What about buying some things for dinner at this supermarket? Let’s stop here for a minute. Let’s ____________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Alan Jones is talking to a careers adviser about starting a new career. Adviser: We need ____________ to work out a plan for your future. (work out) What have you done up to now? Alan: Well, I tried _________ working in a shop. (work) I also tried 1 _______________ as an office worker. (train) But I’ve stopped now. I need 2_______________ something more interesting. (find) Adviser: How long did you go on 3_____________ those jobs? (do) Alan: For two years. Now what I need 4_______________ is to change completely. (do) I want to become a doctor. Adviser: That’s a very big change. It needs 5_______________ about. (think) First of all, it means 6_______________ a lot of exams. (pass) It’s a pity you left school early. You must really regret 7_______________ without doing your final school examinations. (leave) Alan: Yes, I do. I meant 8_______________ them. (take) But my dad suddenly got very ill, I regret 9_______________. (say) And I had to leave school and get a job to help support the family. Anyway, now I’m studying hard and I’m trying 10_______________. (catch up) If I do well enough in my exams next summer, I’ll go on 11_______________ at medical college after that. (study) Adviser: Well, I certainly hope you succeed. 103 44 Verb + object + infinitive Dad has invited us to stay. He wants us to go. FORMS Hi, Bob. Listen, Dad has invited us to stay with him. Verb + object + infinitive Dad has invited us to stay with him. He has asked me to phone you. Verb with and without object + infinitive He wants to go to the theatre with us. (without) He wants us to go on Saturday. (with) A Verb + object + infinitive These verbs take an object + to + infinitive: cause, enable, force, get (= persuade), instruct, invite, let, make, order, permit, persuade, remind, teach, tell, warn. n The officer ordered his men to start. n I told the children not to play with matches. Police in France have ordered their forces to stop and search all cars leaving Paris in the hunt for a suspected terrorist. After let and make use an infinitive without to. n We let students go home at 4:00. n The boss made us work late. B Verb with and without object + infinitive These verbs may, or may not, take an object: ask, beg, expect, help, intend, mean (intend), want, (would) hate, (would) like, (would) love, (would) prefer. n She asked to meet the president. n She asked us to meet the president. n Steve expects to pass his driving test. n Ann expects everybody else to do the work for her. After help use either a to + infinitive or an infinitive without to. n I helped (them) to make dinner. n I helped (them) make dinner. C Q During a dinner party, when is the corre ct time to begin eating? A Some people expect everyone to wait until all the guests have been served. This is quite unnecessa ry and it is acceptable to begin eating as soon as you receive your food. However, the sophisticated guest expects to wait a few moments before tucking in. Other points The verbs hate, like, love and prefer can take all these forms. n I hate going. I hate you going. n I hate to go. I hate you to go. These verbs can take an object + infinitive or the ~ing form without an object: advise, allow, encourage, permit. n We don’t allow people to smoke. n We don’t allow smoking. After recommend and suggest, use these forms: n I suggest going to the park. n I suggest (that) we go to the park. After offer and promise, use these forms: n I promised Tim a book. (verb + object only) n I promised to buy Tim a book. (verb + infinitive only) n I promised (that) I would buy Tim a book. (verb (+ that ) + will/would ) 104 Everyday Etiquette Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 1? ∆ 42 / This cinema is surrounded by residences. We would be grateful for your co-operation and we ask you to leave quietly at the end of the film. Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 2? ∆ 43 Exercises 1 Complete the statements. Example: ‘Be careful, Steve!’ John said. John warned _____________________ Steve to be careful. 1 ‘Be quiet, Alan,’ the teacher said. The teacher told ____________________________________ 6 You can buy now and pay later. This credit card lets you. This credit card lets _________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 Complete the statements. Example: Julie wanted _________ to listen . 2 The weather was bad and Ann said, ‘Rob, don’t drive so fast.’ Ann warned _______________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 ‘Don’t take photos,’ the soldier said to me. The soldier ordered _________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Lucy always says to her son, ‘Take your medicine after lunch.’ Lucy always reminds ________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 Nick said, ‘Try this cake, everybody.’ Nick invited _______________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 ‘Stop!’ the policeman said to the man. The policeman instructed _____________________________ 2 Join each pair of statements to make one statement. Example: I went out last night. Bill persuaded me. Bill persuaded ________________________ me to go out last night. 1 Tina didn’t buy the dress. Suzie persuaded her. Suzie persuaded ____________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 The climbers turned back. The bad weather forced them. The bad weather forced ______________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 Our boat rolled over. A wave caused it. A wave caused _____________________________________ _________________________________________________ Be careful: these are different! 4 We didn’t go out. Dad didn’t let us. Dad didn’t let ______________________________________ ‘Can I listen, please?’ Julie said. ‘Listen, everybody,’ Julie said. everybody to listen. Julie wanted ____________________ 1 It would be great to buy that car. I’d love ___________________________________________ 2 I’ll be very angry if Tom gets the job. I would hate _______________________________________ 3 ‘Could you leave your cases there, Mrs Jones?’ he said. He asked _________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 Tony said, ‘Can I see the contract, please?’ Tony asked ________________________________________ 5 Our friends cut down a tree. We did some of the work too. We helped ________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 6 You saw your present. We didn’t want that to happen yet. We didn’t mean ____________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Examples: going home. (go) I suggest ______ go home. (go) I suggest we ___ He won’t permit us ______ to go home. (go) 1 He doesn’t allow ____________ in the river. (swim) 2 Our dentist likes everybody ____________ a check-up every six months. (have) 3 The taxi driver offered ____________ Lucy with her luggage. (help) 4 The doctor advised Bob ____________ more exercise. (get) 5 I don’t recommend ____________ that car. (buy) 5 The boys ran five kilometres. The new trainer made them. The new trainer made _______________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 I suggest ____________ to your teacher about the problem. (talk) 105 45 Verb + preposition + ~ing form I dream of winning. FORMS What are you thinking about? Verb + preposition + noun Rick was thinking about the race. Verb + preposition + ~ing form He was dreaming of winning the race. Verb + object + preposition + ~ing form His boss accused him of wasting company time. A Verb + preposition + noun/~ing form Some verbs take a preposition, and these are often called prepositional verbs (∆ Unit 92). A noun may follow the preposition. n I’m thinking about the race. Do you think a lot about your boyfriend? After some prepositional verbs, there may be a verb in the ~ing form instead of a noun. n I’m dreaming of winning (the race). These are some of the most common verbs taking the ~ing form: apologize for, agree/disagree about/with, approve/disapprove of, believe in, complain about/of, concentrate on, decide against, dream about/of, feel like, insist on, look forward to, object to, rely on, succeed in, talk about, think about/of, wonder about. n I’ll apologize for arriving late. n They don’t approve of smoking. n I decided against buying n We can’t rely on getting the car. help. Verbs taking different prepositions often mean different things. The most common problems are with dream and think. n When I dreamt about crashing into a rock last night, I suddenly woke up. n Every day, Frank dreams of winning the race. n I thought about going home all day yesterday. n The person who first thought of windsurfing was a genius! n I’m thinking of/about going to Spain, but I’m not sure yet. B Verb + object + preposition + ~ing form Some verbs take an object before the preposition. These are some of the most common: accuse … of, blame … for, congratulate … on, discourage … from, forgive … for, punish … for, suspect … of, thank … for, warn … against. n I blame Tom for causing the crash. n Lisa thanked us for coming to her party. The verbs prevent and stop are a little different. After an object, they can only take an ~ing form, and not a noun. We also sometimes leave out from. n A storm stopped Rick (from) finishing the race. 106 Prepositional verbs ∆ 92 Well, I of ten think of changing him. Greenpeace accuses government of neglecting inner cities A spokesperson for Greenpeace yesterday criticized the government for doing nothing to halt the decay of inner city areas. Bill Story told the press at a news conference called to discuss the latest figures on housing development that … Your holiday questions answered Q Will a suntan lotion with a high sun protection fac tor prevent me getting a tan? A No, but it will stop you r skin from burning wh en it is first exposed to the sun an d allow it to acclimatize gradually. Exercises 1 Add these prepositions and then the ~ing forms of the verbs in brackets. about, for, in, like, of, on, to Example: Tom tried nine times, but he never succeeded ___________ in winning . (win) 1 Mike apologized ________________________ the vase. (break) 2 He insisted ________________________ for a new one. (pay) 3 We often wonder ________________________ house. (move) Is it a good idea? 4 I object ________________________ out in this terrible weather. (go) 5 What do you feel ________________________ today? (do) 6 We’re thinking ________________________ a sports club next year. (join) 2 Rewrite the sentence parts in order, changing the underlined parts to ~ing forms of the verbs in brackets. Example: 2 Ben broke the window. His father punished him. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 Don’t go sailing in this wind. I must warn you. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 She hurt my child. I can’t forgive her. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 He’s left that terrible job. You can’t blame him. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 6 The dogs are fighting. We can’t stop them. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ about/in/next year/we talked/our travels/South America (travel) _____________________________________ We talked about travelling in South ___________________ America next year. 1 the sale of/my brother and I/about/in/disagreed/the old family house/London (sell) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 for/I must apologize/so late/my arrival/at night (arrive) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 the discovery of/through/in/a new route/succeeded/the mountains/they finally (discover) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 the company’s next project/to concentrate/we want/China/our plans for/on/in (plan) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 Join each pair of statements to make one statement. Add the correct preposition. Example: 1 I’m going to win. You can’t prevent me. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ She got the job. Her brother congratulated her. ___________________________________ Her brother congratulated her on ________________ getting the job. 4 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Mary: Do you remember the other night? _________________ We talked about going away for a week. (talk/go) And we 1____________ ______ _________________________________ to Scotland for a week. (think/go) Bill: Yes, but we 2____________________________________ __________ that in the end. (decide/do) You 3 _____________________________________________ ____________ Scotland as it’s cold at this time of year. (discourage/us/choose) Mary: That’s right, but I mentioned the idea when I called my cousin Sheena in Edinburgh last night. She immediately 4 _____________________________________________ _______________ us to stay. (insist/invite) She said we must come, and she’s really 5_______________________ ________________________________ us Edinburgh. (look forward/show) Bill: That’s really nice of her. I must say I’ve always 6_________ __________________________________________ Edinburgh. (dream/visit) So let’s go. Mary: OK, I’ll phone her and 7___________________________ _______________________ us. (thank/her/ask) And I’ll say yes. She’ll be very pleased. 107 46 Adjective + preposition + ~ing form; be/get used to and used to I’m nervous about working up here. You’ll get used to it. I’m a bit ner vous about working so high up. I’m not used to it. FORMS Adjective + preposition + noun Sam is nervous about his new job. Bill says everyone is used to it. Adjective + preposition + ~ing form Sam is nervous about working so high up. Bill says he’ll get used to doing it. Oh, don’t worry. You’ll soon get used to being up here. be/get used to and used to Sam used to work on the ground. But now he’s getting used to working 200 metres up. Sam’s first day at his new job. A Adjective + preposition + noun/~ing form Many adjectives take a preposition. A noun may follow this. n Sam is nervous about his new job. Instead of a noun, there may be a verb in the ~ing form. n Sam is worried about working so high up. These are some of the most common adjectives taking the ~ing form: afraid of, annoyed about, ashamed of, anxious about, bored with, capable of, disappointed about, enthusiastic about, excited about, fed up with, fond of, good/bad at, grateful for, guilty of, happy about, interested in, keen on, nervous about, pleased about, responsible for, tired of, used to, worried about. n At first, Sam was enthusiastic about starting his new job. n He thought he would be good at doing this kind of work. n But now he finds that he is not very happy about looking down. n He is not used to working so far above ground level. These adjectives can take about or at + ~ing form with little change of meaning: annoyed about/at, disappointed about/at, excited about/at. n I’m annoyed about/at losing my keys. I really need them! B used to + ~ing form/noun and used to + infinitive Be careful. I am used to doing + noun and I used to do are different. n Bill and the others are used to working high up. (It’s not new or strange to them.) n Sam isn’t used to/hasn’t got used to it yet. (It’s still new and strange to him.) n Bill thinks he will get used to it. (It will become normal to him after some time.) But: n Sam used to build houses, but now he works on skyscraper construction. (He regularly built houses in the past, but he doesn’t do that now.) Be/become/grow accustomed to (doing) something are like be/get used to (doing) something – but more formal. 108 Adjective + preposition ∆ 91 SALES DIRECTOR – EAST ASIA Salary from US$180,000 + excellent benefits The successful candidate will be responsible for further developing our dynamic presence across East Asia and will be capable of leading a large multinational sales force based in a number of key markets. James and June were playing hide and seek. James found a place to hide in a cupboard. His eyes slowly grew accustomed to the dark. Now all he could do was wait ... ‘Ready or not here I come!’, it looked like the game had begun. DOCUMENTARY OF THE DAY The way life used to be Reality Channel 9:30–10:30 A fascinating look at country life in the 19th century. This programme gives us a clear picture of the way that ordinary people used to live their everyday lives. Exercises 1 Complete with the adjectives and necessary prepositions and ~ing forms. Example: The ship was ____________________ capable of crossing the Atlantic in 3 Rewrite the sentence parts in order, changing the underlined parts to ~ing forms of the verbs in brackets. Example: three days. (capable/cross) away/anxious (live) ________________________________________ Maria is anxious about living at college _______________________________ far away from home next year. 1 She’s very kind. She isn’t _____________________________ anybody. (capable/hurt) 2 Are you ____________________________________ on holiday? (excited/go) It’s very soon. 3 I’m very ______________________________ this village. (fond/visit) I love the old place. 4 Which are you _____________________________________ next year – Art or Music? (interested/study) 5 Is Sam __________________________________________ his exams? (pleased/pass) He got very good marks. 6 We’re __________________________________________ the same music all the time. (fed up/hear) 7 Tom is ______________________________. (bad/cook) He always burns things. 2 Join each pair of statements to make one statement. Add the correct preposition. Example: Ellie didn’t tell the truth. Everyone knew she was guilty. _______________________________________ Everyone knew Ellie was guilty of not __________________ telling the truth. 1 the football team?/worried/his place/the loss of/Isn’t Pat/in/about (lose) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 of/to/travel/every day./tired/work in the city/Ed is (travel) ________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 her company./office equipment/Naomi is/the choice of/ at/for/responsible (choose) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 their failure/Our engineers were/in/the fault/the ship’s engines./to find/about/anxious (fail) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Complete the mini-dialogues with appropriate forms of the verbs in brackets. Example: 1 Mark had a chance to show his invention on TV. He was very grateful. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ _______________________ getting used to living here now. (get used to/live) 1 _____________________ here in Singapore yet? (get used to/live) Well, I’m enjoying life here in lots of ways, but I’m from Norway, as you know, so I ____________________ with the heat here every day. (not be used to/cope) Oh, you __________________ our climate in the end. Everyone does! (get used to) 2 What __________________ before you came to work here at Global News? (use to/do) I __________________ with Radio South-West. (use to/be) _________________ with the news team? (use to/work) No, I __________________ documentaries. (use to/make) 3 We played badly and almost lost the match. We feel annoyed. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 Do we really have to meet those people? I’m not very keen! _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ So, after your first year in New York, ________ are you ________ used to life here now? (be used to) Well, I __________________ didn’t use to like city life at all, as you know. (not use to/like) But I think I’m 2 We want to take cookery classes. We’re all very interested. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Alan failed to help anyone else. Later, he felt ashamed. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ at college/about/from/next year./life/Maria is/far 109 47 Structures with ~ing clauses He watched it coming down. A Two actions at the same time 1 Last Friday night, Jim Hunt drove home from work thinking about the quiet weekend ahead. 2 But then, travelling past Tenbury Hill, he had the strangest experience of his life. 3 He was shocked to see his car lights suddenly cut out, and to hear the engine die. The car stopped. 4 Then he saw a brightly lit object flying slowly across the road. 5 He watched it coming down to land between the road and the hill to his left. B One action, then another action 1 Taking his camera out of the glove box, he got out of the car. 2 Having shut the car door quietly and carefully, he turned to start walking towards the object, which was still brightly lit. C Explaining why 1 Being a scientist, Jim wanted to find out more about this strange thing. 2 Having refused to believe in UFOs all his life, he felt there must be some other, simple explanation. D Preposition + ~ing form 1 Despite feeling sure that the object was not a UFO, Jim could not think what else it might be. 2 On getting nearer, he began recording comments as well as taking photos. 3 Then, suddenly, the thing took off again without making any noise at all. E Linking words + ~ing 1 After climbing slowly to about 100 metres, the object shot away to the north-east at high speed. 2 Before calling the police, Jim ran the last few metres to where it had been just 30 seconds before. 3 Although expecting to find nothing there, he actually found burn marks on the grass. 4 ‘Perhaps it really was a UFO,’ he thought to himself while calling 999 for the police. 110 Relative clauses with ~ing, ~ed and infinitive forms ∆ 75 He saw an object flying slowly across the road. t Taking his camera ou of the glove pocket, . he got out of the car A Two actions at the same time 1 We can use a main verb (drove) and then an ~ing form for two things that are happening at the same time. In this order, no comma is needed. 2 We can put the clauses the other way round, with first the ~ing form and then had. This way round, we need a comma. We could add a linking word – while or when – to the ~ing form in 1 or 2: see Section E Linking words + ~ing, No. 4. 3 When we see, hear, notice, etc., a short action, we can use an infinitive without to. These ‘sense’ verbs are: feel, hear, listen to, notice, see, watch. 4 When we see, hear, notice, etc., a longer action, we can use an ~ing form. These sense verbs are: feel, find, hear, listen to, notice, see, smell, watch. 5 This is similar to 4. B One action, then another action 1 When one action quickly follows another, we can use an ~ing form for the first action. We could add the linking word after to the ~ing form: see Section E Linking words + ~ing, No. 1. 2 We can also use having plus a past participle – having shut (instead of shutting) – to put the first clause more clearly in the past. C Explaining why 1 An ~ing clause at the start – Being a scientist, – can give a reason for the second clause. This structure gives another way of saying: Because he was a scientist, … 2 We can also use Having plus a past participle – Having refused to believe … – to put the first clause in the past. On getting nearer, he began reco rding comments as well as taking photos. D Preposition + ~ing form 1 We can use an ~ing form after some prepositions, e.g., despite, in spite of. 2 We can use an ~ing form after on, meaning as soon as. We can also use an ~ing form after as well as, meaning in addition to. 3 We can use an ~ing form after without and several other prepositions and prepositional phrases, too. Reference list: against, *as a result of, *as well as, *besides, *by, *despite, for, from, how about, in favour of, *in spite of, instead of, *on, *upon, what about, without *These forms are quite formal, and they are used in writing more than in speaking. We can always find less formal ways of saying the same thing, e.g., Jim felt sure that the object was not a UFO, but he could not think what else it might be. E Linking words + ~ing Like the structure preposition + ~ing form (D), Linking words + ~ing can be quite formal. 1 We could also say: Climbing slowly to … or: On climbing slowly to … Less formally, we could just say: After it had climbed slowly to … 2 Less formally, we could just say: Before he called the police, … 3 Less formally, we could just say: Although he expected … or: He expected to find nothing there, but he actually found … 4 Less formally, we could just say: … as he called 999 … Reference list: after, although, before, even though, since, though, when, while. Although expecting to find nothing there, he actually found burn marks on the grass. 111 Exercises 1 Describe two actions happening at the same time. Put the verbs in brackets into appropriate forms – either a main verb, an ~ing form or an infinitive without to. Example: In the year 1899, an old sailing ship travelling up the south-east coast of Africa was caught in a terrible three-day storm. (travel/catch) 1 _______________ from the bridge of the ship through the third night, the junior officer in charge and a young sailor _______________ the storm _______________ little by little. (watch/see/decrease) 2 The old sailing ship _______________ slow progress to the north-east, ________________ and _______________ from wave to angry wave. (make/rise/fall) 3 Suddenly, the junior officer and the young sailor _______________ a powerfully built, older man in wet seaman’s clothes, with a pale face and a terrible head wound _______________ from nowhere on the bridge beside them. (see/appear) 4 _______________ quickly, he _______________ past the junior officer to the ship’s compass. (move/push) 2 Describe one action and then another. Put the verbs in brackets into appropriate forms – either a main verb, an ~ing form or a past participle form. Example: _____________________ Giving/Having given his instruction to sail north-north-east again, the stranger _______ looked hard at the two young men. (give/look) 1 _______________ the words, ‘Every moment is important!’ he then _______________ as suddenly as he _______________ just moments earlier. (add/disappear/appear) 2 _______________ their heads in disbelief, the young officer and sailor _______________ at each other, unable to speak for a while. (shake/stare) 5 _______________ down at it, he suddenly _______________, ‘Change your course to north-north-east.’ (stare/say) 3 _______________ about the stranger’s words for a minute or two, the officer finally _______________ the young sailor to wake the captain and ask him what to do. (think/send) 6 ___________________ what this was all about, the officer just _________________, ‘But my orders are to steer north-east.’ (not understand/reply) 4 _______________ the story, the captain _______________ as amazed and puzzled as the young sailor was. (hear/be) 7 The two young men _______________ the stranger _______________ again, more urgently, ‘Steer north-northeast. Immediately!’ (hear/say) 112 5 _______________ on his heavy oilskin clothing against the storm, he _______________ with the young sailor up to the bridge of the ship. (put/go) 3 Use prepositions with ~ing forms to describe actions. Put the verbs in brackets into appropriate forms – either a main verb or an ~ing form. Add one of these prepositions before each ~ing form. by, despite, instead of, on, without Example: ____________ On hearing the same amazing story from the decided that he should junior officer, the captain _________ not ignore it. (hear/decide) 1 _______________ behind schedule because of the storm, he _______________ that he would not lose very much more time if he followed the stranger’s instructions for a few hours. (be/feel) 2 So, _______________ to sail north-east as before, the old ship _______________ course to north-north-east. (continue/change) 3 _______________ what to expect, they _______________ the new course until early the next morning. (know/follow) 4 _______________ enough light to see by, they _______________ first one, then another and another and another lifeboat, each full of exhausted men and ready to sink under the heavy waves. (get/spot) 5 _______________ the stranger’s orders, they _______________ the survivors of another ship – men who would certainly soon have died! (follow/find) 4 Use linking words with ~ing forms to describe actions. Put the verbs in brackets into appropriate forms – either a main verb or an ~ing form. Add one of these linking words before each ~ing form. after, after, although, before, on, while Example: On reaching the lifeboats, sailors _______ _____________ lifted the exhausted survivors to safety one by one. (reach/lift) 1 _______________ the survivors, the captain and his men _______________ to hear their sad story. (rescue/begin) 2 _______________ their way through the storm, their ship _______________ fire and it _______________. (fight/catch/sink) 3 The only person who had died was their captain. _______________ sure of all his men’s safety, he _______________ ready to follow them into the lifeboats. (make/be) 4 But then, _______________ the sinking ship, he _______________ on the head by a falling mast and thrown into the sea. (leave/hit) 5 ___________________ to find anything else, the junior officer and the young sailor still _______________ to look out across the rough grey sea for a few minutes more. But then they did see something else: it was the body of a powerfully built, older man in wet seaman’s clothes, with a pale face and a terrible head wound. It was the body of the dead captain. (not expect/continue) 113 48 Common expressions with ~ing forms Let’s go surfing this Friday. It’s no use asking for time off. Listen. Let’s go surfing this Friday. No, it’s no use asking for time off. We’re busy finishing the accounts here in my department. But surely there’s no harm asking your boss! A Go + ~ing forms We use go + ~ing for various activities. n Claire goes riding nearly every day. n I’m going to go swimming this afternoon. n Where did you go shopping the other day? Most of these expressions are for outdoor leisure activities, e.g., go + camping/climbing/diving/fishing/jogging/sailing/skiing/surfing/ swimming. B It’s + ~ing forms It’s no good …/It’s no use …/It’s useless … n It’s no good banging on the door; everyone’s out. n It’s no use saying sorry; Lucy’s too upset to talk to you. n It’s useless trying to work now; it’s too dark. It’s (not) worth … n It’s not worth seeing that film. It’s really bad! n It’s (well) worth going to the new play. It’s quite good. C There’s + ~ing forms There’s no harm (in) …/There’s no point (in) … n There’s no harm (in) seeing the doctor. You may be OK, but you may not. n There’s no point (in) trying to start the car again. The engine’s dead. D Have + ~ing forms have (no) difficulty/have (no) problems/have (no) trouble n We’re having (no) difficulty understanding her accent. n I had (no) problems finding the address. n She’ll have (no) trouble working out the answer. E Expressions with ~ing forms for time and money be busy n I’m busy doing paperwork today, but I’m free tomorrow. spend/waste time/money n Don’t waste time writing to her. Pick up the phone! n Tony spent thousands travelling round the world. a waste of time/money n It’s a waste of time talking to him. He never listens! n It was a waste of money buying this cooker. It’s gone wrong already! 114 Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 1? ∆ 42 It would be a waste of time talking to her. The answer would just be no! CHOOSE YOUR HOLIDAY EVERY DAY Go sailing! Go diving! Go windsurfing! Or just chill out by one of our five beautiful pools. We’ve got all your favourite holidays at Dolphin Bay Beach Resort. 3 Having problems losing weight? 3 Wasting time and money on diets that just don’t work? Well, now’s the time to change to the Easy-Way Diet. Proven in clinical tests. Exercises 1 Change the words in brackets to expressions with go + ~ing. Example: A lot of people go climbing in the Alps every year. (climb) 1 Right now, Anne’s very busy. She’s writing a report about her business trip. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 1 I usually ________________ in the morning. (go for a jog) 2 I also often _________________ in the evening. (have a swim) 3 Suzie had to _______________ yesterday. (buy some things at the shops) 4 We’re planning to _______________ next summer. (have a camping holiday) 5 The Red Sea is one of the greatest places in the world to _______________. (dive) 2 Use appropriate It’s + ~ing expressions to replace the words in brackets. Example: (I don’t think it’s worth your time to go) It isn’t worth going into town this afternoon. All the shops will be shut. 1 (I can’t see any use in your shouting.) ___________________ ______________________ No one can hear you. 2 I looked for the book in all the bookshops. I wasted a lot of time. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 I’m having big problems. I can’t find Gabriella’s address and phone number. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Alan doesn’t understand our new software systems. He’s having a lot of trouble with them. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 I tried to repair that old car of mine. It was a complete waste of time and money. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 I had no trouble with that puzzle. I worked out the solution to 2 (I think it’s worth the money to take) ____________________ ___________________ a trip on the river. The views are great! 3 (You’re not doing any good by sending) __________________ ___________________ any more e-mails. They’re never going to answer them. 4 (It would be useless if you applied) ______________________ _________________ for the job. They’ve already given it to someone. 5 (I don’t feel it’s worth the money to buy) _________________ _________________ a car if you live in the middle of a city. You can just use the public transport – or ride a bike. 3 Combine the pairs of sentences using forms from C, D and E in the Grammar section. Example: n Harry developed his new invention. He spent $200,000. n Harry spent $200,000 developing his new invention. it really quickly. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 7 Why try to teach this stupid animal anything at all? There’s simply no point. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 8 It’ll be easy to get the job done by midday. We won’t have any difficulty, I can promise you. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 9 Why not check all the equipment again before we go? There’s no harm, is there? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 10 I tried to finish my report last night. I spent three hours on it. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 115 49 Zero and first conditionals If the wind is strong, the waves are dangerous. FORMS If it’s sunny tomorrow, we’ll go to the beach. Zero conditionals If + present simple, present simple If the wind is strong, the waves are dangerous. OR The waves are dangerous if the wind is strong. First conditionals If + present simple, future with will If it’s sunny tomorrow, we’ll go to the beach. OR We’ll go to the beach if it’s sunny tomorrow. Put a comma after the If part when it comes first. If the wind is strong, the waves are dangerous. If the wind is strong, the waves are dangerous. A Do not use a comma when the If part comes second. We’ll stay at home if it rains. Zero conditionals These express things which always happen. If one thing happens, then another thing always happens. We use When similarly. n If/When the wind is strong, the waves are dangerous. n If/When you shout at her, she always cries. We can use If and When with instructions, but with different meanings. If Ann phones, please take a message. (She may phone.) n When Ann phones, please take a message. (She will phone.) n B First conditionals We also use If sentences to talk about a probable future action or condition. Both parts of the sentence are about the future, but the If part is in the present simple, not the future. n If it’s sunny tomorrow, we’ll go to the beach. n If we hurry, we’ll catch the bus. n If we don’t hurry, we’ll miss it. The If part of the sentence says what may or may not happen. The result – the other part of the sentence – follows from the If part. If part The result n If it’s sunny, … … we’ll go to the beach. n If it rains, … … we’ll stay at home. n If we hurry, … … we’ll catch the bus. n If we don’t hurry, … … we’ll miss the bus. For unless (if … not ), ∆ Unit 52. If we don’t have any item you want in stock, our staff will happily order it for you. 116 Second conditionals ∆ 50 / Third conditionals ∆ 51 / Three reasons why cigarettes are bad for your social life. If you smoke… n your breath smells. n your teeth turn yellow. n your skin becomes wrinkled. (And if you stop smoking, you live longer.) STOP NOW Litter – the new law and you If you drop litter and refuse to pick it up, you will be fined £10. If you don’t pay, you will be taken to court and will face a fine of £1,000. LEAVING LITTER DOES NOT PAY % 0 1 % 1VO0UCHER 10% 10% OFF any one of the this voucher at e a 10% If you present you will receiv es or st up ro G Sparrow se. ur next purcha discount on yo wish and if only; other conditional forms ∆ 52 Exercises 1 Complete the zero conditionals. Use these endings: it becomes ice. it soon goes bad. the machinery soon breaks down. the lights come on. Example: you get orange. the oil light comes on. If you mix red and yellow, you get orange. 1 If the car needs oil, __________________________________ 2 If you cool water to 0°C, ______________________________ 3 If you don’t keep food cool, ___________________________ 4 If you press this switch, ______________________________ 5 If the engineers don’t check every month, ________________ ________________________________________________ 2 Choose the correct form of the verbs. Example: If Ann doesn’t call me, I’ll call her. (doesn’t 2 Enter the race. You’ll probably win. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 The party may go on till late. If so, we’ll go home early. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Call the office at 2:00. Tony will be there. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 Ann may not call. I’ll be worried. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 Finish the job today. Then you won’t have to come tomorrow. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ call/won’t call) 1 If the money __________________, I’ll put it in the bank. (arrives/will arrive) 4 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Bob is reading the college newspaper. Bob: 2 Peter __________________ us if he hears any news. (tells/will tell) 3 If you don’t finish your homework, I __________________ you watch TV. (don’t let/won’t let) 4 If the neighbours don’t stop that noise, I __________________ the police. (call/’ll call) 5 I’m sure Tom __________________ you some money if you ask him. (lends/will lend) 6 If you shout like that again, Helen __________________ to you. (doesn’t listen/won’t listen) 7 If the climbers __________________ down before the storm, they’ll be in great danger. (don’t come/won’t come) Steve: It sounds good. But I 1_____________________ to go if it 2 ______ in May. (not be able/be) Bob: Tom may call. If so, I’ll talk to him. If Tom calls, I’ll talk to him. 1 The police may come. If so, they’ll ask about Tom. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ No, the offer starts in June. We can go just after the exams. Steve: Yes, if we 3____________ to go then, everybody 4 __________________. (decide/come) Let’s ask some people. Ask Alan. Bob: Alan, 5________________________ us if we 6 _______________ a water ski weekend in June? (you join/organize) Steve: If we 7______ just after the exams, we 8____________ a great time. (go/have) Alan: 3 Join each pair of statements to make one statement. Example: Look. Here’s an advert for a water ski weekend. If we have a group of ten, we’ll get a special price. (have/get) OK, I 9____________ if it 10_________ too expensive. (come/be not) Steve: There’s a special group rate. Bob: If we 11_________ another seven people, it 12 _______________ just £60 each. (find/cost) Steve: We’d better hurry. If we 13__________________ fast, somebody else 14__________________ up the offer and we 15____________ the chance. (not act/take/miss) 117 50 Second conditionals If someone found him, he would have a huge meal. FORMS What would you do if someone found us? First, I’d have a huge meal. If + past simple, would + verb If someone found him, he would have a huge meal. OR He would have a huge meal if someone found him. Put a comma after the If part when it comes first. Do not use a comma when the If part comes second. In conversation, we often use ’d for would and wouldn’t for would not, e.g., I’d buy …, He wouldn’t buy … A B C D 118 Use of second conditionals Second conditionals express unreal situations that are either not possible or not probable. The situation may be in the present or future, but not in the past (despite use of the past simple in the if clause). n If he won the prize, he’d buy a car. (But he probably won’t win.) n If she had some money, she’d buy a car. (But she doesn’t have any.) Form of second conditionals We use the past simple in the If clause. In the ‘result’ clause we usually use would (from will) + verb. n If he won £10,000, he would visit India. (sure to visit) We also use could (from can) and might (from may) + verb. n … he could visit Rome. (able to) n … he might visit Paris. (unsure) Note: Could may appear in the If clause, meaning was/were able to. In the ‘result’ clause, could means would be able to. n If we could visit India, … (were able to) n … we could see the beautiful Taj Mahal. (would be able to) Single-clause forms We can make statements with would, could and might, but without the If clause. The words would, could and might show that the statement is about something improbable or impossible. The idea of the If clause is understood, but not spoken. 1 Let’s invite Bill and Luke. No, they hate each other. They’d fight. (… if we invited them, but we won’t.) 2 I dream of going to Paris. We could have a wonderful time there. (… but it’s only a dream.) 3 It’s a pity Sally and Helen hardly ever meet. Yes, they might become friends. (… but they don’t meet.) Was and were We often use were instead of was in second conditionals, for example, when we give advice. n If I were you, I’d get a new job. n If I were in your position, I wouldn’t buy that old car. Zero and first conditionals ∆ 49 / Third conditional ∆ 51 / Train Pain veryone says there are too many cars, but maybe if public transport was more reliable more people would use it! Train services are appalling. My dad started taking the train to work instead of the car but stopped after a month. The train only ran on time 20 per cent of the time and sometimes it didn’t come at all! Get your act together, train companies! E J Gadd, 12, Weston-Super-Mare Fa v o u r it e T hings A FEW OF MY Our regular interview column with a star who shares their favourite things – past, present and imaginary! This week, Jamie Baker Q What would be your perfect day? JB It would be a bright summer’s day with no work, a group of friends and a trek into the countryside. Q Who would be your ideal dinner partner? JB Nelson Mandela. It would be a great privilege to have dinner with him. Q If you were only allowed to have two books, what would they be? JB Now, this is a very difficult question. Ask yourself this question: For the answer come to Sure Future. We can arrange insurance cover for you and your family. For more information Ring Freephone 0800 584921 Sure Future Insurance Ltd wish and if only ; other conditional forms ∆ 52 What would I do if I were too ill to work? Exercises 1 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Examples: n If I had enough money, I’d buy that car. (have) n You’d have enough money if you got a better job. 3 Write the verbs in the correct forms to complete the answers without if. Example: It’d be great if we had a million pounds. Yes, we could (have) do anything. (can/do) 1 If we _________ a bigger house, we could invite people to stay. (have) 1 Let’s give Larry some money. No, he __________________ it all. (waste) 2 I _________ out of business if we cut our prices. (go) 2 If you could change jobs, what would you do? I __________________ a film star. (become) 3 I don’t want to go out tonight. Why not? You __________________ yourself. (enjoy) 4 If I could, I’d love to travel through time. But you ________________________ your friends and family again. (may/never/see) 3 If I _________ my job, I wouldn’t know what to do. (lose) 4 If we _______________ the plan exactly, we’d never finish the job. (follow) 5 I think she _________ angry if I didn’t invite her this evening. (be) 6 You ______________________________ me if I told you the whole story. (not/believe) 7 If we decided to go to London, we ____________ with my brother. (stay) 2 Write second conditionals. Examples: (we/be/surprised/Ann/come) We’d be surprised if Ann came. (Tom/have/time/he/be/here) If Tom had the time, he’d be here. 1 (Ann/be/pleased/Tom/call) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 (you/not/visit/us again/we/be/very sad) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 (I/get/fit quite fast/I/work out/at the gym) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 (Barry/not/argue/so much/he/have/more friends) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 (Hiroko/have/more money/she/fly/home/to Tokyo) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 (the team/win/more games/they train/harder) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Write questions and answer them without if. Example: You might lose your money. (What/you/do) (go/to the police) What would you do if you lost your money? I’d go to the police. 1 They might visit Turkey. (Where/they/stay) (stay/at cheap hotels) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 2 We could complain at the Head Office. (Who/we/see) (talk/to the Sales Manager) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 3 I might visit Scotland. (How/you/travel) (go/by car) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 They could leave school now. (What/they/do) (look for/jobs) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 5 You could borrow a DVD. (Which/you/choose) (take/the new Will Smith film) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 119 51 Third conditionals If he’d bought a present, she’d have been happy. FORMS If + past perfect would have + past participle If he had bought a present, she would have been happy. OR She would have been happy if he had bought a present. Put a comma after the If part when it comes first. Do not use a comma when the If part comes second. In conversation, we often use ’d for had and also ’d for would, e.g., If he’d got ... and she’d have ... Both ’d forms sound the same, but their meanings are different. Yesterday was Mr and Mrs Carter’s wedding anniversary. She remembered it, but he didn’t. If he’d bought a present, she’d have been happy! A Use of third conditionals Third conditionals express unreal situations – things that did not happen – in the past. n If he’d bought a present, she’d have been happy. (… but he didn’t.) (… and she wasn’t happy!) n If he hadn’t forgotten, she wouldn’t have been angry. (… but he did.) (… and she was angry!) T B Form of third conditionals We use the past perfect in the If clause. In the ‘result’ clause we usually use would have + past participle. n If he’d remembered to buy a present, she’d have been very pleased. (sure) We also use could have and might have. n … he could have got it on the way home. (possible) n … he might have decided to get some flowers. (unsure) C Single-clause forms We can make statements with would have, could have and might have, but without the If clause. The words would have, could have and might have show that the statement is about something past and not real. n It’s sad you didn’t visit Tim. He’d have loved that. (But you didn’t visit.) n I’m sorry we didn’t go to New York. We could have seen Manhattan. (But we didn’t go.) n He was stupid not to work. He might have passed his exams. (But he didn’t work.) D Special uses of third conditionals We often use third conditionals to criticize people (or ourselves) for making mistakes. n If you’d taken my advice, you wouldn’t have wasted all your money! n You wouldn’t have lost your money if you hadn’t been so careless! We also often use third conditionals to show regret about the past. n If I’d said ‘Yes’ instead of ‘No’ that day, my whole life would have changed! 120 Zero and first conditionals ∆ 49 / Second conditionals ∆ 50 / FAMILY OF FOUR SAVED FROM SEA he Air-Sea Rescue Service saved Bill and Emma Price and their two teenage sons yesterday when their seven-metre yacht was blown onto the dangerous rocks at Pendene Point. They were lifted to safety by helicopter minutes after their boat struck the rocks and began breaking up in heavy seas. After their dramatic rescue, Bill, 42, said, ‘If we had known the danger, we would never have sailed so near the rocks.’ minutes if the Wife Emma added, ‘We would have died within guys are These did. they when d arrive t Rescue Service hadn’ lives!’ our them owe we and ing, amaz wish and if only ; other conditional forms ∆ 52 Exercises 1 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Examples: n If I’d driven faster, I’d have arrived in time. 3 Write third conditionals. Example: (drive) n We wouldn’t road. have gone to the show if Alan If the pilot hadn’t landed on the road, the plane would have crashed. hadn’t recommended it. (not go) 1 If you’d seen the film, you ___________________________ it. (love) 2 If she _______________ earlier, she’d have seen Pat. (go) 3 We wouldn’t have noticed the house if you ________________________ it to us. (not show) 4 If the weather _______________ better yesterday, we’d have gone out. (be) 5 If she _______________ some money, she __________________ enough for those shoes. (save) (have) 6 We _______________________________________ for help that night if we _____________________ desperate. (not ask) (not be) 1 We didn’t find the house as we didn’t have a map. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 They found the books when they opened the last box. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 The tree didn’t fall on the car, so the driver wasn’t hurt. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 I got lost on the mountain because I didn’t turn back. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 Write answers without if. Example: 2 Write third conditionals. Examples: The plane didn’t crash because the pilot landed on a Manhattan skyline) (you/come/to the party/you/enjoy/it) If you’d come to the party, you’d have enjoyed it. I wanted to go to New York. (we/can/see/the Yes, I did, too. We could have seen the Manhattan skyline. 1 I’d have liked to go up the Empire State Building. (we/can/ visit/the Statue of Liberty, too) Yes, I know. ____________________________________ _____________________________________________ 1 (Jim/ask/us/we/lend/him our car) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 It’s a pity Tom’s car broke down. (he/might/win/the race) Yes, you’re right. ________________________________ _____________________________________________ 2 (I/not/write down/her phone number/I/forget it) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 Why didn’t she call the police? (they/can/catch/the thieves) Yes, I agree with you. _____________________________ _____________________________________________ 3 (the car/not/crash/Tom/keep/to the speed limit) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 I should have taken the other road. (we/get/home an hour ago) Yes, and I told you that, too! ________________________ _____________________________________________ (we/be/very sad/John/not/marry/Suzie) We’d have been very sad if John hadn’t married Suzie. 4 (I/forget/to buy/Ann’s birthday present/you/not/remind/me) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 121 52 wish and if only ; other conditional forms I wish I had enough money! I wish I had enough money to buy those shoes! If only we were rich! I wish you’d stop thinking about shoes. You’ve already got too many! FORMS wish/if only + past simple (for something now) I wish/if only we had enough money to buy those shoes! wish/if only + would (for something from now into the future) I wish/if only you would stop thinking about shoes. wish/if only + past perfect (for something in the past) I wish/if only I had not said anything. A B C 122 I wish and If only compared We use I wish and also If only when we want something to be different. (If only is usually said with stronger feeling than I wish.) We can use both in a single clause. n I wish we had enough money! I wish we weren’t so poor! n If only we had enough money! If only we weren’t so poor! We can also use If only in full, two-clause second and third conditionals. n If only we had enough money, we would be able to buy those shoes! n If only I had had enough money, I would have been able to buy that coat! a I wish I could afford . bean rib Ca the in ay lid ho n ow youostcaholidays Well, n -c w h our lo wit All holidays include flights and accommodation. now or Ask at your travel agent com check us out at sun+fun. I wish and If only + verb forms With the past simple, the meaning is present: we want something to be different now. n I wish I had time to look round the shops more. n If only I were rich enough to buy those shoes! Note: We often use were instead of was (as in second conditionals). With would, the meaning is future: we want something to be different in the future. We often use these forms to complain about people’s actions or about situations that we want to be changed. n I wish you would stop thinking about shoes. n If only you wouldn’t keep talking about shoes. With the past perfect, the meaning is past: we want something to have been different in the past. We use these forms to express regrets about the past. n I wish I had kept quiet. n If only I hadn’t spent all my money on other things! Other ways of expressing conditions We can make sentences with conditional meanings using these forms: n We’ll buy them as long as we have enough money left. n They would buy them provided (that) they had enough money left. We use unless to mean if not. n We won’t be able to buy them unless we have enough money left. = We won’t be able to buy them if we don’t have enough money left. n We wouldn’t have been able to buy them unless we had had enough money left. Zero and first conditionals ∆ 49 / Second conditionals ∆ 50 / Third conditionals ∆ 51 Sun + Fun Holidays Awful food? Noisy hotel? Miles from the beach? If only they’d heard about Paradise Packages ... the holidays where everything works out for the best. W ish you were here! Traffic news now. Serious congestion on the M25 in both directions. I expect all you drivers wish you had stayed at home. Better news for those on the M4 – traffic there is flowing again af ter this morning’s accident. Exercises 1 Express what Mrs West and her daughter Emma are thinking outside the shoe shop. Use If only + past forms. Examples: n Emma is sad because her family aren’t rich. n 3 Express yourself in these situations. Use If only and I wish + past perfect. Example: ‘If only we were rich!’ you have left your money at home. (bring it with me) If only I hadn’t left my money at home! I wish I’d brought it with me! n Mrs West is unhappy because Emma is so interested in clothes and shoes. n ‘If only you weren’t so interested in clothes and shoes!’ 1 Emma is sad because the shoes are so expensive. ________________________________________________ 2 Mrs West is worried because the family have to pay so many bills. ________________________________________________ 3 Emma is unhappy because she doesn’t get regular money for clothes. ________________________________________________ 4 Mrs West is upset because they can’t buy everything they want. ________________________________________________ 5 Emma is sorry because she upsets Mum so much and so often. ________________________________________________ 2 Express yourself in these situations. Use I wish + would / wouldn’t. Examples: n Talking to someone who doesn’t think about other people’s feelings: n ‘I wish you’d think about other people’s feelings!’ n Talking to someone who makes a mess everywhere: n ‘I wish you wouldn’t make a mess everywhere.’ 1 Talking to someone who doesn’t listen to other people’s ideas: ________________________________________________ You have seen a wonderful present for a friend, but 1 You have received an invitation to the party of the year, but you have agreed to speak at a meeting that evening. (refuse to go) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 You have arrived late at a job interview because you got the 8:15 train to London. (catch the 7:55 instead) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 The family dinner is burned because you left it in the oven for over three hours. (take it out at the right time) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 Change the form of the crossed out sentence parts. Use unless. Example: If the weather doesn’t get better, Unless the weather gets better, we won’t be able to climb the mountain. 1 You won’t be able to go to the concert if you don’t buy your tickets now. __________________________ They’re selling fast! 2 We would never have been able to drive through that forest if we hadn’t hired an off-road vehicle. ____________________ _____________________________ 3 If I didn’t know some of the other guests, ________________ ___________________ I wouldn’t want to go to the party. Luckily, I do! 2 Talking to someone who arrives late for everything: ________________________________________________ 3 To someone who isn’t telling the truth: ________________________________________________ 4 To someone who keeps smoking all the time: ________________________________________________ 123 53 Reported statements He said (that) he was late. FORMS A Reported speech and time shift In reported speech, we use a reporting verb such as say, tell, shout and whisper. This reporting verb can stay in the present when we report something as we hear it, e.g., on the phone. n He says/He’s saying (that) he’s in New York now. But we usually put the reporting verb in the past, and then other verbs also go ‘back’ a tense, e.g., present simple > past simple. Note also the change from I to he. n ‘I’m late.’ ➞ He said (that) he was late. n I’ll call you. ➞ He said (that) he would call us. After say, we need not mention the listener. After tell we must. n I’ll call you. ➞ He told us (that) he would call us. We often leave out that after the reporting verb. n He said (that) he was tired. We often keep and repeat that with two connected clauses after one reporting verb. n He said that he was tired, but that he would still go to the meeting. He said, ‘I’m late.’ ➞ He said (that) he was late. He said, ‘I’ll call you from New York.’ ➞ He said (that) he would call us from New York. Later, on the phone. ‘I’m in New York now.’ ➞ He says (that) he’s in New York now. ‘I’m eating dinner here at my hotel.’ ➞ He says (that) he’s eating dinner there at his hotel. I’m late. I’ll call you from New York. Bye. What did he say? B Summary of time shift and other changes Remember these common time shift changes. am/is ➞ was, are ➞ were, have/has ➞ had, have/has got ➞ had, do/does ➞ did, will ➞ would, can ➞ could, may ➞ might Unlike can and may, these modal verbs do not have a past form to which they can change. must, might, could, would, should, ought to Note: In reported speech with time shift, we often make these modal changes. can ➞ was/were able to must ➞ had to He said he was late. Karl Marx believed tha t all history was a struggle between the rich rulers and the poor workers, and that eventually There are word changes to show changes of person and place. n … call you from New York ➞ … call us from New York. n … here at my hotel. ➞ … there at his hotel. the workers would overthrow their rulers in a revolution. There are word changes to show time changes between the statement and reporting the statement. n He said, ‘I’m flying tomorrow.’ ➞ He said he was flying the next day. Remember these other common changes. here ➞ there this/these ➞ that/those now ➞ then today ➞ that day yesterday ➞ the previous day/the day before this Saturday ➞ last Saturday/the following Saturday Note: We often do not use time shift to report things that always happen or always stay the same. n Our Science teacher taught us that water boils at 100º. PASSING comment … Frank Binns, Marketing ‘He didn’t make a stand on anything until he said he’d leave work if they got rid of the cafeteria.’ 124 Reported questions ∆ 54 / Hundreds witness meteor P olice and coastguards in the South West received hundreds of calls on Thursday night after a bright light flashed across the sky. The object appears to have been a very bright meteor. Mr John Milton, an astronomer who lives in Bodmin, Cornwall, said that from reports he had received, he believed it was a single fireball. One witness told reporters that there had been a large explosion Reported orders, etc.; special reporting verbs ∆ 55 followed by the meteor breaking up into several pieces. Mr Richard Bater, a meteorologist from Newton Abbott, who also saw the meteor, said he believed it was about a metre across and perhaps 40 kilometres up. He said he couldn’t say whether anything reached the ground but that it was ‘not unlikely’, in which case the proper description would be a meteor. Exercises 1 Report the telephone conversation. Nick is in Australia and Alan is in Britain. Nick: It’s hot here, and I’m sitting outdoors with Suzie by our new pool. Alan: It’s really wet and cold here, so we’re staying indoors and sitting by our fire. They’re telling their wives about the conversation. Nick to Suzie: Alan says it’s really wet and cold there, 1 so they’re _______________________________ Alan to Celia: Nick says 2________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ 7 ‘We may come back next year. I don’t know.’ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 8 ‘I’ll e-mail you soon and attach a photo of the family.’ _________________________________________________ _______________________________________________ 3 Write replies to the comments. Use But you said … and But you told me … Example: I’m going to go home. (stay/here) But you said you were going to stay here. 1 2 Write the statements in reported speech. Use He said … and He told me … I don’t like this sort of music. (love) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ You met an old school friend last year, and he told you all his news. Examples: n ‘I’ve got a flat in London.’ n 2 He said he had a flat in London. ______________________________________________ n ‘I’m visiting my parents this weekend.’ n He told me he was visiting his parents this weekend. 1 ‘I’m working away from London this month.’ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 ‘I finished my college course a year ago.’ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Tom has decided to sell his bike. (not/sell) ______________________________________________ 3 I’m going to e-mail her. (write her a letter) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 They’re showing the film tonight. (tomorrow) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 5 3 ‘I haven’t been to see my parents for ages.’ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ They finally went on to win the match. (lose) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 6 4 ‘I arrived home with my family yesterday.’ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Lisa will only be at home tomorrow morning. (tomorrow night) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 5 ‘We’re going to go back to London tomorrow.’ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 7 6 ‘We can’t stay for long as I have to get back to work.’ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 8 They have sent me a present. (not/send/anything) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ The children can swim very well. (cannot/swim/at all) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 125 54 Reported questions They asked if I had had a good journey. FORMS ‘Did you have a good journey?’ ➞ They asked if I had had a good journey. ‘How are your parents?’ ➞ They wanted to know how you were. ‘Do you plan to stay long?’ ➞ They asked if I planned to stay long. LINE RESTORED A from Mrs Rita Secombe Reporting verbs in reported questions When we report something as we hear it, e.g., on the phone, we usually start with is asking or wants to know. n She’s asking if you’re travelling by train. n She wants to know what time you’ll arrive. Sir, Our phone has been out of order for seven days, despite numerous calls to British Telecom. I asked again when it would be reconnected. I was told to ‘cross my fingers’ and it could be within 24 hours. I did – and it was! Is this the latest advance in digital technology? When we report with time shift (∆ Unit 53) both verbs go ‘back’ a tense. n They asked if I planned to stay long. n They wanted to know what time I had left home. In written English, we sometimes use a more formal verb, e.g., inquire. Yours faithfully, Rita Secombe Reading, Berkshire Reported Yes/No questions need if or whether. n They asked if I had had a good journey. n They wanted to know whether I liked London. Reported Wh~ questions need a question word, e.g., how, when, what, etc. n They wanted to know how you were. n They asked what I wanted to do. B So who really n Be careful about do, does and did. We use them in ordinary present and past simple questions, but not in reported questions. n ‘Where do you want to go?’ ➞ They asked me where I wanted to go. n ‘How long did the journey take?’ ➞ They asked me how long the journey had taken. In subject questions, the word order does not change. n ‘Who is coming?’ ➞ She asked me who was coming. C 126 eeds $8.5m? A Word order in reported questions The verb after if or whether or question word is not in question form. It is like a verb in a statement. n They asked if I felt hungry. n They asked what I wanted to do. This is similar to the form of indirect questions. Compare the following: n Do you know what he wanted to do? n 83-year-old N ew money in su ch a way, Mrs York woman has gi ven Helen Bark er said,‘I have $8.5m, her entire winnings my pe nsion. I have ever from a lottery jackp yot, to her thing I need.’ She in turn New Jersey council . When asked th e journalists whether reporters asked why she they thought she w wanted to dispos as e of her unusua l. The replies varie d. She asked me if I could She asked me if I would Love her again ... Time shift and other changes Word change rules for person, place and time are as for reported statements. (∆ Unit 53) n ‘How are you?’ ➞ They asked how I was. (person) n ‘When will you get here?’ ➞ They asked when I would get there. (place) n ‘Did you call yesterday?’ ➞ They asked if I had called the day before. (time) Wh~ questions ∆ 26 / Indirect forms; question word + infinitive ∆ 29 / Reported statements ∆ 53 / Reported orders, etc.; special reporting verbs ∆ 55 Exercises 1 Report the telephone conversation. Nick is in Australia and Alan is in Britain. Nick: Alan: What are you and Celia doing this winter? Are you taking a skiing holiday again? No, we’re staying at home this year. Where are you and Suzie going for your holiday? Are you going to visit us again? They’re telling their wives about the conversation. Nick to Suzie: Alan is asking where 1_______________________ 3 Write the Wh~ questions in reported speech. Some British college students are talking to Jean-Pierre, a new French student. Example: ‘What subjects are you going to do?’ They asked him what subjects he was going to do. 1 ‘What part of France do you come from?’ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ _________________________ He wants to know ________________________________________ ________________________________________ 2 ‘How long have you been in Britain?’ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Alan to Celia: Nick is asking what 3________________________ __________________________ He wants to know 4 ________________________________________ ________________________________________ 3 ‘Why did you decide to come to college here?’ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 2 Write the Yes/No questions in reported speech. You met your old school friend, Jim, last year. Examples: n Jim: Are you still at college? n Jim asked me whether I was still at college. n You: Do you remember Joe? n I asked him if he remembered Joe. 1 Jim: Have you sold your terrible old car? ________________________________________________ 2 Jim: Do you still live with your parents? ________________________________________________ 3 Jim: Are you going to visit London soon? ________________________________________________ 4 You: Is there room for me to stay with you? ________________________________________________ 5 You: Can I have your phone number? ________________________________________________ 6 You: Did you meet your wife at college? ________________________________________________ 4 ‘How long are you going to stay?’ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 ‘Where are you living at the moment?’ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 Write the questions in reported speech. A teacher at a language school in London is reporting some of the questions students asked him today. Example: A German student: ‘How can I renew my passport?’ A German student asked me how to renew his passport. 1 Two Swedish students: ‘Do you know the way to the station?’ ________________________________________________ 2 Some Turkish students: ‘Can you help us find a flat?’ ________________________________________________ 3 A Lebanese student: ‘What’s the best way to send a parcel home?’ ________________________________________________ 4 Two Italian students: ‘How long will it take us to travel to Edinburgh?’ ________________________________________________ 127 55 Reported orders, etc.; special reporting verbs They told him to be quiet. FORMS Could you turn it down, please? Be quiet! Reported orders ‘Be quiet!’ ➞ He told him to be quiet. Reported requests ‘Please don’t make so much noise!’ ➞ She asked him not to make so much noise. Special reporting verbs ‘I’m not making much noise!’ ➞ He denied making much noise. A B Reported orders, invitations, etc. Instruct, invite, order, remind, request, require and tell take an object + infinitive. Form the negative with not + infinitive. Subject Verb Object Infinitive n They ordered him to be quiet. n They reminded him not to do it again. After warn, the following action is usually expressed with an infinitive – positive or negative. But a formal, negative warning sometimes takes against + ~ing form. (See Section C.) n They warned him (not) to stop. n They warned him against stopping. Reported suggestions, apologies, etc. Suggest, apologize for, admit, deny and insist on usually take an ~ing form. Subject Verb ~ing form n Nick denied making much noise. n Later, he apologized for making so much noise. D Special reporting verbs Reporting verbs like warn, promise and deny tell us much more than the basic reporting verbs say, tell and ask. They show a) what the speaker is saying, and b) what the speaker is doing with his/her words. Similar reporting verbs include accuse … of, complain about/of, correct and recommend. Reported promises, offers, etc. Promise, offer, refuse, agree and threaten do not take an object before the infinitive. Form the negative with not + infinitive. Subject Verb Infinitive n He promised to turn it down. n They agreed not to make so much noise. In the third century bc, Greek scientists suggested that the Earth and planets move around the sun. The telescope, first used to observe the heavens by Galileo, proved this to be true. You promised not to laugh. 128 C Reported statements ∆ 53 / Reported questions ∆ 54 n The police to Mr Saunders: ‘We believe that you took the car, Mr Saunders.’ ➞ The police accused Mr Saunders of taking the car. n A customer to a delivery company: ‘This morning I received the wrong goods and I’m really upset about it!’ ➞ The customer complained about receiving the wrong goods. n Lisa MacFee to a reporter: ‘You’ve got my name wrong. It’s M-a-c, not M-c.’ ➞ Lisa MacFee corrected the spelling of her name. n A waiter to a customer: ‘You would enjoy the Chef’s Special. It’s excellent.’ ➞ The waiter recommended the Chef’s Special. Reality Bites restaurant owner has been forced to live on pasta and soup for four months because his dentist removed his teeth after discovering that the patient couldn’t pay his bill. Dentist Anders Wick warned John Wilby to pay up or risk having his dental implants taken back. The unfortunate restaurateur had agreed to pay the $500 cost of treatment but by the time he came to settle his bill, his restaurant had run A into difficulties and he could not find the money. Mr Wilby offered to follow a payment plan but the dentist refused, saying he would not be able to afford the payments. Mr Wick apologized to his client for having to take such drastic action when he took Mr Wilby’s teeth back. Mr Wilby, meanwhile, has accused the dental clinic of cruelty, and threatened to take the matter to court. Exercises 1 Put the direct speech into reported speech. Example: ‘Give me your books,’ the teacher told us. The teacher told us to give him/her our books. 1 ‘Could you open the door?’ the girl asked me. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 ‘Don’t use this photocopier,’ Carol instructed the new assistant. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 ‘Come for dinner on Saturday,’ Tom invited us. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 ‘Don’t be late for the party,’ Celia reminded me. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 ‘Could you please not make so much noise?’ Ann asked everybody. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 1 ‘And can we meet at 7:30?’ he said. ‘Fine. 7:30,’ she agreed. ________________________________________________ 2 ‘This time I’ll be there on time,’ he promised. ________________________________________________ 3 ‘I’m not going to wait for you if you’re late,’ she threatened. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 ‘Look, if you like, I’ll get there an hour early!’ he offered. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 ‘You don’t need to do anything silly like that, but I’ll leave if you aren’t there at 7:30,’ she threatened again. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 6 ‘I won’t be late. Believe me,’ he promised. ________________________________________________ 3 Report the statements and questions. Use these reporting verbs: admit, apologize for, insist on, suggest 6 ‘Give your name to the receptionist,’ Mrs Davis told Tony. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 7 ‘Don’t touch the red button,’ Bob warned Emma. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 8 ‘Remember to post the letters,’ the manager reminded her assistant. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 Report the conversation. Use these reporting verbs: agree, offer, promise, threaten Example: Bill is always late for appointments. His sister, Jean, is tired of it. ‘Can we meet outside the cinema?’ Bill said. Example: ‘Let’s do something exciting,’ Bob suggested. Bob suggested doing something exciting. 1 ‘Why don’t we go parachuting?’ Maria suggested. ________________________________________________ 2 ‘Good idea, but it’s getting late. If we’re going to go parachuting, we must go immediately,’ Barry insisted. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Later, 3,000 metres up in the sky ... 3 ‘I feel scared,’ Barry admitted. ________________________________________________ 4 ‘I don’t want to jump either. I’m sorry, Barry. I was stupid to suggest the idea of parachuting,’ Maria apologized. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ‘All right. Outside the cinema,’ Jean agreed. They agreed to meet outside the cinema. 5 ‘Look we can’t go back now. Even if you aren’t going to jump, I am!’ Barry insisted. ‘Bye!’ ________________________________________________ 129 56 Nouns: singular and plural a girl, an apple, two boys, some chairs FORMS a a girl, a table an an apple, an umbrella number two boys, five books some some chairs, some books A Action Singular All the things in the picture are countable nouns – we can count them, e.g., two boys, three chairs. They have a singular form (for one), e.g., boy, and a plural form (for more than one), e.g., boys. for Adventure Do you have a great idea for an adventure? Then we may be able to turn your dreams into reality! We can use a/an before the singular form. Use a before a hard sound (consonant), e.g., a desk and a table (but an old table). Use an before a vowel sound, e.g., an apple, an olive (but a green olive). The Pain Trust provides funding to support m young male applicants m aged 11 to 21 years m resident in East Devon in their quest for travel and adventure. Compare a hat and an hour. (an when the h is silent) Compare an umbrella and a university. (a when the u sounds like you) Do not use a singular countable noun by itself. It needs a determiner. I want a book. n I want my book. n I want that book. n I want the book over there. n We use a/an to identify what a thing or a person is. What’s that? It’s a map. What’s her job? She’s an actress. B Seahorses pair for life and it is the male that gives birth to the Plural If we identify in the plural, we use the noun alone. What are those? They’re maps. What are their jobs? They’re actresses. young, often producing hundreds of babies at a time. We can use the singular or the plural form to make general statements about a group or type of thing. (∆ Unit 61) In both these examples we mean ‘all horses’. n A horse is an animal with four legs. n Horses are animals with four legs. At Peak Park we run an informal and friendly campsite. More formally, we sometimes also use the + singular form to make general statements. n The horse is a large mammal that has been vital to human development. Dogs are welcome but must be kept under strict control. To express a plural number without stating the number, use some. n I’d like a beefburger and some fries, please. Be careful: fries and some fries, etc., have different meanings. n I love fries. (all fries, at any time, anywhere) n I’d like some fries. (a number of fries now) 130 Countable and uncountable nouns ∆ 58 / Articles 1: a/an, the and some ∆ 60 / Articles 2: general and specific ∆ 61 Peak Park Exercises 1 Write a or an. Examples: a 4 Write some or nothing (7). girl an Examples: apple 1 ______ orange 7 ______ magazine 2 ______ exercise 8 ______ old car 3 ______ newspaper 9 ______ Italian 4 ______ aeroplane 10 ______ good book 5 ______ letter 11 ______ united team 6 ______ easy test 12 ______ unfriendly man 2 Write a, an or some and choose from these words. book / books, desk / desks, egg / eggs, glass / glasses, letter / letters, paint / paints, taxi / taxis, umbrella / umbrellas Examples: n I’m reading a n book about Japan. Let’s put some desks in that classroom. 1 Did you write _____________________ to Ann? n Liz and Joe are X teachers. n We’ve got some new CDs. Look. 1 Could you get _________ oranges, please? 2 I love _________ apples. I eat about five a day. 3 I’m going to buy _________ shoes in the sale. 4 Everybody studies _________ languages at school. 5 You look hungry. Have _________ biscuits. 6 We found _________ old gold coins under a rock. 5 Write alternative general statements with a + singular noun or plural noun alone. Example: A tractor is a farm vehicle. Tractors are farm vehicles. 1 A college is a place to study. ________________________________________________ 2 It’s going to rain. Take _____________________ with you. 3 Get _____________________ and we’ll decorate the hall. 2 Large planes can carry very heavy loads. ________________________________________________ 4 The children want a drink, so can you get _____________________ of water, please? 3 A student needs to use the Internet efficiently. ________________________________________________ 5 I usually have _____________________, toast and coffee for breakfast. 4 Cars use more energy per person than buses. ________________________________________________ 6 We’re late. Let’s take _____________________ to the airport. 3 Write the correct present forms of be or do. Examples: n Look. Some boys are coming. n Does a lesson take 45 or 50 minutes? 6 Write a, an, some or nothing (7). At a jeweller’s. Hello. Could I look at some rings, please? I want to buy a ring for my sister. 1 _________ some students live in college? Certainly, Madam. Here are 1_________ rings for ladies. 2 _________ a new car very expensive? These are all 2_________ diamond rings, aren’t they? 3 Two girls _________ helping the teacher. 4 _________ a CD take long to copy? Yes, and they’re 3_________ top quality pieces. Look at this one. It’s 4_________ really lovely ring. 5 A secretary _________ typing the report. Yes, but it’s 5_________ expensive one too. 6 A good dictionary _________ really useful. Ah, but Madam, 6_________ things like this are never cheap. 7 _________ the children in bed? Perhaps you’re right. But could I look at 7_________ other rings? Could I see 8_________ different types of stone, too? 8 The students _________ having lunch. Of course. Here’s 9_________ very nice one. 131 57 Irregular noun forms clothes, scissors, news, team, sheep, etc. My clothes are in the cupboard. A few nouns are always or nearly always plural. Learn these: clothes, contents, thanks. n My clothes are in the cupboard. n The contents of the bag were all over the floor. Some nouns are plural because they have two parts. Learn these: binoculars, glasses, jeans, shorts, trousers. Use a pair of to make them singular. n Where are my scissors? n Is there a pair of scissors in the kitchen? Collective nouns describe a group of people or things as one unit, and they are normally singular, e.g., n The new government is very different from the last one. n Look at that flock of birds. There are thousands of them. Learn these: class, club, committee, family, flock, government, herd, school, team. But with collective nouns referring to people, we often think of the group’s members and use a plural verb. n My family are all angry with me. n The team are very happy with the result of the match. A few nouns look singular because they have no ~s, but they are always plural and have no singular form. Learn these: the police, cattle. (For a singular form, use police officer, cow/bull.) n The police are looking for three men. n There are 200 cattle on his farm. A few words are the same in the singular and the plural. Learn these: aircraft, crossroads, fish, headquarters, series, sheep, species. n You only caught one fish, but I caught three fish! n I saw three aircraft in five minutes, and each aircraft was different. A few nouns look plural, but are not. Learn these: athletics, gymnastics, mathematics, news, physics, politics, the United States. n Here is the nine o’clock news. n Mathematics was the most difficult subject for me at school. A few plurals are irregular. Learn these common ones: child ➞ children, man ➞ men, woman ➞ women, person ➞ people, foot ➞ feet, tooth ➞ teeth. n I’ve got one child. My brother has got two children. n My dentist filled one tooth and took two teeth out. What do you call two sheep that live together? Penfriends. ri Weston SaPfaark and Leisure ble here a Tickets avail £8.60 adults d 2 children) (2 adults an £20.60 family der 4 free Children un 132 ve Can you belie? your eyes The Plaque-buster! Our revolutionary brush design really work s on plaque. and we Buy a pair of our glasses will give you a pair of prescription sunglasses FREE Plaque is the layer of germ s that cluster on your teeth and cause tooth decay. FIGHT BACK! Nouns: singular and plural ∆ 56 / Countable and uncountable nouns ∆ 58 / Articles 1: a/an, the and some ∆ 60 / Articles 2: general and specific ∆ 61 Noun and verb endings with ~es ∆ Appendix 2C / Words that end in ~y ∆ Appendix 2F / British and American English ∆ Appendix 6 / Exercises 1 Complete the statements and questions with plural nouns. Example: Many thanks for all your help. 3 Complete the statements with singular or plural irregular nouns. Examples: 1 Somebody has taken all Mrs Bell’s money. The ____________ are on their way here now. n Two men with beards came to the door. n One man spoke. The other said nothing. 1 We’ve got two ____________. Pip is five and Lucy is four. 2 In the Old West in America, cowboys used to look after thousands of ____________. 2 There’s room for one more ____________ in the taxi. 3 The ___________ don’t look much like the picture on the can! 3 My left ____________ hurts. I can’t walk very well. 4 I’ll cut your hair for you. Where are your ____________? 4 A normal adult human mouth contains 32 ____________. 5 It’s very cold in the mountains, so take some warm ____________ with you. 5 This ____________ really hurts. The dentist will have to take it out. 6 Where are my ____________? I can’t see without them! 6 This bus can carry 70 ____________. 7 You can’t play for our football team in jeans. You need some proper ____________. 7 In many countries, ____________ do all the jobs that men do. 8 ____________ provide us with meat, wool and cheese. 2 Choose singular or plural present forms of be or do. Examples: n Physics is my best subject. n Do fish feel anything when we catch them? 1 The news _________ very bad. Three people have died and hundreds have been injured. 8 That ____________ mustn’t play in the road. It’s dangerous. Let’s stop her. 4 Complete the statements with the plural forms of these nouns: (Before you start, study Appendix 2C and 2F.) battery, knife, leaf, life, loaf, match, photo, potato, wife Example: Could you put the shelves up here, please? 1 The children shouldn’t play with _______________. They might cut themselves. 2 _________ this pair of glasses belong to you? 3 Sheep _________ really stupid animals! 2 The children shouldn’t play with _______________ either. They might burn themselves. 4 _________ Mathematics interesting? 3 We eat _______________ with every meal. 5 Your trousers _________ too long. I’d better shorten the legs. 4 I’ve bought three _______________ of bread. 6 Which _________ the biggest fish? This one, I think. 5 Look. These are our holiday _______________. This one shows our hotel. 7 The new science series on TV _________ very good. 8 Gymnastics _________ dangerous if you don’t train carefully. 9 _________ the United States have a prime minister or a president? 10 Many aircraft today _________ able to fly 10,000 miles or more. 6 The men played golf and their _______________ played a game of tennis. 7 This radio runs on four 1.5 volt _______________. 8 When the ship sank, more than 1,500 people lost their _______________. 11 Most of the cattle on this farm _________ kept in the upper fields. 12 My family _________ all very pleased when I told them the news. 9 The first big autumn storm blew most of the __________ off the trees. 133 58 Countable and uncountable nouns I’d like some olives. I’d like some olive oil. FORMS I’d like some olives, please. Countable nouns And I’d like some olive oil, please. I’d like some olives, please. How many would you like? Half a kilo, please. Uncountable nouns And I’d like some olive oil, please. How much would you like? A litre, please. CROSSCHECK A C Countable nouns We can count a thing like an olive or three olives. It has a singular and a plural form and goes with singular and plural verb forms. n These olives are very expensive. B Countable nouns can go with other words, e.g., some, any, the, my; also this/these, many, a few. n The glasses are in the cupboard. n Are there many eggs? Uncountable nouns can go with other words, e.g., some, any, the, my; also this, much, a little. n The salt is in the cupboard. n Is there much milk? We can make uncountable nouns, e.g., cola, bread, into countable noun phrases by using expressions such as a litre of/kilo of/bar of/can of/loaf of/carton of/bag of/bottle of/box of/packet of/piece of/roll of. n Two loaves of bread and three cans of cola, please. These nouns are always uncountable in English: accommodation, advice, baggage, furniture, health, information, knowledge, luggage, music, news. n Excuse me. I need some advice. n Tell me where your luggage is and I’ll fetch it. Nouns that are both countable and uncountable Sometimes the countable form is an example or part, and the uncountable form means something in general or a material. n Football is a great sport! n I like sport. n Mend the wall with these stones. n The wall is made of stone. Sometimes the countable and uncountable forms mean very different things. n A glass of water, please! Windows are made of glass. She wears glasses. n Rob has a small business. Let’s do business! (= work together) When we order drinks, we often make uncountable words countable. n Two teas and a coffee, please. PatchfieldPavilions The premier venue for conferences, exhibitions, concerts & leisure For further information and a colour brochure please contact: Wendy Buller, Conference Co-ordinator, Patchfield Pavilions, Chilswell Road, Patchfield PT12 6XU 134 Uncountable nouns We cannot count a thing like olive oil. We do NOT say an olive oil or three olive oils. We use a singular verb with an uncountable noun. n This olive oil is very good. Nouns: singular and plural ∆ 56 / Articles 2: general and specific ∆ 61 Sagittarius November 23–December 22 It’s a difficult week for Sagittarians and you could get tired and fed up. Some of the best advice you will get involves staying at home with your family. Take it easy – your health is very precious! Remember those apples I bought from you this morning? They’re sour! Exercises 1 Write the kitchen things in two lists – countable and uncountable. Write the countable nouns in the plural. apple cheese pea apple juice cooking oil potato banana egg rice bean milk salt biscuit mineral water soup bread olive sugar butter onion tea carrot orange tomato Countable nouns And I’d like to get a few 7__________________ too. (bread roll) These 8_________________ are going bad too. (tomato) Yes, and we must remember to buy a bottle of 9_______________ too. (olive oil) OK. Now I’m going to write a 10_________, so we don’t forget anything. (list) 3 Choose the correct words. Examples: n I love this music. (music/musics) n I want to buy Uncountable nouns a newspaper. (a/some) 1 My father gave me ______ good advice. (a/some) 1 apples 13 apple juice 2 _____________________ 14 _____________________ 3 _____________________ 15 _____________________ 4 _____________________ 16 _____________________ 5 _____________________ 17 _____________________ 2 Can you give me some _____________________ about your company? (information/informations) 3 I’ve got some ____________ for a new book. (idea/ideas) 4 Here ______ the 9:00 o’clock news. (is/are) 6 _____________________ 18 _____________________ 5 Put all the __________________ in the corner, so we can clean the floor. (furniture/furnitures) 7 _____________________ 19 _____________________ 6 I must go. I have to do ______ work now. (a/some) 8 _____________________ 20 _____________________ 7 I’ve got ______ job to do at home tonight. (a/some) 9 _____________________ 21 _____________________ 10 _____________________ 22 _____________________ 8 Where did you leave your _______________? (luggage/luggages) 11 _____________________ 23 _____________________ 9 Helen has got long, dark _________. (hair/hairs) 12 _____________________ 24 _____________________ 2 Write the nouns with or without ~s. We need some things for dinner. (thing) For example, we haven’t got any 1_________. (meat) 2 Yes, and we’ve only got a few __________________. (vegetable) You’re right. We’d better get some 3____________ and 4 ____________. (bean) (onion) How much 5_________ have we got? (rice) 10 Have you got ______ writing paper? (a/any) 4 Match the two halves. 1 I’d like a carton of a cheese. 2 I need a five-litre bottle of b matches. 3 I’d like three loaves of c cooking oil. 4 I need four cans of d bread. 5 I’d like a box of e potatoes. 6 I need a two-kilo bag of f 7 I’d like a piece of g milk. Pepsi. Only a little. And look, this 6____________ is old. (bread) We should buy some more. 135 59 Two-word nouns The weather man says there’s going to be a thunderstorm. Arthur, well, you do that, dear, and I’ll take the teacups and dirt y plates indoors. Sally, the weatherman says there’s going to be a thunderstorm. Let’s put the plastic covers on the garden chairs. A Noun + noun and adjective + noun We often put two (or more) nouns together to form a single noun. n weather man (someone on the radio or TV who tells us tomorrow’s weather) n plastic covers (covers that are made of plastic) n garden chairs (chairs for the garden) When two nouns are often used together, they can become one word. n thunderstorm (a storm in which there is thunder and lightning) n teacups (cups for tea) Less commonly, they can also become connected with a hyphen. Compare: n wire brush n clothes-brush n hairbrush There are no clear rules, so check your dictionary if you are unsure. The first noun gives extra information about the second one – like an adjective. Compare: dinner plates (noun + noun) dirty plates (adjective + noun) Following this rule, the same words in different order have different meanings. n flower garden (a garden that is full of flowers) n garden flowers (flowers that are grown in gardens) B a teacup and a cup of tea n A teacup is a container for tea. A cup of tea is the container + tea. n I’m tired. I need a cup of tea! n Wait a moment. I’ll get you a clean teacup. n But there’s no tea in the teapot. n Don’t worry. I’ll make a fresh pot of tea. • PC and laptop hardware support • Breakdown caused by accidental damage Your three-year customer support agreement will protect your product if it breaks down. 136 Use of adjectives; word order ∆ 77 / Here are some more common examples: n a salad bowl/a bowl of salad n a shopping bag/a bag of shopping n a water glass/a glass of water n a coffee jar/a jar of coffee C Forming the first part of the noun with a noun The first (adjectival) noun is normally singular. n a bus stop (even though the stopping place is for many buses) n some toothpaste (even though the paste is for all your teeth) When we include a measurement, this remains singular, too. n a three-kilo fish n a five-mile walk n an eight-hour journey We often leave out ‘measurement’ adjectives, e.g., high, long, for example, n The mountain is 5,000 metres high changes to It’s a 5,000-metre mountain. When the focus is on an activity, the first part of the noun is often an ~ing form n a living room n a playing field n running shoes n a swimming pool D Other ways of forming two-word nouns We can put together adjectives and nouns to form two-word nouns. n Arthur has been growing green peppers in his greenhouse this year. We can also informally create two-word nouns from phrasal verbs. n Arthur has had a clear-out in his shed and thrown away some old rubbish. n Sally isn’t going to cook this evening. Arthur is going to get the dinner from the local Chinese takeaway. • Next working day courier collection If your problem can’t be solved over the phone, we will arrange for a courier collection service for laptops, projectors, digital camcorders and digital cameras. Phrasal verbs ∆ 93 TechMate Services The ultimate PC helpline Now that you have signed up with Tech Services, you can say goodbye to those embarrassing phone calls to your friends and family when you just don’t know what to do … Exercises 1 Name these things. Use a word from each line. 7 I want to phone Paula, but I haven’t got her number. Do you have it? No problem. I’ve got her __________________ right here in my diary. 8 I’m looking for a place to park my car. Well, there’s a big __________________ right next to the shopping centre. 9 Now that I’m starting my own business, I need to get some cards made with all the details. You should go to PrintEx. They produce _______________ quite cheaply. 10 Is there a pool near here? It’s very hot today and I’d love to go swimming! Yes, there’s a very good __________________ in Florence Park. Let’s go there. credit desk football sales text travel agent card chart lamp message player 1 2 4 5 3 6 a sales chart 1 ____________________ 4 ____________________ 2 ____________________ 5 ____________________ 3 ____________________ 6 ____________________ 2 Complete the replies with the correct two-word noun. Example: Now that you have some money, you need an account at a bank. bank account ? I see, so how do I open a ________________ 3 Create noun forms with measurements. Example: Sam has written a novel with 300 pages. Sam has written a 300-page novel. 1 This is a job that will take five days. This is a ________________________________________________. 1 And when I open this bank account, can I also get a card for buying things on credit? Yes, the bank will probably offer you a _______________ at the same time. 2 They built the castle with stones that weighed two tonnes. They built the castle with ________________________________________________. 2 We need a table for our coffee. You’re right. I’ll bring us a __________ from the next room. 3 It’s a race that goes for 1,500 kilometres straight across the desert. It’s a ______________________________________ straight across the desert. 3 The bus will get us to the centre of the city. Fine. So what are we going to do then when we get to the __________________? 4 Tina is half-way through a college course that comes in six parts. Tina is half-way through a ________________________________________________. 4 Jenny is applying for the job of assistant to the director. That sounds good, but what exactly does the __________________ do? 5 We need to buy a bottle of milk that contains four litres. We need to buy a ________________________________________________. 5 I want to get a new fire which uses gas. Well, there’s a very good __________________ with 20% off at Ace Homes. 6 Tara has just climbed a mountain that’s 5,000 metres high. Tara has just climbed a ________________________________________________. 6 Excuse me, but this is the wrong sort of knife for cutting steak. I’m very sorry, Madam. I’ll get you a __________________ immediately. 7 The River Nile is a river that is 6,700 kilometres long. The River Nile is a _________________________________________. 137 60 Articles 1: a/an, the and some Larry saw an old woman. The woman smiled. FORMS Yesterday, Larry saw an old woman in the park next to the bus station. She had an umbrella and a packet of sandwiches with her. The sun suddenly came out and the woman smiled. She sat down on a bench by the pond, and she put the umbrella on the bench beside her. She started to eat the sandwiches, and she threw some pieces of bread to the birds on the water. Half an hour later, she went, but she forgot the umbrella. Larry picked it up and went after her. He found her in the bus station. She was getting on the Number 26 bus to Old Town. She was really pleased. ‘Stupid me!’ she said. ‘I nearly went home without it. Thank you for being such an honest person!’ A a or an Use a before a consonant sound. a bench, a packet, a sandwich, a woman We use the (or this/that, etc.) when we point to something. n Look at the umbrella over there. Whose is it? We also use the when we identify a thing through extra information. n She was getting on the Number 26 bus. n She was getting on the bus to London. n She was getting on the bus outside the ticket office. Use an before a vowel sound. an old woman, an umbrella, an ice cream, an egg, an apple But compare the following: n an umbrella BUT a university (a when the u sounds like you) n a hat BUT an hour (an when the h is silent) B E a/an or some Use a or an when you first mention something, e.g., an old woman, an umbrella and a packet of sandwiches. n Larry saw an old woman. She had a packet of sandwiches. Use some for both plural and uncountable forms. n She threw some pieces of bread. n She threw some bread. C D a/an, some or the Use the when you mention something (singular, plural or uncountable) again. It is now old information. We already know, for example, about ‘an old woman’ with ‘a packet of sandwiches’, so now we can say: n The old woman smiled. n She opened the packet. Rates: We can use per or a/an in the following: n 100 kilometres per hour OR 100 kilometres an hour n three dollars per kilo OR three dollars a kilo the We do not always use a or an when we mention something new. We use the when we all know the thing, e.g., the sun and the sky. n The sun suddenly came out. The sky was blue. We use the to help talk about the position of things. n We live in the middle of London/on the edge of town. n The house is on the right/left. Superlatives: A superlative adjective + noun needs the because there is only one (like the sun and the moon, etc.). n It’s the fastest car in the world. n Question three was the most difficult in the whole exam. n Leaving school early was the worst mistake he has ever made. More examples from nature: the Earth, the moon, the country(side), the air, the ground. Examples when we talk about a particular thing in a particular country: the capital, the government, the army, the police. Examples when local people talk about particular local places: the park next to the bus station. (the only local bus station) Correct information: We also use the to talk about correct information. n What’s the time, please? (the correct time now) n Can you tell me the way to the cinema? (the correct road) n The answer to Question 3 is ... (the correct answer) Examples when family members and friends talk about their things: n Let’s do some work in the garden today. (our particular garden) n Did you hear the phone ring? (the/any phone in our house) n I think the boss has gone home. (the boss we both work for) n You should see the doctor. (your family doctor) 138 Nouns: singular and plural ∆ 56 / Countable and uncountable nouns ∆ 58 Special uses of a, an and the Numbers: We usually use a with these numbers: a hundred, a thousand, a million, a billion, a trillion But compare: I’ve got about a hundred./I’ve got exactly one hundred. American English (AE) uses one more than British English (BE), and does not use and. BE: a hundred and nine a thousand and ninety-nine one thousand one hundred AE: one hundred nine one thousand ninety-nine one thousand one hundred We also say the with any wrong time/way/answer. n That’s the wrong time! The clock is nearly two minutes slow. / Articles 2: general and specific ∆ 61 / British and American English ∆ Appendix 6 In 1885, the French his torian, Edouard de Laboulaye, proposed a gift from France to com memorate the friendship between France and the United States of Am erica. The gift was of course the famous statue that stands in Ne w York Harbour, the Statue of Liberty. It was designed by engin eer Alexandre Gustave Eiffel, who lat er built the Eiffel Tower, which sti ll today dominates the Paris sky line. If you lose your debit card: Contact your branch immediately or call 01426 330300. You should also tell the police. KIDBS CLU art drama sports Outings every Wednesday after school Annual membership is £30. Please ask at the box office for an applicati on form and a programme of this term’s activities . Due to an area of low pressure in the south, some parts of South-east England will see some very heav y rain tomorrow, and local floods are possible in some places. The area of low pressure will move west and the rain will die out, but the day will remain cloudy and windy with some gusts of wind of up to 70 miles an hour. The weather in the north will be a different story. There will be some high cloud, but there will just be a gentle south-westerly breeze, with some long periods of sunshine in many areas. FRIDAY MORNING 139 Exercises 1 Write a or an. Example: 4 In a garden near home. Excuse me. I’m looking for 1______ small, black cat. It’s run away from home. Ah, yes. Look over there. Is that 2______ cat you mean? Yes, that’s 3______ one. Thanks very much. I only had an apple for lunch. 1 Would you like ______ orange? 2 We planted about ______ hundred trees. 3 The car was travelling at 160 kilometres ______ hour. 4 Are we going to stop for ______ rest soon? 5 Slow down or we’ll have ______ accident! 6 I’ve got ______ young son. He’s only four. 7 When you work for ______ airline, you have to wear ______ uniform. 8 Alan was ______ honest person. He never told ______ lie in his life. 2 Write a, an, some or the. Example: At a shoe shop: I want to buy some shoes to go with this dress. Can you help me? Yes, Madam. I think these are exactly the right shoes for you. 1 At a restaurant. I’d like 1______ table for four people, please. Yes, of course. Please have the table over here by 2______ window. And we haven’t got much time, so we’d like to order 3 ______ food immediately. Certainly. I’ll bring 4______ menus straight to the table. 2 After shopping. I’ve bought 1______ bread and 2______ flowers. Are 3______ flowers for your mum? No. 4______ bread is for her and 5______ flowers are for you! 3 On the local radio news. And now we have 1______ news of 2______bank robbery in central Oxford this afternoon. Police Inspector Ross, have you caught 3______ robbers yet? No. We’re looking for two men in 4______ old BMW. 5 ______ driver of 6______ car was seen wearing 7______ green anorak. 8______ passenger was wearing 9______ old leather jacket. They’ve got 10______ money in 11______ green plastic shopping bags. 140 5 In a street. Can you tell me 1______ way to Stanford Office Equipment? I have to get 2______ printer paper and 3______ new ink cartridges for my printer. Go along Charles Street for 4______ kilometre, and you’ll come to 5______ big crossroads. Turn left there, and you’ll see 6______ big buildings on 7______ left. Stanford Office Equipment is 8______ building in 9______ middle. 3 Write a, an or the. 1 A holiday postcard. I wrote a postcard to my friends at work when I was on holiday last month. It was only 1______ picture of 2______ hotel where I stayed, so it wasn’t 3______ very special card, but I was angry. You see, 4______ card didn’t reach 5______ office until 6 ______ week after I got back. 2 Two accidents in one day. Harry has got 1______ broken leg and 2______ broken arm. He got 3______ broken arm in 4______ car accident, but he got 5 ______ broken leg later. He was sitting in 6______ wheelchair and he was waiting for 7______ X-ray of 8______ broken bone. Unfortunately, he was waiting very near some stairs, and he moved 9______ wheelchair a little bit. One wheel went over 10 ______ edge of 11______ stairs, and that was how Harry’s second accident happened. 12______ chair ran all 13______ way down 14______ stairs; Harry fell out of 15______ chair and into 16______ big piece of equipment standing at 17______ bottom of 18______ stairs. 19______ doctors say Harry will have to stay in hospital for 20______ month! 4 Complete the paragraph with the and these words: beach, birds, fields, hill, sand, sea, sky, sun, trees, waves, wind, world I remember a wonderful day when I was very young. We left our holiday home early, and we walked down the hill for a swim at 1 __________________. It was a beautiful summer morning. 2 ____________ was shining, and 3____________ was blue. 4 __________________ were singing up in 5______ tall, green 6 ____________. In 7______ wide, green 8____________ to our left and right there were millions of flowers. They were all moving in 9______ gentle 10____________ Ahead of us, we could see 11 ______ blue and silver 12____________ and 13______ fast, white 14____________ as they crashed onto 15______ golden 16 ____________. For us, 17__________________ was a perfect place that day. electrician, long e-mail, mechanic, mountain, phone, police officer, postman, present, reporter, ship, vase Examples: n He brings our post every morning. n The postman brings our post every morning. n The plane crashed into something. 5 Write a or the. Examples: 6 Write a, an or the and these words instead of the underlined words. a The boys always stop at the n park on their way home from school. b The Town Council are thinking of building a new park. 1 a John, ______ phone is ringing. Could you answer it, please? b My brother doesn’t have ______ phone at home. He just has his mobile. 2 a We used to visit our grandparents every summer. We loved ______ old house. b Mr Brook is rich. He’s got ______ very big house. 3 a It’s warm now. Let’s eat lunch in ______ garden. b We’re going to move house. We want somewhere with ______ big garden. 4 a Susan is training to be ______ doctor. b Jimmy is feeling very ill. Quick. Call ______ doctor. 5 a Is Mr Bradley ______ good manager? b Where’s ______ manager, please? I need to see her. 6 a I’m going to pay this money in at ______ bank today. b Excuse me. Is there ______ bank near here? 7 a Your train is at 1:00, so I’ll take you to ______ station now. b Our town used to have ______ station, but it’s closed now. 8 a I go to ______ dentist every six months. b I wouldn’t like to be ______ dentist. I think it’s a horrible job! 9 a Every old town in England has ______ town square. b I’ll meet you in ______ town square at midday. 10 a Could you get some stamps at ______ post office for me, please? b There’s ______ post office in King Street. The plane crashed into a mountain. 1 Somebody answered when I phoned the newspaper. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 Joe fell and knocked something over. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 He stopped me for driving too fast. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 It can travel from Britain to the USA in four days. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 When I was away, I bought something for my parents. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 6 I picked it up and called my sister. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 7 Sarah wrote something to her father. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 8 Carrie called somebody to change the kitchen lights. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 9 I called him to book a service for my car. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 141 61 Articles 2: general and specific A plane is a beautiful thing. FORMS John is a pilot, and for him a plane is a beautiful thing – a manmade bird. ‘The plane has changed our world,’ he says. ‘Planes allow us to travel anywhere in less than a day.’ He flies a small jet, and he carries people by air from London to France, Germany and the Netherlands. But to John, flying is not just a job from Monday to Friday. At home at the weekend, he does not watch TV or read the newspaper. After breakfast on Saturday morning, he always goes straight to the garage and takes out his other plane – a microlite! General statements – singular and plural We can use a singular noun to make a general statement. A plane means ‘any plane’. The plane means the type of thing called ‘plane’. n A plane is a beautiful thing. n The plane has changed our world. Geographical groups: Most country names do not take the, e.g., Japan, France and Egypt. But the is necessary for countries that are a group of smaller parts, e.g., the Netherlands, the United Arab Emirates and the United States of America. We can make general statements with plural nouns, e.g., people, and uncountable nouns, e.g., life. Compare the general statements (without the) and the specific statements (with the). Other groups of places that also take the are islands, e.g., the West Indies and the Seychelles, but not single islands, e.g., Madagascar. Also mountain ranges, e.g., the Alps and the Himalayas, but not the names of single mountains, e.g., Mount Everest. General People fly every day. Specific The people here are Dutch. Students are usually poor. Meet the new students. Uncountable: I like strong curry. We need water to live. B I enjoyed the curry last night. The water is hot now. Special expressions – the + things in groups Groups in society: We often use the + adjective for groups in society, e.g., the poor, the rich, the sick, the old and the young. n The gap between the rich and the poor is getting wider. National groups: We use the with national and regional groups of people, e.g., the Japanese, the French, the Germans, the Arabs and the Europeans. n The Japanese and the Germans have worked hard to become rich. HOUT AN WIT M O W A IS LIKE A MAN HOUT IT A FISH W LE A BICYC 142 Nouns: singular and plural ∆ 56 / Articles 1: a/an, the and some ∆ 60 Regions: We talk about regions in different ways. Some are names with the, e.g., the Far East, the Middle East, the Rift Valley, the Sahara Desert and the Nile Delta. But names with direction + noun do not take the, e.g., North America and South Korea. We can also talk about regions in this way: northern/southern/eastern/western Australia OR the north/the south/ the east/the west of Australia Rivers, etc: Rivers, canals, seas, gulfs, oceans and deserts all need the. The Mississippi (River) flows into the Gulf of Mexico. The Panama Canal connects the Caribbean (Sea) and the Pacific (Ocean). Last year’s Cézanne exhibition at the Tate Gallery broke all records. Demand for tickets was huge, and the press called it ‘a gorgeous experience … a revelation’, ‘quite simply an unmissable event’. 12 February - 17 May Plural: Bonnard at the Tate A Now you can book for its successor: Bonnard, at the Tate from 12 February to 17 May. C Special expressions without and with articles Places: We do not use the when we talk about normal activities that happen at/to school, at/to work, at/to home, and in town, in bed, in hospital, etc. n Ann is at school. n Bob’s gone to bed. We use the when we talk about a specific building or place. The school is opposite the hospital. Tom was on the bed. The new Marine Aquarium We also often use the with names of man-made features (just like the names of natural features such as the Mississippi River and the Caribbean Sea). n The British Museum in London and the Louvre in Paris are two of the world’s largest museums. n The London Underground and the Paris Metro are two of the world’s oldest underground rail networks. Time: We do not usually use a, an or the with most time words and phrases. But we use an article when we connect the time to a specific experience. Compare the following: n New Year was on a Sunday. n We had a fantastic New Year with our friends. n I came last week. n I came the week Tom was born. Remember these special expressions: at night, during the night, on Saturday and Sunday, at the weekend, on Monday morning, in the morning. n I woke up during the night. n I was away on Saturday and Sunday. n I was away at the weekend. n I went out on Monday morning. Meals: We do not usually use a, an or the with breakfast, lunch, dinner and supper. But we use an article when we connect the meal to a specific experience. Compare the following: n I have breakfast at 8:00. n I woke up at 9:00 and had a late breakfast. n We had steak for dinner. n That was the best meal of my life! Transport: We do not use a/an or the when we talk about the method of transport. But we use an article when we talk about a specific plane, car, etc. Compare the following: n I came by plane. n I came on the 5:00 plane from Paris. n She likes travelling by car. n It’s a very comfortable car. Entertainment: Note the use of articles in the following: n I watch TV a lot, but I never listen to the radio. n We like going to the cinema, and we often go to the theatre too. Musical instruments: British English usually uses the to talk about playing instruments. n He plays the piano/the guitar/the drums. However, American English usually leaves out the. n He plays piano/guitar/drums. where truth is stranger than fiction Stevenson, Robert Louis (1850–94) was a novelist, poet and travel writer. Born into a family of Scottish lighthouse engineers, he often travelled with his father – despite constant ill health – to visit lighthouse projects up and down the dangerous coasts of Scotland and on the many Scottish islands, including the Hebrides and it was one of these islands that gave him the map of his most famous creation – Treasure Island. Due to his bad health, Stevenson started travelling south as an adult to find warmer, drier climates. During one of these trips, to the south of France, he met his American wife Fanny. Marrying in 1880, they travelled widely together, and in 1888 they and their children sailed around the islands of the Pacific Ocean, they finally settled at Vailima in the Samoa Islands. ere, he farmed, continued to write and also worked hard to improve the lives of the Samoans, who gave him the name of Tusitala, ‘the teller of stories’. He died suddenly in 1894, still only in his mid-forties. 143 Exercises 1 Match the objects and their uses then write out the complete sentences. The first one has been done for you. 1 A camera a picking up food. 2 A pen b holding papers. 3 A fork is for c storing computer data. 4 A file d taking pictures. 5 A diary e writing. 6 A fridge f 7 A CD-ROM g noting dates of meetings, etc. keeping food cold. 4 ___ ____________________________________________ ____________________________________________ 5 ___ ____________________________________________ ____________________________________________ 6 ___ ____________________________________________ ____________________________________________ 7 ___ ____________________________________________ ____________________________________________ 3 Write true statements about these things. Use I like, I don’t like or I don’t mind. A camera is for taking pictures. black coffee, chocolate, fast cars, homework, long journeys, loud rock music, swimming, tennis 2 ___ ____________________________________ Examples: 3 ___ ____________________________________ 4 ___ ____________________________________ 5 ___ ____________________________________ 6 ___ ____________________________________ 7 ___ ____________________________________ 1 d n n I like chocolate. I don’t like long journeys. 1 _________________________________________________ 2 _________________________________________________ 3 _________________________________________________ 4 _________________________________________________ 5 _________________________________________________ 2 Match the people and their inventions then write out the complete sentences. The first one has been done for you. 1 Bell a the electric lamp. 2 Otis b the radio. 3 Marconi c the modern car tyre. 4 Biro d the lift (or *elevator). 5 Edison e the sewing machine. 6 Dunlop f 7 Singer g the telephone. the ballpoint pen. *American English 1 g Bell invented the telephone. 2 ___ ____________________________________________ ____________________________________________ 3 ___ ____________________________________________ ____________________________________________ 144 6 _________________________________________________ 4 Choose the correct words. Examples: n All children like ice cream. (ice cream/the ice cream) n Did you enjoy the film last night? (film/the film) 1 Peter is riding _______________ which was ill last week. (horse/the horse) 2 My brother visits _______________ all over the world. (companies/the companies) 3 Could you pass _______________, please? (salt/the salt) 4 _______________ aren’t here. Where are they? (Books/The books) 5 _______________ isn’t the most important thing in the world. (Money/The money) 6 People can’t live for long without _______________. (water/ the water) 7 _______________ live in both Africa and India. (Elephants/The elephants) 8 _______________ is ringing. Could you answer it, please? (Phone/The phone) 5 Complete the statements with the and these words. old, poor, rich, unemployed, young, blind Example: The rich have to pay high taxes. 1 These days ________________________ receive payments while they are unable to work. 15 the United States ___________________________ 16 Venezuela ___________________________ Now write the names of your country and your people. ________________________________________________ 7 Write the or nothing (7). Example: The Netherlands is a small country in 7 Europe. 1 ______ Mississippi is the longest river in ______ United States. 2 ______ Lake Victoria is a beautiful lake in ______ East Africa. 2 Today, ________________________ are living for longer than ever before. 3 ______________________ have to learn from their parents and their teachers. 4 ______________________ often use a dog or a stick to help them find their way. 5 In the old days the government did very little to help ________________________. 3 ______ Mount Everest is the highest mountain in ______ Himalayan Mountains to ______ north of India. 4 ______ Jamaica is a beautiful island in ______ West Indies, which are in ______ Caribbean Sea. 5 ______ Suez Canal lies along ______ western edge of ______ Sinai Desert in ______ Egypt. It connects ______ Mediterranean and ______ Red Sea. 8 Write the or nothing (7). 6 Write the names of the people. Country People 1 Australia the Australians 2 Britain ___________________________ 3 China ___________________________ 4 Denmark ___________________________ 5 Egypt ___________________________ 6 France ___________________________ 7 Indonesia ___________________________ 8 Japan ___________________________ 9 Kuwait ___________________________ 10 Netherlands ___________________________ 11 Portugal ___________________________ 12 Spain ___________________________ 13 Russia ___________________________ 14 Turkey ___________________________ Paul Ross is an international rock star now, but life was not always so good. He grew up in the north of England and went to 7 school there. He did not enjoy his schooldays very much, but there was a very good music teacher at 1______ school, and she helped him a lot. He learned to sing well there, and he started to play 2______ guitar when he was 12. At the age of 18, he went to 3______ music college, and there he studied other instruments, including 4 ______ drums. When he left 5______ college, he could not find 6______ work, so he started the rock band Magic Machine with some friends. Soon they were doing well and they went south to London. They went on 7 ______ TV for the first time on 8______ day Paul turned 22. When they went to London, they drove there in Paul’s old car, but now they travel everywhere by 9______ air. Paul and the others work hard, but at the moment, they are on holiday. Paul wakes up late in 10______ morning, and he eats 11 ______ breakfast late. He usually stays at 12______ home for most of the day, and he listens to new music on 13______ radio. Then in 14______ evening, he often goes to 15______ cinema. 145 62 Direct and indirect objects I’m writing my parents a letter. FORMS Indirect object Direct object I’ve bought you a present. I’m writing my parents a letter. Direct object Indirect object a letter to me. something for you too. You never write I’ve got He’s talking A B C D 146 Verbs with two objects A lot of common verbs can take two objects. There is normally a direct object. n I’ve bought a present. n I’m writing a letter. But we often want to say more, e.g., who is going to receive the letter and the present. So now we need indirect objects, too. n I’ve bought you a present. n I’m writing my parents a letter. Word order The indirect object normally comes first. n I’ve bought her a present. But, we can put the direct object first if: • the indirect object is much longer than the direct object; • we want to emphasize the indirect object. n Dan is writing a letter to his parents back at home. n He’s writing a letter to his parents, not to me. To, for and at Compare these sentences: n Dan will send the letter to his parents tomorrow. n He chose an animal toy for his daughter. We use to with these verbs: bring, feed, get, give, hand, lend, offer, owe, pass, pay, post, promise, read, sell, send, show, take, teach, tell, throw, write. We use for with these verbs: book, bring, build, buy, choose, cook, fetch, find, get, leave, make, order, pick, read, reserve, save. We often use both to and for with bring, get and take. n I took the books to my teacher. n I brought some flowers for Rosa. FIND OUT MORE N Ow AND BEAT THE TAX MAN! / Yes, I am interested in using my tax exempt savings allowance. Please send me further information on the Northern Bond including my easy-to-complete application form and my free keyring. Alternatively, you can call us on: From: National Car Insurance To: Mrs H Oliver Subject: Car Insurance Renewal Date: 23/01/12 Dear Mrs Oliver Re: Motor Policy No: 22042903/8207 Our records show that you recently returned your Car completed insurance renewal request to National e includ not did you that but sted, reque as nce, Insura date, al your payment. In view of the imminent renew ent we would be grateful if you could give us your paym on e Hotlin er by phone. Please call our free custom ay 0800 524613. Lines are open from 08:00–22:00, Mond to Saturday. Verb + indirect object only Some verbs usually take only an indirect object. This is common with verbs taking at. n He’s talking to them. n They’re laughing/looking/pointing/smiling at each other. The sentence: types and structures ∆ 2 to them. Personal pronouns: subject and object ∆ 69 This is a waitress service cafeteria. Please find a seat and a waitress will come and take your order for you and bring it to your table. Exercises 1 Write statements with the indirect objects in the correct position. Examples: 3 I think I’ll buy the computer game for Sally. (her brother) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 I’m going to show this information about Mr Blake to him. (the police) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 5 I think I’ll cook the steak for the children. (the adults) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 6 Do I have to pay the money to Tom’s teacher? (the school secretary) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 7 I’ll buy a present for you while I’m in Paris. (the children) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ n I’m writing a letter. (to my sister) n I’m writing a letter to my sister. n I’m writing a card. (my brother) n I’m writing my brother a card. 1 Ann gave a present. (her parents) _________________________________________________ 2 Nick sent a book. (to his niece) _________________________________________________ 3 Did you really buy it? (for me) _________________________________________________ 4 Could you lend some money? (Harry) _________________________________________________ 5 I’ll take some magazines next time I visit her in hospital. (Celia) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 Susie’s grandmother made a lovely dress. (for her) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 7 Could you pass the report when he arrives? (to the boss) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 8 I offered a place to stay as he had nowhere else to go. (Rob) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 Write replies. Use indirect objects for emphasis. Example: Could you give Bob this magazine? (Kim) No, don’t give it to Bob. Give it to Kim. 1 I’m going to sell my pictures to Sally. (me) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 2 I’d better take the car to the garage in town. (one near my house) ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 3 Complete the e-mail with to or for. From: JJ Date: 3rd March To: KL Subject: <no subject> Ken, Could you do a few things _____ for me while I’m away in Rome? Could you finish the report on my desk 1 ______ me? I’ve been writing it specially 2______ the Head of Sales, so could you please give it 3 ______ him personally by midday on Thursday? Please explain the special items 4______ him. I’ve made some notes 5______ you, so you’ll know what to write. We’ve ordered some new computer equipment 6 ______ the Sales Department. Could you ask the men from Compu-Tech to take the equipment 7 ______ Room 508? Please give the paperwork on my desk 8______ the men when they come. Thanks. I’ll get some really good Italian olive oil 9 ______ you while I’m in Rome. See you next week. Julie 147 63 Demonstrative forms; one and ones this, these that one, those ones FORMS this, that, these and those Could you put that plant on this bookcase, please? Could you put these ones by that window, please? this/that vase these/those tables one and ones the large/small one this/that the large/small ones these/those this, that, these and those as demonstrative adjectives Use this and these for things which are near in place or time. Use that and those for things which are not near in place or time. n … on that bookcase ... n … over there on those tables … Use this or that with a singular or uncountable noun – or one. n This wallet is mine. n That one is Tom’s. Use these or those with a plural noun – or ones. These shoes are horrible! n Those ones are really nice! n B this, that, these and those as demonstrative pronouns We can use this, that, these and those as pronouns – subject or object. n This is boring. Let’s change channels. (this programme) n Look at these! They’re my size. (these shoes or clothes) Use expressions with that to refer to the previous speaker’s point. n Climate change is happening. That’s right. That’s very worrying. C one and ones We can use the pronouns one and ones instead of repeating a noun – subject or object. Use them when you can show what you are talking about. n Which is your jacket? Is it this one? (pointing) n I don’t like these socks, but I love those ones. Look! (pointing) Which coat do you want? The green one with red buttons, please. (describing) It’s the one on the chair. (saying where it is) Use ones just like one – for plural countable nouns. What colour shirts would you like? A white one and two red ones, please. Do not use one or ones with uncountable nouns. Use some instead. What colour cloth would you like? I’d like some white and some red, please. 148 Personal pronouns: subject and object ∆ 69 / Possessive forms ∆ 70 cult classics cult films The first in a season of 0 and 9:45 7:0 y uar Jan 20 y Tuesda APOCALYPSE NOW (18) ppola Director: Francis Ford Co Marlon Brando and een Sh Starring: Martin rt loration of America’s hea This is Coppola’s epic exp of darkness – Vietnam. Who can become a blood donor? Anyone between 18 and 60 who is healthy and not subject to certain medical conditions. What types of blood are needed? All types – especially the most common ones because they are the ones that are most in demand. Odd One Out Which one of these is the odd one out and why? a) ostrich b) seagull c) eagle d) pigeon Answer: a) It can’t fly. A This car park is for residen ts only. No stamp needed, but using one will save WorldAid money. Exercises 1 Write this, that, these or those. Example: I can’t see. What are 3 Write this/that (one) or these/those (ones). those things over there? Example: No, 1 Could you put the bookcase over there between _________ two windows? 2 _________ curry last night was very good. 3 Look how _________ diamonds shine when I turn them in the light. over there. 1 Look. Are _______________ Tom’s shoes here? No. _______________________ over there are his. _________________________ here are Fred’s. 2 I need to save these files to a USB stick. Could you pass me _____________ blue _____________ on your desk, Bob? Do you mean _______________ here? Yes, _______________, please. 3 I need some lights for my bike, please. Yes, sir. Have a look at _______________ here. What about _______________ over there? They’re good too, but _______________ are better. 4 Look, you have to press _________ button here to start the machine. 5 Do you remember _________ people from Canada? We met them at _________ party in London last November. Do you mean _________ teachers – Bob and Lisa? Yes. Well, they’re coming for dinner _________ evening. Great! this must be your bag. this one isn’t my bag. Mine is that one Look, 4 Write one/ones or the one/the ones. 2 Write this, that, these or those. Example: Is this No, mine is blue, not red. 1 Example: your car here? Excuse me. I’m trying to find a house. It’s Number 73. That’s it over there. Alice, _________ is Tom Barnes, our new salesperson. Tom, _________ is Alice Parker, our Finance Director. Nice to meet you. Good to meet you too. Do you see the three small Number 73 is the one ones there? on the left. 1 Go and say hello to Jim Baker. Which ____________ is he? He’s ____________ over there with dark hair. 2 Could you look at my book, please, Miss? Is _________ the right answer? Yes, _________’s right. Well done! 2 I’d like some shoes from the shop window, please. Of course. Which ____________ would you like? They’re ____________ red ____________ on the left. 3 Excuse me. Is _________ Hill Farm here? No, _________ is Lower Farm. Just keep going up the hill. _________’s it, up there at the top. 3 Are David Frost and Roger West here? Yes, they’re by the window. David is ____________ on the right, and Roger is ____________ on the left. 4 Here you are, Susan. _________ is your desk, and _________ are your files. Enjoy your new job! Thanks very much. _________ is a nice office. 4 5 No, Tom. You’ve brought me the wrong books. I don’t want _________. Oh, so do you want _________ over there? Yes, _________ are the ones. Could I borrow some plates for my dinner party? Of course. They’re all in this cupboard. Which ____________ would you like – ____________ large ____________ or ____________ small ____________? 5 Hello. You’re from the band Magic Machine, aren’t you? I’m Pete Price. I’m ____________ who’s interviewing you. Which of you is ____________ who writes the songs? I’m Paul – ____________ who writes the music. Ron and Bob are ____________ who write the words. 149 64 some or any We’ve got some olives. Have we got any green olives? We haven’t got anything. Yes, we’ve got some green olives, but we haven’t got any black olives. FORMS Have we got any green olives? Yes, we’ve got some green olives, but we haven’t got any black olives. Have we got any tomato juice? Yes, we’ve got some tomato juice, but we haven’t got any orange juice. Have we got anything for dinner? Yes, I think we’ve got something. Look, we’ve got some chicken. A some or any Use some in positive sentences with plural nouns and uncountable nouns. n There are some green olives. n There’s some tomato juice. Aromatherapy can induce a sense of well-being. The oils used are said to affect messages sent to the brain. You can buy some oils in pharmacies. Use any in negative sentences with plural nouns and uncountable nouns. n There aren’t any black olives. n There isn’t any orange juice. But read the instructions carefully or ask the pharmacist for advice, because some oils could be dangerous, particularly in pregnancy. Use any with plural nouns and uncountable nouns in Yes/No questions. n Have we got any green olives/orange juice? When we think the answer to our question is Yes, we use some. n Are you going to buy some things in town today? We use some in requests and to make offers sound positive. n Could I have some money, please? n Would you like some money? We also use some (often with emphasis) to show that we mean ‘Some of a group, but not all’. Did everyone go? Some people did, but not all. We can use any to talk about things that are possible, but uncertain. n If there are any calls, please tell me. n Please send any letters to my new address. (If there are any letters) We can use some and any as pronouns. Is there any tea? We had some, but there isn’t any now. B something, anything, etc. We can use some and any to make these new words. ~thing ~body/one ~where some something somebody somewhere any anything anyone anywhere We choose them as we choose some or any. n He told her something. (e.g., some news – positive) n We didn’t see anybody. (e.g., any people – negative) n Are you singing anything tonight? (e.g., any songs – uncertain) We can use any, anything and anybody to mean ‘it doesn’t matter what’. n You can buy these at any supermarket. n Anybody can grow anything they want on this fantastic land! 150 something, anybody, everyone, etc. ∆ 65 Bringing Hollywood to Your Home! This voucher entitles the holder to £1 off any movie rental h) ood (exchangeable at any Hollyw If you have any problems with this product, please return it to the store where you bought it or send it to our Customer Services Department, outlining the problem and stating when and where you bought it. Heaven branc Happy Mother’s Day to the best Mum in the WHOLE WORLD … and I don’t say tha t to just anybody! Exercises 1 Write some or any. 2 Listen! I think I heard a noise. Can you hear ___________? Do you mean that noise outside? I think ______________ is coming to the front door. 3 Hello! Is _______________ at home? Oh, hello, Richard. Come in. You’re just in time for ______________ tea. 4 Could ______________ please open the door for me? My hands are full. Certainly. And would you like _______________ help with carrying those things too? 5 You look hungry. I’ll get you _______________ to eat. Thanks. I haven’t had _______________ to eat since yesterday. 6 Are there _______________ people still living in the house? No, we looked round, but there wasn’t _______________ there. Dear Aunt Lucy, Well, here we are on holiday. We’re having a good time, and there are some great things about this place, but there are 1_________ bad things too. The sea is great, but the hotel swimming pool isn’t. There isn’t 2_________ water in the pool! There are 3_________ interesting places to visit near here, but there aren’t 4_________ cars to hire. It’s true, there are 5_________ buses, but those are all in the middle of the day. There aren’t 6_________ in the morning or the evening. Must stop. See you soon. Love, Sam PS We’ll bring you 7_________ local olives. They’re really good! 2 Write some or any. Example: Come and sit down. Now, have some coffee and biscuits. I’m sorry, but I don’t drink coffee. Have you got some/any 1 2 3 4 tea? I’m looking for ________ cups, but I can’t find ________. Perhaps there are ________ in the dishwasher. Rod, could you lend me ________ money? I’m sorry, Bob, but I haven’t got ________. I wanted to ask you for ________ money! 4 Complete the answers. Use anybody, anything, any or anywhere + noun from the first speaker’s sentence. Examples: We can hire any car we like. I mustn’t spend too much. Don’t worry. You can buy anything you want. 1 I need ________ help with this work. Have you got ______ free time today? OK. I can give you ________ time tonight. I like this car, but I don’t like the colour. You can have _______________ you like, sir. 2 Ben, would you like to spend ________ time with your grandparents this summer? Well, they’re very nice, but I haven’t got ________ friends where they live. I’m from Channel 5 TV, and I’d like to interview some members of the team. You’re welcome to interview _______________ you wish. 3 Are you sure you don’t want to keep any of these things? Yes, you can take _______________ you want. 4 Where shall we go on holiday this year, Tom? We can go _______________ you want to go, Penny. 5 Which show shall we go to? There are several to choose from. We can go to _______________ you like. They all look good. 3 Write some, any, somebody, anybody, something or anything. Example: 1 Which car can we hire? some things at the market. Can I get you something/anything?. No, I don’t need anything thanks. I’m getting Is there anything good on TV at the moment? No, there isn’t _______________ really. There’s just _______________ about wildlife in India. 151 65 something, anybody, everyone, etc. There’s something for everyone. FORMS some any every no A B Formation We can put some, any, every and no together with thing, body, one and where to form new words. n My book is somewhere in this room. n Has anyone seen my book? n Everybody! Please help me find it! n I looked, but I found nothing. one where (pronoun) (pronoun) (pronoun) (adverb) something somebody someone somewhere (a thing) (a person) (a person) (in a place) anything anybody anyone anywhere (a thing) (a person) (a person) (in a place) everything everybody everyone everywhere (all the things) (all the people) (all the people) (in all the places) nothing nobody no one nowhere Flowers by post The Winter Warmer Enjoy the warm atmospher e at the Royal, where nothin g is too much trouble! Telephone your order to Flora Post 01295 555678 The Royal Hotel DRESS CODE The management ma refuse entry to any y one wearing unsuitabl e clothes. No jeans or traine rs please! Market Street, Tredydon 01872 270335 for more information and Something you’ve always wanted to do ... Creative Writing u Art & Design u Photography Textiles u Singing u Video Production History of Art u Painting u Garden Design u Drawing Music u Interior Design u Opera u Calligraphy n Who can join? Anyone. There are no entry requirements or age limits. For further details, write to the address below. The Complete Cookery Course by Maggie Windsor We can use possessive ~’s with the words that end with body or one. n Is this anybody’s jacket? n The accident was no one’s fault. n Somebody’s car is in our parking space! bookings ARTS COLLEGE All the words in this group are singular, including the words with every. n Is everyone here now? n Everything takes a long time. We can use else after all these words. n We don’t have anything else to eat. n There’s nowhere else to go. body For someone special Uses The words something and anything, etc., are like some and any. Positive statements: He told her something. Negative statements: We didn’t see anybody. Yes/No questions: Did you go anywhere? Positive questions: Did you find something? Offers: Can I help anyone? Requests: May I see someone in the office? Things that are possible, but not certain: If anybody calls, tell me. Meaning ‘it doesn’t matter what’. Anybody can say anything they want at the meeting. No one, nothing, etc., are themselves negatives, so the verb stays positive. Nothing happened. n No one wants to go out. We can use an adjective, e.g., boring, funny, good, strange, after words with some, any and no, (but not usually after words with every). n Is there anything good on TV? n Somebody strange came to the door. thing For everyone who wants to cook. Everything you need to know about selecting, e preparing and cooking food – mor than 450 recipes! Life’s but a walking shadow, a poor player, That struts and frets his hour upon the stage, And then is heard no more; It is a tale told by an idiot, Full of sound and fury, Signifying nothing. (Macbeth, William Shakespeare, 1564–1616) 152 Zero and first conditionals ∆ 49 / some or any ∆ 64 / Possessive forms ∆ 70 Exercises 1 Write some, any, something, anybody, somewhere, etc. Examples: n I met some old friends yesterday. n Yesterday I met somebody who knows you. 3 Write something, anybody, everyone, nowhere, etc. Has anybody seen my new Bruce Springsteen album? I’ve been looking for it 1__________________ – all over the house. 1 I’ve got __________________ free time tomorrow. I don’t think it’s 2__________________ in this room. 2 I can’t think of __________________ to do. Well, it must be 3__________________ round here. It can’t have disappeared. 4__________________ must have seen it. 3 Have you got __________________ money? 4 Tony must be __________________ in the park. 5 Does __________________ here know how to work this machine? 6 Could I take __________________ paper, please? 7 If __________________ asks for me, just say I’m busy. 8 Would you like __________________ coffee? 9 She can’t find her glasses __________________. Did you lend it to 5__________________? Or did you take it 6 __________________ with you – into town, for example? No, I’ve been absolutely 7__________________ since yesterday morning. I’ve just been at home. And 8 __________________’s borrowed it either. Wait. Look! There’s 9__________________ under that chair. Is that it? Where? I can’t see 10__________________. Oh, I see it now. You’re right. That’s it! Thanks very much! 10 I’ve got __________________ for you to do this afternoon. 4 Complete the statements. Use the clues in brackets. 2 Complete the statements with the correct words beginning with some~, any~, every~, and no~. Example: I don’t know anybody as clever as Tom. (any~) 1 If __________________ is here now, the meeting can begin. (every~) 2 __________________ we went in Africa, we found the people very friendly. (every~) 3 Excuse me. I’ve got __________________ important to say. (some~) 4 __________________ in the world can run as fast as Steve. (no~) 5 If there’s __________________ still in the building, tell them to come out quickly. (any~) 6 Is there __________________ quiet near here for us to talk? (any~) Examples: n There’s something good on TV tonight. (a good thing) n We’re all here now. There’s nobody else to come. (not another person) 1 There’s ____________________________________ on TV tonight. (no interesting thing) 2 I haven’t told you the whole story. I’ve got ____________________________________ to tell. (another thing) 3 This beach is too crowded. Isn’t there ______________________________ we can go? (another place) 4 Is ____________________________________ coming to dinner this evening? (a nice person) 7 Is there __________________ I can do to help you? (any~) 5 I’ve looked for the money ____________________________. (all possible places) 8 I’ve done all I can. There’s __________________ else I can do now. (no~) 6 There’s ____________________________________ to look for the money. (no other place) 9 We lost each other __________________ in the middle of town. (some~) 153 66 there is, there are ; it, they, them, etc. There’s a hotel in the village. It’s in the square. FORMS there is and there are Driver: Is there a place to stay near here? Man: Yes, there’s a small hotel in the next village. it, they, them, etc. Man: Excuse me ... It’s in the village square. it for time, distance and weather Driver: Good – because it’s getting late and it’s getting cold. Is it far? Man: No. It’s only five kilometres. it as an empty subject Driver: A there is and there are We can use there is/are to talk about something for the first time. Is there a bakery in the town? Yes, there’s one near the bank. Use there are to talk about quantity with, e.g., any, some, a lot (of), several, a few, many. Are there any other shops? Not many, but there are a few. Use there with different forms of be: will be, was/were, has/have been. Will there be time to buy some things? n There was no time to do any shopping in the last village. n B C D it, they, them, etc. We often change to subject or object pronouns after there has introduced a new subject. The pronouns refer back to that subject. n There was a hotel in the last village, but we didn’t like it very much. n There were some shops too, but they were closing. it for time, distance and weather Use it in expressions about time, weather and distance. What time is it? It’s 5:00. It’s getting late, and it’s time to go. Is it far to the farm? It’s a long way. It’s still two miles away. n It’s cold. It’s going to rain. n It was a hot day. It was very sunny. it as an empty subject Use it … to and it … that in expressions like these: n It’s a good/bad idea to stop. n It was good/lovely to see her. n It’s sad/a pity that you can’t stay. n Is it true that he’s leaving? Use it is (not) worth/is no use + ~ing in these expressions: n It’s (not) worth buying that old car. n It’s no use talking. He never listens. (Note: There’s no use talking. is also possible.) 154 Personal pronouns: subject and object ∆ 69 All right. It’ll be best to stop there for tonight. The Church of St Pete Highfield r, There has been a church in High field for over 1,200 years and there is a Norman door in the church tower. The tower was built very early in the 13th century, but it has been restored several times since. It has some of the heaviest bells in the country. ‘It is better to be beautiful than to be good. But … it is better to be good than to be ugly.’ (Oscar Wilde, 1854–1900) A walk on the wild side? The South-West Wildlife Trust invites you to take par t in a special event on the rive r on Sunday 18th March. There are two walks in diff erent directions, and the walks both start in Car Par k 1 at 11 am. Frozen Land Margaret Daley £16.99 (Fiction) ISBN 0 333 71166 1 MARGARET Daley’s first novel, Goodnight My Friend, was one of last year’s most impressive debuts. It is most unfair to expect a second book of the same excellence, and Frozen Land doesn’t quite match up. St Just: Britain’s most westerly town Oh … and ther e are shops and places to ea t and things to do when it’s wet. And it’s well worth visiti ng one (or more!) of th e pubs of St Just – The St ar, The Wink, The North Inn, The Radjel, The Gu rnard’s Head, The Tinners an d many more. Exercises 1 Write questions and answers. Use there + the correct form of be. Examples: there any sugar? Yes, there’s some over there. (onions?) (No/buy some) Are there any onions? No, there aren’t. I’ll buy some. 3 Write There + the correct form of be and pronouns. Examples: n (sugar?) (Yes/over there) Is 1 (potatoes?) (Yes/in the bag) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 (coffee?) (No/buy some) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 (large pan?) (No/buy one) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 (carrots?) (No/buy some) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 (butter?) (Yes/in the fridge) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 (teapot?) (Yes/on the shelf) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ n There was a dog in our garden yesterday. It came from next door. There isn’t any butter. We finished it yesterday. 1 _______________ some flowers for Ann. _________’re from Tom. 2 _____________________ much sugar last night. Mum used most of ______ to make a cake yesterday afternoon. 3 _____________________ many people at the concert last Saturday, but I think _________ enjoyed it. 4 ____________ somebody on the phone for you. His name is Peter. Do you know _________? 5 _____________________ any matches. Have you used _________ all? 6 __________________ much water, so we’ll have to use ______ very carefully. 4 Complete the statements. Choose from these expressions: It’s a good/bad idea to … It was good/lovely/sad to … very sad that … a pity that … not worth … 2 Write There was, There were, There wasn’t or There weren’t. Example: There weren’t many people at the party. 1 _____________________ much food in the house. 2 _____________________ no time to talk. 3 _____________________ many shops open after 9:00. 4 _____________________ a lot of strange noises outside in the forest. 5 _____________________ no bank in the village. 6 _____________________ only a few days left before the exams. 7 _____________________ very little time to do anything. no use … Example: It was a bad idea to go camping in the middle of winter. 1 ______________________________ see all the family together again today. 2 ______________________________ walking ten kilometres tomorrow just to see that boring view. 3 ______________________________ shouting at the children. It doesn’t do any good. 4 ______________________________ we lost the match after we had done so much training. 5 ______________________________ he died so young. He was only 32. 155 67 Quantity a lot of, many, much, a few, a little, few, little FORMS Do you have a lot of tracks? Have you got many CDs? Yes, I’ve got a lot. What about DVDs? I’ve only got a few. Have you got much pop music? Yes, I’ve got a lot. What about classical music? I’ve only got a little. Have you got much pop music? A Uses of a lot of, many, a few, etc. Use a lot of, many, a few with countable nouns, e.g., a lot of CDs, many DVDs. Use a lot of, much, a little with uncountables, e.g., much music, a little time. Use a lot of in positive statements more than in questions and negative statements. We use the informal lots of in the same way. n He’s got a lot of CDs. n She’s got lots of classical music. We can use short forms in answers to questions. Are there many songs on the CD? Yes, there are a lot/lots. We usually use many and much in questions and negative sentences (but sometimes in formal positive sentences too). We can use many and much by themselves as pronouns. Are there many songs on the CD? No, there aren’t many. Is there much music on the CD? No, not much. We usually use a few and a little in positive statements, and also in requests and offers. We can use a few and a little with nouns, but also by themselves as pronouns. n There were a few people in the room and a little food on the table. n I need some stamps. Could I borrow a few? n I’ve got some extra money. Would you like a little? B a few and few; a little and little A few is for a small number of something, but positive. Few is also for a small number of something, but negative. The noun is countable. n I’m going to see a few friends this evening. (positive) n Few people live to 100. (negative) A little and little are similar and are for a small amount of something. The noun is uncountable. n We’ve got a little time, so let’s have tea. (positive) n Hurry! There’s very little time. (negative) 156 some or any ∆ 64 / Partitives ∆ 68 Weather is cool, but Chicagoans warm, location v. good. Lots of buildings to go up and down. You’d like it here. Hope all are well. Much love, Mum and Dad xxx Ms J Turner, 23, Smith Street, London EC1 UK Everyday Etiquette Q When visiting friends for a week end where it is likely that many bottles of wine will be drunk, how many bottles should one take? We always seem to take many, but receive few! Peter Hargreaves, Plymouth A There are no strict rules here, but quality is more important than quantity. A host will generally prefer one really good bottle to a lot of something cheap er and not so enjoyable. Wildlife Word Wizardry How many words of three letters or more can you make out of the letters in the word WILDLIFE? You can use each letter once only in each word. (No names allowed.) 6 – Good, 7–12 – Very Good, More than 12 – Excellent! London Factfile Check out the Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey, St Paul’s Cathedral, Buckingham Palace, Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery, Madame Tussaud’s, the Planeta rium, the Tower of London … These are just a few of the main attracti ons, but there is so much more to see. For more details, contac t any tourist information centre. A lot of the pleasure in London is in just walking around and getting the atmosphere. Don’t forget the shopping either. There are just so many good places, but places worth including on your list are Oxford Street, Knightsbridge, Covent Garden, Camden Lock Market . Shadows on the Water By Steven Jones £19.95 (non-fiction) ISBN 0 393 31676 9 With little experience of either ships or icebergs, Steven Jones cannot hope to compete with his fellow Titanic historians on mastery of detail in this cultural history of the disaster. His narrative is concerned not with the practicalities of the Exercises 1 Complete the statements and questions. Use a lot (of), lots (of), many or much. Example: Have we got much tea? No, we haven’t, but we’ve got a lot of/lots of coffee. 1 Let’s hurry. There’s ____________ work to do, and there isn’t ____________ time. 2 Harry talks to ____________ people in his work, but he hasn’t got ____________ close friends. 3 Some people spend ____________ time at the office, but they don’t really do ____________ work. 4 I haven’t got ____________ money. How ____________ have you got? 4 The soup isn’t ready yet. I think it needs ____________ cream and ____________ more chopped vegetables. 5 We can only afford ____________ small presents this year. We’ve got very ____________ money. 6 Could you lend me ____________ money? I only need ____________ pounds. 7 The generals of the war were men with ____________ ideas and ____________ imagination. 8 I put on ____________ weight while I was on holiday. How much? ____________ kilos. 3 Complete the conversation. Choose from these forms: a few, a little, little, a lot (of), lots (of), many, much 5 Are there ____________ people in the shops today? No, not ____________, even though ____________ the shops are having sales. 6 How ____________ time do you spend travelling every week? ____________. Probably about 20 hours. 7 How ____________ times have you been to France? Not ____________. Three times altogether. How’s business, Fred? It’s quite good. We’re getting a lot of orders this year. Not like last year. Last year, we had very 1_________ work, and 2 _________ of our staff lost their jobs. How’s your company doing? It’s still not very good, I’m sorry to say. We’ve only got _________ new orders at the moment, and not 4_________ of those are big ones. 3 8 How ____________ do you weigh? Too ____________. Nearly 85 kilos. I’m sorry to hear that. 2 Complete the statements and questions. Use a few, few, a little or little. Examples: n You’d better go to the corner shop. We’ve only got a few eggs and a little milk. n We’d better hurry. There’s very little There’s another big problem too. Some customers owe us 5 _________ money from jobs that we did months ago. That’s terrible. How 6_________ money do they owe you? time. 1 We’d better go to the supermarket. There’s only ___________ orange juice, and there are only ____________ tomatoes. About £100,000. That’s 7_________ for a small company like mine. Can you do anything to make them pay? 2 My motorbike is very cheap to run. It uses very ____________ petrol, and very ____________ ever goes wrong with it. 3 Smoking is going out of fashion. ____________ people I know still smoke, but very ____________ of them think it’s a good thing to do. No, I can’t really do very 8_________. If a company really decides not to pay me on time, there’s very 9_________ that I can do about it. Perhaps you should get them to pay you 10_________ each month. That’s a good idea. I might try it. 157 68 Quantifier + of all of, most of, none of, both of, neither of, either of, etc. every, each FORMS all of, both of, etc. All of us enjoyed the trip. We had two instructors. Both of them helped us a lot. every and each The weather was good every day except Thursday. The instructors helped each of us, one by one. A all of, both of, etc All of means 100% of a group. None of means 0% of a group. n All/None of us enjoyed rock climbing. Note: none of is itself negative, so the verb stays positive. None of is also singular. n None of us likes rock climbing. Use other phrases, e.g., most of, a few of, for quantities in between. n Most of/Some of/A few of us wanted to do more archery. Both of means 100% of a pair. Neither of means 0% of a pair. Both of/Neither of the instructors taught us sandsurfing. INTERIOR PAINTING Dates July 14–16 Times 10 am to 5 pm Colour-washing, marbling and wood-graining are just some of the paint effects you will study. n With both, all + noun, you can leave out of. With both + noun, you can also leave out the. (For all – the, see Section C below.) n Both (of) (the) instructors helped all (of) the students. You can also use they both/all (subject) and them both/all (object). n They both helped them all. Use of after the other partitives and also before all object pronouns. n most of the students n neither of the instructors n Both of them helped all of us. B None of and Neither of ; not … any of and not … either of Subject Object Group: None of not … any of Pair: Neither of not … either of n None of us enjoyed it. They didn’t help any of the students. n Neither of them taught us. We didn’t like either of them. We can make statements about choices with any of/either of. n You can swim in either of the two/any of the three lakes. C General and specific Compare talking about a group and making general statements. n Most of the students enjoyed it. (most of the group of students) n Most students work hard. (most students in the world) Use all, some and no to talk in general. n All cats like milk. n Some trees grow fruit. D 158 n No man can fly. every and each Use these to talk about all members of a group. Use a singular noun and verb. n Every day was fun. (all the days together) n Each day was different. (all the days one by one) Articles 2: general and specific ∆ 61 / some or any ∆ 64 / Quantity ∆ 67 An tib io tic s Not a miracle cure! Most infections get better without antibiotics. Mega-Mini Books Each mini-hardback book in this series stands alone but is complemented by the others, giving practical information for every girl who wants to look good. Mega-Mini Books £2.99 each Great British Pub Food All Day Every Day Exercises 1 Complete the statements about the students. Use these words: all, almost all, a few, most, one, some, two almost all of the lessons. Lisa only came to one of them. n John came to n 1 Lucy only came to __________________________________ 2 David came to _____________________________________ 3 Robin came to ____________________________________ 4 Greg came to _____________________________________ 5 Sally only came to _________________________________ 2 Complete the second statements. Use the words on the left and right to complete the sentences. all of, both of, most of, half of, a few of Example: us, you, them Rob and I don’t always get to work on time. Both of us any of, either of, neither of, none of Examples: A teacher checked her class register for the last 15 lessons. NAME PRESENT ABSENT John 14 1 Lisa 1 14 Lucy 4 11 David 15 0 Robin 8 7 Greg 12 3 Sally 2 13 Examples: 3 Complete the negative statements. Use these words: were late again today. 1 You and your brother look ill. _____________________ need to see the doctor. 2 The teacher put the class in two groups. _____________________ prepared questions, and the other half prepared their answers. 3 Well, everybody, you did very badly in the test. _____________________ got less than 50%. That’s really not good enough! 4 The senior and the junior basketball teams are doing very well. _____________________ have reached the national championships. 5 About 60 supporters went to the championships. The team coach took _____________________ in his car, but _____________________ went by bus. We had a great time. n The couple next door are strange. I don’t like n either of them much. None of the children wanted to go home at the end of the party. 1 I asked Wayne and Brian, but _______________ them could lend me any money. 2 I offered all the old people a trip to London, but _______________ them wanted to go. 3 We looked at several restaurants, but we didn’t like _______________ them. 4 Peter tried two different hotel jobs, but he wasn’t very good at _______________ them. 5 _______________ Joe’s clothes fitted him any more because he was growing so fast. 6 _______________ the teams scored, and the match ended at 0–0. 7 I test-drove a number of new cars, but I didn’t buy _______________ them. 8 I took two exams, but because I hadn’t done enough work, I didn’t pass _______________ them. 9 I’ve read both of these books and I didn’t like _______________ them. They were very boring. 10 I asked the class if _______________ them would help me move the tables, but _______________ them did. So I did it myself. 4 Complete the paragraph. Use these words: all, both, each, every Jamie and his friends, Bob and Pete, go to judo classes every week. He and 1_______ his friends love judo, and they never miss their class 2_______ Friday evening. There are about 20 people in the class, and 3_______ of them train very hard. To start with, they 4 _______ do exercises together. Then the teacher works with 5 _______ member of the class, one by one. 6_______ student trains at his or her own standard. 7_______ three months, they take a test. If they pass, they go up to the next grade. 159 69 Personal pronouns: subject and object You can give it to me. FORMS We must get this package to the Manchester office fast. They need it urgently. Can I ask you to help? Yes, you can give it to me. I’m going to visit them this afternoon. 1st person 2nd person 3rd person Subject I you he she it Object me you him her it Subject we you they Object us you them Singular Plural We all live in the same world A Make sure you are part of it. Join today. Introduction Personal pronouns refer to people and things. We use them instead of nouns, e.g., for people’s names, when the meaning is clear. Don’t leave it too late. First person: subject (I, we) and object (me, us) Subject: We must get this package to Manchester. Object: You can give it to me. Jamie Jean Second person: subject (you ) and object (you ) Subject: You can give it to me. Object: Can I ask you to help? Third person: subject (he, she, it, they) and object (him, her, it, them) Subject: They need it fast. Object: I’m going to see them this afternoon. B Direct and indirect objects An object pronoun can be either a direct object or an indirect object. n They need it fast. (direct object) n You can give it to me. (indirect object) C Personal pronouns in short answers You can use subject pronouns in short answers to questions. There is also another, informal way of doing this – with object pronouns. I did/I didn’t. OR Me./Not me. Who broke this dish? We will./We won’t. OR Us./Not us. Who’ll wash the car for me? D Talking about people in general: you, one and they We often do this in informal conversation with you. n You never know what’s going to happen. HAPPY BIRTHDAY! One is very formal. The same idea may also be expressed with a passive. n One should not judge people by the way they look. n People should not be judged by the way they look. They is informal and refers to other people in general, or to people in charge. n They say some people hardly ever sleep. n They don’t let foreigners visit without a visa. 160 Direct and indirect objects ∆ 62 / Possessive forms ∆ 70 / Run to me HHH You should know the story, but if you don’t, then check this: ‘I’m your babe’, ‘He gives me fire’ (remix), ‘Let me be your lover’, ‘We can work together’. They have three things in com mon – they all topped the charts, they were all taken from albums by different singers, and Jamie Jean sang backing vocals on all four. She now has her own single, ‘Run to me’. We’l l see if she can have the same success on her own. Reflexive pronouns ∆ 71 With love fromyou me to ‘You can lead a horse to water, but you can’t make it drink.’ (Proverb) Exercises 1 Read the conversation. Then write the meanings of the underlined pronouns. Paul: What are 1 you doing tomorrow? Bill: 2 Paul: 3 Bill: At 10:00. Why don’t 5 you come with 6 me? Then after that, we can meet Neil in town. 7 He wants to see the new Batman film. I’m going to football practice in the morning. 3 Write the correct object pronouns. Example: I put Oh, yes. People say 8 it’s good. Bill: Yes, 9 they say it’s the best Batman film yet. So I think 10 we should all go and see it together. What do you think? 1 you = _______________ Bill 6 me = _______________ 2 I = _______________ 7 He = _______________ 3 I = _______________ 8 it = _______________ 4 it = _______________ 9 they = _______________ Example: What are I’m you doing, Sally? making a cake. 1 Where are Tom and Bill going? ____________ going to the cinema. 2 Susan looks great in that dress. Yes, ____________ a beautiful girl. 2 I’ll be at home this evening. All right. I’ll call _________ at 7:00. 3 I need to see Mr Brice, please. Certainly. You can see _________ at 3:00. 4 Do you like these shoes? Yes. I’m going to buy _________. 5 Why does Peter always call _________ in the evening, Tony? Because he always wants _________ to help _________ with his homework. 6 Were there any calls for _________ while we were out? There weren’t any calls for Bill, but there was a call for _________. Mrs Tucker phoned and she wants _________ to call _________ back. 4 Write the correct subject and object pronouns and short forms of be. It’s Tom’s first day at the office. Jim: Tom, come and meet Ann Scott. She’s our Finance Director. Ann, this is Tom Blake. 1_________ our new sales assistant. Ann: It’s nice to meet 2_________, Tom. Tom: 3 Oh, please call 5_________ Ann. 6_________ all use our first names here. _________ good to meet 4_________ too, Mrs Scott. 3 What are you and the boys doing? ____________ going to the swimming pool. Ann: 4 What’s that dog doing in our kitchen? ___________ taking our lunch! Later the same day. 5 Do you know Peter Wells? Yes, ____________ the man with the big house at the end of our street. 6 You ____________ touring France soon, aren’t you, Fred? Yes, I ____________ travelling by bike. 7 ____________ looking very happy today, Sally. Yes, ____________ my birthday and ____________ 18 today. Please come to my party! on the table. Do you know where Ann is? Yes. I can see _________ over there. 5 you = _______________ 10 we = _______________ 2 Write the correct subject pronouns and short forms of be. it 1 I’d like to go to that too. I love football. What time does 4 it start? Paul: Where did you put my hat? Jim: Tom, could 7_________ help 8_________ please? Tom: Yes, of course. What can 9_________ do? Jim: Take this report to Finance and give 10_________ to Ann. And give 11_________ these papers, too. 12_________ very important. 13_________ needs 14_________ for a meeting. 15 _________ starting in a few minutes from now. Tom: Right. 16_________’ll go immediately. 161 70 Possessive forms Is this your jacket? It’s mine. It’s Tim’s. FORMS Is this your jacket? No, this is mine. Possessive determiners Possessive pronouns 1st person my mine 2nd person your yours 3rd person her/his/its hers/his/its 1st person our ours 2nd person your yours 3rd person their theirs I think it’s Tim’s. Look! Singular Plural Possessive with ~’s This shirt belongs to Tim. ➞This is Tim’s shirt./This shirt is Tim’s. A Possessive adjectives and possessive pronouns My, your, their, etc., come before a noun. These determiners are possessive adjectives: they show who or what owns something. n Where are my shoes? n Is this your jacket? These shirts belong to the boys. ➞These shirts are the boys’ shirts./ These shirts are the boys’. We can use mine, yours, theirs, etc, instead of a possessive adjective + noun. They are pronouns. n This coat isn’t mine. Is it yours? n That car isn’t ours. It’s theirs. 4 FREE CDs FOR YOUR FRIENDS As part of their introductory offer, your friends can choose any five albums for the price of just one. Note: His and its are determiners and also pronouns. (But its as a pronoun is very rare.) n Perhaps this is his bag. n No, it isn’t his. It’s mine. Your first friend’s order form My favourite kind of music is (please tick one box only): dance indie/alternative chart pop classical soul R&B Its is different from it’s. Its is a possessive determiner. It’s is short for it is or it has. n Here’s the camera, and this is its case. (possessive) n Look. Now it’s raining. (it’s = it is) n There’s the bus! At last it’s arrived. (it’s = it has) B Tonight is the first meeting of the Parents’ Associ ation with its new committee mem bers. Possessive with ~’s Use noun + ~’s like a possessive adjective. n This is her coat. ➞ This is Sally’s coat. All parents are warmly invited to attend in Room 12 at 7:45 pm. Use noun + ~’s like a possessive pronoun. n This hat is hers. OR This hat is Sally’s. After a plural noun with ~s, write noun + ~s’. These are the girls’ coats. n These coats are the girls’, not the boys’. n With first or family names ending in ~s, we sometimes write (and say) the possessive form as ~s’ and sometimes as ~s’s. n James’/James’s bag was on the bench. DRIVE CAREFULLY AND MIND THAT CHILD. With ordinary singular nouns ending in ~s, we normally write (and say) only the ~s’ form – or change to a different expression. n Gymnastics’ origins lie in ancient Greece. n The origins of gymnastics lie in ancient Greece. 162 Irregular noun forms ∆ 57 / Personal pronouns: subject and object ∆ 69 rap easy listening IT COULD BE YOURS! / Reflexive pronouns ∆ 71 Technical Theatre Skills Dates August 17–28 Times 10 am to 5 pm Learn how to transform a designer’s dream into a working set with this hands-on introduction to stagecra ft. Exercises 1 Write possessive adjectives. Example: Hello. My name is Bob. 2 Is this briefcase his or hers? (his) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 1 Could you write ___________ address here, please? 2 The boy fell down and hurt ___________ arm. 3 Let’s take ___________ holidays at the same time and go away together. 4 Could you call at Mr and Mrs Hill’s house and give them back ___________ books? 5 Is Sally Barrett here? This is ___________ bag. 6 That’s ___________ pen! Give it back to me! 7 The cat wants ___________ dinner. Look, it’s waiting outside. 2 Write the answers. Example: Are these shoes Sally’s? (No/bigger) No they aren’t hers. Hers are bigger. 1 Is that coat John’s? (No/older) _________________________________________________ 2 Are those magazines Julie’s? (No/newer) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 Is that car Tom’s and Lucy’s? (No/smaller) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Is that coat mine? (No/nicer) _________________________________________________ 3 Are these shoes ours or theirs? (theirs) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Is that jacket hers or yours? (mine) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 Is that t-shirt hers or mine? (hers) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 Are these books yours or his? (ours) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Write its or it’s. Examples: n 6 Is this umbrella yours, I wonder? (Yes) Yes, it is _________! Thank you very much! 3 Write the answers. Example: Is this bag his or hers? (hers) It’s hers! Look, its got her name inside. 1 Are these boots yours or mine? (yours) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ It’s its food in less that a minute. 1:00 and this is the news. 1 The sky has gone dark and _______ started to rain. 2 Here’s the DVD, but I’ve lost _______ case. 3 Let’s stay indoors. _______ too cold to go out. 4 I know _______ hard for you, but you must finish the work. 5 This is our cat. _______ name is Fluffy. 6 Don’t try to move your leg. I think _______ broken. 5 Complete the words with ~’s or ~s’. Examples: 5 Are these reports ours? (No/longer) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ n The dog ate n Look at Tony’s pictures. They’re lovely. n The two boy s’ bikes are in the garage. 1 My parent ___ phone number is 023-345321. You can call them any time. 2 My brother Peter___ phone number is 023-345789. 3 Please, can you tell me Sally West___ room number? 4 A policeman___ job is often difficult. 5 The government has refused to raise hospital worker___ pay again this year. 6 Why did you laugh at Tony___ suggestions? I don’t understand why you can’t accept other people___ ideas. 163 Reflexive pronouns 71 You’ll hurt yourself. FORMS A Basic uses Use a reflexive pronoun when the subject (S) of a verb (V) is also the direct object (DO) of the action. Compare: S n You’ll n He’s Subject Singular V DO S V DO 1st person I’ll hurt myself. hurt cut him. her. You’ll He’s hurt cut yourself. himself. 2nd person You’ll hurt yourself. 3rd person He’ll hurt himself. Use a reflexive pronoun when the subject is also the indirect object (IO). Compare: S n She n He She’ll hurt herself. It’ll hurt itself. V IO S V IO talked works to me. for us. She He talked works to herself. for himself. Plural There can be a reflexive indirect object plus direct object. Compare: S Object V IO DO S V IO DO n She bought me a book. She bought herself a book. n We taught them French. We taught ourselves French. Note the singular ➞ plural change in self ➞ selves. n I enjoyed myself at the party. n We enjoyed ourselves at the party. 1st person We’ll hurt ourselves. 2nd person You’ll hurt yourselves. 3rd person They’ll hurt themselves. Be careful, or you’ll fall and hurt yourself. Do not confuse ~selves and each other/one another. Compare: They bought themselves tickets. B They bought each other presents. Special uses Use a reflexive pronoun to emphasize contrast. n The old man’s wife is worried about him, but he himself thinks he is fine. No gift ideas? Give a Book Token! If you are unsure what to give token someone, why not give them a book s? selve them it se choo and let them Tokens are exchangeable at more than 3,000 bookshops. Use a reflexive pronoun to emphasize the subject as the one that does the action. This type of reflexive pronoun comes after the object of the verb. We sometimes add for. Let me deal with the problem for you. Thanks, but I have to deal with it (for) myself. (I must do it – not you.) Dial 999 and ask for the COASTGUARD. Use by + reflexive pronoun to emphasize that the subject does the action alone. We sometimes add all for extra emphasis. We can also say (all) on (my) own. n Ann sat (all) by herself/(all) on her own, away from the other girls. n John climbed the mountain (all) by himself/(all) on his own. t to live on People in the Third World don’t wan nity to ortu opp hand-outs. All they want is the the and – erty work themselves out of pov dent lives. chance to live dignified and indepen This is one of those movies that takes itself a little too seriously. But there is some fine acting from the star cast. Your £4 a month will help these people in their daily struggle to help themselves. Please complete the coupon inside. 3 out of 5 164 If you see someone in difficulties, don’t put yourself at risk to rescue them. Direct and indirect objects ∆ 62 / Personal pronouns: subject and object ∆ 69 / Possessive forms ∆ 70 Exercises 3 Write the correct type of pronoun. 1 Write the correct reflexive pronouns. Example: Stop shouting. Control yourself. Examples: n Then I saw Bob. He was quite near, so I called him. 1 Tell the children to dry _______________ or they’ll catch cold. n Sue bought some books, and she taught 2 The light turns _______________ off automatically. herself to cook. 3 Her real name is Monica, but she calls _______________ Mo. 1 I looked at Sam. He looked back at __________________. 4 I was tired, so I gave _______________ a day off work. 2 Look at __________________ in the mirror! You’re all in a terrible mess. 5 Dan injured _______________ badly at work. 6 We need to protect _______________ from the sun. We’d better wear hats. 4 Your house is very near ours. You must come and visit __________________ soon. 7 Tim, stop playing with that knife or you’ll cut _______________. 8 Kids, while I’m out I want you to behave _______________. 2 Write the correct verbs and reflexive pronouns. Use these verbs: bought, burn, kill, look after, looked at, made, push, save, wash Example: Be careful with the pan. It’s hot. Don’t 3 Sue doesn’t think about other people. She only thinks about __________________. burn yourself. 1 The boat crashed into the rocks, but Fred managed to _____________________. 2 Drive more slowly in future, or you’ll _____________________ one day. 3 Tina tried on the hat, and then she ______________________________ in the mirror. 4 I was tired when I got home, so I _______________________ a cup of tea. 5 Everybody in the team went to the sports shop and they _________________________________ the same kind of baseball cap. 6 We’re not doing enough training. We’ve got to ___________________________ even harder if we want to win the championship. 7 Our cat is a very clean animal. It likes to sit in the sun and _____________________. 8 I shall miss you both while you’re away. Be careful and _________________________________. 5 Let’s press the red button, and then we can record __________________ dancing. 6 They never help us, so I don’t want to help __________________. 7 My son is going away to university soon. I’ll miss __________________ very much. 4 Write the answers. Use reflexive pronouns for emphasis. Example: Did Alan’s assistant send the letters? No, he sent them himself. 1 Did your dad pay for your car? _________________________________________________ 2 Does Sue’s secretary prepare the reports? _________________________________________________ 3 Is Steve’s brother bringing the equipment? _________________________________________________ 4 Will I have to tidy the children’s room? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 Are the boys going to clean our car? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 I’m hungry! Are you going to make dinner now? _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 165 72 Relative clauses with who, which, that He’s the person who caused the accident. FORMS A Introduction A clause is a group of words with a subject and a verb. It can be a complete, simple sentence, or it can be a part of a larger sentence. A relative clause is only a part of a sentence. It adds meaning to the main clause of a sentence. He’s the person who caused the accident. that That’s the car which he was driving. that Who, which and that are relative pronouns, and they introduce relative clauses. They: 1 refer back to a noun 2 introduce a new idea and stand instead of it. about the noun. ➞ He’s the person who … caused the accident. ➞ That’s the car which … he was driving. Below, Idea 1 is the main clause. Idea 2 supports it and completes the meaning of the sentence. It is a defining relative clause. 1 I often see some old friends. 2 Some old friends live in Oxford. (+ who) ➞ I often see some old friends who live in Oxford. 1 The bus is going to London. 2 The bus has just left. (+ which) ➞ The bus which has just left is going to London. It may refer back to the object of the main clause – see above: old friends – or it may refer back to the subject – See above: the buses. B Relative pronouns who or that refer to people. n The man who/that bought the coat is standing over there. Barry Collins dies, aged 51 Relative pronouns which or that refer to things and animals. n Those are the cars which/that crashed. A popular Sidmouth saxophonist who helped raise money for disabled people has died, aged 51. Basic uses Use defining relative clauses in general statements. n People who do dangerous jobs are usually paid well. n A nice car is something which most people want. Barry Collins, who suffered from multiple sclerosis for many years, lived at Mayfield House. Last year, he joined a group of residents and helpers on a trip to Disneyworld, Florida, with money he had raised through a concert with his band, The Majestics. Use defining relative clauses to define and identify. n Gold is a heavy metal which is very valuable. n Bell was the man who invented the telephone. Use defining relative clauses to emphasize and focus attention. n He’s the person who caused the accident. (Not the other man.) n That’s the car which he was driving. (Not the other car.) We sometimes also use an ‘empty’ subject + relative clause to emphasize and focus attention. n It was Sam who organized everything. n It was Nick who we wanted to see. Tomorrow’s television Sibling rivalry: Why do brothers and sisters compete? Part three of Baby Wars looks at the tightrope which families walk between co-operation and conflict. 166 Further information on relative structures ∆ 73–76 that is a haven for donkeys The Donkey Sanctuary rking wo m glected, retired fro have been mistreated, ne longer cannot be cared for any on the beaches or simply founded Dr Elisabeth Svendsen by their owners. Since the Sanctuary in 1969, over 7,000 of these gentle creatures have been taken into care, which makes it the largest sanctuary for donkeys in the world. Exercises lives in a small house _________ his family have had for 100 years. 4 A file is lying up there on the top shelf. It has all the information. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Recently, he was outside, moving a pile of stones and bricks _________ used to be an old garden shed. Suddenly his spade hit something 3_________ wasn’t stone or brick. It sounded like metal. He dug a little more, and he found it was a very old box. 5 A policeman has received an award for bravery. He rescued 15 people from a fire last year. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ He called to an old friend 4_________ was passing the garden gate. They worked together until they were able to pull the heavy box out. ‘Perhaps it’s something valuable 5_________ somebody wanted to hide years ago,’ Arthur said. 6 A woman wanted to speak to you about work. She phoned last night. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 1 Write who, which or that. Arthur Penn is an old farm worker who/that lives in our village. He 1 2 ‘Let’s open it and see,’ his friend said. ‘Come on. You’re the one 6 _________ should do that.’ ‘All right,’ Arthur said, and he broke open the box. However, there was no gold or silver – just a set of old-fashioned garden tools! ‘They’re the tools 7_________ my grandfather used,’ Arthur said. ‘He was the one 8 _________ built the shed 100 years ago.’ ’I remember him,’ said Arthur’s friend. ‘He was the lovely old guy _________ helped us build our treehouse when we were kids!’ 9 ‘That’s right,’ Arthur said. ‘And these tools 10_________ we’ve found may not be worth much money, but they’ve certainly got a lot of sentimental value for me!’ 2 Join each pair of statements to make one statement with a relative clause. Example: 3 Write relative clauses with who, which or that. Use these endings: It teaches Japanese. She painted that picture. They built the first aeroplane. It will pay a better salary. She was lost for five days. They are warm and friendly. He scored all the goals. He invented the petrol-engine car. He can repair my old motorbike. Example: who/that built the first aeroplane? Were the Wright brothers the ones 1 What was the name of the player _______________________ _________________________________________________ A girl won the prize. She wrote the best essay. The girl who/that wrote the best essay won the prize. 2 I want to get a new job _______________________________ _________________________________________________ 1 A pilot escaped without injury. He crashed his small plane in a lake near Oxford. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 Where can we find a mechanic _________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 A student has got a place in the national team. He broke the 10,000-metre record yesterday. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 I like people _______________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 A bus broke down on the motorway. It was taking people to the airport. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Ann wants to find a book ______________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 Do you know the artist _______________________________ _________________________________________________ 7 Mountain rescuers have found the climber ________________ _________________________________________________ 8 Karl Benz was the man _______________________________ _________________________________________________ 167 Reduced relative clauses; prepositions; whom 73 The man they want is wearing a coat. FORMS Reduced relative clauses with objects The man who we want is coming now. The man we want is coming now. Relative clauses with prepositions The person I spoke to was very helpful. There’s the book we have been looking for. Bored? Tired of routine office life? Then don’t ring us. The assistant we are looking for is full of energy, enthusiasm and creative approaches to problem solving. He or she enjoys being part of a team and looks forward to the challenges of running a busy PR office. If you are the person we want, contact The man we want is coming now. A Reduced relative clauses with objects Who, which and that can be the subject (S) of a clause, or they can be the object (O). If they are the object, we can leave them out. S The man who wants us is coming now. (subject – no change) n The man who we want is coming now. (object – change possible) ➞The man we want is coming now. n Did you see the dress which she bought? (object – change possible) ➞ Did you see the dress she bought? S O B S Prepositions in relative clauses A lot of verbs take prepositions, e.g., agree with, ask for, look for, speak to, talk about. We can use these prepositional verbs in a subject relative clause like this. S n O 168 The UK monument tourists visited most last year was Stonehenge, the prehisto ric stone circle on the Salisbury Plain. Next came the Tower of London in the centre of the capital, followe d by Hampton Court, Henry VIII’s palace, with its famous maze. The monument least visited was There’s the man who has been looking for us. When who, which and that are the object of a clause with a prepositional verb, the preposition usually moves with its verb to the end of the clause. As in A, we can leave out who, which and that when they are the object of the clause. n There’s the man we have been talking about. n That’s the case we have been looking for. C the PR specialists O n O PRofessional makers Whom You may sometimes see whom instead of who/that as an object relative pronoun, but it is old-fashioned and is usually only used in very formal writing. If you see whom in a relative clause, it will probably be after a preposition. n I regret to have to tell you that the person about whom you wrote to us no longer works for the company. Prepositional verbs ∆ 92 Students considering a course that will help them develop or change their career will find the best range of options in the Department of Continuing Education. 36 Modern History Chapter 7: Development of the Lakow Movement Ordinary working people were the ones for whom and by whom the new political party had been formed. Exercises 1 Join each pair of statements to make one statement. Use who, which or that as the subject of the relative clause. Example: 3 Write who, which, that where possible, or nothing (7) Example: The person wasn’t there. She had sold the watch. The person who/that had sold the watch wasn’t there. 1 The book has disappeared. It has all the answers. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 We climbed over the fence. It separates the fields. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 The old man can’t see very well. He crashed his car. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 I’m going to give the boy some money. He found my camera. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ The house 7 we bought stood by the river. The person who/that had sold the watch wasn’t there. 1 The bus _________ we caught got to town early. 2 The man _________ will show you round is my brother. 3 Here’s the money _________ I owe you. 4 Aren’t they the people ________ we met at Jenny’s party? 5 Put the package in the box _________ you’ll see by the door. 6 Rob was the player ________ won the game for our team. 4 Use the prepositional verbs and other words from the questions to answer with relative clauses. Use who, which or that when necessary, but leave them out when you can. Write (7) instead. Example: Who’s that girl? Didn’t you speak to her yesterday? Yes, that’s the girl 7 I spoke to yesterday. 1 Is that the station? Did the train stop at it? Yes, that’s the __________________________________ _____________________________________________ 2 1 The taxi finally arrived. I’d ordered it. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ What about that winter coat? You were looking for that sort, weren’t you? Yes, that’s the sort of _____________________________ ______________________________________________ 3 2 The girls seemed sad. We met them at the wedding. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Did you see the girl? Isn’t she applying for the new job in Sales? Yes, she’s the __________________________________ _____________________________________________ 4 You’ve just bought this new car, haven’t you? You asked about it at the car showroom, didn’t you? Yes, this is the __________________________________ ______________________________________________ 5 He’s the manager, isn’t he? He apologized for the delivery delay, didn’t he? Yes, he’s the ___________________________________ ______________________________________________ 6 Aren’t those the boys? Didn’t the farmer shout at them? Yes, those are the _______________________________ _____________________________________________ 2 Join each pair of statements to make one statement. Use who, which or that as the object of the relative clause. Example: The house stood by the river. We bought it. The house which/that we bought stood by the river. 3 The flowers are dying now. She bought them for us. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 The man is coming to see us this afternoon. We were discussing him. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 The museum is putting on two new exhibitions. You recently mentioned it. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 169 74 Relative clauses with whose, what, when, where, why There was a time when you could live well. FORMS The areas where we used to catch most fish are dead now. Relative clauses with whose There are many whose debts have destroyed them. Relative clauses with what This is what has happened to Tom Billings. Relative clauses with when, where, why I remember a time when you could live well. The areas where we used to fish are dead now. The main reason why this has happened is the industry itself. A Relative clauses with whose Whose is a relative pronoun like who that is also possessive like my and their. 1 There are many fishermen. 2 Their debts are rising. (+ whose) ➞ There are many fishermen whose debts are rising. We use whose with people, but also sometimes with things and animals. n Mary Owen was the girl whose story won first prize. n Brazil is a country whose economy is very successful. n The boys found a bird whose wing was broken. Relative clauses with whose are quite common in more formal writing. We do not use them much in conversation. B C Relative clauses with what When we use what as a relative pronoun, we do not put a noun in front of it: it means the thing which/that … n Worldwide overfishing is what has created this crisis. (= the thing that) We can put the what clause first to create extra emphasis. n What has created this crisis is worldwide overfishing. Relative clauses with when, where and why We can use these words as relative pronouns referring to a time, place or reason. n I remember a time when you could live well. n I remember the place where I grew up. n He’s lazy! That’s the reason why he failed. We very often leave out the noun before a when/where/why clause. This reduces emphasis and also makes the sentence more informal. n I remember when you could live well. n I remember where I grew up. n He’s lazy! That’s why he failed. 170 Possessive forms ∆ 70 / Relative clauses with who, which, that ∆ 72 WE’LL RESPECT YOUR PRIVACY We occasionally make our customer lists available to carefully screened companies whose products or services we feel may interest you. If you do not wish to receive such mailings, please send an exact copy of your name and address to: The Bodmin Clothes Company, Data Protection Department, Admail 789 CRITIC’S CHOICE WATCH OUT FOR THE JELLYFISH Radio 4, 10 am Series in which famous politicians remember their early years. This week, Michael Redfern returns to his boyhood in Paisley, the Scottish town where his grandfather ran a brewery. BRAVE RAT SAVES E FAMILY FROM FwilIR l never forget the quay, Devon e Gumbley family of Tor in his saved their lives. Fido was day when a rat called Fido the to ht alig en an electric fire set cage at 2 am on Friday wh s live o Fid ere wh m xha house in Bri carpet and furniture of the Fido n, ope was r doo e cag g the with his owners. Spottin gan’s stairs and scratched at Me 15 bed clim , out ped jum ke smo lt sme o wh ke the family, bedroom door. e noise wo was ade brig fire e se. the hou and managed to get out of n the blaze. Later, a spokesma lled tro con y ckl qui and ed call s dog ose wh ple peo e’ve all heard of for the fire brigade said, ‘W e giv to e hop We rat. a er , but nev or cats warn them of danger Fido a bravery award.’ Exercises 1 Complete the questions with whose, who, which or that. Choose from the following to answer the questions. Christopher Columbus Japan Malaysia Marco Polo Marie Curie Texas The Pyramids Yuri Gagarin Examples: Q What was the name of the man who first reached America from Europe in 1492? A Christopher Columbus. Q What is the name of the country whose capital is Kuala Lumpur? A Malaysia. 1 Q What is the English name for the three ancient man-made structures _________ stand near Cairo? A ____________________________ 3 Who was Lucy Rosser? Her hat flew off in the wind. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 What about the Lewis family? Their car broke down. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 Reorder the sentence parts and add what to form relative clauses. Example: damaged/That’s) That’s what has damaged the engine. 1 The new Gremlins album is out today! (I’d like/my birthday. /That’s/for) ______________________________________________ 2 They’re talking about our town on the news. (about./I/you /was telling/This is) ______________________________________________ 3 I’ve been reading a lot about climate change recently. (is going to cause/That’s/in the coming years./the greatest problems) ______________________________________________ 2 Q What was the man _________ first flew into space called? A ____________________________ 3 Q Name the woman scientist _________ most important work was the discovery of radium. A ____________________________ 4 Q What was the name of the Italian _________ travelled to China and home again 700 years ago? A ____________________________ 5 Q What is the country _________ flag has a red circle on a white square? A ____________________________ 4 Write statements about the underlined parts of the conversation. Use when, where or why as the subject of the relative clause. Example: 6 Q Name the US state _________ is famous for cowboys and _________ symbol is a yellow rose. A ____________________________ 2 Answer the questions. Use whose as the subject of the relative clause. Do you remember that time on the river? Oh, yes. Our boat nearly sank! They talked about the time when their boat had nearly sunk. 1 Our boat nearly turned over because you turned it in front of that big river cruiser. Yes, that was the reason. They talked about the ________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 And then we stayed at that old hotel. Yes. We dried out our clothes there. They talked about the ________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 And what about the night of the storm? Yes. The rain almost washed our tent away. They talked about the________________________________ _________________________________________________ Your friend is looking at a wedding party guest list and trying to remember people. Example: Look, there’s hardly any oil. (the engine./has Who was Lyn Don? Her husband had a large beard. She was the one whose husband had a large beard. 1 Which one was Tim Barr? His wife had a wonderful diamond necklace. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 Do you remember the Schmidts? Their children fell in the pool. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 171 75 Relative clauses with ~ing, ~ed and infinitive forms Dr Tyler was the first to realize. FORMS Relative clauses with ~ing and ~ed participles Divers are finding treasures lying on the seabed. Experts examining the ingots say they are evidence of sea trade. They are finding objects last seen 4,000 years ago. Relative clauses with infinitives Dr Tyler was the first to realize the importance of the find. These were some of the earliest to make long sea journeys. Amateur historians are finding objects last seen 4,000 years ago. A B ~ing participle clauses The verb in a relative clause can express a continuing action or state. If it does, we can leave out who, which or that and then just use the ~ing (present) participle. n Divers are finding treasures which are lying on the seabed. ➞ Divers are finding treasures lying on the seabed. n A diver moved a rock that covered an ingot ➞ A diver moved a rock covering an ingot. n Experts who are examining the ingots say they are evidence of sea trade. ➞ Experts examining the ingots say they are evidence of sea trade. ~ed participle clauses The ~ed (past) participle can be part of a passive structure. If it is, we can leave out who, which or that and then use the ~ed participle. n They are finding objects which were last seen 4,000 years ago. ➞ They are finding objects last seen 4,000 years ago. n There is nothing left of the sailors who were lost with the boat. ➞ There is nothing left of the sailors lost with the boat. ‘PLEASE DO NOT TOUCH! Any goods damaged must be paid for.’ Would all passengers sitting in rows 28 to 36 please begin boarding now? With a continuous passive structure use being + ~ed participle. n These are the ingots which are being examined by experts. ➞ These are the ingots being examined by experts. C infinitive clauses We can use an infinitive very much like a clause with who, which or that. We often use an infinitive after, e.g., the first/second, the next/last, the only and also superlatives, e.g., the earliest. When we use these words, we can usually leave out the noun. n Dr Tyler was the first (person) who realized the importance of the find. ➞ Dr Tyler was the first (person) to realize the importance of the find. n 172 These were some of the earliest (traders) who made long sea journeys. ➞These were some of the earliest to make long sea journeys. Reduced relative clauses; prepositions; whom ∆ 73 FITNESS FAST s centre Your new local health and fitnes The first 100 members to join will receive an extra month’s membership FREE! Exercises 1 Write the ‘active’ participle form of these verbs. arrive, enter, finish, go, show, stand, wear, work Example: The police stopped a car going 3 Form clauses to join the sentences. Examples: n The bank sent me a leaflet. It contained some useful information. at 220 kph. n 1 We listened to the guide __________________ us round the palace. n The crops will be ready early. They’ve been grown under glass. 2 People ________________ late for the show had to wait outside. n 3 Did you see anybody __________________ the house by the back door? 4 At the end, I took photos of everyone __________________ the race. 5 Scientists ________________ in the Amazon have found many new species. 6 Can you pass me the vase __________________ on the cupboard? 7 I didn’t like the man __________________ the red jacket. 2 Write the ‘passive’ participle form of these verbs. build, find, hide, load, make, paint, prepare, repair, use, write Examples: found in the car. being built in London Street will n This is the gun n The houses soon be ready. 1 This was the plane ________________________ by the president on his trip to Australia last month. 3 We watched the room _____________________ for the party. 4 This is a story ________________________ for young people. 5 That’s the bridge ________________________ after last week’s storm. It’ll be closed for another week. 6 I prefer shoes ________________________ of real leather. 7 We discovered some ancient tools ______________________ long ago in the roof of the old house. 8 The cars now _______________________ onto these trucks are going to be exported to America. The crops grown under glass will be ready early. 1 Dan lives in that house. It’s painted yellow and white. ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 2 I wrote a long report. It consists of three sections. ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 3 That vase is 100 years old. It’s standing on the bookcase. ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 The wallet belonged to a customer. It had been left at the checkout. ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 4 Use to-infinitive clauses to agree with speaker A. Example: A Ian came to the party at 7:00, didn’t he? I think he was the first. B 2 You are now going to see a picture _____________________ in the traditional Chinese style. The bank sent me a leaflet containing some useful information. Yes, Ian was the first to come to the party. 1 A And when Ian left wasn’t he the last guest? B Yes, __________________________________________ 2 A Lucy met Tina and she was the only one, wasn’t she? B ______________________________________________ 3 A Galileo studied Jupiter’s moons, and wasn’t he the first. B ______________________________________________ 4 A Felipe climbed Everest. Wasn’t he the oldest? B ______________________________________________ 5 A A lot of flower species grow wild in the forest. But this is the most beautiful one. B ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ 173 Defining and ‘adding extra’ relative clauses 76 He’s the driver who won. Alan Brant, who won in Monaco, is number one. FORMS Defining relative clauses Anna: Who’s that in the picture? Jean: Alan Brant. He’s the driver who won the big race yesterday. Anna: What race was that? Jean: The race which they showed on TV yesterday. Adding extra clauses Alan Brant, who won in Monaco yesterday, is now number one. The race, which was watched by 100 million people, was in the city. The race, watched by millions, took place in the city of Monaco. CROSSCHECK CROSSCHECK Compare defining relative clauses with another type – ‘adding extra’ clauses, which are often called non-defining relative clauses. A Defining relative clauses These clauses explain which driver and which race. The sentences are not complete without these clauses. n He’s the driver who/that won the big race. n That was the race which/that they showed on TV. B ‘Adding extra’ clauses These relative clauses add extra information to the basic sentences. The basic sentences are complete without these clauses. n Alan Brant, who yesterday won in Monaco, is now number one. n The race, which was watched by 100 million, was in the city. These clauses do not have commas. They are a main part of the sentence. We separate this type of clause from the basic sentence with commas (,). In informal writing, you may see dashes (–) instead of commas. We can use that instead of who or which. We can often use reduced forms. n We mended the window which/that was broken. n They’ll only give jobs to pilots they know are very experienced. We cannot use that instead of who or which. But we can use whose, when and where. n We mended the kitchen window, which I’d only just put in! n These pilots – whose names I have here – will be given jobs. We use defining relative clauses a lot in both speaking and writing. In speaking, most relatives are defining relative clauses. Which can refer to a noun or to the whole main clause. n I mended the doll, which was broken. n They worked on the car all night, which helped Alan win. Hideous Kinky, with Kate Winslet in an early starring role, was filmed on location in Morocco. In this film adaptation of Esther Freud’s novel, Winslet plays an Engl ish woman who takes her two young daughters to Marrakech and gets caught up in an exotic new life. of Atlantis sank in a Legend says that the ancient city floods in about 9,000 and rain es, single day of earthquak of Santorini. Others d islan k Gree the it’s say e BC! Som , where ships and ngle Tria uda link it with the Berm ! pear disap usly terio mys planes We use non-defining relative clauses mainly in writing. Newspaper reports often use them because they give a lot of information quickly. We invited our readers to tell us which member of the Royal Family from any period in history they would most like to have dinner with. The royal that 78 per cent of readers chose was Diana, Princess of Wales. Other popular royals were Henry VIII and Queen Victoria, as well as our own queen, Queen Elizabeth II. Henry VIII Warning: not suitable for young children, who may choke on small parts. 174 Relative clauses with who, which, that ∆ 72 / Many tributes have been paid to the trombonist, George Chisolm, who died yesterday at the age of 82. Reduced relative clauses; prepositions; whom ∆ 73 Exercises 1 Are the underlined clauses defining or ‘adding’? Add commas if necessary. Example: Beethoven, whose music is loved by millions, was born in 1770 and died in 1827. adding 3 Match the statements 1–7 and a–g. Join each pair, changing a–h into ‘adding’ clauses with which. 1 The baby cried all night. 2 The old ship stayed in port. 1 Dover Castle which is a very impressive building was built by the Normans. _______________ 3 I was out when Peter called. 2 She’s the girl who found the wallet. _______________ 5 They’ve started doing road repairs. 3 The programme that we watched last night was awful. _______________ 6 The sun has come out at last. 4 The writer Pete Holmes whose most famous book is ‘Glory’ has died today. He was 75. _______________ 2 Join each pair of statements to make one statement with an ‘adding’ clause. Use who or which. Examples: n Harry Lane is a rich man now. He was at college with me. n Harry Lane, who was at college with me, is a rich man now. 1 Old Professor Jones is going to stop work soon and retire. He’s nearly 70 years old. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 To the north of India are the Himalayas. They include the highest mountains in the world. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 After leaving college, I bought myself some good, new clothes. I needed them for my exciting new job. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Amazingly, Barry Stone has actually built his own house. He works as a video game designer. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 The company has won the contract. 7 I took the wrong turning. a That saved it from the storm. b It’s causing bad traffic delays. c That was why I didn’t hear the news. d It meant I was tired all next day. e That means we can go to the beach. f That’s the reason why I got here late. g That’s good news. 1 1 d 2 ___ 3 ___ 4 ___ 5 ___ 6 ___ 7 ___ The baby cried all night, which meant I was tired all next day. 2 _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 7 _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 175 Use of adjectives; word order 77 It’s large. It’s a large suitcase. FORMS A B Use of adjectives Adjectives tell us more about nouns and pronouns. They go with singular and plural nouns without changing form. Examples: red, green, blue dark, light, bright large, small beautiful, ugly Japanese, English my, your, her Word order 1 Most adjectives can go in two places. They can go before a noun or the pronouns one and ones. n I’ve got a blue bag. n The blue one is mine. They can also go after a noun + linking verb. Linking verbs include: appear, be, become, feel, get (= become), look, seem, smell, sound, stay, taste. n The bag is blue. n I’m getting tired. n He seems nice – but is he? Word order 1 It is a large suitcase. The suitcase is large. Word order 2 It’s a large, brown suitcase. Adjectives with and The lost property assistant was helpful, pleasant and efficient. Excuse me. We’ve lost a suitcase. It’s large and it’s brown. What does it look like, sir? Mmm ... a large, brown suitcase. A few adjectives are always or nearly always used only after a noun + linking verb. They include: afraid, alike, alive, alone, asleep, awake, ill, well. n The children were afraid, and they started to move away. We do not normally put them before a noun; we use a similar adjective instead, e.g., afraid ➞ frightened ; alike ➞ similar ; alive ➞ living n The frightened children started to move away. C Word order 2 Adjectives which give feelings come before adjectives which give facts. n Ann bought a beautiful red dress. n It was a terrible dark night. Adjectives give different types of facts. If we want to give more than one fact, the adjectives usually go in the following order. We sometimes put commas between several adjectives together. We do not usually use and. 1 Feeling 2 Size ugly big beautiful little 3 Age 4 Shape 5 6 Colour Origin old square red new round blue Delicious fre sh coffee served here 7 Material + noun French metal German wooden ELEGANT DESK LAMP office A quite stunning lamp, this classic essential is reminiscent of the modern desk lamp but with a clean, with glass style. In gleaming chrome, w bulb. shade. Takes a standard scre Stands 48cm high. Desk Lamp £49.95 I bought a beautiful old French clock. n He saw an ugly little wooden box. n D Adjectives with and We put and between adjectives that are factual ‘partners’ in describing a noun, e.g., a red and green suitcase, a *glass and *concrete building. *These are nouns used like adjectives. With several adjectives after a noun, we usually put and before the last one. n The lost property assistant was helpful, pleasant and efficient. n Commander Tempest was tall, dark and handsome. 176 Two-word nouns ∆ 59 / John and Margaret Hancock are delighted to announce the birth of their daughter, Hannah, a sister for Toby. 1367 Blue 1442 Green 1443 White The Costa Travel Compani Participle adjectives; it + adjective + infinitive; the young ∆ 78 on T his superb, large travel com panion is perfect for any trip, long or short. Made from beautiful, soft, hand-s ewn leather, it is stylish, strong and very pra ctical. Featuring five handy compartments, it is available in four attractive colours – bla ck, burgundy, green and hot pink. Exercises 1 Complete the statements. Use these linking verbs and adjectives: Linking verbs: feel, get, seem, smell, sound, stay, look 3 Rewrite the answers in single sentences. Use commas between the adjectives. Example: What was the snake like? It was big! It was green! It Adjectives: angry, delicious, fresh, happy, terrible, tired, right was horrible! Example: It was a horrible, big, green snake. I’ll have to check the sales figures again. They don’t look right. 1 I didn’t get enough sleep last night. I still _________________. 2 Don’t try to take a dog’s food away, or it’ll ________________. 3 Oh, no! Annie’s doing her music practice again. It ________________________. 4 Dinner’s ready. Mmm! It ________________________. 5 The children are all laughing. Yes, they _______________ really ________________. 6 Why do they keep the flowers in this cold room? They do that so that the flowers _____________________. 2 Write the words in the correct order. Example: (beautiful/a/flower/red) a beautiful red flower 1 What was the man like? He was little. He was old. He was funny. _________________________________________________ 2 What was the box like? It was ugly. It was brown. It was metal. _________________________________________________ 3 What were the jackets like? They were silk. They were new. They were Italian. They were beautiful. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 What were the vases like? They were tall. They were wonderful. They were Chinese. They were round. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Find suitable pairs to complete the sentences below. black blue carved exhausted 1 (book/old/a/boring) _________________________________________________ cold polished 2 (blue/an/diamond/unusual) _________________________________________________ glass steel open torn 3 (film/exciting/new/an) _________________________________________________ red white 4 (yellow/light/a/strange) _________________________________________________ faded Example: and shut I brought the little black and white cat home for the children. 1 She was wearing a beautiful _____________________ dress. 5 (an/clock/German/interesting) _________________________________________________ 2 We entered the huge new _________________ airport building. 6 (little/a/lovely/baby) _________________________________________________ 3 After the ________________________ people came down from the mountains, we found them somewhere warm to sleep. 7 (green/a/valley/pleasant) _________________________________________________ 4 It was clear who had stolen the money: it was an _______________________________ case. 8 (a/man/tall/young) _________________________________________________ 5 The old man was poor, and he wore a ________________________________ jacket. 9 (round/box/a/plastic) _________________________________________________ 6 The ancient ___________________________ sculptures looked beautiful in the sunlight. 177 78 Participle adjectives; it + adjective + infinitive; the young interesting, interested It’s good to learn. The young learn more. FORMS This programme is interesting. Adjectives with ~ing endings No, it isn’t. It’s boring! The programme is interesting. (amusing, boring, exciting, horrifying, surprising, worrying) You should watch. It’s good to learn about science. Adjectives with ~ed endings Alan is interested. (amused, bored, excited, horrified, surprised, worried) interesting It’s + adjective + infinitive bored It’s good to learn about science. interested the young, the old The young today learn much more about science than their grandparents did. CROSSCHECK CROSSCHECK There are some important pairs of ~ing and ~ed participle adjectives that relate to feelings. A Adjectives with ~ing endings These describe something, e.g., a TV programme, a film, a book or a person. C It’s + adjective + infinitive We use this form to make judgements with words like these. n It’s good/interesting/important to learn about science. n It’s better/more useful to watch science programmes than cartoons. Other adjectives that we often use like this: dangerous, difficult, easy, funny, important, safe, stupid. We use a similar pattern to express feelings with words like these. n I’m happy/sorry to say that I can/can’t go to the meeting. Other adjectives that we often use like this: afraid, delighted, embarrassed, pleased, sad, worried D the young, the old We use some adjectives like nouns to describe groups of people in society. n The young today learn much more than their grandparents did. n The old/The elderly often need more help as time goes by. The following are also common: the disabled, the rich, the poor, the unemployed. Compare these examples: n Ann thinks computer games are boring. n The football match was exciting. n Rod works at an amazing speed. n A bad school report is very depressing. B Adjectives with ~ed endings These describe the way you feel about something, e.g., a TV programme, a film, a book or a person. Compare these examples: n Ann gets bored when her brother plays computer games. n Everybody at the match was excited. n We are amazed at the speed Rod works. n Mum will be very depressed when she reads my school report. Which should you say? (You will be embarrassed if you make a mistake!) n I’m boring! OR n I’m bored! (I’m boring! means that other people are not interested in me.) Pre-concert suppers No more embarrassing facial hair with NG IN THE MEETIE IT SU OM RO 5 Eat all you can for just £9.9 Epicream! Start your evening with a tasty our pre-concert buffet served by friendly waiting staff in the relaxing atmosphere of the Meeting Room Suite. 178 Use of adjectives; word order ∆ 77 We guarantee that you’ll be thrilled with the results. / Two-word nouns ∆ 59 T SELF-ASSESSMEN tax? Are you puzzled by • Our Mobile Inquiry Centre is in your area. • Come and see us for advice and information. CONFUSED? DEPRESSED? WORRIED? Ring our Youth Counselling Service for a sympathetic ear and helpful ad vice. Exercises 1 Write the correct adjectives. Example: Thunderstar 2 is the most exciting film of the year. (exciting/excited) 1 Everybody was __________________ when we reached the huge waterfall. (exciting/excited) 2 The map of the city was out of date, and I was soon __________________. (confusing/confused) 3 One of the __________________ things about Steve is his stupid laugh. (annoying/annoyed) 4 I was __________________ by the engines in the Science Museum. (fascinating/fascinated) 5 It’s __________________ that Tina is late. She’s usually on time. (surprising/surprised) 6 The story of the Earth’s development is __________________. (amazing/amazed) (bore) This programme is Yes, I’m bored 3 Complete the statements. Use these words with the correct endings: amuse, frighten, horrify, relax, satisfy, terrify, worry Example: I don’t like being high up. It’s really frightening. 1 That boy always wants more to eat! He’s never __________________. 2 Susan keeps refusing to eat and is losing weight. It’s very __________________. 3 When we got back to town, we saw the __________________ damage done by the storm. 4 The president is feeling __________________ after a good holiday. 5 The film isn’t very funny, but it’s quite __________________. 2 Write the correct adjectives. Example: 6 (tire) I’ve been working all day, but I don’t feel _________ at all. Well, you’re lucky. I find this job very ____________. boring. with it too. Let’s turn it off. 1 (astonish) I was __________________ that Tim passed the exam. Yes, he found it __________________ too! 2 (shock) The way Sam talks to people is _______________. I know. I was __________ when I heard him being so rude. 3 (embarrass) It was really ____________________ to ask for my money. Why? You shouldn’t be ________________ to ask for the money people owe you. 4 (depress) I’ve failed my driving test again. I’m very ______________ about it. I remember the feeling. It certainly is ________________. 6 We thought the plane was going to crash. We were all __________________. 4 Complete the statements. Use these endings: to go home. to have you with us. to play with matches. to meet you. to remember to post them. to understand. Example: Goodbye for now. It was nice to meet you. 1 Put them down. It’s dangerous _________________________ 2 I’ve really enjoyed this holiday. I’ll be sorry ________________ 3 Please don’t forget these letters. It’s very important _________________________________________________ 4 Of course you can come too. We’ll be delighted _________________________________________________ 5 They were speaking very fast, so it was difficult _________________________________________________ 5 (interest) Here’s an __________________ job advert in the paper. Are you __________________ in applying for it? 179 79 Adjectives and adverbs He’s a brilliant guitarist. He played brilliantly tonight. FORMS Jet’s a brilliant guitarist. Adjective or adverb Noun + adjective He’s a brilliant guitarist. Verb + adverb He played brilliantly. Adjective brilliant Regular adverb brilliantly ➞ ➞ Irregular forms 1 good/well 2 hard, fast, etc. 3 hard/hardly, etc. 4 friendly, lively, likely, etc. Yes, he played brilliantly tonight. CROSSCHECK CROSSCHECK A Adjectives Adjectives add information to nouns. n Jet is ➞ brilliant. loud. amazing. B This sentence uses the linking verb is. Other linking verbs include appear, be, become, feel, get (= become), look, seem, smell, sound, stay, taste. n Jet seems brilliant. sounds looks Adverbs Adverbs say more about verbs. n He plays ➞ brilliantly. loudly. amazingly. The sentence below uses an action verb, work. Other action verbs include run, talk, drive and write. Adverbs go with action verbs, not linking verbs. n That boy works slowly. moves runs Some verbs are both linking and action verbs, but with different meanings. As linking verbs they take adjectives. As action verbs they take adverbs. n Ann looked happy. n Peter looked quickly in the box. n The milk tasted bad. n I tasted the food nervously. n I felt awful, so I went to bed. n The chef felt the fruit carefully to choose the best. C Adjective ➞ regular adverb We form most adverbs from adjective + ~ly, e.g., slow + ~ly ➞ slowly. beautifully, carefully (l + ~ly ), coldly, freely, quickly, quietly, sadly, safely, warmly We form other adverbs according to special spelling rules. (See Appendix 2.) angry ➞ angrily, easy ➞ easily, lucky ➞ luckily n Luckily, I was able to answer all the exam questions quite easily. comfortable ➞ comfortably, gentle ➞ gently, possible ➞ possibly n We moved the old man gently until he was lying comfortably. true ➞ truly, whole ➞ wholly n The expedition’s food supplies had been wholly destroyed by the fire, and we are truly desperate. 180 Use of adjectives; word order ∆ 77 / Adverb positions ∆ 80 / D Irregular forms good ➞ well Note this irregular form – good ➞ well. Well is also an adjective. n The car goes well. Is she well? No, she’s ill. hard, fast, etc. These are both adjectives and adverbs: deep, direct, early, far, fast, free, hard, high, late, long, low, near, right, short, straight, wrong. n It’s a deep swimming pool. n He dived deep into the water. n It’s a fast car. n He climbed the tree fast. hard/hardly, etc. A few words have two adverb forms – one form is like the adjective and one form ends in ~ly. They have different meanings. Compare the sentences in Section E. free/freely, hard/hardly, high/highly, late/lately, near/nearly, short/shortly Some spelling rules ∆ Appendix 2 CROSSCHECK E Single adjective/adverb form Airline staff can fly free. (without paying) n We worked hard all night. (with a lot of energy) n John works high above the city, on the 83rd floor. (a long way up) n I have to work late this evening. (a long time after normal) n Can we see the mountain? Yes, we’re going to drive very near it. (close) n My brother was very ill, so we cut short our holiday and went home. (reduced) n F Special ~ly form The animals can move round freely. (without control) n We had hardly any sleep that night. (almost no) n This snake is highly poisonous. Don’t touch it! (very) n What’s Sue doing these days? I haven’t seen her lately. (recently) n We’ve nearly run out of bread. I’ll buy some more. (almost) n The bus will be here shortly. (soon) ➞ n ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ~ly adjectives These adjectives end in ~ly: deadly, friendly, likely, lively, lonely, lovely, silly, ugly. n They’re a very friendly family. nThat poor girl is lonely. We cannot use them as adverbs. We have to say in a + adjective + way. He spoke in a lively, friendly sort of way. n He always speaks in that silly way of his. n Readers’ hobbies: ered ... your questions answ blend aromatherapy Q I’ve heard that you can how do you know which essential oils together, but ones work well together? s just a few sensible guideline A Well, luckily, there are you can follow… CAUTION Who’s at risk? If you drink at all, you ’re affected by alcohol. Generally, if you only drink a little and if you don ’t drink very frequently, the risks are very small. But the more you drink and the more frequently you drink, the higher the risk s. That’s why it’s important to look carefully at you r drinking habits. This boo klet will help you to find out if you are a sensible drinker, or what you can do to become one. GOAL! What an amazing goal from Hinks! The keeper looked disgusted with himself but he didn’t stand a chance. What a game this is turning into! SHALLOW POOL NO DIVING – SWIM SAFELY 181 Exercises 1 Write an adjective after a linking verb or an adverb after an action verb. Examples: n The old man looked n The old man spoke sad. (sad) sadly to us. (sad) 1 We finished the work _______________, so we were able to go home early. (quick) 2 Ann looks very ____________ in that dress. (nice) 3 This soup tastes _____________________. What’s in it? (wonderful) 4 Have a good trip home. It’s a little foggy so drive ____________. (safe) 5 Spring is coming and the weather is getting ____________. (warm) 6 Mrs Pearce greeted the new neighbours ____________ and she invited them for coffee _____________________. (warm) (immediate) 7 Old Tom seems very ____________, but he’s really very 4 (pleasant/pleasantly) The weather is very _____________________ at this time of year. And the garden looks really _____________________ now, with all the flowers coming out. 5 (intelligent/intelligently) Sally dealt with the problem very ___________________, I thought. Yes, she’s a very ________________________ woman. 6 (bad/badly) Look, the builders have built this wall really ____________. You’re right. They’ve done a very ____________ job. They’ll have to do it again. 7 (effective/effectively) Which of these cleaning chemicals is more _______________, do you think? Well, Clean-ezy works more __________________ with really thick dirt, but Clean-up seems just as __________________ as Clean-ezy for most jobs. ____________. (bad tempered) (kind) 3 Write the correct adverbs. 8 The back of the ship rose ____________, high into the air, and then the whole ship slid ____________ into the cold, black Example: Ann sang that song beautifully . (beautiful) 1 Ellen didn’t panic after the accident. She acted very __________________. (sensible) sea. (slow) (quiet) 2 Write the correct adjectives or adverbs. Example: (slow/slowly) Arthur is a slow worker. Yes, he does everything very slowly. 1 (proper/properly) Is this the ____________ tool for the job? No, I’m afraid this one won’t do the job ____________. 2 (quiet/quietly) Lucy is a very _______________ person, isn’t she? Yes, she talks so _______________ that it’s sometimes difficult to hear her. 3 (smooth/smoothly) I drove the new Porsche the other day. It was a very __________________ drive. I agree. And it handles extremely __________________ in wet road conditions too. 182 2 We were able to cut through the dead wood ____________. (easy) 3 The pilot is looking for somewhere to land ____________. (safe) 4 The astronauts completed all their tasks _____________________. (successful) 5 I had forgotten to take any cash. ____________, I had my cheque book with me. (lucky) 6 We don’t usually think __________________, but this time I ____________ agree with you. (similar) (whole) 7 ________________________, everything went wrong with my plan, and now I’m ____________ and _________ sorry for the problems I’ve caused you all. (unfortunate) (real) (true) 4 Complete the statements. Use these irregular adverbs: direct, early, far, hard, high, late, low, short, straight, well, wrong Example: The bus goes straight from Oxford to London without stopping. 1 We got home very ____________ that night. 2 The children sang ____________ in the concert. 3 They’ll have to leave ____________ in the morning, or they’ll miss the train. 4 The horse jumped really ____________, and it got over all the fences. 5 They worked ____________ all night to get the car working again. 6 The plan seemed to be working, but then everything went ____________ at the last minute. 7 I tried to throw a rope up to the girl, but it fell ____________. 8 The Clark family don’t live ____________ from here – just five minutes on foot. 9 You don’t need to ask the hotel telephone operator. You can call any outside number ____________. 10 The helicopter flew so ____________ over the trees that it nearly touched them. 3 (near/nearly) a The ball landed on the ground ____________ the house. b It very ____________ hit the kitchen window. 4 (free/freely) a After the borders were opened, people like us were able to move much more ____________ round Europe. b As we were students, we couldn’t afford to pay much for our travel, but we often travelled for ____________ by hitchhiking. 5 (short/shortly) a Unfortunately, we have fallen ____________ of our sales target for this year. b However, the economy is getting better, and we expect better sales ____________. 6 (direct/directly) a Please call me _______________ if you get any more news. b You can call me _______________ on this number. 6 Write the correct adverbs or adjectives. Choose from these, changing the form where necessary: early, easy, good, hard, late, long, quick, serious, tired, well Tom: Oh, hi Ann. It’s good to see you. How have you been keeping? Ann: I’ve been keeping very 1_______________, thanks. And what have you been doing 2_______________? Tom: Oh, well, I’ve just been working really 3_______________ to pass my exams. Ann: Oh, I’m sure you’ll pass them 4______________– no problem! You should relax more. Why not finish work 5 _______________ this evening and come out with us for an hour or two? You don’t need to stay out for very 6 _______________. 5 Write the correct forms of the adverbs. Example: (late/lately) a) Have you seen Peter lately? b) He’ll be in trouble if he goes back to college late. 1 (hard/hardly) a The people in this part of Africa have got ____________ any food left to eat. b The UN are working ____________ to get help to the people soon. Tom: No, sorry, I don’t think I should. I’m feeling really _______________ and I’d like to finish as 8 _______________ as possible and then just go to bed. 7 2 (high/highly) a Our pilots are all ____________ aware of the need for safety in the air. b They watch the plane’s control systems at all times as they fly ____________ above the ground. Ann: Well, all right, but I think you should take life a bit less _______________. 9 183 80 Adverb positions He drove slowly. He slowly drove. FORMS Adverbs (and adverbial phrases) in front, middle and end positions It’s a quiet road, and Brian usually drives quite fast along there. Luckily, he was only driving slowly that day. Suddenly, he saw the tree. He hit it, but he wasn’t hurt. Adverbs in questions Have you ever had an accident before? How fast were you driving when it happened? A B Front position We often use an adverb in front position to show a feeling, or to create special emphasis. The adverb adds its meaning to the whole sentence. n Luckily, he was only driving slowly. (speaker’s feeling) n Finally, we all decided to go. (special emphasis) Middle position Main verb only: before the main verb: n He usually drives a long way. n We quickly finished dinner. Auxiliary verb only: usually after the auxiliary verb: n He is certainly a good driver. n We were always the first to arrive. One auxiliary + main verb: between the auxiliary and the main verb: n He was only driving a short distance. n Ron has always lived in London. Two auxiliaries/modal + auxiliary + main verb: after the first element: n The car has definitely been damaged. n The tree should never have been left on the road. C End position We often put the adverb after the verb, at the end of a sentence. An adverb of time goes after any other adverb or an adverbial phrase. n He was driving slowly today. n I’ll be working over there tomorrow. n We’re living in London now. D Adverbs in questions We do not usually put the adverb in front position in questions. The adverb usually goes in middle or end position. n Has Ron always lived in London? n Was he driving slowly? n Where has Ron always lived? n Who was driving slowly? To find out more about an action, we often add an adverb to the question word how, e.g., how fast, how far, how well. n How well does Brian drive? We do the same with adjectives to find out more about someone or something, e.g., How bad was the crash? 184 Adjectives and adverbs ∆ 79 / Adverb types ∆ 81 East Salterton welcomes you Please drive slowly through the village you ‘Are you in earnest? Do you truly love me? Do ’ wife? sincerely wish me to be your swear it.’ ‘I do: and if an oath is necessary to satisfy, I you.’ y marr ‘Then, sir, I will (Jane Eyre, Charlotte Brontë, 1816–1855) Another important factor in preventing osteoporosis is getting out into the sunshine. Ultraviolet ligh t helps the body make its own Vita min D, which is essential for the absorp tion of calcium. You only need 15 minute s a day outside during the sum mer months, so you won’t put yourse lf at risk of premature ageing and ski n cancer. Always remember to use the right factor sunscreen. If the surface becomes dirty, wipe it gently with a soft cloth. Exercises 1 Write these adverbs in front position. Add commas. Speaker’s feeling: amazingly, frighteningly, hopefully, luckily, sadly Special emphasis: angrily, finally, quietly, stupidly Example: Amazingly, John learned French in a month. (speaker’s feeling) 5 (don’t work) (usually) We ______________________________ on Saturdays. 6 (clearly) (has been failing) Alan _______________________________________ to do this job properly. 1 _____________________ we’ll be able to finish work in time to go to the cinema. (speaker’s feeling) 7 (have you been) (ever) _________________________________ to Japan before? 2 _____________________ I forgot to take my passport with me to the airport. (special emphasis) 8 (must talk) (never) You ______________________________ like that again. 3 _____________________ the boss banged his desk and shouted, ‘Get out!’ (special emphasis) 4 _____________________ pieces from the ceiling started to fall around us. (speaker’s feeling) 5 _____________________ the bus arrived – 45 minutes late! (special emphasis) 6 _____________________ Bob moved past the sleeping dogs and escaped. (special emphasis) 7 _____________________ the great painter died before finishing the picture. (speaker’s feeling) 8 _____________________ the burning plane managed to land without crashing. (speaker’s feeling) 2 Write the verbs and adverbs with the adverbs in the correct middle positions. Example: (is flying) (probably) John is probably flying home now. 1 (get) (always) I _____________________ to work at 8:30. 2 (only) (was trying) Everybody was angry with Sam, but he ___________________________ to help them. 3 (sometimes) (can see) You ______________________________ France from England. 4 (will be) (only) Peter _____________________ here for two days. 3 Write the adverbs and adverbial phrases in end position. Example: (all day) (very hard) I’ve been working very hard all day. 1 (very soon) (there) Don’t worry. We’ll be ________________________________ 2 (in America) (for five years) Brian lived ________________________________________ 3 (yesterday) (very heavily) It snowed _________________________________________ 4 (since last September) (much harder) Lisa has been studying _______________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 (as soon as possible) (over here) Please get ________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 (wrong) (all the time) Poor old Paul. He gets things __________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Add these adverbs to the e-mail: over here, usually, last week, sadly, last year, definitely, this time, soon Dear Chris, It was good to hear from you last week. We were pleased to hear you’ll be travelling 1______________. 2______________, we were away when you visited Miami 3______________. So you must 4 ______________ stay with us 5________________. We’re 6 ____________ at home in the evening, so call us 7___________. 185 81 Adverb types fast, there, today, usually, luckily, very, etc. FORMS A breakdown truck soon got there from a local garage. Fortunately, the garage was able to repair Brian’s car quite quickly. Now he always drives extremely carefully. A B Adverb type Expresses Examples Manner how fast, slowly, wrongly Place where there, here, outside Time when today, now, then Frequency how often usually, always Degree how much very, only, quite Sentence the speaker’s feeling special emphasis luckily, certainly Adverbs of manner (fast, quickly, etc.) These usually go in end position and sometimes also in middle position. However, irregular adverbs, e.g., fast, well, etc, go in end position. For special emphasis, we can use front position, often with a comma. n Peter quickly stopped. n Peter stopped quickly. n Quickly, Peter stopped. Adverbs of place (there, outside, etc.) These usually go in end position. They do not go in middle position. Use front position for emphasis. An adverb of place usually goes after an adverb of manner. n The children are playing outside. n I know I’ll find her somewhere. n Somewhere I know I’ll find her. C Adverbs of time (today, tomorrow, etc.) These usually go in front position or end position. In end position, a time adverb goes after any other adverb. n Tomorrow we’re all going to the beach. n We’re all going to the beach tomorrow. D Adverbs of frequency (usually, always, etc.) These usually go in middle position. Adverbs of frequency include: always, almost always, usually, generally, normally, often, frequently, sometimes, occasionally, hardly ever, rarely and never. n I always go to bed at 10:30. n Pete usually plays football on Sundays. n It’s sad, but I hardly ever see my brother because he lives in Australia. n They never ate sweets when they were children. See the following diagrams for more information on meanings. ‘Tomorrow never comes.’ always sometimes, occasionally almost always hardly ever, rarely usually, generally, normally never often, frequently We often use ever in questions about frequency. Have you ever visited London? Yes, I’ve often been there. You can show frequency with adverbial phrases like these. They usually go in end position. once a day twice a week three times a month several times a year n n Most people eat three times a day. I take the medicine once a day. ‘Have you given him up?’ ‘No, father,’ she answered. He looked at her again for some moments without speaking. ‘Does he write to you?’ he asked. ‘Yes, about twice a month.’ The Doctor looked up and down the valley, swinging his stick; then he said to her, in the same low tone, ‘I am very angry.’ (Proverb) (Washington Square, Henry James, 1843–1916) 186 Adjectives and adverbs ∆ 79 / Adverb positions ∆ 80 / too and enough ∆ 84 / a bit, very ; much, a lot ; so, such ∆ 85 E Adverbs of degree (very, quite, etc.) Use these adverbs to make an adjective or another adverb weaker or stronger. Weak: slightly, a little, a bit (informal) n I felt slightly ill, but I didn’t stop. Stronger: *quite, fairly, rather, pretty (informal) n It isn’t snowing, but it’s fairly cold. Bring some warm clothes! Strongest: very, extremely, really (informal) n Eddy is extremely good at tennis. In fact, he’s Number 10 in the world. Be careful: very and too are different. Too means ‘more than a certain amount’. n I was very tired, but I went on walking. n I was too tired to walk. I had to stop. WE DON’T SERVE FAST FOOD, … … WE SERVE GOOD FOOD FAST! Learn French Fast Intensive French classes starting now *quite: This often means different things in British and American English. BE: We were quite pleased to have a short rest. (= fairly, but not very) AE: We were quite pleased to meet the star of the show. (= very) F Sentence adverbs (luckily, probably, etc.) Sentence adverbs often go in front position. They give their meaning to the whole sentence. They show the speaker’s feeling about the information in the sentence. Sentence adverbs include luckily, sadly, surprisingly, disappointingly, obviously, certainly, probably and perhaps. n Then we ran out of petrol. Luckily, there was a petrol station 300 metres along the road. n Sadly, Alan is ill and can’t be with us. n The train will probably be late, and then we obviously won’t get to the meeting. We answer your For a free brochure, call 0171 888 9999 The Natural Bedroom natural, Our bedlinen ranges are all made from this makes chemical-free, unbleached cloth. Initially, become them a little crisp, but with washing they delightfully soft and comfortable. holiday questions ... Q I never burn so do I really need to use a sun cream at all? A Yes! UV light speeds the ageing process, especially if your skin has been unprotected. Years of exposure can cause lasting damage and be dangerous. PROJECT: Building a traditional picket fence Lay a pair of pre-cut rails on a flat surface and carefully position the first upright section at one end of the rails. Then use re another upright at the other end to ensu that the rails are parallel. Next, fix the other uprights, being careful to space them equally along the rails. 187 Exercises 1 Find and write the adverbs. Example: My brother arrived yesterday. Example: yesterday 1 The boys are working upstairs. ____________ 2 The train is definitely late. ____________ 3 Time passed slowly as we waited. ____________ 4 I’m tired, so I’m going to bed now. ____________ 5 This book is hard to understand. ____________ 6 John always does what he promises. ____________ 7 Luckily, the tree fell just behind our car. ____________ 2 Name the types of adverb and adverbial phrase in italics. Choose from these. well 1 there 2 very 3 extremely 4 slowly 5 all night 6 finally 7 at 6.00 8 terribly 9 immediately degree, frequency, manner, place, sentence, time 10 a lot I remember one Japanese national holiday well. Some friends and I decided to go to the mountains 100 kilometres from Tokyo in two cars. The problem was that everybody else in Tokyo seemed to be going 1there too. The road was 2very busy and we moved 3 extremely 4slowly. We travelled 5all night and we 6finally got to the house 7at 6:00. We were 8terribly tired, and we went to sleep 9 immediately. 11 once a day We enjoyed the next three days 10a lot. We walked through the woods to the village 11once a day to buy food. And 12every day we cooked our meals 13outside on a barbecue. Time went 14quickly, and the last day came. We 15certainly didn’t want to return to Tokyo but, 16 sadly, we had to go. ‘Let’s leave 17late,’ somebody said. ‘That way the roads will be quieter.’ 18Unfortunately, everybody else had the same idea. The journey home was just as slow as the trip from Tokyo. We seemed to get 19nowhere in the long, long line of cars. At 2:00, the people in the first car 20suddenly left the main road to try a smaller road. We followed in the second car. Five more cars followed us, so we thought, ‘This must be a good road. The Japanese are using it too.’ 12 every day 13 outside 14 quickly 15 certainly 16 sadly 17 late 18 Unfortunately 19 nowhere 20 suddenly 21 Strangely 22 slowly Strangely, the road became narrower. At 2:45 it came to an end. We were back in the mountains again. The cars stopped, and everybody 22slowly got out. The Japanese were embarrassed. ‘We didn’t know you were foreigners,’ one of them said. ‘You 23definitely seemed to know the way, so we followed you.’ Everybody laughed 24 politely, but we all felt 25really tired. 23 definitely We reached Tokyo 26early in the morning, and 27then we all had to go to work. 27 then 21 28 After that, I 29always stayed at home during national holidays! 24 politely 25 really 26 early in the morning 28 After that 29 always 188 manner 3 Write the adverbs and phrases of manner, place and time in end position. Example: (soon) (somewhere) I’m tired of driving. Let’s stop somewhere soon. 5 Emphasize the speaker’s feeling. Change the adjective in the second sentence into an adverb in front position. Leave out unnecessary words. Example: I fell. It was lucky that I managed to catch a tree branch. 1 (before midday) (there) Hurry up! We have to get _____________________________ 2 (beautifully) (yesterday) The team played ___________________________________ 3 (for a year) (everywhere) The police looked for the two men _____________________ ________________________________________________ 4 (angrily) (last night) (at the meeting) A lot of people spoke ________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 (at college) (these days) (well) Harry is doing _____________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 Write the adverbs and phrases of frequency in the most usual position – middle or end. Examples: n Jack goes into town. (sometimes) n Jack sometimes goes into town. n A ship visits the island. (twice a month) n A ship visits the island twice a month. 1 I do the washing on Monday. (usually) ________________________________________________ 2 Do you visit your old school? (ever) ________________________________________________ 3 Flights to New York leave. (once an hour) ________________________________________________ 4 You have to take the medicine. (twice a day) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 I used to go windsurfing in the old days. (often) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ I fell. Luckily, I managed to catch the tree branch. 1 I called Ann at 7:00. It was sad that she’d already gone. I called Ann at 7:00. _________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 Bill is getting better. We’re hopeful that he’ll be well soon. Bill is getting better. _________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 My wife and I are scientists. We were surprised that our children were good at Art. My wife and I are scientists. ___________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 The prize goes to Clint Starr. It’s unfortunate that he isn’t here to receive it. The prize goes to Clint Starr. __________________________ ________________________________________________ 6 Write the words in the best order. Example: (will be) (probably) Ann will probably be late home. 1 (has finished) (definitely) The football game __________________________________ ___________________ now. 2 (’ll visit) (never) I __________________________ that place again! 3 (are delivered) (always) New books _______________________________________ on Monday morning. 4 (hasn’t understood) (definitely) She _____________________________________________ anything I’ve said. 5 (’ll see) (hardly ever) If you move away from here, I _________________________ you again. 189 82 Comparison 1: adjectives and adverbs cheaper, cheapest more expensive, most expensive more quickly, most quickly FORMS Comparison with adjective + ~er/~est The Highlight car is cheaper than the Gazelle. It’s the cheapest of the three. Comparison with more/most, less/least + adjective The Rebel is more expensive than the Gazelle. It’s the most expensive car. Comparison with two-syllable adjectives He wants the Rebel, but she is happier with the Gazelle. Comparison with adverbs The Rebel accelerates more quickly than the others. It accelerates the most quickly. A Comparison of adjectives We use a comparative form of an adjective (adjective + ~er or more + adjective) to compare two things. We use a superlative form of an adjective (adjective + ~est or most + adjective) when one of a group is beyond the others, e.g., the cheapest and the most expensive. Compare: Comparative cheaper (than) more expensive (than) adjectives: less Superlative (the) cheapest (the) most expensive adjectives: (the) least We usually use than after a comparative form. It connects the two things that we are comparing. We usually use the before a superlative form. It refers to the thing that we are describing. B Comparison with adjective + ~er/~est We use ~er/~est with nearly all one-syllable adjectives. Note the spelling changes. (See Appendix 2 for more information on spelling rules.) Adjective + ~er + ~est Adjective + ~r + ~st small smaller smallest nice nicer nicest slow slower slowest large larger largest n Cars are more reliable now than they were 20 years ago. n She’s the most beautiful girl in the world! n I’m less tired than I was yesterday. n It’s the least tiring job. We can also use these forms for all adjectives with two syllables. n Jack is the most lazy boy I know. n John’s work is less careful than it should be. We can also use more/most and less/least like fewer/fewest to talk about quantity. The advanced Foto-Tekniks system is the newest, most exciting and fastest-growing format in photography. Adjective + doubled consonant + ~er + ~est big +g bigger biggest hot +t hotter hottest n His house is smaller than hers. n Mexico City is the largest city *in the world. n Today is the hottest day **of the year. *in + place or group, e.g., in the world/my class **of + period of time or several different things, e.g., of the year/of the three cars C 190 SALE Further reductions The Bigger Sale with Lower Prices Comparison with more/most or less/least + adjective We use more/most or less/least for all adjectives with three syllables or more. We also use these forms for all adjectives ending in ~ing or ~ed, e.g., pleasing/pleased, tiring/tired, worrying/worried and embarrassing/embarrassed. Participle adjectives; it + adjective + infinitive; the young ∆ 78 Some spelling rules ∆ Appendix 2 / Adjectives and adverbs ∆ 79 / a bit, very, much, a lot; so, such ∆ 85 / D Comparison with two-syllable adjectives You can use more/most and less/least for all adjectives with two syllables. n As a family car, the Gazelle is more useful than the little Rebel sports car. n In fact, I think it’s the most useful of the three. However, we usually use ~er/~est with two-syllable adjectives ending in ~y, e.g., dirty, easy, funny, happy, lazy, lovely, pretty, silly, sunny and tidy. They change like this: dirty + ~ier/~iest ➞ dirtier/dirtiest. n Jack is the laziest boy I know. n Question 2 is easier than Question 1. These common two-syllable adjectives can take ~er/~est or more/most, less/least: clever, cruel, gentle, narrow, pleasant, polite, quiet, simple, stupid, tired. n Ann is more polite than her sister. n Tom is the cleverest boy in the class. PHOTOS 30% BIGGER PRINTS AND FASTER TOO! E Comparison with adverbs We use a comparative form of an adverb (more + adverb or adverb + ~er ) to compare two actions. We use a superlative form of an adverb (most + adverb or adverb + ~est ) when one of a group does something beyond the others, e.g., … accelerates the most quickly. Many adverbs have the form adjective + ~ly, e.g., quickly, slowly and nicely. Just like longer adjectives, these ~ly adverbs take the forms more/most and less/least. n Rob works more quickly than Steve. n Jane sings the most beautifully in the class. Some adverbs look like short adjectives which take ~er/~est, e.g., deep, early, fast, hard, high, late, long and near. Just like these short adjectives, these adverbs usually take the forms ~er/~est. n The Rebel goes faster than the Gazelle. n I arrived the earliest at the meeting. Note the irregular forms. Adjective Adverb good well bad badly far far This year’s results are better than last year’s. My headache is getting worse. n We can’t go any farther tonight. n With up to (Oscar Wilde, 1854–1900) our bestsellers are better than ever! Perfect for cross-country racing or exploring. Superlative best worst farthest/furthest n rld ‘There is only one thing in the wo d worse than being talked about, an t.’ ou that is not being talked ab Introducing the All-Shock disc. The light est and simplest way to get the power and control of disc technology. Comparative better worse farther/further 50% off 191 Exercises 1 Write the ~er and ~est forms. Examples: shorter pretty prettier short Adjective ~er form shortest prettiest ~est form 3 We’re coming to the _______________ part of the river now. Here it’s only five metres wide. 4 Rod is the _______________ member of the team. He’s been training very hard. 1 long ____________ ____________ 2 ugly ____________ ____________ 3 large ____________ ____________ 4 big ____________ ____________ easy, fast, fine, fit, low, white 5 small ____________ ____________ Example: 6 nice ____________ ____________ 7 cool ____________ ____________ 8 easy ____________ ____________ 9 simple ____________ ____________ 10 fine ____________ ____________ 11 thin ____________ ____________ 12 hot ____________ ____________ 2 Write the correct ~er forms of the adjectives in italics. Example: Bill has a large car. It’s even larger than my brother’s. 1 Yesterday’s test was easy – much ____________ than last month’s. 2 Question 2 was simple. It was certainly ____________ than Question 1. 3 My cousin is nice – a lot ____________ than my brother. 4 It’s been hot today, and it’ll be even ____________ tomorrow. 5 I was away for a long time – much ____________ than I’d planned. 3 Write the ~est forms. Use these adjectives: early, fit, funny, late, narrow, quick Example: There’s a train at 5:30 am. That’s the earliest one. 5 He was the _______________ man I’ve ever heard. I couldn’t stop laughing. 4 Complete the radio adverts with regular ~er and ~est forms. Use these adjectives: SPEED CLEAN was always the cleaner. Now it’s faster fastest home than ever before. It does the job in seconds. 1 You’ll be ____________ in just three days with the HOME EXERCISER. And after a month, you’ll be the ____________ you’ve ever been in your life. 2 There’s no ____________ watch in the world than the TIME PERFECTA. Remember, we’ve been makers of the ____________ watches in the world for 30 years. 3 You’ll find the ____________ prices in town at GOOD WAY SUPERMARKETS. And that’s a promise. If you can find ____________ prices anywhere else, we’ll pay you twice the difference. 4 GLEAM CREAM cleans your teeth ____________ than white. For the ____________, cleanest teeth of all, choose GLEAM CREAM. 5 Do you hate all those video controls? Well, now TELE-SELECT is here. It’s the ____________ thing in the world to use. Just talk to it. Tell it the time, the channel and the film to record, and TELE-SELECT does the rest. What could be ____________ than that? 5 Complete the conversations. Use more/most, less/least or fewer/fewest. Example: I’ve just moved to a bigger apartment in the same building. Do you have to pay more rent? 1 This is the _______________ model. It’s just come out. Yes, it’s the biggest in the building, so it costs 2 Which is the _______________ way to Paris, please? the most. 192 1 2 3 Bob seems to get richer but meaner every day. I can’t stand him these days. Yes, he’s got ____________ money than ever before, but he’s got ____________ friends! I’m still hungry. Is there any ____________ food? But you’ve already had the ____________ out of everybody. Don’t be so greedy! This motorbike is certainly quite cheap. It costs ____________ than all the other models we’ve looked at. I’ve read that it also costs the ____________ to run out of all the bikes this size. And I’ve also heard that it has the ____________ mechanical problems. But if there’s a mechanical problem, spare parts are very expensive. In fact, they cost the ____________ out of all the models in the 750cc class. 7 Complete the statements with a verb and comparative adverb. Example: n Ann is a quicker worker than Sue. n Ann works more quickly than Sue. 1 Grandad is a slower driver than me. Grandad __________________________________ than me. 2 Stephen Prince is a less exciting writer than Sid Shelley. Stephen Prince ____________________________________ than Sid Shelley. 3 Don is a lighter sleeper than his brother. Don ________________________________ than his brother. 4 Ron is a faster thinker than Bob. Ron always ________________________________ than Bob. 5 Joe is a less intelligent football player than Steve. Joe ____________________________________ than Steve. 6 Write the comparative and superlative forms of the adjectives. Example: less difficult than I thought. In fact, it’s the least difficult language I’ve ever studied. (difficult) 8 Write statements with superlative adverbs. No language is easy to learn, but Italian is 1 Joe is doing well at art college. He isn’t the _______________ student in his year, but he’s ________________________ than 90% of the other students. (talented) 2 Why do you always have to buy the ____________________ thing in the shop? Couldn’t you choose something ________________________? (expensive) 3 I think rock climbing is even __________________________ than deep-sea diving. In fact, I think it’s one of the ___________________________ outdoor activities you can do. (dangerous) 4 I don’t like Robin Black’s new book as much as his last one. It’s ___________________________. In fact, I think it’s the ___________________________ book he’s ever written. (interesting) 5 Rough, uncut diamonds straight from the ground are already valuable, but they are much ___________________________ than diamonds that are cut and polished. One of the __________________ diamonds in the world is the Millennium Star, with an insured value of US$205,000,000. (valuable) We tested three washing machines – the Crystal, the Wash-Tech and the Snowline. Here are the results. Examples: (Snowline/wash/+ good/Crystal/wash/- effective) The Snowline washed the best, and the Crystal washed the least effectively. 1 (Crystal/perform/+ reliable/Wash-Tech/perform/- reliable) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 (Wash-Tech/run/- economical/Crystal/run/+ cheap) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 (Crystal/finish/+ fast/Snowline/finish/- quick) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 193 83 Comparison 2: sentence patterns Hill finished faster than Rossi. He’s the fastest man in the world. FORMS A Sentence patterns with comparatives A comparative sentence compares two things. When we mention both things, we link them with than. n Hill is faster than Rossi. n A film lasts longer than a TV show. Sentence patterns with comparatives But we do not always mention both things. Which is your jacket? The bigger one. Tell me about Rossi and Hill. Hill drove faster. Hill is the fastest man in the world. Hill finished faster than Rossi. Sentence patterns with superlatives Sentence patterns with (not) as ... as Rossi is good, but he is not as good as Hill. We often repeat comparative forms to express continuing change in an informal way. n I feel happier and happier every day. n The weather is getting more and more terrible. Comparison and object pronouns I drove faster than he did. ➞ than him. Fantastic! Nigel Hill is first on Number 32! And Carlo Rossi is second. So Hill is the new champion – the fastest man in the world on t wo wheels! Note these common idiomatic patterns with comparative adjectives and adverbs. I’ve brought lots of money. Good! The more the better. I’ll get there as fast as I can. Please! The faster you can get here, the sooner we’ll get the job done. n The more he talks, the less I understand what he is saying. B Sentence patterns with superlatives We usually use the before superlative adjectives. n Paul is the tallest person here. He’s also the most pleasant. We often do not use the before superlative adverbs. Compare the following: n Which is the best song? n I like Sad Heart best. We can use in or of after a superlative. Use in to talk about places and groups. Use of to talk about periods of time or several different things. n I’m the tallest boy in the class. n July is the warmest month of the year. C Sentence patterns with (not) as … as Use as … as to say that two things or actions are equal. n Paul is as tall as his father now. n I drive as well as Tom. Use not as … as (or not so … as) to say that two things or actions are not equal. n English isn’t as difficult as Maths. (Maths is harder than English.) n He can’t work as quickly as I can. (I can work faster than he can.) D Comparison and object pronouns After a comparative with than or as … as, we often talk about another person. If we use a name, we can do it in these two ways: n I drove faster than Carlo did. n I drove faster than Carlo. A subject pronoun + auxiliary verb (be, do or have) often changes to an object pronoun. A subject pronoun + modal verb often changes in the same way. n I drove faster than he did. ➞ I drove faster than him. n He can’t run as quickly as I can. ➞ He can’t run as quickly as me. 194 Uses of adjectives; word order ∆ 77 / Adjectives and adverbs ∆ 79 / For art lovers, St Just is an excellent base to tour the many galleries of the area – quieter and less expensive than St Ives. And for those who like hitting small balls all over the place, there is a magnificent 18-hole golf course nearby. ‘You know,’ he said very gravely, ‘it’s one of the most serious things that can possibly happen to one in a battle – to get one’s head cut off.’ (Through the Looking-Glass, Lewis Carroll, 1832–1898) I don’t think I deser ve a zero for this test. Words of players. A game for any number d. The letter dice are rolle to list as ute min 1 e hav ers Play from many words as they can the letters shown. The longer the word, the ner bigger the score. The win . 101 to get to first the is Full instructions inside. Comparison 1: adjectives and adverbs ∆ 82 Neither do I, but it’s the lowest mark I can give you. / Some spelling rules ∆ Appendix 2 Exercises 1 Write statements with comparative adjectives. Example: Tom is 17. Sam is 19. (old) 3 Correct the statements. Use isn’t nearly as … as … Example: Sam is older than Tom. 1 Sue is 10. Ann is 12. (young) ________________________________________________ 2 The Honda costs £21,000. The Toyota costs £23,000. (expensive) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 Robin can do 100 metres in 10 seconds. Jack can run 100 metres in 10.5 seconds. (fast) ________________________________________________ 4 Five climbers have died on Mount George. Eleven climbers have been killed on Mount Egmont. (dangerous) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 The journey by sea is an hour. The journey by tunnel is only half an hour. (short) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Kuwait is larger than Saudi Arabia. That’s not right. Kuwait isn’t nearly as large as Saudi Arabia. 1 A Jumbo 747 is faster than a space rocket. That’s wrong. _____________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 Britain is warmer than Egypt. I’m afraid that’s not quite right. ________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 Silver is more expensive than gold. I’m sorry, but that’s wrong. ___________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 Rome is older than Athens. No, it’s the opposite. ________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 I think English food is better than French food. I’m afraid I don’t agree. I think _________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 Write the correct pronouns. 2 Write statements with superlative adjectives and be in the correct form. Example: (the new Airbus/be/big/plane in the world) The new Airbus is the biggest plane in the world. 1 (yesterday/be/hot/day of the year) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Examples: n He’s cleverer than 4 (some people say Casablanca/be/fine/film of all time) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ they are. (they/them) them. (they/them) Tom: Sue, why did you give the mailroom manager’s job to Tim? Ann is twice as clever as 1______ is. (he/him) Sue: Yes, but he knows the work better than 2______. (she/her) Remember, he’s been with the company much longer than 3 ______ has. (she/her) Tom: Well, what about Alan and Emma? Tim hasn’t been here any longer than 4______ have. (they/them) And he certainly doesn’t know the work any better than 5______. (they/them) Sue: Yes, but they’re both cleverer than 6______, and I’m going to give them better jobs. (he/him) Tom: Well, I still don’t agree about Tim. Sue: Believe me, you don’t know him as well as 7______ do. (I/me) If you did, I’m sure you’d make the same decision as 8 ______. (I/me) 2 (the XL400/be/popular/car in Europe this year) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 (Tom and Sam/be/good/players in last year’s team) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ n He’s cleverer than 195 84 too and enough The truck is too heavy. The bridge is not strong enough. FORMS We have to go on! It would take too much time to go by another route, and I haven’t got enough fuel. too + adjective/adverb The truck is too heavy. The SUV was not too heavy. Adjective/adverb + enough The road is wide enough. The bridge is not strong enough. Further patterns It would take too much time (for us to go another route). I haven’t got enough fuel (for us to do that). The truck is too heavy for the bridge. to cross the bridge. A too and enough We use too and enough when we talk about right and wrong quantities, e.g., with size, weight, food, time, money and age. Too and enough go with adjectives and adverbs. Too goes before an adjective/adverb. Enough goes after an adjective/adverb. Adjectives Adverbs n The truck is too heavy to cross. n Slow down! We’re going too fast. n The bridge is not strong enough. n The driver is not slowing down fast enough. B too + adjective/adverb Too means more than the right quantity. Not too means a quantity that is acceptable. Note: We often leave out the last part in brackets. n At eight tonnes, the truck is too heavy (to cross). n At four tonnes, the SUV was not too heavy (for the bridge). Too is not the same as very. Compare the following. n The SUV was very heavy, but it was able to cross. n The truck is too heavy. It cannot cross. C D 196 Adjective/adverb + enough Enough means a quantity that is acceptable. Not enough means less than the right quantity. Note: We often leave out the last part (shown in brackets). n The road is seven metres across, so it’s wide enough (for the truck). n The bridge can only carry 7.5 tonnes, so it isn’t strong enough (to carry the truck). Further patterns Enough can go with a noun – before, not after. Too needs much or many to go with a noun. n I haven’t got enough fuel. n It would take too much time. We can put the following for and infinitive structures together. n It would take too much time for us to go another route. n I haven’t got enough fuel for us to do that. Adjectives and adverbs ∆ 79 / Comparison 1: adjectives and adverbs ∆ 82 The bridge is too weak for the truck to cross. Too tired to party? Try WakeMeUp Multivitamins The par ty’s jus t beginning! Mark Seed House and Garden Maintenance Free estimates No job too small! Help We still don’t have enough items for our jumble sale on Friday. So please have another look in the attic and bring those unwanted books, clothes, bric-a-brac and toys into school by Thursday. Many thanks. Tom appeared on the sidewalk with a bucket of whitewash and a longhandled brush. He surveyed the fence, and the gladness went out of nature, and a deep melancholy settled down upon his spirit. Thirty yards of broad fence nine feet high! ... He began to think of the fun he had planned for this day, and his sorrows multiplied. Soon the free boys would come tripping along on all sorts of delicious expeditions, and they would make a world of fun of him having to work. He got out his worldly wealth and examined it – bits of toys, marbles and trash; enough to buy an exchange of work maybe, but not enough to buy so much as half an hour of pure freedom. (The Adventures of Tom Sawyer, Mark Twain, 1835–1910) Exercises 1 Write too + these adjectives or adverbs. 1 Mr Simpson: Adjectives: late, strong, young Adverbs: loudly, quickly, quietly, slowly Example: Can’t you work faster? You’re working too slowly. 1 I’m only 15, so I can’t drive yet. I’m __________________. Assistant: 2 Mr Simpson: 2 Time goes __________________ when you’re having fun. 3 I couldn’t hold the thief. He was __________________. 4 I ran, but I missed the train. I was __________________. Assistant: 3 Mr Simpson: 5 Tell Ann to speak up. She’s speaking __________________. 6 Could you all please keep the noise down? You’re talking __________________. Assistant: Adverbs: carefully, hard, quickly, well Can’t you work faster? You aren’t working (7 glue/7 stapling machines/7 staples) We’ve got _________________________ and we’ve got ________________________________ And we have ___ got _______________________ The boys don’t like the weather. It’s too hot. The weather is too hot for the boys. Adjectives: big, good, soon Example: (7 brown sticky tape/7 clear tape/3 elastic bands) We’ve got ________________________________ and we have ____ got ______________________ But we’ve got _____________________________ 4 Write statements. Example: 2 Write these adjectives or adverbs + enough. (7 large paper clips/7 medium clips/3 small clips) We have ____ got _________________________ and we’ve ____ got ________________________ But we’ve got _____________________________ quickly enough. 1 I can’t climb through the window. It isn’t ________________. 2 I can tell you the answer tomorrow. Is that _______________? 3 The engine broke down. The engineers hadn’t checked it ___________________________. 4 Nick is going to lose the race. He hasn’t trained ___________________________. 1 I really want a holiday. I haven’t got enough money. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 Your mother won’t like this coffee. It’s much too strong. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 All the family are very happy with the new house. It’s big enough. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 Write statements. 5 I’m going to buy the smaller sound system. It isn’t the best, but it’s ___________________________. Example: 6 Cathy didn’t get the role she wanted in the new musical. She doesn’t sing ___________________________. 1 We don’t want to go out. It isn’t warm enough. ________________________________________________ 3 Complete the dialogues. Use too + little/few, enough or not/n’t … enough. 2 They tried to catch the bird. It was too fast. ________________________________________________ Mr Simpson and his assistant are checking stock in his small stationery shop. Example: (3 A5 paper/7 A4 paper/7 brown envelopes) Mr Simpson: We’ve got enough A5 paper, but we have n’t got enough A4 paper. Assistant: And we’ve got too few brown envelopes. I don’t want to go out. It’s too hot. It’s too hot to go out. 3 We wanted to catch the bus. We were too late. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 The plane missed the mountain. It was flying just high enough. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 197 85 a bit, very ; much, a lot ; so, such I felt a bit ill. I felt much better. I felt so tired. FORMS a bit, very, etc. + adjective/adverb Climbing the mountain, he felt a bit tired, but he did not stop. much, a lot, etc. + comparative adjective/adverb He was able to come down the mountain much more quickly. He felt a lot better. so + adjective/adverb, such (+ adjective) + noun Back at home, he was so tired that he went straight to sleep. It had been such a hard journey that he rested all the next day. A B a bit, very, etc. + adjective/adverb Use these to give a weaker or stronger feeling. A bit, pretty, really are informal. Weakest Weak Stronger Strongest not (+ verb) + very slightly, a little, quite, rather, very, extremely, a bit fairly, pretty really n He didn’t feel very well. In fact, he felt really ill. n Eddy is extremely good at tennis. He’s Number 10 in the world. much, a lot, etc. + comparative adjective/adverb Use these to give a weaker or stronger feeling. Weak Strong Strongest slightly, a little, a bit much, a lot far n Could you please talk a little more quietly? n I felt a lot better after a good night’s sleep. n Susan can speak Japanese far better than she can write it. I didn’t see. It happened so quickly! such (+ adjective) + noun Use such to add strength. n He always talks such rubbish! n What took you such a long time? n Look! Can you see? That’s such a beautiful house. Add a that phrase to show the result of the so/such part of the sentence. n The story was so exciting n It was such an exciting (that) I couldn’t stop reading. story (that) I couldn’t stop reading. n I was so cold that I wore two n It was such a cold day sweaters. that I wore two sweaters. D 198 £79.99 These are my favourites. Very stylish and comfortable. I would feel so good in them, I could wear them anywhere. / Adverb types ∆ 81 / ∆ Appendix 6 So good, it’s a pity to share them ... Ego chocolates ...They make you selfish ... and that was our last review tonight in Movie Spot. It’s been such a good week for movies but that last one is great for a date. So scary you’ll spend all evening in each other’s arms ... So + many + countable noun + that ; so + much + uncountable noun + that Use this form to talk about a countable quantity. n He ate so many cakes (that) he made himself ill. Use this form to talk about an uncountable quantity. n He spent so much money (that) he had none left. Adjectives and adverbs ∆ 79 CAT **** Oxford Boots (Sydney Carlton’s last thoughts before being guillotined. A Tale of Two Cities, Charles Dickens, 1812–1870) so + adjective/adverb Use so to add strength. n The film was so boring! n What took you so long to get here? n Mayfield XCS ** Black leather and rubber training boots £75 A bit heavy, but with the right trousers very cool and stylish. ‘It is a far, far better thing that I do, than I have ever done; it is a far, far better rest that I go to, than I have ever known.’ CCROSSCHECK CROSSCHECK C Outdoors *** Classic brown leather boots £85 Not really my style, but very comfortable and SO light. / too and enough ∆ 84 Exercises 1 Complete the statements. Use these words: 4 Match statements 1–8 and a–h. Then join them using so or such … (that). a bit, not very, quite, very Example: The traffic was travelling at 5 kph. The journey was very 1 The weather was bad. 2 The students made a noise. slow. 3 The birds are friendly. 1 Sally is doing much better at Maths now, but she’s still ____________ slow. 4 The children made a mess. 5 Everybody is busy. 2 I like football, but I’m ____________ good at it. 6 I haven’t driven for a long time. 3 I’m ____________ hungry. I need food now! 7 After the trip we were all tired. 4 The new XR200 is ____________ a good car, but it isn’t my favourite. 5 Don’t climb on that old fence. It’s ____________ strong. b They nearly missed their plane. d They even take food from your hand. a little, far, much Tony is still very ill, but he’s getting a a All the neighbours complained. c We went straight to sleep. 2 Complete the statements. Use these words: Example: 8 They took a long time to get ready. little better every day. e We gave up our holiday and went home. f Nobody is answering the phone. g I feel quite nervous about going on the road. 1 Both pairs of shoes look the same, but these are $300 more than those. They’re ____________ more expensive! 2 I failed my driving test badly the first time, but I did ____________ better the second time, and I passed. 3 Sue is ____________ older than Tim. She’s 10 and he’s 9. h It took an hour to clean the room. 1e 1 2 ___ 3 ___ 4 ___ 5 ___ 6 ___ 7 ___ 8 ___ The weather was so bad (that) we gave up our holiday and went home. 4 Our new house is ____________ bigger than our old one. It’s got six bedrooms instead of two. 2 ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 Tony used to be a really terrible driver. Now though, he drives ____________ more carefully than he did a few years ago, but he still sometimes frightens me a bit! 3 ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 Complete the conversation with so or such. You’re so quiet! Is anything wrong? It’s my exams. They’re 1______ soon, and I’ve got 2______ a lot of work to do. I’ve got to stay up all night. Don’t be 3______ an idiot! You’re obviously 4______ tired that you can’t work properly. It would be 5______ a waste of time if you stayed up all night! What’s more, you’d be 6______ exhausted tomorrow that you’d waste the whole day! But I’m 7______ worried! If I don’t pass, it’ll be 8______ a disaster! You’ll pass. The trouble with you is that you’re 9______ a worrier, and you’ve really 10______ little to worry about! 4 ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 6 ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 7 ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 8 ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 199 86 Prepositions 1: place and movement on, onto, into, out of, across, by, down, from, in, through, under, etc. Uses The prepositions in this unit help to express place or movement. The preposition refers to the noun which always follows it. n The hotel is down the hill. (place) n The Wood family are walking down the hill. (movement) A B on, on top of n There’s a suitcase on the chair. (place) n There’s another suitcase on top of that tall cupboard. (place) on, onto, off Nick Wood is putting a pile of clothes onto/on the bed. (movement) n His cap is falling off the pile. (movement) n C in, into, out of There are some clothes in the cupboard. (place) n Nick is taking some more clothes out of the cupboard. (movement) n He’s putting them into/in the case. (place) n D down, up n Nick is taking his case down the stairs. (movement) n His sister is coming up the stairs. (movement) n Their house is up the hill. (place) E inside, outside n There are two sports bags inside the front door. (place) n There are some beach things outside the front door. (place) n We went outside the back door. (movement) F behind, in front of, around, round n The car was in the garage behind the house. (place) n Now it’s in front of the house. (place) n Mr Wood has brought it around/round the house. (movement) 200 Prepositions 2: place ∆ 87 / British and American English ∆ Appendix 6 G next to, by, beside The car is next to/by/beside the garden fence. (place) n There are some pieces of luggage next to/by/beside the car. (place) n Mr Wood is standing next to/by/beside the car. (place) n H across, along n Mrs Wood is going across the road. (movement) n A friend is coming along the road. (movement) I near, from, to n The Wood family live in Sandford near Oxford. (place) n Today they’re driving from Sandford to Heathrow Airport. (movement) J away from, towards, past n They’re driving away from Sandford. (movement) n They’re going towards the motorway. (movement) n They’re driving past the motorway sign. (movement) K over, under, through n They’ve just driven over a bridge. (across a bridge is also possible.) (movement) n There’s a river under the bridge. (place) n They’re going to drive through a tunnel. (movement) L above, below n The Wood family have caught their plane. Soon it’s above the clouds. (place) n Nick is watching the clouds below the plane. (place) M between, among, opposite n The Woods finally reach their hotel. It’s between the hills and the sea. (place) n It stands among a lot of trees. (place) n It’s opposite a small island. (place) 201 Exercises 1 Look at the picture. Then complete the statements with these prepositions: above, behind, between, in, in front of, near, next to, on, opposite, under Example: There is a light near the window. 4 There is a lamp ____________ the desk. 5 There is a rubbish bin ____________ the desk. 6 There is an empty box ____________ the rubbish bin. 7 There is a phone ____________ the desk. 1 There is a desk ____________ the window too. 8 There is a filing cabinet ____________ the desk. 2 There is a light ____________ the desk. 9 There is a large wall map ____________ the window. 3 There is a chair ____________ the desk. 10 The desk is ____________ the window and the wall map. 2 Write the correct prepositions. Example: There were a lot of people outside the cinema before the doors opened. (inside/outside) 1 There’s someone ___ the door. Could you answer it, please? (in/at) 2 Is Lucy ___ home today? (in/at) 3 Listen! I think I can hear somebody ___ the garden. (in/at) 4 I’m sorry. Mr Davis isn’t ___ his office just now. He’s seeing the Director. (in/at) 5 There’s a newspaper shop on the other side of the road, ____________ our house. (opposite/in front of) 202 6 Please don’t stand ____________ the children. They can’t see what’s happening. (opposite/in front of) 7 Look! Can’t you see your glasses now? They’re right ____________ you. (opposite/in front of) 8 Swindon is a large town about halfway ____________ London and Bristol. (between/among) 9 ____________ all the white sheep in the field there were a few black ones. (between/among) 10 The woods are lovely there, and we camped ____________ the trees by the stream. (between/among) 3 Look at the picture. Then complete the statements with prepositions. 7 Next it went ____________ our summer house. (across, along, into, past, through) Example: The cat walked along the road for a while. 8 It jumped ____________ the flower bed on the way. 1 It went ____________ the bus stop. 9 It climbed ____________ one side of the summer house. 2 Then it suddenly ran ____________ the road. (away from, down, inside, out of, under) 3 It came ____________ our garden. 10 And it climbed ____________ the other side. 4 It came in ____________ the gate. 11 Next, it crawled ____________ the summer house. (along, over, round, towards, up) 12 Then it went ____________ the summer house for a moment. 5 It walked a little way ____________ the garden path. 13 But then it jumped ____________ the window. 6 Then it ran ____________ the tree. 14 Finally, it ran ____________ the summer house and left the garden. 203 87 Prepositions 2: place at, in, on Where do you live in England? Where do you live? I live at Number 25. I live in a village called Sandford. It’s on the River Thames. A at Use at for an exact place, e.g., at your house. n Where’s Mary? She isn’t at her desk. n I’ll meet you at the cinema entrance. Saint Catherine’s Woodbridge The present church was begun in the 13th century. The tower was added in 1409 with fascinating gargoyles at each angle. Use at for an event. n Were you at the football match? n Over 100 people were at the meeting. B in Use in when there is something around, e.g., a person in a village or a country. n She isn’t in the kitchen. Perhaps she’s in the garden. n Did you put the pen in your pocket? Compare the use of in and at. n The meeting was in Room 93. (the place) n Over 100 people were at the meeting. (the event) C on Use on for any surface. n Nick was standing on the chair. n There’s a mark on the ceiling. 204 A selection of last-minute holidays and travel opportunities at home, on the continent, further afield; in the country, on the coast, near national parks; many at bargain prices. Phone GETAWAY BREAKS, the last-minute specialists on 0171 599 3111. n Her name is on the door. After my work in the City, I like to be at home. What’s the good of a home, if you are never in it? ‘Home, Sweet Home’, that’s my motto. n The answer is on page 75. (The Diary of a Nobody, 1892, George & Weedon Grossmith) Use on for a line that runs between two places, e.g., a river. Our house is right on the River Thames. n The Wood family were on the road to the airport. n There were guards on the frontier between India and Pakistan. The Thelma Hulbert n D Pack your bags Common expressions of place at in at school/work/home/college in hospital/town at the library/crossroads in the country/a forest at the (third) turning in the middle of the road at the front/back of a in the front/back of a queue/hall/bus/plane car at a party/meeting/lesson in a group/queue/line at the top/bottom of a hill in the middle/centre of at the end of a road/line a city/town/village Prepositions 1: place and movement ∆ 86 G A L L E R T on on holiday/business on a lake/island on the right/left on the front/back of an envelope/a book on TV/DVD on the edge/outskirts of town/a city Y he Thelma Hulbert Gallery is situated in Elmfield House, Honiton. The Gallery incorporates a changing display of paintings by artist Thelma Hulbert together with temporary exhibitions of contemporary art and craft. Thelma Hulbert was born in Bath, Somerset, in 1913. She studied painting and design at Bath School of Art before moving to London in the early 30s. Breathless, we flung us on the windy hill, Laughed in the sun, and kissed the lovely grass. (The Hill, Rupert Brooke, 1887–1915) Exercises 1 Match statement halves 1–10 and a–j. Then write the complete statements. 1 Tom lives at 2 There’s a notice on 3 Ann is buying some things in 4 Dad is having a sleep in 5 My aunt lives in 6 Come and meet all the trainees in 9 ________________________________________________ 10 ________________________________________________ 2 Complete the statements. Use these phrases: at that desk, at the entrance, at the meeting, in a village, in the garden, in the middle of, on that wall, on the way, on the bottle, on the edge of Example: Sally lives on the edge of London. She can see the country from her house. 7 I want you to introduce me to everyone at 8 There are two men working on 1 I live ________________________ London. It takes an hour to get out of the city. 9 Sally put the vase of flowers on 10 Both London and Oxford are on a the shopping centre. 2 We can stop for some petrol ________________________ to the shops. 3 A lot of people spoke _______________________________ b Room 564. c a small town outside London. 4 Let’s put this picture ________________________________ d the small bedroom. 5 What does the label _____________________________ say? e the roof. 6 My brother usually works _____________________________ f the party. 7 You can buy your ticket ______________________________ g Number 25, North Street. 8 Mary is picking some flowers __________________________ h the River Thames. i the wall outside my office. j the table. 1 g 1 Tom lives at Number 25, North Street. 2 ___ 3 ___ 4 __ 5 ___ 6 ___ 7 ___ 8 ___ 9 ___ 10 ___ 2 ________________________________________________ 3 ________________________________________________ 4 ________________________________________________ 5 ________________________________________________ 9 My sister lives __________________________ near Oxford. 3 Complete the dialogues. Use in, on or at. Excuse me. Where can I find a photocopier? There’s one in Room 303. Go upstairs and turn right 1____ the top of the stairs. It’s 2____ the right 3____ the end of the corridor. Look. There’s a note 4____ the front door. Oh, yes. It’s written 5____ the back of an envelope. It’s from Jenny. She says she’s 6____ a meeting 7____ college. She’ll be back for dinner. Is Sue 8____ home this afternoon? No, sorry. She’s 9____ the library. 6 ________________________________________________ 7 ________________________________________________ 8 ________________________________________________ Is that the one 10____ Bath Street 11____ town? No, she always uses the one 12____ the shopping centre 13____ the edge of town. 205 88 Prepositions 3: time 1 at, in, on past, to from … to, between … and FORMS We’ll arrive at 12:40 local time. at, in and on The Wood family had their holiday in July. They left on Saturday. They left on 7th July. They left at 7:20 in the morning. past and to They left at twenty past seven. They arrived at twenty to one local time. C A Use on for special days. n I visited my parents on New Year’s Day. n I didn’t have a party on my birthday. n Did things go well on your wedding day? at Use at for time. n Lunch will be at 1:00. n Mum called us at dinner time. Use at for a known point in the past or the future. n They married young. At that time, they were poor. n We will arrive at 10:00. At that point, you will open the main door. Use at for special days, short holidays and festivals. n We always have a party at New Year. n I often go surfing at the weekend. B in Use in for centuries, years, months and seasons. n The car was invented in the 19th century. n We bought our house in 1989. n School started again in September. n We always go skiing in (the) winter. As there was no sign of Lupin moving at nine o’clock, I knocked at his door, and said we usually breakfasted at halfpast eight, and asked how long would he be? … he said he could do with a cup of tea, and didn’t want anything to eat. Lupin not having come down, I went up again at half-past one, and said we dined at two; he said he ‘would be there’. He never came down till a quarter to three. Use in for parts of the day (but not usually with the word night ). n I ate in the morning/afternoon/evening. n We arrived late at night. Use in for a measured time. n Tony finished the job in three weeks. n Your pizzas will be ready in ten minutes. / Days, dates and times ∆ Appendix 5 Do not use in or on with this, last, next, yesterday, tomorrow, each and every. n I came to work late this morning. n Did you go away last weekend? n Tom cleans his car every weekend. August 6, Bank Holiday. Compare these examples with at + short period of time. n We always have a party at New Year. n What are you doing at the weekend? Prepositions 4: time 2 ∆ 89 Use on for parts of a particular day. Compare the following. n Did they go on Saturday morning? n Did they go in the morning? Note these common expressions with at, in and on + time(s). n He’s usually happy, but at times he feels sad. (sometimes) n He’s rich now, but at one time he was very poor. (for a time in the past) n The soldiers climbed the ropes (three) at a time. (three together) n We met in time to talk before the film. (with enough time) n The plane took off on time. (at the right time – not too early, not too late) n You must always get to work on time. (You must not be late for work.) Also use in for periods of time. n We don’t do much work in the holidays. n Are you going away in the summer break? 206 on Use on for days and dates. n They arrived on Saturday. n We left on 7th July. (The Diary of a Nobody, 1892, George & Weedon Grossmith) / British and American English ∆ Appendix 6 D past and to We can tell these times in different ways. n 12:15 ➞ twelve fifteen OR quarter past twelve n 12:30 ➞ twelve thirty OR half past twelve n 12:45 ➞ twelve forty-five OR quarter to one n 12:50 ➞ twelve fifty OR ten to one b Steve and Kate Bolton together with John and Loraine Harwood We can also tell between the ‘fives’ and ‘tens’ times in different ways. If we use the second way, say minutes. n 1:03 ➞ one oh three OR three minutes past one n 1:39 ➞ one thirty-nine OR twenty-one minutes to two request the pleasure of your company at the marriage of Lisa Bolton & Aaron Harwood Note: In American English, after and of are often used instead of past and to. A is used with quarter. With times between the ‘fives’ and ‘tens’, minutes is usually left out: n 12:20 ➞ twenty after twelve n 12:22 ➞ twenty-two after twelve n 12:45 ➞ a quarter of one E From … to, between … and We use both these different pairs of words to express a length of time. From … to is more common. n I was at home from 6:00 to 9:00. n Between the ages of 16 and 19. Harry never saw his family. at Wilderhope Manor on Saturday the 29th of October at 4 p.m. RSVP c REHEARSALS for the Exmouth Choral and Orchestral Society’s ‘Mass in C Minor’ by Mozart started on Monday at Glenorchy Church, Exeter Road. The mass will be performed at Holy Trinity Church on April 25. oni Morrison was born in 1931 in a small steel town in Ohio in the United States. In those days blacks lived separately from whites, but Morrison says she never felt inferior because of her colour. She was more aware of being poor than black. d Rehearsals start for Mozart Mass 3 At half past twelve I left home. I walked to the centre of town. I wanted to arrive on time for my appointment with the bank manager at a qua rter to one. When I arrived at the bank ten minutes later, I didn’t notice anything unusual at first. It was only when I knocked on the manager’s door, that I rea lized the building was completely empty. T a O Five Cornish Artis invite you to a pr on Sunday 10 th ivate view of ts O their work May from 4:3 0 to 6:30 p.m . (thereafter 11 .00–5.00 from Tuesday 12th at the Brick St May to Saturd reet Gallery, Pe ay 30th May) nzeen (just be hind the Corn Market). 207 Exercises 1 Complete the conversation. Use at, in and on. Tony and his mother are talking on the phone. Mum: So can you come home on Saturday, Tony? Tony: I’m sorry, Mum, but I can’t come 1_____ the weekend this week or next week. Mum: Well, are we going to see you 2_____ the holidays? Can you get away from London 3_____ the last week of December? 12 What are you doing _____ Wednesday evening? 13 We’ll be at a party _____ New Year’s Eve. 14 We’ll be away for a week _____ New Year. 15 Hurry! We have to leave _____ an hour’s time. 16 The climbers reached the top _____ the fifth day. 17 Tom left home _____ the age of 15. Tony: Well, I can get away 4_____ the 30th. Mum: The 30th. That’ll be a Thursday, won’t it? Tony: That’s right. And New Year’s Eve will be 5_____ Friday. I’ll be able to stay until the following Monday. Mum: Good! So you’ll be with us 6_____ New Year. It’s good to be at home with your family 7_____ that time of the year. Tony: Right. And we’ll have a good time 8_____ New Year’s Eve – just like the old days. Mum: Wonderful! So what time can we expect you? Will you be arriving late 9_____ night? Tony: I’ll probably leave London 10_____ lunchtime, so that means I’ll get to you 11_____ about 6:00. Mum: So you’ll be with us 12_____ the evening. Dad and the children will be pleased. 2 Complete the statements. Use at, in and on. Example: I’ll be away on Thursday. 1 The meeting will start _____ 10:00. 2 I took a short holiday _____ January. 3 Columbus sailed across the Atlantic _____ 1492. 4 We flew to Malta late _____ Saturday. 5 Are you doing anything special _____ your birthday? 6 The telephone was invented _____ the 19th century. 18 We finished the job _____ less than a week. 19 I haven’t got any money _____ the moment. 3 Complete the conversation. Use at, in, on or nothing (7). Hello, Fred. I was trying to call you 7 last weekend. Did you call on Saturday? Yes, that’s right. I phoned 1___ Saturday morning and again 2___ lunchtime. I’m sorry, but I was out. I always go sailing 3___ Saturdays. So I suppose that means you’re going sailing again 4___ Saturday 5___ this weekend too. I’m afraid so. What’s the problem? Well, I’d like your help with a new computer that I bought 6___ last week. Sure. No problem. I can help you 7___ Sunday night. Ah, but I’ll be away all day until late. You see, I visit my parents 8 ___ each Sunday. I see. Well, what about 9___ the evening? I’m free after I finish work 10___ 5:30. In fact, I don’t usually do much 11___ the week these days, and I’m free 12___ nearly every evening. Well, I have to go out 13___ tonight, but could we get together 14 ___ tomorrow evening? Fine. I’m free 15___ the evening tomorrow too. I’ll come round to your place 16___ 7:00. Thanks. 7 I’ll be in New York _____ this time next week. That’ll be really great! 8 We always go to France _____ the summer. 4 Complete the statements. Use these phrases. 9 I won’t be away for long. I’ll be home _____ three days. at times, at a time, at one time, in time, on time 10 The president is arriving _____ midday. Example: 11 Ann usually watches TV _____ the evening. 1 The runners left in groups every two minutes. They left six __________________. 208 Don’t be late. Make sure you’re there on time . 2 I enjoy life most of the time, but __________________ I’d like to go back to the old days. 3 We arrived just _________________. The shop was just going to close. 4 There are factories everywhere here now, but __________________ there were just green fields. 5 The trains always leave _______________. They’re never late. 4 Moving into June now, ______________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 6 ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 Write the times in words. Use past and to. Examples: n 12:15 n 10:41 quarter past twelve nineteen minutes to eleven 1 3:10 ___________________________________________ 2 7:50 ___________________________________________ 7 ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 8 ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 9:30 ___________________________________________ 4 2:45 ___________________________________________ 5 5:15 ___________________________________________ 6 1:13 ___________________________________________ Diary May Mon, 26th May 7 11:31 __________________________________________ 8:30 a.m. – travel to NY 8 12:59 __________________________________________ Wed, 28th May 3:45 p.m. – return to London 6 Rewrite the diary notes as full statements. Use the present continuous. You work for a busy company director. Remind him of his activities in the next two weeks. Example: On Monday the 26th, you’re travelling to New York at 8:30 in the morning. 1 ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Fri, 30th May all day – meet Japanese visitors from the Subarashi Corporation Sat, 31st May evening – speak at the goodbye party for the Managing Director June Mon, 2nd June p.m. – attend the sales conference Tues, 3rd June a.m. – talk at the sales conference Thurs, 5th June 7:15 a.m. – fly to Rome Fri, 6th June 11:45 a.m. – leave Rome for Madrid Sat, 7th June midday – travel back to London 209 89 Prepositions 4: time 2 for, since ago, before during, while until/till, by FORMS for and since I have lived here for 50 years. He has lived there since the 1960s. ago and before He moved there 50 years ago. He had lived with his parents before that. during and while A lot has changed during those 50 years. A lot has changed while he has been there. until/till and by He will be there until/till he dies. I’ve lived here for 50 years. And I’ll stay here till I die. By the year 2020 he will be 80 years old. CROSSCHECK CROSSCHECK for We use for to say how long in any tense, in the past, present or future. n It rained for three hours. ©™ since We use since to say how long mainly in the present perfect. He’s lived here since 1945. n We use since with the present perfect to say how long up to the present. Since refers to the start. We use for with the present perfect to say how long up to the present. For refers to the time between the start and now. ago We use ago to say when something happened in the past. Count back from the present. n Where’s my book? It was here a minute ago! ©™ before We use before to say when something happened in the past. Count back from another event in the past. n I finished at 4:30, but the others had finished two hours before. during ©™ We use during to refer to a period of time expressed as a unit of time. Use during + noun, e.g., the day, or + noun phrase, e.g., the early afternoon. n I’ll call again during the week. while We use while to refer to a period of time expressed as an activity. Use while + verb, e.g., ... while I was training, or + clause, e.g., ... while I was away on holiday. n I’ll visit you while I’m in town. until/till Until/till refers to a period continuing to a point in time. ©™ by By refers to a point in time. n I’ll be busy until 5:00. (I have no free time between now and 5:00.) n Please reply by 5:00. (Please call at or before 5:00. 5:00 is the latest Therefore I can’t call before 5:00, but I will be able to call at 5:00.) possible time. Before 5:00 is better.) Th e Fa c ts Motorized road traffic is projected to at least DOUBLE on 2005 levels by the year 2035. There are more bicycles than cars in Britain, but most are little used because people won’t ride them along the polluted, congested and frankly dangerous roads which characterize our towns and cities. 210 Present perfect 2 ∆ 12 / Prepositions 3: time 1 ∆ 88 Meet the Chef! Paul Dazzel began working in the kitchen at Nebford House 12 years ago, washing up in the evenings while he was still at school. Now at the ripe old age of 25, he has been head chef here for 16 months. Paul has retained the standard of Burton’s Restaurant cuisine at the AA Two Red Rosette level and he intends to increase that to Three Rosettes this year. During the two decades since StayClear began, thousands of homeowners have been delighted to discover that not all window firms are the same. WE make the difference with our unique blend of product quality, installation experience and good old-fashioned customer service. PASSPORT PHOTOS Retake your photo until you are happy with it – at no extra cost Exercises 1 Complete the story with for or since. Oxford Lasers (OL) has been in business 5 Somebody got into the house _________ the night. since 1977, and it has held an important place in the high-tech world of laser technology for many years. The five directors had done a lot of work on lasers at Oxford University 1_________ several years before they started their company, and they continued to work at the university 2 _________ some time after 1977 too. Because of this, OL developed very slowly, but it has come a long way 3_________ the introduction of its early products in the 1980s. There were financial problems in the early 1990s 4_________ a year or two, but the company got through these and has remained a leader in laser technology 5_________ then. 6_________ a number of years it has been developing sales world-wide, and 7 _______ 1985 it has also owned a company in the USA. More recently, 8_______ 2000, OL has been developing a number of laser systems that cut and measure materials with microscopic accuracy. These technologies will find new uses in communications and other industries 9 _______ many more years to come. 6 They’d never seen anything like that _________ their whole time in Canada! 7 I worked out my travel plans _________ I was waiting for the train. 8 _________ you’re cleaning the car, could you also check the oil, water and tyres? Thanks! 4 Complete the dialogues with by or until/till. Example: tomorrow morning? Yes, but I’ll have to work Tim bought a BMW two days He had an old Fiat before 1 You went to Ibiza two years _________, didn’t you? That’s right. We’d never been there _________. 2 How long _________ did you try to call her? An hour _________. But she’d left ten minutes _________. 3 Lucy went away to college three years _________, didn’t she? Yes, and it was a hard time because she hadn’t been away from home very much _________. 3 Complete the statements with during or while. Examples: n Jim Brown called while midnight to do it. Ann was already married _________ the age of 19. She lived at home _________ then, didn’t she? 2 I’m sorry, sir. Your car won’t be ready _________ early tomorrow afternoon. So, if I come at 4:30, will it be ready _________ then? Oh, yes. No problem, Sir. 3 _________ this time tomorrow, I’ll be in Tokyo. How long are you going to stay there? _________ this time next week. 4 I’m sure Tony has left the office _________ now. I don’t think so. He said he’d have to work _________ late this evening. ago. didn’t he? until 1 2 Complete the dialogues with ago or before. Example: by Do you think you’ll be able to finish the picture 5 Complete the story. Use prepositions from Exercises 1–4. Arthur had worked in the same, large office for 30 years. ‘I’ve worked here 1_________ I was 19,’ he often thought. ‘And 2 _________ all those years I haven’t done anything very exciting.’ you were out. n There will be a fire practice during the morning. 1 What’s Tom going to do _________ he’s in America? 2 _________ the meeting, we’ll discuss the sales report. 3 _________ you’re at the bank, could you get me some money too? 4 Are you going to visit Australia _________ your trip round the world? One day, 3_________ he was at a very boring meeting, he suddenly decided to change his life completely. He thought, ‘I’ll go on working 4 _________ another six months – 5_________ my 50th birthday – and then I’ll stop. I’ll sell the house, buy a boat and go sailing.’ 6 _________ the middle of the following year he had done all these things. As he sailed among the Scottish islands on his first long trip, he thought, ‘Why didn’t I do this 7_________? I should have left that office ten years 8_________!’ 211 90 A Preposition + noun; noun + preposition by Shakespeare, for you, on TV, etc. Preposition + noun Many phrases have the form preposition + noun. Here are some common ones. Here you are. It’s a play by Shakespeare. Thanks, Dad. It’s for you. n It’s a picture by Rembrandt. I paid by credit card/cheque. (But in cash) n They cut through the rock by hand. n We sent the package by special delivery. n n There’s someone on the phone. It’s for you. We’re having fish for dinner/lunch/breakfast. n Let’s go out for a walk/swim/run/meal. n They’ve gone for a short holiday. (But go on holiday) n n I’ve seen this on TV. I heard it on TV/on the radio. (But at the cinema/theatre) He hurt her on purpose. (But by accident/mistake/chance) n The house is on fire. n Sally is on a diet. She wants to lose six kilograms. n n I’m going on a school trip to see it in London soon. The bus leaves at 12:00, so be there on time. n We’re going to stop for tea on the way there. n Bill is going to Africa on business/holiday/safari. n They’re going on a trip/bus tour. n We’re going by bus and not by train. B 212 Noun + preposition Many phrases have the form noun + preposition. Here are some common ones. n Tom’s teacher sent the theatre a request for 60 tickets. (also application for/need for/reason for) n He was very pleased as the theatre reduced the price of the tickets by 20%. (also cost of/hope of/way of ) n Unfortunately, there was a problem with the bus company. (also trouble with/matter with) n There was a rise in the cost of hiring the bus. (also fall/increase/decrease in) Adjective + preposition ∆ 91 / Prepositional verbs ∆ 92 We’re going by car/bike/plane/train/ship/road/air/rail/sea. (But on foot) Here, by refers to the method of transport (just like by hand, by special delivery above). We use in or on for a specific vehicle. n He’s in his car/on his bike. n He’s on the bus/plane/train/ship. Romantic Flowers by post from Guernsey for Birthdays and Anniversaries Exercises 1 Complete the dialogues with at, by, for, in and on. Example: Did you go by bus? No, we went 1 2 3 4 5 6 in Steve’s car. 7 They’re showing a new film ________________________ in George Street. Let’s go to the beach ______ foot. No, let’s go ______ bike. It’s quicker. 8 If you want to get this package to the customer early tomorrow, send it ________________________. I saw you! You hit Sam ______ purpose! No, I didn’t. I did it ______ accident! There’s someone ______ the phone, and it’s ______ Bob. He isn’t here. He’s gone out ______ a run. I’m going to have some toast ______ breakfast. No, you aren’t. It’s ______ fire! Can’t you smell it? Are you here ______ holiday? No, I’m ______ a short business trip. Can I pay ______ cheque? I’m sorry, sir. We can only accept payment ______ cash or ______ credit card. 7 Is there anything good ______ TV tonight? No, and there’s nothing interesting ______ the radio either. 8 What’s the new play ______ the theatre this week? It’s called Paris in the Spring. It’s ______ that new writer, Mark Ross. 2 Complete the statements with these words. Put a preposition before each one. a diet, air, an artist, a school trip, a tour, a walk, dinner, his bike, my car, special delivery, the cinema Example: I’m hungry. Let’s stop at that restaurant 6 It’s a nice day. Let’s go ________________________ along the river. for dinner. 1 My cousins from Australia are visiting Britain. They’re ________________________ of the country. 2 Their car is full. You’d better go ________________________. 3 Tony’s class is going ________________________ to Italy. 4 Tony and his friends are travelling to Italy ________________________. 5 Can you see Rob? He’s over there. He’s going down the road ________________________. 9 We aren’t eating very much at the moment. We’re ________________________. 10 It’s a wonderful picture. It’s ________________________ who lived about 600 years ago. 3 Complete the statements with these words. Put a preposition after each one. applications, call, difficulties, fall, hope, increase, interested, matter, need, problem, way Example: We’ve had a lot of applications for the job of Chief Engineer. 1 What’s the __________________ you? You always seem angry about something. 2 Could you please keep quiet? There’s no __________________ all this noise. 3 We’d better stop here for tonight. There’s no __________________ reaching the village before dark. 4 Prices have gone up a little this year. There’s been a small __________________ the cost of living. 5 Scientists have found a new __________________ producing electricity cheaply. 6 There’s a __________________ your plan. I’m afraid it won’t work. 7 The rescue team has had a __________________ help. They’re on their way to the accident now. 8 There has been a __________________ the size of families. They’re smaller nowadays. 9 I’m very _______________________ photography. 10 Peter had _______________________ his homework. 213 91 Adjective + preposition He’s good at figures. Some adjectives take one or more prepositions. Here are some common ones and some examples on the right. 1 n 2 n 1 2 3 4 Sam is a junior accountant. He’s excited about his first business trip next month. He’s worried/anxious about his accountancy exams next week. n He got angry/annoyed about a noisy party next door last night. n His neighbour was sorry about the noise. n n He got angry/annoyed with his neighbour last night. He sometimes gets bored/fed up with his work. n He’s afraid/nervous of failing his exams next week. He isn’t at all sure of passing them. n His family will be proud of him if he passes. n He’s tired of studying late every night. n n n 3 n He’s not used/accustomed to so much hard work. Luckily, he's very interested in what he’s doing. Sam was amazed/surprised/shocked at/by the number of books he had to read for the exams. n His boss is pleased/happy with/about Sam’s work now. n He was disappointed with/about Sam’s work at first. n Sam is very careful/careless with/about his work. n n n n n n 4 Sam is responsible for the weekly sales figures. The figures are nearly ready for printing. He’s late/early for a meeting. Sam’s family feel sorry for him when he works late. His mother thinks the work is bad for his eyes. His father knows the work is good for his future. n He’s good/brilliant at figures. n He’s bad/terrible/hopeless at languages. n Life for Sam often seems quite similar to school. n ‘With all the exams, work is no different from/to my last year at school,’ he often tells his parents. Football news now, and non-league Tinford went out of the FA Cup yesterday but they have no reason to feel disappointed with their performance. ON YOUR BIKE! Cycling is the trendy way to travel, according to Sustrans (which stands for Sustainable Transport), the national cycle network. Apparently, cyclists suffer less from pollution than many motorists! And if you’re worried about cycle safety, Sustrans has lots of tips on their website ... Looking for a bargain late break on the Cote d’Azur? You can be sure of a wonderful welcome at the fabulous L’hotel beau from £595 *p.p.p.w. *per person per week H a i r C l i n i c I’m fed up with my shoulder-length hairstyle. Whenever I wash it, it just tends to get very static. What do you suggest I do? Mrs C Louch, Nottingham 214 Preposition + noun; noun + preposition ∆ 90 / Prepositional verbs ∆ 92 Exercises 1 Complete the statements with about, at, for, of and with. Example: I feel very sorry for 7 I hope you got to the interview on time. Yes, I did. In fact, I was twenty minutes _______________ it. 8 Have Robin and Steve reached Australia in their little boat yet? No. They’re two weeks late, and we’re very _______________ them. Ann. The poor girl has been ill for so long. 1 Are you ready _________ a big surprise? 2 Tim is quite good _________ sport. 3 I’m very angry _________ Sam. He never answers my letters. 3 Write statements using the underlined words and the words in brackets. 4 We really thought our team would win, so we were disappointed _________ the bad result. Example: 5 I wish they’d be more careful _________ their work. 1 Mrs Elfin shouted at her children. (angry) She was __________________________________________ 6 You must stop working day and night. It’s very bad _________ you. 7 I’m fed up _________ eating at home all the time. Let’s go out. 8 Tony and Lisa were so annoyed _________ the people next door that they called the police. 2 Complete the statements with these words. Put a preposition after each one. different, early, good, late, proud, responsible, shocked, terrible, worried Example: I was shocked at the bad sales figures. Ann reads a lot about sailing. (interested) She’s interested in sailing. 2 Working at night was strange at first, but it’s all right now. (used) I’m ______________________________________________ 3 Bob is going to give away all his old computer games. (tired) He’s _____________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Peter isn’t sure if his first business trip on his own will go well. (anxious) He’s _____________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Me too. I’d expected much better sales. 1 I can’t understand this Maths problem. But it’s easy! You must be really _______________ Maths. 2 People in Manchester are very _______________ their football team. Yes, especially as they’ve won the championship again. 3 4 The men have done the job again, but it still looks bad. I agree. It’s no _______________ last time. It isn’t _______________ small children to stay up late at night. That’s right. It means they’re very tired the next day. 5 Calm down! Why are you running around like that? Because I’m _______________ a very important meeting. 6 Have you heard? Joe’s a senior manager now. Yes, I hear he’s _______________ the whole factory now. 5 The airline staff felt bad because of the long delay at the airport. (sorry) They were ________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 6 Bill decided to turn the never-ending radio programme off. (bored) He was ___________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 7 Old Mrs Price doesn’t like going out alone at night. (nervous) She’s ____________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 8 It was a fantastic surprise to see the huge number of people at the concert. (amazed) We were __________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 215 92 A Prepositional verbs She applied for several jobs. He stole $600 from her. Verb + preposition Some verbs take a preposition followed by an object. Here are some common ones. 1 n Claire looked for a job before she left college. n She asked for details of lots of jobs. n She applied to a lot of companies. n She applied for lots of jobs. n She waited hopefully for the replies, but they were all negative. n n n n n Then she heard about a good job in Paris. She had never dreamed of a job abroad before. But she talked about it with her friend. She read about the company on the Internet. She thought about the job a lot. 1 2 3 4 n Then she wrote to the company in Paris. The director replied to her letter immediately. n He talked to her on the phone. n 2 Be careful. A few verbs take different prepositions – with different meanings. n Look at this photo. It’s beautiful. n I’m looking for my glasses. Can you see them? n Could you look after the baby for a few minutes? n I think about the job a lot – the good things and the bad things. Listen! I’ve just thought of an amazing new idea! n When I dream about the crash, I always wake up. n Harry dreams of success, but it’s never going to happen! n B LOOKING FOR A PUBLISHER? DO YOU DREAM OF BECOMING AN AUTHOR? Verb + object + preposition Some verbs take an object and then a preposition followed by another object. Here are some common ones: n The company invited Claire to an interview. n They provided her with train tickets. 3 n In Paris, she asked someone for directions. Don’t sign a contract before reading the cover story in Writing Magazine, now on sale in newsagents and bookshops for £3.75. Adopt a panda and save him from extinction. n At the interview, she asked them about the job. They told her about the pay and conditions. n She accepted the job and they congratulated her on her decision. n 4 n n n n n n Adoption costs just £15 a year. When we hear from you, we’ll send you a certificate, a photo of your animal and a quarterly progress report. She also had a bad experience in Paris. A thief robbed her of her money. He stole 300 from her. Fortunately, she had insured herself against theft. She blamed herself for the theft because she had left her purse on a cafe table. She informed the police of/about the theft immediately. She described the purse to the police, but they never found it. Send for your pack today. SCENE QuickReach Messaging Service To contact me via my QuickReach messager: • Dial my messager number (see reverse). • Wait for a bureau operator to answer, then leave a short message of up to 90 characters (about 15 words). 216 Preposition + noun; noun + preposition ∆90 / Adjective + preposition ∆ 91 / magazine British and American English ∆ Appendix 6 The only magazine that specializes in bringing you what’s hot in music, fashion and the world of art. Exercises 1 Complete the statements with about, for, and to. Example: A boy came to the door and asked for 3 Complete the statements with these verbs. Add prepositions. a glass of water. ask, congratulate, insure, provide, steal, tell Example: 1 I’ll wait ____________ you outside the cinema. Companies need to insure themselves against injuries to their staff. 2 Ann is on the phone. Could you talk ____________ her, please? 3 They’re very bad. They take ages to reply ____________ letters. 1 The old man __________________ us _________ some money, so we gave him £1. 2 Mrs Brett, we’d all like to __________________ you _________ reaching the fantastic age of 100. 4 The family talked ____________ their plans every night. 5 Danny dreams ____________ being famous one day. 3 We __________________ all employees of the company _________ identity cards. 6 Every night, Suzanne dreams ____________ her family back home in Canada. 4 There’s a reporter here. He wants to __________________ you _________ your plans for a new factory. 2 Complete the dialogues with the correct forms of the verbs and prepositions. Example: There’s Mark Blake. He’s famous! Mark Blake? I’ve never 1 5 The reporter said, ‘Could you please __________________ me _________ your ideas for a new factory in town?’ heard of him! (hear) Hello, I’m Tom Grant. Hello. I’ve often _____________________ you. It’s nice to meet you at last. (hear) 6 I’m sure you’re wrong about the missing money. Sam would never __________________ anything _________ anybody. 4 Complete the statements. Write the words in order and put the verbs in the correct forms. Add prepositions. Example: 2 3 4 5 I hear you’re looking for a new job. That’s right. I’ve _____________________ several companies. (apply) What sort of job are you _____________________? (apply) I’m trying to get a job in sales. Have you found an answer to the problem yet? No. I’ve been _____________________ it for ages, but I haven’t got any ideas. (think) Can you see what to do about the problem? Well, yes, I’ve suddenly _____________________ a new idea! (think) stole my wallet from my pocket. (my/my/steal/pocket/wallet) Yesterday a thief 1 Tim couldn’t understand the homework task, so he _____________ _______________________________ (the/help/ask/teacher) 2 We phoned the doctor, and we _________________________ _______________________________ (him/the/tell/accident) 3 It wasn’t Tony’s fault, but they still ______________________ _______________________________ (him/the/crash/blame) 4 The police are coming soon, so you can __________________ _____________________________ (them/man/describe/the) 6 7 8 Who waters the plants when you’re away? My neighbours _____________________ them. (look) What sort of bike would you like? One like this! Come and _____________________ it. (look) Oh, no! I’ve lost my wallet. Don’t worry. I’ll help you _______________ it. (look) 5 It’s my birthday next week, and I’m _____________________ _________________________ (my/my/invite/all/party/friends) 6 The police took the man’s gun, arrested him and ___________ ________________________________________________ (him/right/silent/inform/to remain/him) 217 93 Phrasal verbs come in, sit down, give out, pick up, turn over, etc. FORMS You can turn over your papers and begin. Verb + adverb The students came in and sat down. Verb + adverb + object The teacher took out the exam papers, and then he gave them out. Verb + adverb + preposition The students carried on with their work. All these phrasal verbs are without objects. Here are some more examples. Last month, I went away for my summer holidays. I had an early start when my alarm clock went off at 3:45. I woke up, but then I nearly fell asleep again. I finally got up at 3:55. I quickly had breakfast and then went out at 4:20. I put my luggage in the car, got in and set off. I arrived at the airport at 5:00, went in and checked in. Then I sat down and waited for hours: my flight didn’t take off till 9:30! B A Meanings of phrasal verbs We use phrasal verbs a lot, especially in informal conversation. They all include a verb and an adverb, and many of them are easy to understand: they mean what the verb and the adverb together say. n Hearing Joe and the other students outside the classroom, their teacher stood up and called out, ‘Come in, everyone, and please sit down.’ Adverbs which are used in phrasal verbs include: about, across, along, around, away, back, behind, by, down, forward, in, off, on, out, over, round, through, to, under, up Although some phrasal verbs are easy to understand, e.g., Come in, everyone …, many have special meanings that you have to learn. Here are a few examples: n That new hairstyle came in last year. (became popular) n Reports of a big earthquake are coming in. (are being received) n We came in second out of 15 boats. (finished the race) (And from this, you can also see that the same phrasal verb may have several different meanings.) Some of the most common verbs in English, e.g., come, go, put, take, are the ones that form the most phrasal verbs. Take the verb come: it forms phrasal verbs with several other adverbs. Here are a few examples: n She’s a good speaker. Her ideas come across very clearly. (are understood) n This plan is really no good. It just won’t come off! (succeed) n When Ian came round after the crash, he saw that the car was on fire. (became conscious again after an injury, often to the head) n I have to go. Something has come up at the office. (happened unexpectedly) 218 Prepositional verbs ∆ 92 Phrasal verbs with and without objects; object word order Some phrasal verbs have no object, e.g., all the ones in Section A. But many do. n The teacher put down her briefcase. n She took out the exam papers. n She gave out the exam papers. n The students turned over the papers. n They picked up their pens and started writing. These noun objects are in end position. We can also usually put a noun object in mid-position. Compare: n The teacher gave the exam papers out. n The students picked their pens up and started. But if the noun object is more than one or two words long, we usually keep it in end position. n The teacher gave out the Information Technology exam papers. On the other hand, if the object is a personal object pronoun, it nearly always stays in mid-position. end position mid-position I I n The teacher took out the exam papers. Then she gave them out. n Joe carefully worked out each answer. Then he wrote it down. But other types of pronoun can come in end position, particularly for emphasis. n The teacher gave out the wrong papers. She gave out these ones, and she should have given out those. n Joe and Sue picked up the wrong pens. He picked up hers, and she picked up his. Here are some more examples of phrasal verbs with objects: After work in London, Dan always gets on the train at exactly 5:35. He opens up his newspaper at the page where he stopped on the train to work in the morning. He gets off the train at 6:17, and he walks home. When he gets there, he takes off his jacket, and he puts away his briefcase. He then goes to the freezer, takes out some food, puts it in the microwave and turns it on. He eats at 7:00, and then he does what he loves best. He puts on his black motorbike leathers and helmet, takes out his powerful motorbike and roars off down the road at high speed! Verb + adverb + preposition Idiomatic phrasal-prepositional verbs are common. phrasal preposition I I n Joe often looked up at the clock as he worked. As with phrasal verbs, the same words can mean different things. n We have to get on with the job quickly. (continue doing) n Joe gets on with Mark very well. (has a good relationship) Here are some more examples of phrasal verb + preposition. Several months ago, Lucy decided to go in for the London Marathon. But she soon came up against a problem: work had become very busy. As a result, she did not get round to doing much training for ages. Finally, she realized that she was running out of time to prepare. She knew she could not get away with running a marathon like this. So last month she faced up to the need for a tough training programme. She often does not feel up to running before work, but she always does. She recently joined in with some other people preparing for the race. At first, she could not keep up with them, but now she is doing better. At last, she is looking forward to the ‘big day’ – which is good because it’s tomorrow! rs will be ttery numbe National Lo ay and ne ery Wed sd broadcast ev ening on Saturday ev io 5 Live. ad R BBC1 and Need some holiday inspiration ? Do you feel the need to spice up your holiday plans this year? Don’t put up with the same old ideas. Come with us and discover a worl d of difference. Different Destinations you to drop in nd Debbie and Chris invite p.m. on October 22 10 d an . p.m 6 n ee tw be nk. for a housewarming dri Our new address is: 10 Links Road Marfield MA10 5HR Tel: 01633 234568 If you want to cut out SMOKING, help is at hand. AUTUMN SALE NEWS C r the Look out fo bers! missing num with r in your garden, or you want to fill it up If you’re looking for winter and spring colou it. with on get to time the now’s then s, long-lasting perennials and shrub Our ‘Winter Mix’ primroses will brighten any dull, end of winter day as they push their way up through cold, wet snow. (36 plugs + 6 free!) CODE: NG6441 £18.49 £10.99 And why not turn up the heat next spring with everyone’s favourite pansies? ‘Party Splash’ will create a carpet of living colour everywhere! (72 plugs + 12 free!) CODE: NG5273 £11.49 219 Exercises 1 Complete the statements with these phrasal verbs. call out, come in, get on, give out, pick up, put away, sit down, stand up, turn over, turn up, write down Example: I can’t find my book now, but I know it’ll turn up later. 1 Could you _______________ all the rubbish on the floor, please? It looks very untidy. 2 I’m going to _______________ sets of working clothes to all the new trainees. 3 Please _______________ on the chairs over there. 4 We always have to _______________ our papers when we finish work and leave our desks clean. 5 _______________ the paper and start the exam, please. 5 You can go home now, but please _______________ to the office by 2:00. 6 I don’t _______________ immediately in the morning. I lie in bed and plan my day. 7 That coat looks good on you, but does it look all right from the back? _______________ slowly and let me see. 8 Pat was so tired that she couldn’t _______________. She didn’t open her eyes for ten minutes. 3 Use these phrasal verbs with objects to complete the statements. Change forms as necessary. pay in/take out (e.g., money at the bank) put on/take off (e.g., clothes) put up/bring down (e.g., shop prices) switch on/switch off (e.g., lights) 6 Don’t wait outside the door. Please _______________. turn up/turn down (e.g., radio volume) 7 I’ve still got a long way to go this evening, so I’d better _______________. 8 Please take a seat. I’ll _______________ your name when it’s your turn. 9 When the President enters the room, everyone has to _______________. 10 Can I ask you to _______________ your name and contact details, please? 2 Use these phrasal verbs without objects to complete the statements. Moving: come in, come back, go on, go out, move away, turn round Resting: get up, lie down, wake up Example: Please come in. The door is open. Example: It’s getting dark. I’ll switch on the lights. 1 I’ll need some money for the weekend. I’d better find a cash machine and ________________________ £50. 2 Look. They’ve ________________________ the price of these laptops. They’re only $650 now. 3 Could you ________________________ the TV, please? It’s too loud. 4 Tom ________________________ his dirty boots before he went into the house. 5 It was raining, so I ________________________ a coat when I went out. 6 Oh, no! They’re ________________________ the price of petrol again! It’s getting expensive! 1 I’m tired. I’m going to _______________ and have a rest. 2 This place is horrible. Let’s get on the road again, and let’s _______________ to the next town and stay there. 7 When Ted goes away on holiday, he always _______________ ______________ the TV at the wall. 3 Let’s _______________ and get some fresh air for an hour. 8 I ________________________ the radio because I couldn’t hear what they were saying. 4 If you _______________ and live abroad, we may never see you again. 9 I ________________________ some cash and some cheques at the bank. 220 4 Complete the statements. Change the noun objects into pronoun objects. Example: Bob told me to give out the clothes, so I gave them out. 2 Listen, we really have to reduce the amount we spend every month. Listen, we really have to ________________________ the amount we spend every month. 1 Ann wanted Tom to pick up the rubbish, so he _____________ ________________________________________________ 3 Are you well enough to feel like going to the party tonight? ________________________ going to the party tonight? 2 Dad asked us to switch off the TV, so we _________________ ________________________________________________ 4 The engineers have hit a huge problem, and they’re not sure of the answer. The engineers have ________________________ a huge problem, and they’re not sure of the answer. 3 My boss told me to put away my papers, so I ______________ ________________________________________________ 4 Sue asked the men to put down the cases, so they _________ ________________________________________________ 5 Steve wanted his brother to turn up the volume, so he _______ ________________________________________________ 6 The boss asked us to pay in the money at the bank, so we ________________________________________________ 7 My sister wanted me to try out her new fish pie recipe, so I ________________________________________________ 8 The children kept asking Lynda to finish off their bedtime story, so she ___________________________________________ 9 The strange woman kept asking Mrs James to call her back, so she finally ________________________________________ 10 Mum told Tina to turn over the sausages before they got burned, so she ___________________________________________ 5 Add a verb + adverb + preposition with a similar meaning to the underlined word(s) in each sentence. Choose from the following. come up against cut back on face up to feel up to get away with get on with get round to go back on join in with put up with run out of Example: I can’t accept the neighbours’ noise any more. I’m calling the police! I can’t put up with the neighbours’ noise any 5 It’s time to look clearly at the fact that we need to replace this old cooker. It’s time to ________________________ the fact that we need to replace this old cooker. 6 Did you take part in that great big street party in town last New Year? ________________________ that great big street party in town last New Year? 7 Well, it’s nice talking, but now I must begin cooking dinner for the family. Well, it’s nice talking, but now I must ____________________ ______ cooking dinner for the family. 8 I think we’re going to have no milk left very soon, so I’ll add it to the shopping list. I think ________________________ milk very soon, so I’ll add it to the shopping list. 9 Tidying up his room is something that Harry never seems to find enough time to do! Tidying up his room is something that Harry never seems to ________________________ doing! 10 Mark’s the only one not helping, and no one is saying anything! How does he manage to do that without getting into trouble? Mark’s the only one not helping, and no one is saying anything! How does he manage to ________________________ that? more. I’m calling the police! 1 Peter said he would help us, but it seems he’s reversed his decision. Peter said he would help us, but it seems he’s _______________________ his decision. 221 94 Linking ideas in a single clause We sell office machinery as well as stationery. FORMS We stock paper in plain white and in many colours. We supply printer ink cartridges, but not spare parts. You can buy notebooks singly or in packs of five. We sell office machinery as well as stationery. We’ve got office furniture such as desks and filing cabinets. Michael found everything on his list except for a traditional desk lamp. He was able to take everything by car apart from the furniture. At Planet Office we sell everything you can think of for the office. A Conjunctions in a clause A clause is the simplest sentence unit, and it may just contain a subject and a verb. (∆ Unit 2C) Subject Verb Michael was shopping. However, a clause usually contains more. n Tom was shopping (at Planet Office). n He was checking (the prices of various things). The total cost of his new office was $1,320 for everything but carpets. B Other ways of adding information to a clause We can avoid a second clause (or a second sentence) in other ways too. Compare: n We sell office machinery, and we also sell stationery equipment. ➞ We sell office machinery as well as stationery equipment. Compare these further examples: n We’ve got furniture. For example, we’ve got desks and filing cabinets. ➞ We’ve got furniture such as desks and filing cabinets. n Michael found nearly everything, but he did not find a lamp. ➞ Michael found everything except for/apart from/but a lamp. Sentences often contain a second idea. This may be in a second clause with another verb, but we can often add the idea without another verb. We usually use the conjunctions and, but and or to do this. n Tom bought a printer and (he bought) some copy paper. n The printer is very good but (it is) very expensive/not cheap. n It can print in one colour or (it can print) in full colour. CAR PARK With and and but, you can say and/but also or and/but … too for emphasis. n Tom bought a printer and also some copy paper. n The printer is very good but very expensive too. Parking is at owners’ risk. The management will not be responsible either for theft or for damage. With or, you can say either … or for emphasis. n It can print either in one colour or in full colour. For stronger emphasis on the second alternative, you can add else. n You can buy either standard Ace paper or else the much better Super Ace quality. The horrific Black Death, which swept across Europe in 1347–51, killed about 25 million people – a third of the total population. In many communities, all but a few died; in others none at all survived. Similar two-part expressions for emphasis include both … and and neither … nor. n To our surprise, Alan bought both a PC and a laptop. n Despite their promises, the company delivered neither the desks nor the chairs. Note: The form positive verb + neither/nor is formal. 222 The sentence: types and structures ∆ 2 / Linking ideas in sentences ∆ 95–98 / Connecting sentences ∆ 99 Exercises 1 Expand the sentence parts. Add and, but or or. Example: Did you buy the eggs and the tomatoes I asked you 3 Sarah is setting up her new office at home and is shopping for things she needs. Rewrite underlined parts of the conversation, using these words: to get? (get)/eggs/not/tomatoes I got the eggs but not the tomatoes. as well as except for/apart from/but Example: Sarah such as I see you’re having a sale. Assistant Yes, there’s 20% off, and there’s also a 1 2 3 I’d love something cold to drink. (can have) orange juice/ice coffee ________________________________________________ What did you do yesterday evening? (go) into town/then/all the way/Jack’s house ________________________________________________ Have they managed to do all the work yet? (finish)/sales figures/not/report ________________________________________________ 2 Complete the statements. Choose between the words in brackets. Example: I thought the new manager would do badly, but he’s been making good decisions and quick decisions too. (but … too / and … too) 1 Tom was growing fast, and just a year later, he was a lot taller _______________ a lot stronger. (and also / but also) 2 As Tammy gets older, she works less _______________ more efficiently. (and also / but also) 3 The Laser X sports car looks fast and exciting. But I’m sorry to say that it’s __________ fast __________ exciting to drive. (neither … nor /both … and) 4 That day, I left my wallet at the supermarket ______ my mobile at a sandwich bar ______. (and … too / but … too) 5 We have to choose. For dinner tonight we can have ______ steak and chips ______ fish and chips. (neither … nor / either … or) 30% discount on sales over £500. Yes, there’s 20% off as well as a 30% discount on sales over £500. 1 Sarah Does the sale include everything in the shop? Assistant It includes nearly everything, but it doesn’t include computers. _______________________________________ _______________________________________ 2 Sarah Let’s start with printers. Have you got any that are especially suitable for a very small office? Assistant Well, there are several suitable printers. For example, we’ve got these Logimax machines. _______________________________________ _______________________________________ 3 Sarah I’ve heard the Logimax printers are good. Assistant Yes, they’re reliable, and they’re also economical to use. _______________________________________ _______________________________________ 4 Sarah And what sort of paper should I buy? It’s only for ordinary text, not for anything special like colour photos. Assistant I suggest you try a medium-price make. For example, you could try Paper Magic. _______________________________________ _______________________________________ 5 Sarah 6 I’m not sure that life today is better than it was 100 years ago. People now have more possessions ______ more stress in their daily lives ______. (and … too / but … too) 7 Compared with the old machines, the new ones are ______ more reliable ______ less expensive to run. (both … and / neither … nor) I need a photocopier too, but as I said, my office is quite small. Which of these smaller machines would you recommend? Assistant I’d recommend nearly all, but I wouldn’t recommend the Dynaprint. _______________________________________ _______________________________________ 223 95 Linking ideas in sentences 1: overview and, or, but, although, to, so that, so, because, if, when FORMS Clause Linking word (conjunction) + Clause Ann is in Oxford, and she has to go to London. She can take a train, or she can take a bus. The train is faster, but it is more expensive. WELCOME TO THE NEW SEASON’S CATALOGUE It will soon be spring and to celebrate we’ve put together a marvellous new collection of home storage items. A Linking two clauses A clause has a subject and a verb and can be a complete sentence. n Ann is in Oxford. n She has to go to London. Basic linking words (conjunctions) and, but and or link clauses like these. And adds one thing to another; but contrasts one thing with another; or expresses one possibility instead of another. ‘If everybody minded their own business,’ said the Duchess in a hoarse growl, ‘the world would go round a deal faster than it does.’ (Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland, Lewis Carroll, 1832–1898) We usually put a comma (,) between two clauses, especially long clauses: see main sentence 1 below. Main sentence 2 below has only one verb, and so it needs no comma. 1 They didn’t take a train, and they didn’t take a bus. They took a taxi. 2 They didn’t take a train *or a bus. They took a taxi. *In a negative clause listing two or more items, the linking word is or, not and. B 224 URGENT: Motor Insurance Expiry Warning Dear Mrs Oliver Motor Policy No: 22042904/8207 Renewal Date: 31/01/13 I wrote to you recently with details of your motor insurance premium for the coming year. So far, I have not received your instructions to renew, so I am writing to you again to remind you that your cover expires at noon on the renewal date. More ways to link clauses in sentences There are many ways to link clauses. Units 96–98 expand on these types of link. 1 Contrast: compare the following: (∆ Unit 96) n I don’t have much money, but I’m going to take the train. n Although/Even though I don’t have much money, I’m going to take the train. 2 Purpose: compare the following: (∆ Unit 97) n I have to take the train to/in order to/so as to get there on time. n I have to take the train so that I can get there on time. 3 Reason and result: compare the following: (∆ Unit 97) n I don’t have much time, so I’m going to take the train. n I’m going to take the train because I don’t have much time. 4 Conditions: compare the following: (∆ Unit 98) n If I take the train, I’ll get there on time. n I won’t get there on time unless I take the train. 5 Future time connections: compare the following: (∆ Unit 98) n When I get on the train, I’ll start preparing for the meeting. n I’ll prepare for the meeting while I’m travelling to London. The sentence: types and structures ∆ 2 / Linking ideas in a single clause ∆ 94 You don’t have to be CRAZY to work here, but it helps! / Linking ideas in sentences ∆ 96–98 / Connecting sentences ∆ 99 Exercises 1 Connect the clauses with and, but, or or. Example: You can buy or rent the apartment. 1 I’m tired, ______ I’m hungry too. 2 The Prince was rich, ______ he wasn’t happy. 3 You can take the money now, ______ you can take it later. 2 Connect clauses 1–3 and a–c with and, but or or. Example: but we’re eating at 7:30 this evening. We usually eat at 8:00, a he can see it at 4:00 instead. b he seems very tired at the moment. c he also owns a house in Scotland. 1 I was very tired, so I went to bed. _________________________________________________ 2 It was dark, so we couldn’t see much. _________________________________________________ 3 I have to go out now, so I’ll call you later. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 The train was late, so we couldn’t get to the meeting. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 5 Connect the clauses with in order to, because, even though, if, when or nothing (7) in the correct position. Examples: 7 I drove fast ________ in order to get to the hospital quickly. 1 Ben has an apartment in London, _______________________ _________________________________________________ 2 Sam can watch the film at 1:45, ________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 John is usually very energetic, _________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 Rewrite the but statements. Change the clause order and use even though/although in middle position. Example: 7 I got home, ________ everybody was eating. 1 __________________ I’d known about Ann’s illness, __________________ I wouldn’t have asked her for help so much. 2 __________________ Mary would lend you £100 __________________ you asked her. 3 __________________ Harry worked all day, __________________ he still couldn’t finish the job. The engine is still new, but it’s already going wrong. The engine is going wrong even though/although it’s still new. 1 Sally is young, but she does her job well. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 The film is quite old, but it’s still very popular. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 Their new house was expensive, but it looks terrible. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Ed never seems to try very hard, but he always does well. _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Rewrite the so statements. Change the clause order and use because/as in middle position. Example: When 4 __________________ Annie ran home __________________ she was afraid of the dark. 5 __________________ Rod went on the Internet __________________ find the cheapest seats. 6 __________________ Amy gets this note, __________________ I’ll already be in Canada. 7 __________________ Tony has looked after our old car so well, __________________ I think we should give it to him as a present. 8 __________________ Sam remembered to phone home __________________ he arrived in Australia. 9 __________________ I decided to play in the match __________________ I still didn’t feel very well. 10 __________________ pay for the holiday, __________________ we started saving money every week. This car is ancient, so I’m getting a new one. I ’m getting a new car because/as this one is ancient. 225 96 Linking ideas in sentences 2: contrast Despite starting well, they’re losing control. FORMS A But, whereas, while But is the most basic (and the safest) way to show contrast. The more formal linking words whereas and while express contrast and also comparison between ideas. They sometimes can and sometimes cannot take the place of but. n United played well in the first half, but/whereas/while City are playing better in the second half. (contrast with comparison) n United played well in the first half, but (whereas/while) they are going to lose the match. (contrast without comparison) Whereas and while can be used before the first clause, and not just (like but) between the contrasting clauses. n Whereas/While United won everything last year, they certainly won’t be champions again this year. B United are very inexperienced, but they came out fighting and scored an early goal. Despite starting well, they’re beginning to lose control. They’re making mistakes now, whereas City are doing better and have just scored another goal. United might still come back, although it really doesn’t look very likely. Although, though, even though Instead of but, we can use although, though or even though – in this way. n United’s captain was hurt, but he played on. ➞ Although/ Though/Even though the captain was hurt, he played on. n The captain played on, although/though/even though he was hurt. These three linking words are similar to but. However: • they can be used before the first clause, and not just between the clauses; • they show contrast + surprise: we do not expect the captain to play on. There are differences between them. • Although is more formal than though. • Even though is stronger than the other two, i.e., it shows more surprise. • We can use though at the end of a sentence. n United hoped to win. They’re going to lose, though. C A short guide to classical mus ic Opera – Fidelio Although Beethoven explored many operatic ideas from 1800 to 1815, he completed just one opera – Fidelio. It is, though, one of the greatest of all German operas. Despite, in spite of These linking words are similar to although in meaning, but different grammatically: although takes a verb, but despite/in spite of take a noun or an ~ing form. n Although they started well, they are going to lose. n Despite starting well, they are going to lose. n In spite of their good start, they are going to lose. Like although, they can go to the second clause. n The captain played on, in spite of being hurt. We can also say despite/in spite of the fact that + verb (like although + verb). n The captain played on, despite the fact that he was hurt. Rediscovery & Restoration Despite having fallen into disrepair for nearly 100 years, much of the route survived and was rediscovered by Jack Dalby. It was his book that inspired others to consider, first documentation, and then restoration of the canal. CARS COMPARED The 1.8-litre saloon has a top speed of 118 mph, whereas the more powerful 2-litre sports version offers a maximum speed of 132 mph. 226 The sentence: types and structures ∆ 2 / Linking ideas in a single clause ∆ 94 / Linking ideas in sentences ∆ 95, 97–98 / Connecting sentences ∆ 99 Exercises 1 Match clauses a–c to clauses 1–3. Join them using but, whereas or while. Example: Other staff work from 9:00 to 5:00, a I prefer to stay at home. b the nights are still quite cold. c it does not appear to help others. 1 The spring days are warm now, _________________________________________________ 2 The new flu vaccine is helping some people, _________________________________________________ 3 The others all want to go out, _________________________________________________ 2 Decide which linking words are possible. Write but/whereas/while or just but. but I can’t tell anyone else. Tom told me something, but/whereas/while n Tom told me something, n Example: whereas I work from 8:30 to 4:30. Examples: 3 Put the sentence parts in order to form statements. Sam said nothing. 1 a I’m driving as fast as I can, ________________________ I won’t get home till late. b I’m driving as fast as I can, ________________________ Lisa is going very slowly. 2 a Some people wanted to do drama, ___________________ others chose sport. b Some people wanted to do drama, ___________________ there was no more room in the group. 3 a I can go on walking a bit longer, _____________________ I’m getting tired. b I can go on walking a bit longer, _____________________ the others want to stop for a rest. 4 a Emma wants to go to the cinema, ____________________ Peter wants to go to the concert. b Emma wants to go to the cinema, ____________________ she hasn’t got any money. (tired,/I kept working/Although I felt) Although I felt tired, I kept working. 1 (he never puts them/ideas,/into action/Sam has/Although) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 (we/more milk/We bought/had some./even though) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 (were not close friends./we/although/friendly,/We were) _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Rewrite the although and but sentences with the forms in brackets. Where necessary, change adjectives into nouns. Example: Lisa felt sad, but she kept smiling. Despite feeling sad, Lisa kept smiling. (in spite of + noun) In spite of her sadness, Lisa kept smiling. (despite + ~ing) 1 Dan was still ill, but he went back to work. (despite + noun) ___________________________________ _________________________________________________ (in spite of + ~ing) _________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 Although I had doubts about the plane, I believed the pilot. (despite + ~ing) ___________________________________ _________________________________________________ (in spite of + noun) _________________________________ _________________________________________________ 3 They had a long talk, but the two sisters could not agree. (in spite of + ~ing) __________________________________ _________________________________________________ (despite + noun) ___________________________________ _________________________________________________ 4 Although we’re happy now, we’re still worried about the future. (in spite of + noun) _________________________________ _________________________________________________ (despite + ~ing) ___________________________________ _________________________________________________ 227 97 Linking ideas in sentences 3: purpose, reason and result It’s to get away from the traffic. So your plan has failed. FORMS 1 Purpose Lyn: What are we turning off for, Ted? Ted: To get away from the traffic – so that we can get to the coast faster. Lyn: I’m not sure about this. The thing we need is a satnav. 2 Reason and result Lyn: Ted, why is this road empty? Ted: I think I can see why. It’s because it doesn’t go anywhere. We’re back to where we started! Lyn: So your plan has failed! The Millers are driving to the coast for a day by the sea. So are millions of others! A Purpose: to, in order to, so as to We often use to + infinitive to express purpose, especially in speaking. n Ted is turning off to get away from the traffic. More formally, we can use in order to or so as to. n Ted is turning off in order to/so as to find a better way. We also use the negative forms in order not to and so as not to. n Ted is turning off in order not to/so as not to stay in the traffic. B Purpose: so that With so that, we need a subject and a verb. We usually use a modal verb. n Ted is turning off so that they can get to the coast faster. n Ted turned off so that they wouldn’t have to stay in the traffic. C D Reason: because, because of, etc. We use because, since and as to express a reason. n The road is empty because/since it doesn’t go anywhere. n Since/As it was a lovely day, millions headed for the coast. We also give reasons with as a result of, because of, due to, in view of, owing to followed by a pronoun, noun (phrase) or ~ing form. These expressions are quite formal. n Here is the News. Travel conditions are difficult everywhere today as a result of/because of/due to very heavy traffic. E Result: so, therefore We often use so to express a result. n The road didn’t go anywhere, so Ted’s plan failed. More formally, we use therefore, often before a main verb. n Millions of vehicles are at a standstill, and the police are, therefore, advising drivers to return home. Purpose: for We often use What … for? when we ask about purpose. n What are we turning off for, Ted? We also often use for + noun (phrase) to express purpose. n Let’s go for a drive. n They’re driving to the coast for a day by the sea. We express a general purpose with for + ~ing form (or to + infinitive). n A satnav is used for finding/to find the best route from A to B. Adult Learning Course Guide Languages and Communication Our five-week introductory courses are designed for complete beginners, as a taste of the language before investing further. You will learn how to introduce yourself and order a snack, drink and other basics. Due to popular demand, you can now continue to enjoy your studies in smaller groups at a slightly higher cost. Perhaps you just want to learn enough to get by on your holiday abroad? Have a look at our five-week Holiday or Get By courses advertised for the new year. Learn to sing in four-part male voice harmo ny FREE 8-week course Starts 7:30 p.m., Wednesday 14th September at Old School Hall, Cum nor, OX2 9PE To find out more, please contact Mike Weston on 07826 456219 Or e-mail harmony4oxford@hotma il.co.uk 228 The sentence: types and structures ∆ 2 Toddle along to your library / Linking ideas in a single clause ∆ 94 / Because: • We have loads of books for babies and small children … and they’re free. • You can borrow a DVD to watch together or why not try some nursery rhymes and songs? • Books give babies an early start to reading. Share a book and watch them grow! Linking ideas in sentences ∆ 95–96, 98 / Connecting sentences ∆ 99 Exercises 1 Rewrite the statements using the expressions of purpose in brackets. Example: 3 Match purposes a–d to actions 1–4. Add for and complete the statements of purpose. Amy and Dan want to visit Thailand, so they are saving Example: hard. (so as to) a a good night’s sleep. Amy and Dan are saving hard so as to visit Thailand. b a swim in the sea. Lisa is going away for a short holiday. c a nice meal. 1 Jack needs to buy a car, so he is borrowing some money. (so as to) ________________________________________________ d the London Marathon. 2 Carrie carried the vase carefully as she didn’t want to drop it. (so as not to) ________________________________________________ 2 I’m tired and I’m going home ___________________________ 3 I want to grow my own vegetables, so I’m planting lots of seeds. (in order to) ________________________________________________ 4 We’re going early as we don’t want to be late for the party. (in order not to) ________________________________________________ 2 Complete the statements using so that and the verbs in brackets. Change the verb forms as necessary. Example: (be able to run) Lyn is training be able to run so that she will the London Marathon. 1 (can see) Let’s go outside ____________________________ the fireworks more clearly. 2 (can save) Lisa got everything ready that night _____________ ______________________ time the next morning. 3 (be able to speak) Amy is learning Greek _________________ ___________________ to people when she goes there. 4 (know) I must report the problem to the others _____________ ______________________ what to do about it in future. 5 (be able to help) Jenny moved next door to her elderly parents ______________________________ look after them. 6 (always know) Jack keeps his workshop very tidy ______________________________ where everything is. 7 (not have to work) I’m doing extra hours this week ______________________________ next Monday. 1 It’s my birthday, so we’re going out ______________________ 3 They’re training _____________________________________ 4 It’s a lovely day. Let’s go to the beach ____________________ 4 Complete the sentences with because or because of. Examples: The trip took hours The trip took hours because the traffic was terrible. because of the terrible traffic. 1 I’m going to call Carry __________________ I think she needs my help. 2 The manager needs an assistant __________________ his heavy work load. 3 __________________ the very long meeting, we had no time to see the city. 4 __________________ they were good friends at college, Fred and Jim decided to go into business together. 5 Rewrite the statements using the expressions of reason and result in brackets. Example: I was hungry, so I went to the fridge. (... because ...) I went to the fridge because I was hungry. 1 As Kate hadn’t flown before, she was very nervous at first. (…, so …) ________________________________________________ 2 We’re sad to go because we’ve had a nice time here. (…, so …) ________________________________________________ 3 I’m very tired, so it’s time to go to bed. (… because …) ________________________________________________ 4 They had been kind, so she gave them all presents. (… as …) ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 229 98 Linking ideas in sentences 4: conditions and future time connections If we hire two, that’ll be enough. After they get there, they’ll cook. FORMS 1 Conditions Sam: If we hire two boats, that’ll be enough for everyone. Amy: But we must hurry. They’ll all be taken by other people unless we book them soon. Sam: OK, I’d better do it today, or I’ll forget. Ben: We should give you some money in case you have to pay when you book. 2 Time connections When college finishes next week, Sam and his friends want to go on a river trip. A B C D 230 As soon as they take out the boats, they will go up the river till they come to Green Island. After they get there, they will have a barbecue. While Sam and Amy are cooking, the others will be making sandwiches for everyone. They will stay until about 6:00, but then they must leave because they will have to get the boats back before the boat company closes at 7:00. Conditional forms: if, as long as, provided (that) (∆ Unit 52) If is the basic way to express conditionals. n If they hire two boats, there will be enough room. We sometimes use substitutes for if, including as long as and provided (that). n They will have a great day, as long as/provided the weather stays good. Note: These are like the first conditional if sentence: the following verb refers to the future, but is in the present simple. (The forms below – with unless and in case – do the same.) VOLUNTEERS NEEDED URGENTLY Residents in Binkfield are encouraged to help their local post office in a bid to save it from shutting down. ‘Any time you can give will help us loads’, says volunteer Lucy Clarke. Unless more people come forward to help, the post office may be forced to close forever. Conditional forms: unless, or (∆ Unit 52) Unless means if … not. Compare these sentences: n The boats will all be taken if we don’t book them soon. n The boats will all be taken unless we book them soon. We can express a similar meaning differently with or. n We should book them soon, or they will all be taken. Across the world and around the corner The British Red Cross helps people in crisis, whoeve r and wherever they are. We are part of a global volunta ry network, responding to conflicts, natural disasters and individual emergencies. We provide a range of local services in the UK every day. All are delivered by skilled volunteers and staff. in case In case means ‘because it is possible that’, so Ben means, ‘We should give you some money because it is possible that you will have to pay.’ Look at this sentence: n We should take umbrellas in case it rains. We mean: ‘because it is possible that it will rain’. First aid at events When large numbers of people gather for an event, there needs to be first aid cover in case anything goes wrong. Our teams of trained volunteers attend everything from football matches to flower shows, from concer ts to car rallies. Future time connections: after, as soon as, before, etc. When we use these linking words to talk about the future, most work like if in a first conditional sentence: the following verb is in the present simple, but it refers to the future. n As soon as they take out the boats, they will go up the river. n They will go up the river *till they come to Green Island. However, to express a continuing ‘long’ action, we often use the present continuous, especially after while, as and sometimes also when. n While Sam and Amy are cooking, the others will be making sandwiches. *Till and until mean the same, though till is more informal and is often used in speaking. Note the different ~ll and ~l spellings. The sentence: types and structures ∆ 2 / Linking ideas in a single clause ∆ 94 , you’ll soon come When you leave Beechford on the A391 there into to a roundabout. You’ll need to turn right Then you’ll miles. 3 for Lansdowne Road and keep going come to you before just Lane see a left turn into Honey you’ll there, turn you as soon As . bridge the old stone the pass you after Just right. your on barn big see a for Greenhill barn, you’ll see a farm gate and a big sign drive carefully, Farm Bed & Breakfast – and that’s us. So es. minut 20 and we’ll see you in about / Linking ideas in sentences ∆ 95–97 / Connecting sentences ∆ 99 Exercises 1 Complete the pairs of sentences. Add if, as long as or provided and unless, and put the verbs in the correct forms. Examples: If I can leave work early, I’ll be able to meet you at 5:00. (can leave) (be able to meet) b I won’t be able to meet you at 5:00 unless I can leave work early. (not be able to a meet) (can leave) 1 a _______________ we _______________ walking, _________________ home by 6:00. (keep) (get) b _______________ we _______________ walking, _________________ home by 6:00. (keep) (not get) 3 Match possible situations a–e to advice 1–5. Add in case and complete the statements. Example: Situation: It may rain. Advice: You’d better take an umbrella. You’d better take an umbrella in case it rains. a It’s possible you’ll find the same product for less money. b They may be faulty and have to be replaced. c It’s possible that it’s exactly the job you need. d You may have to wait for a long time at the hospital. 2 a The work _______________ long _______________ we all _______________. (not take) (help) b The work _______________ ages ________________ we all _______________. (take) (help) 3 a _______________ Stella _______________ some good friends, _______________ life at college. (make) (enjoy) b _______________ Stella _______________ some good friends, _______________ life at college. (make) (not enjoy) 4 a We _______________ the job tomorrow ______________ the goods _______________ today. (start) (arrive) b We _______________ the job tomorrow ____________ the goods _______________today. (not start) (arrive) 2 Rewrite the sentences with should … or and unless in middle position. Examples: If we go early, we’ll get good seats. We should go early or we won’t get good seats. b We won’t get good seats unless we go early. a 1 If you think carefully, you’ll find the answer. a ______________________________________________ b ______________________________________________ 2 If we get petrol now, we won’t have to fill up later. a ______________________________________________ b ______________________________________________ e It may break down a long way from a garage. 1 You’d better take something to read ____________________ ________________________________________________ 2 Keep receipts for things you buy _______________________ ________________________________________________ 3 You ought to check some more websites _________________ ________________________________________________ 4 You should keep a tool kit in your car ___________________ ________________________________________________ 5 I suggest you answer the advert _______________________ ________________________________________________ 4 Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms. OK, so you’ve never flown before, so here’s what you’ll have to do when you get to the airport. (have to do) (get to) As soon as you 1____________, you 2____________ straight to the check-in desk. (arrive) (go) After the assistant 3____________ your passport and ticket, she 4____________ your luggage, and then she 5____________ you your boarding pass. (check) (check in) (give) Security 6____________ at this and your passport before you 7____________ through to the departure lounge. (look) (go) There you 8____________ until you 9____________ the gate number for your flight up on the flight departures screen. (have to wait) (see) While you 10____________, you 11____________ time for a coffee and sandwich. (wait) (have) Then, when you 12____________ your gate number you 13____________ to go straight there, ready to get on your flight. (see) (need) 3 If they don’t repair the wall soon, it’ll fall to pieces. a ______________________________________________ b ______________________________________________ 231 99 Connecting sentences and, but, or, so In addition, However, Alternatively, As a result FORMS Dear Sir, Thank you for your order on 13th March for 4,000 K52 Matsuo MP3 players. We note your specific colour requirement for black. In addition, we note your required delivery date of 30th March. However, we are sorry to say we cannot meet that schedule. Demand has been heavy for this popular product. As a result, we are now out of stock and are waiting for new supplies from Japan. Nevertheless, we can promise delivery by 10th April. Alternatively, we can offer you immediate delivery of the K53 model. A Sentence connectors instead of and, but, or and so We use and, but, or and so to link parts of sentences. (∆ Units 94–97) n Harry found some bread, but there was no butter. We also often want to connect the ideas in two separate sentences. In spoken English, we often use and, but, or and so. n He’s very good at football. And he’s a great runner too. What’s in your garden? In formal, written English, we usually avoid this use of and, but, or and so. Instead, we use connectors like the ones in the letters. n And > In addition,/Furthermore,/Moreover, we note your required … n But > However, we cannot meet that schedule. n Or > Alternatively,/Instead, we can offer you the … n So > As a result,/As a consequence,/Consequently,/Therefore, we are now out of stock. The letter also uses Nevertheless, meaning Despite this,/In spite of this,. Some connectors can be used formally or informally. For example: We cannot accept the goods due to late delivery. Besides,/What is more, many units arrived damaged. (adding support to the previous point) n There are several alternatives to the K52. For example,/ For instance, we can offer the K53. n The K52 is slower than the K53. On the other hand,/At the same time,/Still, it is less expensive. (making a contrasting point) n You will sometimes see these connectors in other parts of the sentence, with or without commas. However, at the start of a sentence, always use a comma. B 232 Fill in the enclosed form and tell us what birds you have in your garden. Alternatively, you can fill in the form online. Happy spotting. ARE YOU READY? PREPARING FOR EMERGENCIES WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW Be a good neighbour In many emergencies some mem bers of the community may be more vulnerable than othe rs, so it is good to know your neighbours. For example, the elderly, very youn g or disabled are more vulnerable to extreme heat and cold . You should always ensure that you and your family are safe first. However, helping your frien ds and neighbours is also important and can save lives. Sentence connectors with pronouns, etc. With some of the sentence connectors in A, we can make the meaning clearer by referring back to the previous point in this way: connector + preposition + reference (pronoun, noun (phrase) or ~ing form). n In addition to this, we note your requirement for ... n As a result of the heavy demand, we are now out of stock. n Instead of buying the K52, they will take the K53. Other connectors which can do this are: as an alternative (to), as a consequence (of). In these forms, they are like linking words in sentences. (∆ Units 95–98) The sentence: types and structures ∆ 2 / Linking ideas in a single clause ∆ 94 ROAD RESURFACING As a result, this road will be closed from 25th–28th September. / Linking ideas in sentences ∆ 95–98 Exercises 1 Change the informal spoken statements to formal statements from a business report. Use full verb forms and change and, but, or or so to the following: 3 Choose the right connecting statements from a–f to complete the teacher’s reports 1–6. Example: Alternatively, As a result, However, In addition, Example: We’re unable to meet the schedule, so we won’t get the contract. We are unable to meet the schedule. As a result, we will not get the contract. 1 It’s possible to update our present model, or it’s possibly the right time for a completely new model. _________ possible to update our present model. ______________________________ possibly the right time for a completely new model. 2 We’ve reached this year’s production target already, and we’ve managed to cut waste by 8%. ______________________________ this year’s production target already. ____________________________________ __________________ to cut waste by 8%. 3 We’re reducing most costs successfully, but we’re failing to hold down the cost of wages. ________________________ most costs successfully. __________________________________________ to hold down the cost of wages. 4 We haven’t tried selling to America up till now, so we don’t yet know if it’ll be a good market for us. _________________________________ selling to America up till now. ____________________________________ _______________ if __________________ a good market for us. 2 Write nothing (7) or one of these words to complete the connectors. Susan has not worked hard this year. Despite this, she has done enough to pass the year. a she has behaved badly in class all year. b she could go on to do extra Science. c she has achieved a Grade A. d she has found it difficult to improve. e she has often failed to complete her homework. f she must learn to do some hard work. 1 Sally is very intelligent and has worked extremely well. As a result, _______________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 2 Lisa has worked very well in class. However, ______________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 Tessa has failed to produce any good work. In addition, ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 Lucy is clever, but she seems to spend her time thinking about pop music. Instead, ________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 5 Kate has tried hard this year. In spite of this, ______________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ for, from, of, to Example: Apart from this, 1 As a result ______ this, 5 In addition ______ this, 2 Despite ______ this, 6 In spite ______ this, 3 Due ______ this, 7 Instead ______ this, 6 Denise is very talented at both Maths and Science. She may decide to take Higher Maths. Alternatively, _______________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 Except ______ this, 233 100 Shaping discourse Talking about Max, he’s doing very well. FORMS A Discourse and discourse markers Discourse is a piece of language with more than one sentence. Discourse markers hold the discourse together, organizing it and creating connections. Sentence connectors (∆ Unit 99) create logical connections between sentences. But there are other ways of connecting and shaping such as the following. B Linking We can express a connection between something already said and something that we now want to talk about. In informal conversation, we can say: n Talking about …, n Which reminds me, … n By the way, … n Incidentally, … n Going back to what you said about …, I can’t wait to see you and Lucy again! Which reminds me, Lucy wants you to come to a barbecue she’s having on Saturday – the day after you get back. In formal business letters, we often say: n With reference to your letter of … n Further to your quotation, … C Reacting We can react to another speaker’s expectation – sometimes positively, but often negatively. n To tell (you) the truth, … n Actually, … n In fact, … n As a matter of fact, … It’s a good film, isn’t it? Yes, in fact, it’s great./Well, actually, I think it’s awful. D 234 Correcting and making oneself clear We can make adjustments to what we have just said. We can make a correction: n Or rather, … n Or to be more exact, … Where did you stay that night? We got as far as Bordeaux – or rather, a small village just outside Bordeaux. Connecting sentences ∆ 99 Tina: There’s Max Hill with the director. I wonder what they’re discussing. Bill: Oh, yes … Talking about Max, he’s doing very well in his new job, isn’t he? Tina: To tell the truth, I’m not sure that he is. Or rather, I’m pretty sure that he isn’t. For one thing, he hasn’t got the right experience. And for another, he hasn’t got the right personality. I mean, he doesn’t get on well with people, does he? In other words, I think he was the wrong person for the job. Bill: Well, anyway, the important thing is what he actually does in the job. By the way, how’s your sister getting on with her move to Italy? We can also make something clearer or add extra support. n I mean, … n In other words, … Formally: n That is to say, … How many of you will be coming to the party? Well, we’d all love to come. In other words, all five of us, if that’s all right. E Listing We can list facts and arguments in different ways. Formally: n First,/Firstly,/First of all, … n Secondly, … n Thirdly, … n Finally, … Informally: n To start with, … n For one thing, … n And for another, … n Then again, … n And last but not least, … We can see that you want Jackie Smith to be the new manager, don’t you? Perhaps you could give us your reasons. Certainly. You see, first of all, she’s well organized. Secondly, she’s got a lot of experience. And finally, everyone in the department likes and respects her. F Refocusing on the main point We can close down an unimportant point, and go back to what you think is the important thing. n (Well,) anyway, … n (Well,) anyhow, … n (Well,) at any rate, … Did you hear him singing while he was working? It was awful! Well, at any rate, he did a good job, and that’s the main thing. G Changing the subject Linking (Section B) half-changes the subject, but sometimes we want a complete change. We can say: n (But) changing the subject, … n (Yes, well,) on a completely different matter, … More formally: n On another/On a different matter,/issue,/point, … … And we had a really nice time chatting about the old days. Yes, well, on a completely different matter, I think we should have a look at this problem with our sales figures. Exercises 1 Link to something that has been said. Example: Your friend has just mentioned the concert on Saturday, and you remember that there are still some tickets for sale. I’ll be alright. Honestly. No, listen! You might be kidnapped or even killed! In ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Things are busy at the Town Hall. There’s a big party on Friday, and there’s a jazz concert on Saturday. concert, there are still some tickets for sale. Talking about the A minute ago, your friend mentioned a special bus trip to London, and you would like to go if there are still some seats available. On Saturday, there’s a special bus trip to London. And then next Wednesday, we’ll be visiting Oxford. Going back to _____________________________________ _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ 2 React to something that has been said. Your friend has just said something unpleasant about the neighbour’s new cat, but you think it is lovely. Samantha’s new cat is horrible, isn’t it? Well, ____________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 3 Correct something that you have said. You have just said that you chose the present that you are giving your friend, but now you want to correct yourself and say that Josie and you both decided it was the right colour. 5 Give a list of points. You are going to move from your small apartment to a house with a garden, and you are explaining some of the advantages to your friend. These include: * an extra bedroom; * more living space; * a garden; * a garage for your car. Are you sure it’s worth all the trouble of moving? Yes, for lots of reasons. For one ________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 6 Close off a subject of conversation. You and your friend have been talking about young Sam, who was dangerously ill in hospital but is now getting better. Your friend is complaining about Sam, but you want to focus on the important thing – that he has left hospital now and he is recovering at home. And, you know, he keeps asking for things all day long – ice cream, for example. Well, ____________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ It’s lovely! Thank you so much! 7 Change the subject. I decided it was just the right colour for you ... Or __________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 4 Make yourself more clear. Your friend wants to backpack through a dangerous part of the world, and you have stated several reasons why you think this is a bad idea. You want to finish by saying very clearly that you really don’t think he should go. Your friend has been talking about her wonderful new camera for the last five minutes, and you are tired of this. You are also worried about the project you have been doing together. You need to talk about the deadline for finishing it. … And I just can’t stop taking pictures and trying out all the different things you can do with it. But _____________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ 235 Answer key Unit 1 Exercise 1 1 Adjective 2 Noun 3 Determiner 4 Conjunction 5 Verb 6 Adverb 7 Preposition Exercise 2 1 bedrooms 2 bathroom 3 living room 4 television 5 dining room 6 visitors 7 kitchen 8 food 9 dishes 10 garden 11 time 12 flowers 13 vegetables 14 supermarket Exercise 3 1 cooks 2 get 3 leave 4 is 5 drops 6 work 7 have 8 takes 9 drives 10 has Exercise 4 1 only 2 big 3 badly 4 right 5 fine 6 fast 236 7 8 9 10 nearly quickly late certainly Exercise 5 1 It 2 a 3 we 4 we 5 a 6 it 7 the 8 the 9 whole 10 the 11 Ours 12 a 13 Most 14 in 15 one 16 An 17 a 18 of 19 along 20 the 21 us 22 They 23 us 24 to 25 the Unit 2 Exercise 1 1 Question 2 Order 3 Exclamation 4 Statement 5 Question 6 Statement 7 Exclamation 8 Order Exercise 2 1 S V C 2 V O 3 S A V O 4 A V O 5 S V O 6 V S C 7 S V O Exercise 3 1 Your brother seems very tired. 2 Don’t put the boxes over there. 3 Did you see the news yesterday? Exercise 4 1 and 2 or 3 but Exercise 5 1 if 2 in order to 3 even though 4 because Unit 3 Exercise 1 1 Be 2 don’t be 3 Be 4 Don’t be 5 Be 6 Don’t be 7 Be 8 Don’t be Exercise 2 1 Don’t play 2 Take 3 Turn off 4 Don’t talk 5 6 7 8 Don’t forget press Don’t drive Write Exercise 3 1 put in 2 place/put 3 press/push 4 choose 5 place/put 6 press/push 7 take 8 enjoy Exercise 4 1 Turn 2 Turn 3 Take 4 Pass 5 Follow 6 turn 7 Cross 8 turn 9 Drive 10 take Unit 4 Exercise 1 1 live 2 like 3 cries 4 start 5 goes 6 fetches 7 has Exercise 2 1 want; love 2 use; doesn’t work 3 doesn’t get; eats 4 don’t like; don’t enjoy 5 doesn’t swim; goes 6 don’t drink; keeps 7 doesn’t drive; walks Exercise 3 1 Does Tom drive? 2 Do you know Ann Smith? 3 Does the TV work? 4 Do you go out much? 5 Does Marie speak French? 6 Do Fred and Mary live near here? Exercise 4 1 How does Tom go to work? 2 When does Sally visit her parents? 3 Where do they go on holiday every year? 4 What time does Mark get home in the evening? 5 Why do we always make mistakes? 6 How long do the children watch TV after school? 7 Which newspaper does Lucy usually buy on Sunday? Unit 5 Exercise 1 1 are 2 Is 3 is 4 Am 5 Are 6 is 7 Are 8 am; is; are Exercise 2 1 I’m 2 he’s 3 they’re 4 you’re 5 I’m not 6 he isn’t/he’s not 7 they aren’t/they’re not 8 you aren’t/you’re not Exercise 3 1 I’m not 80 kilos. I’m 85 kilos. 2 Alan isn’t in Berlin. He’s in Paris. 3 You aren’t 1 metre 75. You’re 1 metre 80. 4 They aren’t at home. They’re at school. Exercise 4 1 Yes, she is. 2 No, we aren’t. We’re very late. 3 No, it isn’t. It’s 30th April. 4 Yes, there are. 5 No, I’m not. I’m only 28. Exercise 5 1 How old is he? He’s 25. 2 What’s his job? He’s a designer. 3 Where’s his office? It’s on the second floor. 4 Which is his desk? It’s the one by the window. 5 How many people are there in his office? There are six. Unit 6 Exercise 1 1 I’m going. 2 You aren’t going./You’re not going. 3 He isn’t going./He’s not going. 4 They’re going. 5 It isn’t going./It’s not going. Exercise 2 1 I’m not feeling 2 aren’t working. 3 is ringing; isn’t answering 4 I’m looking for isn’t working; He’s visiting 5 She’s having 6 aren’t watching They’re listening Exercise 3 1 are the children doing? They’re playing 2 Are you enjoying am 3 is Bill training He’s trying 4 Is Sally going isn’t 5 are we flying? We’re doing 6 Are the boys washing they’re cutting 7 What’s the cat eating? It’s eating Exercise 4 1 He’s getting 2 are choosing 3 Are you writing 4 I’m planning 5 We’re leaving 6 are you cutting 7 is making Exercise 5 1 I’m working 2 We’re building 3 are 4 studying 5 I’m not 6 I’m training 7 is 8 going 9 He’s starting Unit 7 Exercise 1 1 Are you going 2 Are you doing 3 is staying 4 I’m taking 5 aren’t doing 6 aren’t going 7 are you planning 8 We’re having Exercise 2 1 don’t need 2 look 3 do you say 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 don’t like Does the bus stop doesn’t do does Lisa leave goes walk don’t mind. Do you know Exercise 3 1 You’re 2 don’t 3 What‘s 4 Are 5 does 6 do 7 isn’t 8 does/doesn’t 9 Do 10 I‘m Exercise 4 1 I’m making 2 I’m staying 3 do 4 get up 5 start 6 eat 7 own 8 I’m living 9 takes 10 train 11 He’s finishing 12 I’m writing Unit 8 Exercise 1 1 asked 2 was/were 3 broke 4 called 5 did 6 drove 7 ate 8 found 9 went 10 had 237 11 invited 12 jumped 13 kept 14 left 15 met 16 needed 17 opened 18 ran 19 saw 20 woke up Irregular verbs: be, break, do, drive, eat, find, go, have, keep, leave, meet, run, see wake up Both main and auxiliary verbs: be, do, have Exercise 5 1 When did she go there? 2 How did she get there? 3 Why did she go? 4 What time did she get there? 5 Who did she meet? Exercise 2 1 saw 2 jumped 3 ran 4 ate/had 5 had 6 left 7 drove 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Exercise 3 1 found my old suit; didn’t find my new one. 2 cleaned her red shoes; didn’t clean her black ones. 3 called their mother; didn’t call their sister. Exercise 4 1 Did Tim and Fred visit Paris too? No, they didn’t. 2 Did Ann run well too? Yes, she did. 3 Did they have a French test too? No, they didn’t. 4 Did Peter practise the piano too? Yes, he did. 238 Unit 9 Exercise 1 1 was; were 2 were; was; were 3 were; was; was 4 were was; was Exercise 2 1 was Was was were were was wasn’t weren’t were wasn’t Exercise 3 1 How old was the house? About 100 years old. 2 How many bedrooms were there? Four. 3 How big was the living room? 10 x 6 metres. 4 Where was the kitchen? At the back of the house. 5 What was outside? A garden with a stream. 6 What was the only problem? The price. 7 How much was the house? £900,000. Exercise 4 1 are; were 2 was; isn’t; wasn’t; is 3 weren’t; they’re 4 were; we‘re 5 is; were 6 wasn’t; he‘s Unit 10 Exercise 1 1 was calling 2 were swimming 3 was watching 4 were having 5 was getting 6 were riding Exercise 2 1 was; calling was calling 2 were; riding were riding 3 Was; listening wasn’t; was watching was he watching was watching 4 were; swimming were swimming Were they swimming weren’t; were swimming Exercise 3 1 were you doing 2 was he running 3 was driving; broke down 4 opened; was shining 5 were working; rang 6 hit; was trying 7 was trying; crashed Exercise 4 1 was 2 were singing 3 was walking 4 noticed 5 was playing 6 called 7 looked 8 shouted 9 invited 10 were playing 11 stopped 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 were eating decided happened was getting began fell were watching started felt Unit 11 Exercise 1 1 asked 2 been 3 chosen 4 done 5 eaten 6 found 7 given 8 had 9 invited 10 joined 11 kept 12 left 13 made 14 needed 15 opened 16 put 17 run 18 started 19 taken 20 woken up Irregular verbs: be, choose, do, eat, find, give, have, keep, leave, make, put, run, take, wake up Both main and auxiliary verbs: be, do, have Exercise 2 1 found 2 bought 3 started 4 joined 5 made 6 met 7 been 8 invited Exercise 3 1 They’ve broken 2 has painted 3 have arrived 4 has won 5 has got Exercise 4 1 has joined the school drama group; hasn’t joined the tennis club. 2 has made a cake; hasn’t made any sandwiches. 3 have brought their books; haven’t brought their pens. 4 have chosen the carpets for their new house; haven’t chosen any furniture. 5 I’ve washed the car; haven’t washed the children’s bikes. 6 We’ve invited Alan to the party; haven’t invited Joe. Exercise 5 1 Have the boys done their French homework too? No, they haven’t. 2 Has Mark been busy all day too? Yes, he has. 3 Have you learnt to fly too? Yes, I have. 4 Has Sally brought her books too? No, she hasn’t. Exercise 6 1 How long has Emma lived in London? 2 Why have you come home so late? 3 What have you done with my shirt? 4 Where has Andy put the bike? 5 How many kilometres have you driven today? Exercise 7 1 Yes, she’s just gone to Rome. 2 No, I haven’t met them yet. 3 Yes, he’s just bought some chocolate. 4 No, we haven’t finished work yet. 5 No, they haven’t come home yet. 6 Yes, I’ve just bought some. 7 Yes, I’ve just put them in your room. Exercise 8 1 But you still haven’t called him. 2 We’ve already bought the tickets. 3 But you still haven’t packed your bag. 4 She’s already got £150. 5 It’s already doing 300 kph. 6 But I still haven’t had a reply. Unit 12 Exercise 1 1 This land has belonged to Mr Hill since 1980. 2 Sally has had the same car for five years. 3 We’ve lived in this house since I was 25. Exercise 2 1 have they had Since 2 has he worked For 3 have they wanted Since 4 has he lived For Exercise 3 1 He hasn’t seen her for three weeks. 2 They haven’t met since Claire’s wedding. 3 We haven’t had fish for dinner for months. Exercise 4 1 Have you ever stayed in Miami? Yes, I’ve stayed there three times. 2 How many times has he seen Avatar? He’s seen it seven times. 3 Have they ever tried Indian food? Yes, they’ve tried it a few times. 4 How often has it rained today? It’s rained twice today. Exercise 5 1 Have; been has; gone 2 He’s gone He‘s; been Unit 13 Exercise 1 1 did you do? 2 went 3 looked 4 Did you find 5 weren’t 6 was 7 didn’t call 8 didn’t want 9 did you do 10 phoned Exercise 2 1 have you put haven’t seen 2 Have you packed I’ve left 3 Has Dad given hasn’t 4 I’ve brought has gone Exercise 3 1 asked asked 2 was/were been 3 cut cut 4 did done 5 found found 6 went gone 7 had had 8 invited invited 9 joined joined Irregular verbs: be, cut, do, find, go, have Both main and auxiliary verbs: be, do, have Exercise 4 1 has 2 didn’t/has 3 hasn’t 4 Did 5 haven’t Exercise 5 1 haven’t written 2 has been 3 have begun 4 I’ve had 5 told 6 He’s let 7 got 8 I’ve found 9 signed 10 gave Unit 14 Exercise 1 1 2 3 4 5 I’ve been working They’ve been playing has been using I’ve been doing She’s been studying Exercise 2 1 hasn’t been spending; He’s been saving 2 haven’t been going; We’ve been going 239 3 hasn’t been doing; She’s been listening Exercise 3 1 have you been doing 2 has he been getting on 3 Has he been learning 4 Have you been eating 5 have they been working Exercise 4 1 has Pam been doing She’s been looking for a new job. has she been doing Since last month./For a month. 2 have Nick and Andy been doing They’ve been training for the London Marathon. have they been doing Since the month before last./For two months. Unit 15 Exercise 1 1 had gone 2 had taken 3 had eaten 4 He’d changed 5 we’d seen 6 had bought 7 he’d left 8 they’d started Exercise 2 1 she’d already arranged 2 They’d never seen 3 had just started 4 She’d recently heard about 5 still hadn’t repaired 6 had already spent Exercise 3 1 arrived; had gone 2 had got away; closed 3 we’d crossed; were able 4 left; we’d done 5 turned back; they’d run out of 240 Exercise 4 1 We drove out of town when we’d loaded the Jeep. 2 We stopped for a rest when we’d driven into the hills. 3 We started again when we’d had a good rest. 4 We finally stopped for the night when we’d been on the road for over ten hours. 5 We started to cook dinner when we’d unpacked the Jeep. 6 We went to sleep when we’d finished dinner. Unit 16 Exercise 1 1 I’m going to wash it after lunch. 2 She’s going to clean them now. 3 They’re going to mend them this evening. 4 It’s going to have it in a minute. Exercise 2 1 It’s going to rain. We’re going to get 2 isn’t/He’s not going to get He’s going to miss 3 We’re going to run out of aren’t/We’re not going to reach 4 isn’t/He’s not going to give up He’s going to finish Exercise 3 1 Is Sam going to pass his exams? Yes, he is. 2 Are your parents going to take you out? No, they aren’t. 3 Are you going to watch TV this evening? Yes, I am. 4 Is Sally going to buy a newspaper? No, she isn’t. Exercise 4 1 Where is she going to put them? 2 When are they going to move out? 3 How many are you going to make? 4 What is he going to see? Unit 17 Exercise 1 1 won’t find 2 will cross 3 won’t open 4 They’ll do 5 won’t be Exercise 2 1 I’ll buy 2 won’t be 3 I’ll wash 4 I’ll close 5 won’t make 6 won’t forget Exercise 3 1 He’ll get 2 She’ll give 3 I’ll carry 4 I’ll cut Exercise 4 1 Will Ann be ten next week? Yes, she will. 2 Will the boys like their new school? No, they won’t. 3 Will Mr Hall arrive tonight? Yes, he will. 4 Will next term start on 15th April? No, it won’t. Exercise 5 1 I’ll phone 2 won’t be 3 Will everybody want 4 will 5 will we need 6 We’ll have to 7 Will we need 8 won’t 9 we’ll have 10 won’t rain Unit 18 Exercise 1 1 At 9:45 he’ll be (doing) Art. 2 At 10:30 he’ll be (learning) French. 3 At 11:15 he’ll be (studying) Maths. 4 At 12:00 he’ll be (having) English. 5 At 12:45 he’ll be having lunch. Exercise 2 1 I’ll be meeting the sales manager. 2 I’ll be visiting the factory. 3 I’ll be having meetings with the sales team. 4 I’ll be showing visitors round London all day. 5 I’ll be spending the day in Paris. Exercise 3 1 When will he be flying to Florida? Next Monday. 2 How long will he be riding across America? For two months. 3 Where will he be arriving in ten weeks? In California. 4 Where will he be going from there? To Alaska. 5 How will he be crossing to Asia after that? By ship. Unit 19 Exercise 1 1 she’ll have written a book of short stories. 2 she’ll have produced a play in London. 3 she’ll have published a bestselling novel. 4 she’ll have won an important international prize. 5 she’ll have made a lot of money. Exercise 2 1 won’t have finished 2 will have sold 3 they’ll have gone 4 she’ll have got 5 won’t have had Exercise 3 1 What will they have finished They’ll have put in the windows, but they won’t have fitted the doors. 2 What will they have done They’ll have done the wiring, but they won’t have laid the floors. 3 What will they have completed They’ll have plastered the walls, but they won’t have painted the house. Unit 20 Exercise 1 1 We’re going to crash We’ll be 2 Are we going to eat we’re going to go 3 I’ll have 4 Will you answer It’ll probably be 5 You’ll be; are you going to leave I’m going to study 6 will the meeting start won’t be Exercise 2 1 They’re taking 2 reaches 3 They’re flying 4 takes off 5 arrives 6 are staying Exercise 3 1 I’ll be flying; will you be doing? I’ll be working 2 she’ll pass won’t do 3 will Sam be will have we’ll be talking 4 we’ll be waiting I’ll have Exercise 4 1 will have laid 2 will be working 3 will be working 4 I’ll be taking 5 I’ll have left; I’ll be training 6 will be arriving won’t have finished Unit 21 Exercise 1 1 Have you got haven’t got; he’s got hasn’t got 2 he’s got Has he got hasn’t Exercise 2 1 Do you have don’t have; has doesn’t have 2 has Does she have doesn’t 3 Did you have did; didn’t have; had 4 do you have? don’t have; haven’t had did you have? 5 has has he had he’s had; doesn’t have Exercise 3 1 have got 2 hasn’t got 3 they’ve got 4 they’ve had 5 they’ve 6 had 7 didn’t have 8 had 9 they’ve got 10 they’ve got 11 it’s had Exercise 4 1 has a look 2 has a chat 3 have time 4 have coffee 5 has a game 6 has a swim 7 have lunch 8 have a rest 9 has a run 10 has a chance Unit 22 Exercise 1 1 know drives 2 start begins 3 like watches 4 have has 5 goes go does; takes Exercise 2 1 finishes 2 I’m listening 3 hope 4 is he making 5 does she go 6 Are you enjoying Exercise 3 Verbs with no change: cost cost cost cut cut cut hit hit hit let let let Verbs with one change: feel felt felt get got got keep kept kept make made made Verbs with two changes: give gave given ride rode ridden see saw seen take took taken Exercise 4 1 cut cut 2 make made 3 ride ride; rode 4 let let; hit; got Exercise 5 1 done made 2 seen given 3 seen got 4 hit cut 241 Unit 23 Exercise 1 1 I’m 2 is 3 We’ll be 4 has been 5 were 6 I’ve been 7 Are 8 was Exercise 2 1 do don’t 2 Do don’t 3 did didn’t 4 does don’t 5 Did didn’t 6 Does doesn’t Exercise 3 1 Have haven’t; haven’t 2 hasn’t 3 Have I’ve; haven’t 4 hadn’t 5 We’ll have 6 has He’s 7 won’t have 8 they’d Exercise 4 1 Hasn’t Paul come home yet? 2 Why didn’t they call the police? 3 Aren’t you enjoying the film? 4 Why don’t you agree with me? 5 Isn’t Rosie going to the wedding? 242 6 Don’t you have to go home now? 7 Which parts don’t we have to learn? 8 Which questions haven’t they answered yet? Exercise 5 1 have you 2 doesn’t he 3 weren’t they 4 do you 5 didn’t he 6 haven’t they 7 does he 8 wasn’t she 9 are you 10 did he Exercise 6 1 Neither/Nor do we. 2 So does Alan. 3 Neither/Nor have I. 4 Neither/Nor did Lisa. 5 So have her brothers. 6 Neither/Nor is she. 7 Neither/Nor had we. 8 So did the van. Exercise 7 1a What are you having for lunch? We’re having chicken. b What did you have for lunch? We had chicken. c What have you had for lunch? We’ve had chicken. 2a How much work is he doing? He’s doing ten hours. b How much work did he do? He did ten hours. c How much work has he done? He’s done ten hours. 3a Why are they being so slow with their work? Because they’re being careful. b Why were they so slow with their work? Because they were careful. c Why have they been so slow with their work? Because they’ve been careful. Unit 24 Exercise 1 1 You’re 2 He’s 3 I’m 4 What’s 5 We’ll 6 he’s; he’ll 7 you’d 8 she’d; she’d 9 They’ve 10 I’d Exercise 2 1 don’t 2 isn’t 3 hasn’t 4 won’t 5 Don’t; didn’t 6 I’m not 7 isn’t; doesn’t 8 hadn’t; wouldn’t 9 haven’t 10 wasn’t Exercise 3 1 don’t 2 I’m 3 What’s 4 I’ve 5 You’d 6 I’d 7 haven’t 8 I’m 9 Don’t 10 You’re 11 won’t 12 doesn’t 13 I’ll 14 he’ll 15 we’ll 16 That’s Exercise 4 1 we have 2 are not 3 do not 4 I am 5 they are 6 will not 7 we are 8 have not Exercise 5 1 we had 2 you would 3 it is 4 he has 5 He is 6 I would Unit 25 Exercise 1 1 Does Bob like football too? 2 Is Lucy good at cooking too? 3 Has Dad had dinner too? 4 Did Jim cook the meat too? 5 Are you going out tonight too? Exercise 2 1 Does he have to go now too? 2 Must she finish the letters too? 3 Can he swim fast too? 4 Should we train every evening too? 5 Will we have to write to all our friends too? Exercise 3 1 Have they been married for long? 2 Did they move to Manchester at that time? 3 Have they got any children? 4 Do the children go to school? 5 Is she starting school soon? Exercise 4 1 Isn’t it a good one? 2 Don’t you like flying? 3 Hasn’t he gone to college yet? Unit 26 Exercise 1 1 Where 2 Whose 3 How long 4 5 6 7 8 How many Which When Why What Exercise 2 1 How old are you? I’m … 2 What’s your address? It’s ... 3 What does your father do? He’s a/an … 4 Why are you learning English? Because … Exercise 3 1 Why hasn’t he answered the e-mail? 2 What haven’t we done? 3 Why won’t they be able to go on holiday? 4 Where didn’t we go? 5 Why isn’t she going to go out tonight? 6 Why doesn’t he like this television programme? Exercise 4 1 Who called the police? 2 What went wrong? 3 What did Bob find by the door? 4 Who did Tom phone? 5 What did the car run over? 6 Who saw Peter? 7 What did Julie eat? Unit 27 Exercise 1 1 won’t you 2 has it 3 aren’t they 4 didn’t it 5 is she 6 was he 7 can he 8 shouldn’t he 9 need we 10 mightn’t she 11 won’t he 12 have you 13 won’t they 14 has it 15 is it 16 wasn’t it 17 doesn’t he 18 didn’t you 19 don’t you 20 didn’t she Exercise 2 1 didn’t it 2 were they 3 aren’t you 4 is she 5 haven’t you 6 will they Exercise 3 1 isn’t it 2 are there 3 are they 4 have I 5 didn’t you 6 won’t we Exercise 4 1 didn’t I 2 haven’t you 3 weren’t they 4 aren’t we 5 does it 6 don’t we 7 is there Unit 28 Exercise 1 1 I haven’t 2 I do 3 I’m not 4 we should 5 I would 6 there aren’t 7 I haven’t 8 he is 9 I can’t 10 I did 11 I must Exercise 2 1 I’m not 2 I haven’t 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 I wasn’t I didn’t I was I was I did I was I did I was Exercise 3 1 Yes, I am./No, I’m not. 2 Yes, I do./No, I don’t. 3 Yes, it is./No, it isn’t. 4 Yes, I am./No, I’m not. 5 Yes, they do./No, they don’t. 6 Yes, they do./No, they don’t. 7 Yes, I do./No, I don’t. 8 Yes, I will./No, I won’t. 9 Yes, I have./No, I haven’t. Unit 29 Exercise 1 1 Do you know what date it is today? 2 Could you tell me when Ann is coming home? 3 Do you have any idea why Tom has gone? 4 Can you say how long you’ll be away? Exercise 2 1 Do you know if/whether they’ve had lunch? 2 Can you say if/whether you’ll be home tonight? 3 Do you have any idea if/whether the team are going to win? 4 Can you tell us if/whether we’re having a test this week? Exercise 3 1 Can you tell me if/whether Tom goes to college? 2 Can you say if/whether the ring cost a lot? 3 Could you tell us when the bus went? 4 Do you know how the engine works? Exercise 4 1 Why do you think he arrives late? 2 Do you think they’re going to finish today? 3 How far do you think they walked? 4 Do you think we’ve made a mistake? Exercise 5 1 Can you tell me where to post these letters? 2 Can you tell us what to say to the boss? 3 Do they know how long to wait at the station? 4 I’m not certain how far to drive along the road. Unit 30 Exercise 1 1 Neither/Nor do I 2 So am I 3 So am I 4 So did I 243 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Neither/Nor did I So did I Neither/Nor could I So was I So is mine So does mine So is mine Exercise 2 1 neither/nor is Ted 2 so is Sally 3 so does Claire 4 so does Ken 5 so can Ted 6 neither/nor can Claire Exercise 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 I expect so. I suppose so. I don’t think so. I’m afraid not. I guess not. I think so. Unit 31 Exercise 1 1 can see 2 can go 3 can’t walk 4 can’t catch Exercise 2 1 can’t; could 2 can; couldn’t 3 couldn’t; can’t 4 could; can’t Exercise 3 1 could hear 2 could remember 3 could understand 4 could feel Exercise 4 1 could 2 could 3 were able to 4 was able to 5 could 244 Exercise 5 1 were able to 2 could 3 can 4 couldn’t 5 be able to 6 can’t 7 were able to 8 couldn’t Exercise 6 1 can’t have 2 could have 3 can’t have 4 could have Unit 32 Exercise 1 1 can 2 Would/Could 3 Would/Could 4 can 5 May/Could 6 May/Could Exercise 2 1 Can I borrow your book? 2 Can you lend me your pen? 3 Would/Could you tell me your address? 4 Would/Could you take a seat, please? 5 May/Could I put your bag away? 6 Would/Could all passengers remain in their seats until the plane stops? Exercise 3 1 Yes, you can. 2 No, you can’t. 3 Yes, you can. 4 No, you can’t. Exercise 4 1 would/could 2 Can/Could 3 would/could 4 5 6 7 can/could Shall could/may can Unit 33 Exercise 1 1 ought 2 should 3 ought 4 should 5 should Exercise 2 1 ought 2 oughtn’t 3 should 4 5 6 7 8 ought/oughtn’t shouldn’t should should ought Exercise 3 1 You’d better 2 He’d better not 3 We’d better not 4 They’d better Exercise 4 1 You ought to do more exercise. 2 You’d better see a dentist. 3 You shouldn’t watch any TV. 4 You oughtn’t use the phone so much. 5 You’d better not go out yet. 6 You should go to the beach. Exercise 5 1 He should have seen the doctor. 2 They shouldn’t have played outside. 3 We ought to have turned left at the traffic lights. 4 She oughtn’t to have bought it. 5 You shouldn’t have gone to Miami. You ought to have chosen somewhere else. Unit 34 Exercise 1 1 has he had to pay for it? 2 will she have to go to London? 3 did they have to go last week? 4 does she have to change all her plans? 5 have they had to live in the flat? Exercise 2 1 must rest for a week, Mr Robbins.’ 2 have to pay immediately. 3 must check in two hours before the flight.’ 4 have to complete a registration form. 5 must be home by 6:00.’ 6 had to go to the police station. Exercise 3 1 must 2 has to 3 must 4 had to 5 must 6 have to 7 must Exercise 4 1 mustn’t 2 don’t have to 3 mustn’t 4 mustn’t 5 doesn’t have to 6 don’t have to 7 mustn’t 8 don’t have to Unit 35 Exercise 1 1 needn’t 2 mustn’t 3 mustn’t 4 needn’t 5 mustn’t 6 needn’t Exercise 2 1 2 3 4 I have to work late. Where do they have to go? Does she need to go so soon? Do you have to work tomorrow? 5 I don’t need to do my homework. 6 Why do they need to learn French? Exercise 3 1 Do you need to 2 needn’t 3 need to 4 need to 5 needn’t 6 need to 7 mustn’t 8 do we need to 9 need to 10 mustn’t Exercise 4 1 didn’t need to 2 needn’t have 3 needn’t have 4 didn’t need to 5 didn’t need to 6 needn’t have Unit 36 Exercise 1 1 may/might 2 may/might 3 may not/might not 4 may/might 5 may not/might not 6 may not/might not Exercise 2 1 He can’t be under 60. He may be/might be about 64 or 65. He must be 65 because he’s just retired from work. 2 It can’t be Rod. Rod is taller. It must be Julian because that looks like his jacket. It may be/might not be him. He’s walking towards some other people. 3 It can’t be Sue’s. She’s carrying hers. It may be/might be Maria’s. She isn’t carrying a sports bag. No, it must be Lucy’s. It’s got her name on it. Exercise 3 1 can’t be doing 2 can’t be playing 3 must be practising Exercise 4 1 can’t have dropped 2 may/might have left 3 must have put Unit 37 Exercise 1 1 could 2 had to/needed to 3 was able to 4 had to/needed to 5 didn’t need to/didn’t have to 6 had to/needed to 7 couldn’t 8 had to 9 could 10 needed 11 couldn’t 12 couldn’t/wasn’t able to 13 was able to Exercise 2 1 can’t have 2 may/might/could have 3 may/might/could have 4 may/might/could have 5 must have Exercise 3 1 wouldn’t have 2 should have 3 needn’t have 4 could have 5 would have 6 I’d have 7 shouldn’t have 8 We’d have Unit 38 Exercise 1 1 can’t; Can 2 could 3 couldn’t 4 Could 5 were able to 6 Was he able to Exercise 2 1 Can/Could I borrow your book? 2 May/Can I help you? 3 Could/Can you get the red file, please? 4 Would you like/Can I offer you a cup of tea? 5 Could/May I have your name, please? 6 Can/Could you lend me some money? 7 May/Could I have a day off next week, please? 8 May/Can I park my car outside the entrance? Exercise 3 (Possible answers) 1 You should go to the dentist. 2 They oughtn’t to watch TV. 3 You’d better get some glasses. 4 He ought to find a better job. 5 He’d better not miss the next test. 6 He shouldn’t go out yet. Exercise 4 1 mustn’t; must 2 mustn’t; we’ll have to 3 must; must 4 can’t/mustn’t; must/have to Exercise 5 1 don’t need to/needn’t 2 didn’t need to/didn’t have to 3 don’t have to; have to 4 had to; didn’t have to/didn’t need to 5 don’t need to/needn’t; need to/have to Exercise 6 1 will 2 may 3 may not 4 It’ll 5 could/might/may 6 could/might/may 7 won’t Exercise 7 1 must be meeting Stephen Fisher. 2 may be at the City Hotel; may be at the Ritz Grill. 3 can’t be in Birmingham.; must be travelling to Liverpool or Manchester. Exercise 8 1 should have/ought to have 2 can’t have/couldn’t have 3 shouldn’t have/oughtn’t to have 4 needn’t have 5 would have/could have Unit 39 Exercise 1 1 is made 2 is produced 3 are provided 4 are brought 5 is put 6 are then delivered 245 Exercise 2 1 was built 2 were used 3 were flown 4 were found 5 were carried 6 were begun 7 were provided 8 was employed Exercise 3 1 First, the new factory was built. 2 Then the new Superbike 2,000 was designed. 3 The design wasn’t shown to anyone. 4 Over 1,000 were bought in the first year. Exercise 4 1 When was oil first used? It was first used thousands of years ago. 2 Was it burned for light? Yes, it was. 3 When was far more oil needed? It was needed about 100 years ago. 4 Was more oil found at that time? Yes, it was. 5 How many barrels of oil are pumped every day now? About 80 million barrels (are). Unit 40 Exercise 1 1 We were being called by somebody. 2 They are being pulled down next week. 3 The work wasn’t being done efficiently. 246 4 She was being looked after by Sue. 5 It’s being serviced at the garage. Exercise 2 1 A lot of new houses have been built. 2 It hadn’t been driven for 20 years. 3 We’ve been left behind. 4 We hadn’t been told anything about it. Exercise 3 1 Up to five books can be borrowed. 2 Books should always be returned on time. 3 Books cannot be renewed more than three times. 4 Protective clothing must be worn at all times. 5 Food must not be brought into the office. 6 Personal calls should not be made from company phones. Exercise 4 1 This castle was built in 1760. 2 Tony was being pulled along the road. 3 The match won’t be won by Alan. It’ll be won by Jim. 4 Contracts should always be read before they’re signed. 5 A memo has been written by Bob, and it’s being read by the staff. 6 The garage isn’t being cleaned out by Julie. That job is being done by Sue. Unit 41 Exercise 1 1 No one is thought to know everything that happened. 2 This jewellery is said to be nearly 3,000 years old. 3 Ancient sea levels are known to have been much lower than they are now. 4 This city is considered to be developing into the world’s financial capital. Exercise 2 1 It has been agreed that both sides should meet. 2 It has been announced that last year’s sales were up. 3 It is assumed that the truth will never be known. 4 It used to be believed that the world was flat. Exercise 3 1 Sam got stopped for speeding by the police./by the police for speeding. 2 Amy’s brave actions got mentioned in the newspaper report. 3 We never get to do a lot of important jobs at home. 4 Do all the letters to customers get checked before they get sent out? Exercise 4 1 I need to get changed into some warmer clothes. 2 You’ll get lost without a satnav. 3 They’re planning to get married in June. 4 Poor Roz! She got burned very badly by the sun. 5 Lucy hopes to get qualified as a doctor by the age of 24. Exercise 5 1 Let’s get the windows mended now. 2 Let’s have these brochures printed soon. 3 Let’s get this wall rebuilt tomorrow. 4 Let’s have the door painted before winter. Unit 42 Exercise 1 1 to play 2 to give 3 to see 4 to get 5 to win 6 to move 7 to climb 8 to learn Exercise 2 1 watching 2 losing 3 buying 4 eating 5 saying 6 waiting 7 smoking 8 walking Exercise 3 1 to spend 2 arriving 3 to have 4 to save 5 smoking 6 going 7 to see 8 doing 9 going 10 to go 11 walking Exercise 4 1 not to mind what he said. 2 not making so much noise? 3 not having the money to repay Sam. 4 not to go out with the others. 5 not to talk to Bill any more. Unit 43 Exercise 1 1 to be 2 to take 3 forming 4 to provide/providing 5 to ask/asking Exercise 2 1 to get up/getting up 2 to go 3 to check/checking 4 to swim/swimming 5 to read/reading 6 to do 7 to visit 8 to play/playing 9 to know/knowing 10 to live/living Exercise 3 1 to post 2 to buy 3 asking 4 hearing 5 saying 6 saying 7 to get 8 to do Exercise 4 1 to get/getting using 2 writing; signing to do 3 correcting to do Exercise 5 1 to get the licence on his way home from work. 2 to develop a new kind of solar-powered engine. 3 remember having fights with other children when I was young. 4 stop making so much noise late at night. 5 to tell you that your son has done very badly in his exams. 6 stop here for a minute to buy some things for dinner at this supermarket. 7 throwing your work away and starting all over again from the beginning. 8 to phone you this morning, but I was just too busy. 9 really need painting. Exercise 6 1 training 2 to find 3 doing 4 to do 5 thinking 6 passing 7 leaving 8 to take 9 to say 10 to catch up 11 to study Unit 44 Exercise 1 1 Alan to be quiet. 2 Rob not to drive so fast. 3 me not to take photos. 4 her son to take his medicine after lunch. 5 everybody to try the cake. 6 the man to stop. Exercise 2 1 Tina not to buy the dress. 2 3 4 5 6 the climbers to turn back. our boat to roll over. us go out. the boys run five kilometres. you buy now and pay later. Exercise 3 1 to buy that car. 2 Tom to get the job. 3 Mrs Jones to leave her cases (there). 4 to see the contract. 5 our friends (to) cut down a tree. 6 for you to see your present yet. Exercise 4 1 swimming 2 to have 3 to help 4 to get 5 buying 6 talking Unit 45 Exercise 1 1 for breaking 2 on paying 3 about moving 4 to going 5 like doing 6 about/of joining Exercise 2 1 My brother and I disagreed about selling the old family house in London. 2 I must apologize for arriving so late at night. 3 They finally succeeded in discovering a new route through the mountains. 4 We want to concentrate on planning the company’s next project in China. Exercise 3 1 You can’t prevent me from winning. 2 Ben’s father punished him for breaking the window. 3 I must warn you about going sailing in this wind. 4 I can’t forgive her for hurting my child. 5 You can’t blame him for leaving that terrible job. 6 We can’t stop the dogs from fighting. Exercise 4 1 thought about/of going 2 decided against doing 3 discouraged us from choosing 4 insisted on inviting 5 looking forward to showing 6 dreamt of visiting 7 thank her for asking Unit 46 Exercise 1 1 capable of hurting 2 excited about going 3 fond of visiting 4 interested in studying 5 pleased about passing 6 fed up with hearing 7 bad at cooking Exercise 2 1 Mark was very grateful for having a chance to show his invention on TV. 2 We’re all very interested in taking cookery classes. 3 We feel annoyed about playing badly and almost losing the match. 4 Later, Alan felt ashamed of failing to help anyone else. 5 I’m not very keen on meeting those people. Exercise 3 1 Isn’t Pat worried about losing his place in the football team? 2 Ed is tired of travelling to work in the city every day. 3 Naomi is responsible for choosing office equipment at her company. 4 Our engineers were anxious about failing to find the fault in the ship’s engines. 247 Exercise 4 1 Have you got used to living I‘m not used to coping you‘ll get used to 2 did you use to do used to be Did you use to work used to make Unit 47 Exercise 1 1 Watching; saw; decrease/decreasing 2 was making; rising; falling 3 saw; appear 4 Moving; pushed 5 Staring; said 6 Not understanding; replied 7 heard; say Exercise 2 1 Adding; disappeared; had appeared 2 Shaking; stared 3 Having thought; sent 4 Having heard; was 5 Putting; went Exercise 3 1 Despite being; felt 2 instead of continuing; changed 3 Without knowing; followed 4 On getting; spotted 5 By following; found Exercise 4 1 After rescuing; began 2 While/When fighting; caught; sunk 3 After making; was 4 before leaving; was hit/had been hit 5 Although not expecting; continued 248 Unit 48 Exercise 1 1 go jogging 2 go swimming 3 go shopping 4 go camping 5 go diving Exercise 2 1 It’s no use shouting. 2 It’s worth taking 3 It’s no good sending 4 It’s useless applying 5 It’s not worth buying Exercise 3 1 Right now, Anne’s very busy 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 writing a report about her business trip. I wasted a lot of time looking for the book in all the bookshops. I’m having big problems finding Gabriella’s address and phone number. Alan is having a lot of trouble understanding our new software systems. It was a complete waste of time and money trying to repair that old car of mine. I had no trouble working out the solution to that puzzle really quickly. There’s simply no point (in) trying to teach this stupid animal anything at all. We won’t have any difficulty getting the job done by midday, I can promise you. There’s no harm (in) checking all the equipment again before we go, is there? I spent three hours trying to finish my report last night. Unit 49 Exercise 1 1 the oil light comes on. 2 it becomes ice. 3 it soon goes bad. 4 the lights come on. 5 the machinery soon breaks down. Exercise 2 1 arrives 2 will tell 3 won’t let 4 5 6 7 I’ll call will lend won’t listen don’t come Exercise 3 1 If the police come, they’ll ask about Tom. 2 If you enter the race, you’ll probably win. 3 If the party goes on till late, we’ll go home early. 4 If you call the office at 2:00, Tony will be there. 5 If Ann doesn’t call, I’ll be worried. 6 If you finish the job today, you won’t have to come tomorrow. Exercise 4 1 won’t be able 2 is 3 decide 4 will come 5 will you join 6 organize 7 go 8 we’ll have 9 I’ll come 10 isn’t 11 find 12 it’ll cost 13 don’t act 14 will take 15 we’ll miss Unit 50 Exercise 1 1 had 2 I’d go 3 lost 4 followed 5 she’d be 6 wouldn’t believe 7 we’d stay Exercise 2 1 Ann would be pleased if Tom called. 2 If you didn’t visit us again, we’d be very sad. 3 I’d get fit quite fast if I worked out at the gym. 4 If Barry didn’t argue so much, he’d have more friends. 5 If Hiroko had more money, she’d fly home to Tokyo. 6 The team would win more games if they trained harder. Exercise 3 1 he’d waste 2 I’d become 3 You’d enjoy 4 might never see Exercise 4 1 Where would they stay if they visited Turkey? They’d stay at cheap hotels. 2 Who would we see if we complained at the Head Office? You’d talk to the Sales Manager. 3 How would you travel if you visited Scotland? I’d go by car. 4 What would they do if they left school now? They’d look for jobs. 5 Which would you choose if you could borrow a DVD? I’d take the new Will Smith film. Unit 51 Exercise 1 1 you’d have loved 2 she’d gone 3 hadn’t shown 4 had been 5 she’d saved; she’d have had 6 wouldn’t have asked hadn’t been Exercise 2 1 If Jim had asked us, we’d have lent him our car. 2 If I hadn’t written down her phone number, I’d have forgotten it. 3 The car wouldn’t have crashed if Tom had kept to the speed limit. 4 I’d have forgotten to buy Ann’s birthday present if you hadn’t reminded me. Exercise 3 1 If we’d had a map, we’d have found the house. 2 If they hadn’t opened the last box, they wouldn’t have found the books. 3 If the tree had fallen on the car, the driver would have been hurt. 4 If I’d turned back, I wouldn’t have got lost on the mountain. Exercise 4 1 We could have visited the Statue of Liberty too. 2 He might have won the race. 3 They could have caught the thieves. 4 We’d have got home an hour ago. Unit 52 Exercise 1 1 If only the shoes weren’t so expensive! 2 If only we didn’t have to pay so many bills! 3 If only I got regular money for clothes! 4 If only we could buy everything we want! 5 If only I didn’t upset Mum so much and so often! Exercise 2 1 I wish you’d listen to other people’s ideas! 2 I wish you wouldn’t arrive late for everything! 3 I wish you’d tell the truth! 4 I wish you wouldn’t keep smoking all the time! Exercise 3 1 If only I hadn’t agreed to speak at a meeting that evening! I wish I’d refused to go! 2 If only I hadn’t got the 8:15 train to London! I wish I’d caught the 7:55 instead! 3 If only I hadn’t left the family dinner in the oven for over three hours! I wish I’d taken it out at the right time! Exercise 4 1 unless you buy your tickets now. 2 unless we’d hired an off-road vehicle. 3 Unless I knew some of the other guests, Unit 53 Exercise 1 1 staying indoors and sitting by their fire. 2 it’s hot there and he’s sitting outdoors with Suzie by their new pool. Exercise 2 1 He said he was working away from London that month. 2 He told me he’d finished his college course the year before. 3 He said he hadn’t been to see his parents for ages. 4 He told me he’d arrived home with his family the day before. 5 He said they were going back to London the next day. 6 He told me they couldn’t stay for long as he had to get back to work. 7 He said they might come back the following year. He didn’t know. 8 He told me he’d e-mail soon and send me a photo of the family. Exercise 3 1 But you said you loved this sort of music. 2 But you told me he wouldn’t sell his bike. 3 But you said you were going to write her a letter. 4 But you told me it was on tomorrow night. 5 But you said they’d lose the match. 6 But you told me she’d be at home tomorrow night. 7 But you said they hadn’t sent you anything. 8 But you told me they couldn’t swim at all. Unit 54 Exercise 1 1 we’re going for our holiday this year. 2 if we’re going to visit them again. 3 we’re doing this winter. 4 if we’re taking a skiing holiday again. Exercise 2 1 Jim asked me if I’d sold my terrible old car. 2 Jim asked me if I still lived with my parents. 3 Jim asked me if I was going to visit London soon. 4 I asked him if there was room for me to stay with him. 5 I asked him if I could have his phone number. 6 I asked him if he’d met his wife at college. Exercise 3 1 They asked him what part of France he came from. 2 They asked him how long he’d been in Britain. 3 They asked him why he’d decided to go to college here. 4 They asked him how long he was going to stay. 5 They asked him where he was living at the moment. Exercise 4 1 Two Swedish students asked me if I knew the way to the station. 2 Some Turkish students asked me if I could help them find a flat. 3 A Lebanese student asked me what the best way to send a parcel home was. 4 Two Italian students asked me how long it would take them to travel to Edinburgh. 249 Unit 55 Exercise 1 1 The girl asked me to open the door. 2 Carol instructed the new assistant not to use the photocopier. 3 Tom invited us to come for dinner on Saturday. 4 Celia reminded me not to be late for the party. 5 Ann asked everybody not to make so much noise. 6 Mrs Davis told Tony to give his name to the receptionist. 7 Bob warned Emma not to touch the red button. 8 The manager reminded her assistant to post the letters. Exercise 2 1 She agreed to meet at 7:30. 2 He promised to be there on time. 3 She threatened not to wait for him if he was late. 4 He offered to get there an hour early. 5 She threatened again to leave if he wasn’t there at 7:30. 6 He promised not to be late. Exercise 3 1 Maria suggested going parachuting. 2 Barry insisted on going immediately. 3 Barry admitted feeling scared. 4 Maria apologized for suggesting the idea of parachuting. 5 Barry insisted on jumping. 250 Unit 56 Exercise 1 1 an 2 an 3 a 4 an 5 a 6 an 7 a 8 an 9 an 10 a 11 a 12 an Exercise 2 1 a letter 2 3 4 5 6 an umbrella some paint some glasses an egg a taxi Exercise 3 1 Do 2 Is 3 are 4 Does 5 is 6 is 7 Are 8 are Exercise 4 1 some 2 x 3 some 4 x 5 some 6 some Exercise 5 1 Colleges are places to study. 2 A large plane can carry a heavy load. 3 Students need to use the Internet efficiently. 4 A car uses more energy per person than a bus. Exercise 6 1 some 2 x 3 x 4 a 5 an 6 x 7 some 8 some 9 a Unit 57 Exercise 1 1 police 2 cattle 3 contents 4 scissors 5 clothes 6 glasses 7 shorts 8 sheep Exercise 2 1 is 2 Does 3 are 4 Is 5 are 6 is 7 is 8 is 9 Does 10 are 11 are 12 were Exercise 3 1 children 2 person 3 foot 4 teeth 5 tooth 6 people 7 women 8 child 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Exercise 4 knives matches potatoes loaves photos wives batteries lives leaves Unit 58 Exercise 1 1 apples 2 bananas 3 beans 4 biscuits 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 carrots eggs olives onions oranges peas potatoes tomatoes apple juice bread butter cheese cooking oil milk mineral water rice salt soup sugar tea Exercise 2 1 meat 2 vegetables 3 beans 4 onions 5 rice 6 bread 7 bread rolls 8 tomatoes 9 olive oil 10 list Exercise 3 1 some 2 information 3 ideas 4 is 5 furniture 6 7 8 9 10 some a luggage hair any Exercise 4 1 g 2 c 3 d 4 f 5 b 6 e 7 a Unit 59 Exercise 1 1 a sales chart 2 a football player 3 a credit card 4 a desk lamp 5 a text message 6 a travel agent Exercise 2 1 credit card 2 coffee table 3 city centre 4 director’s assistant 5 gas fire 6 steak knife 7 phone number 8 car park 9 business cards 10 swimming pool Exercise 3 1 five-day job 2 two-tonne stones 3 1,500-kilometre race 4 six-part college course 5 four-litre bottle of milk 6 5,000-metre mountain 7 6,700-kilometre river Unit 60 Exercise 1 1 an 2 a 3 an 4 a 5 an 6 a 7 an; a 8 an; a Exercise 2 1 1a 2 the 3 some 4 some 2 1 some 2 some 3 the 4 The 5 the 3 1 some 2a 3 the 4 an 5 The 6 the 7a 8 The 9 an 10 the 11 some 4 1a 2 the 3 the 5 1 the 2 some 3 some 4a 5a 6 some 7 the 8 the 9 the Exercise 3 1 1a 2 the 3a 4 the 5 the 6a 2 1a 2a 3 the 4a 5 the 6a 7 an 8 the 9 the 10 the 11 the 12 The 13 the 14 the 15 the 16 a 17 the 18 the 19 The 20 a Exercise 4 1 the beach 2 The sun 3 the sky 4 The birds 5 the 6 trees 7 the 8 fields 9 the 10 wind 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 the sea the waves the sand the world Exercise 5 1 a the ba 2 a the ba 3 a the ba 4 aa b the 5 aa b the 6 a the ba 7 a the ba 8 a the ba 9 aa b the 10 a the ba Exercise 6 1 A reporter answered when I phoned the newspaper. 2 Joe fell and knocked a vase over. 3 The police officer stopped me for driving too fast. 4 The ship can travel from Britain to the USA in four days. 5 When I was away, I brought a present for my parents. 6 I picked the phone up and called my sister. 7 Sarah wrote a long e-mail to her father. 251 8 Carrie called an electrician to change the kitchen lights. 9 I called the mechanic to book a service for my car. Unit 61 Exercise 1 1 d A camera is for taking pictures. 2 e A pen is for writing. 3 a A fork is for picking up food. 4 b A file is for holding papers. 5 g A diary is for noting dates of meetings, etc. 6 f A fridge is for keeping food cold. 7 c A CD-ROM is for storing computer data. Exercise 2 1 g Bell invented the telephone. 2 d Otis invented the lift/elevator. 3 b Marconi invented the radio. 4 f Biro invented the ballpoint pen. 5 a Edison invented the electric lamp. 6 c Dunlop invented the modern car tyre. 7 e Singer invented the sewing machine. Exercise 3 (Possible answers) 1 I (don’t like) black coffee. 2 I (like) fast cars. 3 I (don’t mind) homework. 4 I (don’t like) loud rock music. 5 I (like) swimming. 6 I (don’t mind) tennis. Exercise 4 1 the horse 2 companies 3 the salt 4 The books 5 Money 252 6 water 7 Elephants 8 The phone Exercise 5 1 the unemployed 2 the old 3 The young 4 The blind 5 the poor Exercise 6 1 the Australians 2 the British 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 the Chinese the Danes/Danish the Egyptians the French the Indonesians the Japanese the Kuwaitis the Dutch the Portuguese the Spanish the Russians the Turks/Turkish the Americans the Venezuelans Exercise 7 1 The; the 2 x; x 3 x; the; the 4 x; the; the 5 The; the; the; x; the; the Exercise 8 1 the 2 the 3 x 4 the 5 x 6 x 7 x 8 the 9 x 10 the 11 x 12 13 14 15 x the the the Unit 62 Exercise 1 1 Ann gave her parents a present. 2 Nick sent a book to his niece. 3 Did you really buy it for me? 4 Could you lend Harry some money? 5 I’ll take Celia some magazines next time I visit her in hospital. 6 Susie’s grandmother made a lovely dress for her. 7 Could you pass the report to the boss when he arrives? 8 I offered Rob a place to stay as he had nowhere else to go. Exercise 2 1 No, don’t sell them to Sally. Sell them to me. 2 No, don’t take it there. Take it to the one near my house. 3 No, don’t buy it for Sally. Buy it for her brother. 4 No, don’t show it to him. Show it to the police. 5 No, don’t cook it for the children. Cook it for the adults. 6 No, don’t pay it to Tom’s teacher. Pay it to the school secretary. 7 No, don’t by one for me. Buy one for the children. Exercise 3 1 for 2 for 3 to 4 to 5 for 6 7 8 9 for to to for Unit 63 Exercise 1 1 those 2 That 3 these 4 this 5 those; that those this Exercise 2 1 this; this 2 this that 3 this this; That 4 This; these This 5 these those those Exercise 3 1 these Those ones; These ones 2 that; one this one that one 3 these ones those ones these ones Exercise 4 1 one the one 2 ones the; ones 3 the one; the one 4 ones; the; ones; the; ones 5 the one; the one the one; the ones Unit 64 Exercise 1 1 some 2 any 3 some 4 any 5 some 6 any 7 some Exercise 2 1 some; any some 2 some any; some 3 some; any some 4 some any Exercise 3 1 anything; something 2 anything somebody 3 anybody some 4 somebody some 5 something anything 6 any anybody Exercise 4 1 any colour 2 anybody 3 anything 4 anywhere 5 any show Unit 65 Exercise 1 1 some 2 anything 3 any 4 somewhere 5 anybody 6 some 7 8 9 10 anybody/anyone some anywhere something Exercise 2 1 everybody/everyone 2 Everywhere 3 something 4 Nobody/No one 5 anybody/anyone 6 anywhere 7 anything 8 nothing 9 somewhere Exercise 3 1 everywhere 2 anywhere 3 somewhere 4 Somebody/Someone 5 anybody/anyone 6 somewhere 7 nowhere 8 nobody/no one 9 something 10 anything Exercise 4 1 nothing interesting 2 something else 3 somewhere else 4 anybody/anyone nice 5 everywhere possible 6 nowhere else Unit 66 Exercise 1 1 Are there any potatoes? Yes, there are some in the bag. 2 Is there any coffee? No, there isn’t. I’ll buy some. 3 Is there a large pan? No, there isn’t. I’ll buy one. 4 Are there any carrots? No, there aren’t. I’ll buy some. 5 Is there any butter? Yes, there’s some in the fridge. 6 Is there a teapot? Yes, there’s one on the shelf. Exercise 2 1 There wasn’t 2 There was 3 There weren’t 4 There were 5 There was 6 There were 7 There was Exercise 3 1 There are; They 2 There wasn’t; it 3 There weren’t; they 4 There’s; him? 5 There aren’t; them 6 There isn’t; it Exercise 4 1 It’s good/lovely to 2 It’s not worth 3 It’s no use 4 It was a pity/very sad that 5 It was very sad that Unit 67 Exercise 1 1 a lot of/lots of; much 2 a lot of/lots of; many 3 a lot of/lots of; much 4 much much 5 many many; a lot of/lots of 6 much A lot 7 many many 8 much much Exercise 2 1 a little; a few 2 little; little 3 4 5 6 7 8 A few; few a little; a few a few; little a little; a few few; little a little A few Exercise 3 1 little 2 a lot/lots 3 a few 4 many 5 a lot of/lots of 6 much 7 a lot 8 much 9 little 10 a little Unit 68 Exercise 1 1 a few of them. 2 all of them. 3 some of them. 4 most of them. 5 two of them. Exercise 2 1 Both of you 2 Half of them 3 All/Most of you 4 Both of them 5 a few of us; most of us Exercise 3 1 neither of 2 none of 3 any of 4 either of 5 None of 6 Neither of 7 any of 8 either of 9 either of 10 any of; none of 253 Exercise 4 1 both 2 every 3 all 4 all 5 each 6 Each 7 Every Unit 69 Exercise 1 1 Bill 2 Bill 3 Paul 4 the practice 5 Paul 6 Bill 7 8 9 10 Neil the film People Paul, Bill, Neil Exercise 2 1 They’re 2 she’s 3 We’re 4 It’s 5 he’s 6 You’re I’m 7 You’re it’s; I’m Exercise 3 1 her 2 you 3 him 4 them 5 you me; him 6 us you; you; her Exercise 4 1 He’s 2 you 3 It’s 4 you 254 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 me We you me I it her They’re She them It’s I Unit 70 Exercise 1 1 your 2 his 3 our 4 their 5 her 6 my 7 its Exercise 2 1 No, it isn’t his. His is older. 2 No, they aren’t hers. Hers are newer. 3 No, it isn’t theirs. Theirs is smaller. 4 No, it isn’t mine. Mine is nicer. 5 No, they aren’t ours. Ours are longer. 6 mine Exercise 3 1 They’re yours. Look, they’ve got your name inside. 2 It’s his. Look, it’s got his name inside. 3 They’re theirs. Look, they’ve got their names inside. 4 It’s mine. Look, it’s got my name inside. 5 It’s hers. Look, it’s got her name inside. 6 They’re ours. Look, they’ve got our names inside. Exercise 4 1 it’s 2 its 3 It’s 4 it’s 5 Its 6 it’s Exercise 5 1 parents’ 2 Peter’s 3 4 5 6 Sally West’s policeman’s workers’ Tony’s; people’s Unit 71 Exercise 1 1 themselves 2 itself 3 herself 4 myself 5 himself 6 ourselves 7 yourself 8 yourselves Exercise 2 1 save himself 2 kill yourself 3 looked at herself 4 made myself 5 bought themselves 6 push ourselves 7 wash itself 8 look after yourselves Exercise 3 1 me 2 yourselves 3 herself 4 us 5 ourselves 6 them 7 him Exercise 4 1 No, I paid for it myself. 2 No, she prepares them herself. 3 No, he’s bringing it himself. 4 No, they’ll have to tidy it themselves. 5 No, we’re going to clean it ourselves. 6 No, you’re going to make it yourself. Unit 72 Exercise 1 1 which/that 2 which/that 3 which/that 4 who/that 5 which/that 6 who/that 7 which/that 8 who/that 9 who/that 10 which/that Exercise 2 1 The pilot who/that crashed his small plane in a lake near Oxford escaped without injury. 2 The student who/that broke the 10,000-metre record yesterday has got a place in the national team. 3 The bus which/that was taking people to the airport broke down on the motorway. 4 The file which/that has all the information is lying up there on the top shelf. 5 The policeman who/that rescued 15 people from a fire last year has received an award for bravery. 6 The woman who/that phoned last night wanted to speak to you about work. Exercise 3 1 who/that scored all the goals? 2 which/that will pay a better salary. 3 who/that can repair my old motorbike? 4 which/that teaches Japanese. 5 who/that are warm and friendly. 6 who/that painted that picture? 7 who/that was lost for five days. 8 who/that invented the petrolengine car. Unit 73 Exercise 1 1 The book which/that has all the answers has disappeared. 2 We climbed over the fence which/that separates the fields. 3 The old man who/that crashed his car can’t see very well. 4 I’m going to give the boy who/that found my camera some money. Exercise 2 1 The taxi which/that I’d ordered finally arrived. 2 The girls who/that we met at the wedding seemed sad. 3 The flowers which/that she bought for us are now dying. 4 The man who/that we were discussing is coming to see us this afternoon. 5 The museum which/that you recently mentioned is putting on two new exhibitions. Exercise 3 1 x 2 who/that 3 x 4 x 5 which/that 6 who/that Exercise 4 1 station (x) the train stopped at. 2 coat (x) I was looking for. 3 who/that is applying for the new job in Sales. 4 car (x) I asked about at the car showroom. 5 manager who/that apologized for the delivery delay. 6 boys (x) the farmer shouted at. Unit 74 Exercise 1 1 which/that The pyramids. 2 who/that Yuri Gagarin. 3 whose Marie Curie. 4 who/that Marco Polo. 5 whose Japan. 6 which/that; whose Texas. Exercise 2 1 He was the one whose wife had a wonderful diamond necklace. 2 They were the ones whose children fell in the pool. 3 She was the one whose hat flew off in the wind. 4 They were the ones whose car broke down. Exercise 3 1 That’s what I’d like for my birthday. 2 This is what I was telling you about. 3 That’s what is going to cause the greatest problems in the coming years. Exercise 4 1 They talked about the reason why their boat nearly turned over. 2 They talked about the old hotel where they dried out their clothes. 3 They talked about the storm when the rain almost washed their tent away. Unit 75 Exercise 1 1 showing 2 arriving 3 entering 4 finishing 5 working 6 standing 7 wearing Exercise 2 1 used 2 being painted 3 being prepared 4 written 5 being repaired 6 made 7 hidden 8 being loaded Exercise 3 1 Dan lives in that house painted yellow and white. 2 I wrote a long report consisting of three sections. 3 That vase standing on the bookcase is 100 years old. 4 The wallet left at the checkout belonged to a customer. Exercise 4 1 Yes, he was the last guest to leave. 2 Yes, she was the only one to meet Tina. 3 Yes, he was the first to study Jupiter’s moons. 4 Yes, Felipe was the oldest to climb Everest. 5 Yes, this is the most beautiful flower species to grow here. Unit 76 Exercise 1 1 adding; … , which is a very impressive building, … 2 defining 3 defining 4 adding; … , whose most famous book is ‘Glory’, … Exercise 2 1 Old Professor Jones, who’s nearly 70 years old, is going to stop work soon and retire. 2 To the north of India are the Himalayas, which include the highest mountains in the world. 3 After leaving college, I bought myself some good, new clothes, which I needed for my exciting new job. 4 Amazingly, Barry Stone, who works as a video game designer, has actually built his own house. Exercise 3 1 d The baby cried all night, which meant I was tired all next day. 2 a The old ship stayed in port, which saved it from the storm. 3 c I was out when Peter called, which was why I didn’t hear the news. 4 g The company has won the contract, which is good news. 255 5 b They’ve started doing road repairs, which is causing bad traffic delays. 6 e The sun has come out at last, which means we can go to the beach. 7 f I took the wrong turning, which is the reason why I got here late. Unit 77 Exercise 1 1 feel tired. 2 get angry. 3 sounds terrible. 4 smells delicious. 5 seem; happy. 6 stay fresh Exercise 2 1 a boring old book 2 an unusual blue diamond 3 an exciting new film 4 a strange yellow light 5 an interesting German clock 6 a lovely little baby 7 a pleasant green valley 8 a tall young man 9 a round plastic box Exercise 3 1 He was a funny, little, old man. 2 It was an ugly, brown, metal box. 3 They were beautiful, new, Italian, silk jackets. 4 They were wonderful, tall, round, Chinese vases. Exercise 4 1 red and blue 2 glass and steel 3 cold and exhausted 4 open and shut 5 faded and torn 6 carved and polished 256 Unit 78 Exercise 1 1 excited 2 confused 3 annoying 4 fascinated 5 surprising 6 amazing Exercise 2 1 astonished astonishing 2 shocking shocked 3 embarrassing embarrassed 4 depressed depressing 5 interesting interested 6 tired tiring Exercise 3 1 satisfied 2 worrying 3 horrifying 4 relaxed 5 amusing 6 terrified Exercise 4 1 to play with matches. 2 to go home. 3 to remember to post them. 4 to have you with us. 5 to understand. Unit 79 Exercise 1 1 quickly 2 nice 3 wonderful 4 safely 5 warm 6 warmly; immediately 7 bad tempered; kind 8 slowly; quietly Exercise 2 1 proper properly 2 quiet quietly 3 smooth smoothly 4 pleasant pleasant 5 intelligently intelligent 6 badly bad 7 effective effectively; effective Exercise 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 sensibly easily safely successfully Luckily similarly; wholly Unfortunately; really; truly Exercise 4 1 late 2 well 3 early 4 high 5 hard 6 wrong 7 short 8 far 9 direct 10 low Exercise 5 1 a hardly b hard 2 a highly b high 3 a near b nearly 4 a freely b free 5 a short b shortly 6 a directly b direct Exercise 6 1 well 2 lately 3 hard 4 easily 5 early 6 long 7 tired 8 quickly 9 seriously Unit 80 Exercise 1 1 Hopefully, 2 Stupidly, 3 Angrily, 4 Frighteningly, 5 Finally, 6 Quietly, 7 Sadly, 8 Luckily, Exercise 2 1 always get 2 was only trying 3 can sometimes see 4 will only be 5 don’t usually work 6 has clearly been failing 7 Have you ever been 8 must never talk Exercise 3 1 there very soon. 2 in America for five years. 3 very heavily yesterday. 4 much harder since last September. 5 over here as soon as possible. 6 wrong all the time. Exercise 4 1 over here 2 Sadly 3 last year 4 definitely 5 this time 6 usually 7 soon Unit 81 Exercise 1 1 upstairs 2 definitely 3 slowly 4 now 5 hard 6 always 7 Luckily Exercise 2 1 place 2 degree 3 degree 4 manner 5 time 6 time 7 time 8 degree 9 time 10 degree 11 time 12 time 13 place 14 manner 15 degree 16 sentence 17 time 18 sentence 19 place 20 manner 21 sentence 22 manner 23 degree 24 manner 25 degree 26 time 27 time 28 time 29 frequency Exercise 3 1 there before midday. 2 beautifully yesterday. 3 everywhere for a year. 4 angrily at the meeting last night. 5 well at college these days. Exercise 4 1 I usually do the washing on Monday. 2 Do you ever visit your old school? 3 Flights to New York leave once an hour. 4 You have to take the medicine twice a day. 5 I often used to go windsurfing in the old days. Exercise 5 1 Sadly, she’d already gone. 2 Hopefully, he’ll be well soon. 3 Surprisingly, our children are good at Art. 4 Unfortunately, he isn’t here to receive it. Exercise 6 1 has definitely finished 2 I’ll never visit 3 are always delivered 4 definitely hasn’t understood 5 I’ll hardly ever see Unit 82 Exercise 1 1 longer 2 uglier 3 larger 4 bigger 5 smaller 6 nicer 7 cooler 8 easier longest ugliest largest biggest smallest nicest coolest easiest 9 10 11 12 simpler finer thinner hotter simplest finest thinnest hottest Exercise 2 1 easier 2 simpler 3 nicer 4 hotter 5 longer Exercise 3 1 latest 2 quickest 3 narrowest 4 fittest 5 funniest Exercise 4 1 fitter; fittest 2 finer; finest 3 lowest; lower 4 whiter; whitest 5 easiest; easier Exercise 5 1 more; fewer 2 more most 3 less; least; fewest most Exercise 6 1 most talented; more talented 2 most expensive; less expensive 3 more dangerous; most dangerous 4 less interesting; least interesting 5 more valuable; most valuable Exercise 7 1 drives more slowly 2 writes less excitingly 3 sleeps more lightly 4 thinks faster 5 plays football less intelligently Exercise 8 1 The Crystal performed the most reliably, and the Wash-Tech performed the least reliably. 2 The Wash-Tech ran the least economically, and the Crystal ran the most cheaply. 3 The Crystal finished the fastest, and the Snowline finished the least quickly. Unit 83 Exercise 1 1 Sue is younger than Ann. 2 The Toyota is more expensive than the Honda./The Honda is less expensive than the Toyota. 3 Robin can run faster than Jack. 4 Mount Egmont is more dangerous than Mount George./Mount George is less dangerous than Mount Egmont. 5 The journey by tunnel is shorter than the journey by sea. Exercise 2 1 Yesterday was the hottest day of the year. 2 The XL400 is/has been the most popular car in Europe this year. 3 Tom and Sam were the best players in last year’s team. 4 Some people say Casablanca was/is the finest film of all time. Exercise 3 1 A Jumbo 747 isn’t nearly as fast as a space rocket. 2 Britain isn’t nearly as warm as Egypt. 257 3 Silver isn’t nearly as expensive as gold. 4 Rome isn’t nearly as old as Athens. 5 English food isn’t nearly as good as French food. Exercise 4 1 he 2 her 3 she 4 they 5 them 6 him 7 I 8 me Unit 84 Exercise 1 1 too young 2 too quickly 3 too strong 4 too late 5 too quietly 6 too loudly Exercise 2 1 big enough 2 soon enough 3 carefully enough 4 hard enough 5 good enough 6 well enough Exercise 3 1 We haven’t got enough large paper clips, and we’ve not got enough medium clips. But we’ve got enough small clips. 2 We’ve got too little brown sticky tape, and we haven’t got enough clear tape. But we’ve got enough elastic bands. 3 We’ve got too little glue, and we’ve got too few stapling machines. 258 And we haven’t got enough staples. Exercise 4 1 I haven’t got enough money for a holiday. 2 This coffee is too strong for your mother. 3 The house is big enough for all the family. Exercise 5 1 It isn’t warm enough to go out. 2 The bird was too fast to catch. 3 We were too late to catch the bus. 4 The plane was flying just high enough to miss the mountain. Unit 85 Exercise 1 1 a bit 2 not very 3 very 4 quite 5 not very Exercise 2 1 far 2 much 3 a little 4 far 5 much Exercise 3 1 so 2 such 3 such 4 so 5 such 6 so 7 so 8 such 9 such 10 so Exercise 4 1 e The weather was so bad (that) we gave up our holiday and went home. 2 a The students made so much noise (that) all the neighbours complained. 3 d The birds are so friendly (that) they even take food from your hand. 4 h The children made such a mess (that) it took an hour to clean the room. 5 f Everybody is so busy (that) nobody is answering the phone. 6 g I haven’t driven for such a long time (that) I feel quite nervous about going on the road. 7 c After the trip we were all so tired (that) we went straight to sleep. 8 b They took such a long time to get ready (that) they nearly missed their plane. Unit 86 Exercise 1 1 near 2 above 3 behind 4 next to 5 under 6 in 7 on 8 in front of 9 opposite 10 between Exercise 2 1 at 2 at 3 in 4 in 5 opposite 6 in front of 7 8 9 10 in front of between Among among Exercise 3 1 past 2 across 3 into 4 through 5 along 6 round 7 towards 8 over 9 up 10 down 11 under 12 inside 13 out of 14 away from Unit 87 Exercise 1 1 g Tom lives at Number 25, North Street. 2 i There’s a notice on the wall outside my office. 3 a Ann is buying some things in the shopping centre. 4 d Dad is having a sleep in the small bedroom. 5 c My aunt lives in a small town outside London. 6 b Come and meet all the trainees in Room 564. 7 f I want you to introduce me to everyone at the party. 8 e There are two men working on the roof. 9 j Sally put the vase of flowers on the table. 10 h Both London and Oxford are on the River Thames. Exercise 2 1 in the middle of 2 on the way 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 at the meeting. on that wall. on the bottle at that desk. at the entrance. in the garden. in a village Exercise 3 1 at 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 on at on on at at at at on in in on Unit 88 Exercise 1 1 at 2 in 3 in 4 on 5 on 6 at 7 at 8 on 9 at 10 at 11 at 12 in Exercise 2 1 at 2 in 3 in 4 on 5 on 6 in 7 at 8 in 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 in at in on on at in on at in at Exercise 3 1 on 2 at 3 on 4 on 5 x 6 x 7 on 8 x 9 x 10 at 11 in 12 x 13 x 14 x 15 in 16 at Exercise 4 1 at a time 2 at times 3 in time 4 at one time 5 on time Exercise 5 1 ten past three 2 ten to eight 3 half past nine 4 quarter to three 5 quarter past five 6 thirteen minutes past one 7 twenty-nine minutes to eleven 8 one minute to one Exercise 6 1 On Wednesday the 28th, you’re returning to London at 3:45 in the afternoon. 2 On Friday the 30th, you’re meeting Japanese visitors from the Subarashi Corporation all day. 3 On Saturday the 31st, you’re speaking at the goodbye party for the Managing Director in the evening. 4 Moving into June now, on Monday the 2nd, you’re attending the sales conference in the afternoon/evening. 5 On Tuesday the 3rd, you’re talking at the sales conference in the morning. 6 On Thursday the 5th, you’re flying to Rome at 7:15 in the morning. 7 On Friday the 6th, you’re leaving Rome for Madrid at 11:45 in the morning. 8 On Saturday the 7th, you’re travelling back to London at midday. Unit 89 Exercise 1 1 for 2 for 3 since 4 for 5 since 6 For 7 since 8 since 9 for Exercise 2 1 ago before 2 ago ago; before 3 ago before Exercise 3 1 while 2 During 3 While 4 during 5 during 6 during 7 while 8 While Exercise 4 1 by until/till 2 until/till by 3 By Until/till 4 by until/till Exercise 5 1 since 2 during 3 while 4 for 5 until/till 6 By 7 before 8 ago Unit 90 Exercise 1 1 on by 2 on by 3 on; for for 4 for on 5 on on 6 by in; by 259 7 on on 8 at by Exercise 2 1 on a tour 2 in my car 3 on a school trip 4 by air 5 on his bike 6 for a walk 7 at the cinema 8 by special delivery 9 on a diet 10 by an artist Exercise 3 1 matter with 2 need for 3 hope of 4 increase in 5 way of 6 problem with 7 call for 8 fall in 9 interested in 10 difficulties with Unit 91 Exercise 1 1 for 2 at 3 with 4 with/about 5 with/about 6 for 7 with 8 with Exercise 2 1 terrible at 2 proud of 3 different from 4 good for 5 late for 6 responsible for 7 early for 8 worried about 260 Exercise 3 1 She was angry with her children. 2 I’m used to working at night. 3 He’s tired of all his old computer games. 4 He’s anxious about his first business trip on his own. 5 They were sorry about the long delay at the airport. 6 He was bored with the neverending radio programme. 7 She’s nervous about going out alone at night. 8 We were amazed at the huge number of people at the concert. Unit 92 Exercise 1 1 for 2 to 3 to 4 about 5 of 6 about Exercise 2 1 heard about 2 applied to 3 applying for 4 thinking about 5 thought of 6 look after 7 look at 8 look for Exercise 3 1 asked; for 2 congratulate; on 3 provide; with 4 ask; about 5 tell; about 6 steal; from Exercise 4 1 asked the teacher for help. 2 told him about the accident. 3 blamed him for the crash. 4 describe the man to them. 5 inviting all my friends to my party. 6 informed him of his right to remain silent. Unit 93 Exercise 1 1 pick up 2 give out 3 sit down 4 put away 5 Turn over 6 come in 7 get on 8 call out 9 stand up 10 write down Exercise 2 1 lie down 2 go on 3 go out 4 move away 5 come back 6 get up 7 Turn round 8 wake up Exercise 3 1 take out 2 brought down 3 turn down 4 took off 5 put on 6 putting up 7 switches off 8 turned up 9 paid in Exercise 4 1 picked it up. 2 switched it off. 3 put them away. 4 put them down. 5 turned it up. 6 paid it in. 7 tried it out. 8 finished it off. 9 called her back. 10 turned them over. Exercise 5 1 gone back on 2 cut back on 3 Do you feel up to 4 come up against 5 face up to 6 Did you join in with 7 get on with 8 we’ll run out of 9 get round to 10 get away with Unit 94 Exercise 1 1 You can have orange juice or ice coffee. 2 I went into town and then all the way to Jack’s house. 3 They’ve finished the sales figures but not the report. Exercise 2 1 and also 2 but also 3 neither; nor 4 and; too 5 either; or 6 but; too 7 both; and Exercise 3 1 It includes everything but/except for/apart from computers. 2 Well, there are several suitable printers such as these Logimax machines. 3 Yes, they’re reliable as well as economical to use. 4 I suggest you try a mediumprice make such as Paper Magic. 5 I’d recommend all except for/but/apart from the Dynaprint. Unit 95 Exercise 1 1 and 2 but 3 or Exercise 2 1 and he also owns a house in Scotland. 2 or he can see it at 4:00 instead. 3 but he seems very tired at the moment. Exercise 3 1 Sally does her job well even though/although she’s young. 2 The film is still very popular even though/although it’s quite old. 3 Their new house looks terrible even though/although it was expensive. 4 Ed always does well even though/although he never seems to try very hard. Exercise 4 1 I went to bed because/as I was tired. 2 We couldn’t see much because/as it was dark. 3 I’ll call you later because/as I have to go out now. 4 We couldn’t get to the meeting because/as the train was late. Exercise 5 1 If; x 2 x; if 3 Even though; x 4 x; because 5 x; in order to 6 When; x 7 Because; x 8 x; when 9 x; even though 10 In order to; x Unit 96 Exercise 1 1 The spring days are warm now, but/whereas/while the nights are still quite cold. 2 The new flu vaccine is helping some people, but/whereas/while it does not appear to help others. 3 The others all want to go out, but/whereas/while I prefer to stay at home. Exercise 2 1 a but b but/whereas/while 2 a but/whereas/while b but 3 a but b but/whereas/while 4 a but/whereas/while b but Exercise 3 1 Although Sam has ideas, he never puts them into action. 2 We bought more milk even though we had some. 3 We were friendly although we were not close friends. Exercise 4 1 Despite his illness, Dan went back to work. In spite of being ill, Dan went back to work. 2 Despite having doubts about the plane, I believed the pilot. In spite of my doubts about the plane, I believed the pilot. 3 In spite of having a long talk, the two sisters could not agree. Despite a long talk, the two sisters could not agree. 4 In spite of our happiness now, we’re still worried about the future. Despite being happy now, we’re still worried about the future. Unit 97 Exercise 1 1 Jack is borrowing some money so as to buy a car. 2 Carrie carried the vase carefully so as not to drop it. 3 I’m planting lots of seeds in order to grow my own vegetables. 4 We’re going early in order not to be late for the party. Exercise 2 1 so that we can see 2 so that she could save 3 so that she will be able to speak 4 so that they will know 5 so that she would be able to help 6 so that he always knows 7 so that I won’t have to work Exercise 3 1 for a nice meal. 2 for a good night’s sleep. 3 for the London Marathon. 4 for a swim in the sea. Exercise 4 1 because 2 because of 3 Because of 4 Because Exercise 5 1 Kate hadn’t flown before, so she was very nervous. 2 We’ve had a nice time here, so we’re sad to go. 3 It’s time to go to bed because I’m very tired. 4 She gave them all presents as they had been kind. Unit 98 Exercise 1 1 a If we keep walking, we’ll get home by 6:00. b Unless we keep walking, we won’t get home by 6:00. 2 a The work won’t take long if/as long as/provided we all help. b The work will take ages unless we all help. 3 a If/As long as/Provided Stella makes some good friends, she’ll enjoy life at college. b Unless Stella makes some good friends, she won’t enjoy life at college. 4 a We’ll start the job tomorrow, if/as long as/provided the goods arrive today. b We won’t start the job tomorrow unless the goods arrive today. Exercise 2 1 a You should think carefully or you won’t find the answer. b You won’t find the answer unless you think carefully. 2 a You should get petrol now or you’ll have to fill up later. b You’ll have to fill up later unless you get petrol now. 3 a They should repair the wall soon or it’ll fall to pieces. b The wall will fall to pieces unless they repair it soon. Exercise 3 1 You’d better take something to read in case you have to wait for a long time at the hospital. 261 2 Keep receipts for things you buy in case they’re faulty and have to be repaired. 3 You ought to check some more websites in case you find the same product for less money. 4 You should keep a tool kit in your car in case you break down a long way from a garage. 5 I suggest you answer the advert in case it’s exactly the job you need. Exercise 4 1 arrive 2 will go 3 checks 4 will check in 5 will give 6 will look 7 go 8 will have to wait 9 see 10 wait 11 will have 12 see 13 will need Unit 99 Exercise 1 1 It is; Alternatively, it is 2 We have reached; In addition, we have managed 3 We are reducing; However, we are failing 4 We have not tried; As a result, we do not yet know if it will be Exercise 2 1 As a result of this, 2 Despite (x) this, 3 Due to this, 4 Except for this, 5 In addition to this, 6 In spite of this, 7 Instead of this, 262 Exercise 3 1 As a result, she has achieved a Grade A. 2 However, she has often failed to complete her homework. 3 In addition, she has behaved badly in class all year. 4 Instead, she must learn to do some hard work. 5 In spite of this, she has found it difficult to improve. 6 Alternatively, she could go on to do extra Science. Unit 100 (Possible answers) Exercise 1 Going back to what you said about a special bus trip to London, I would like to go if there are still some seats available. Exercise 2 Well, as a matter of fact, I think it’s lovely. Exercise 3 I decided it was the right colour for you … Or to be more exact, Josie and I both decided it was the right colour. Exercise 4 In other words, let me say very clearly that I really don’t think you should go. Exercise 5 For one thing, there’s an extra bedroom. And for another, there’s more living space. Then again, it’s got a garden. And finally, there’s a garage for my car. Exercise 6 Well, at any rate, the important thing is that he’s left hospital now, and he’s recovering at home. Exercise 7 But changing the subject, I’m worried about the project we’ve been doing together. We need to talk about the deadline for finishing it Checkpoint self-test About the Checkpoint self-test The Checkpoint self-test (pages 263–269) is a 100-question test that you can use by yourself. It uses simple multiple-choice questions, and it quickly checks your understanding of 100 key points of English grammar. It also shows you the units in the book that teach these key points and also give you practice. You can use the test in two ways: 1 You can use it if you are not sure what to study. Check your answers on page 270 to see what you do and do not need to study. 2 You can use some or all of the Checkpoint self-test after you have studied some or all of the units in English Practice Grammar. Like the book, the test is divided into sections – Basic verb forms, Question forms and answers, etc., so that you can focus on particular areas of English grammar. You may want to use the Checkpoint self-test several times. For each question, choose the correct answer. Then check your answers on page 270. If you have made mistakes, or if you are just not very sure about some of the answers, then you probably need to study the units listed to the right of the questions. Basic verb forms 1 Alice is a strange girl. She ___________________ much. UNITS 4 a says not b don’t say c doesn’t say d doesn’t says 2 I’m going to the party tomorrow, and Jamie ___________________, too. a is going b is go c goes d are going 6, 7 3 Jack ___________________ basketball much, but he really loves football. a isn’t liking b doesn’t like c isn’t like d don’t like 4, 7 4 It was a great film, and we ___________________ it a lot. a were enjoyed b enjoying c was enjoy d enjoyed 8 5 I stayed at home because I ___________________ well. a didn’t feel b felt not c didn’t felt d no feel 8 6 We ___________________ talk much, but now we’re very good friends. a wasn’t used to b didn’t use to c didn’t used to 8 7 Tim ___________________ TV when the letter arrived. a was watching b was watched c were watching d watched 10 8 Emma ___________________ to Canada today to be with her mother. a flew b is flown c have flown d has flown 11, 13 9 I ________________________ what sort of work to look for. a still have decided b still haven’t decided c haven’t still decided 12 263 10 Tony has lived in Wilton Street ___________________. a with five years b for five years c since five years d five years ago 12 11 The new restaurant ___________________. Today is its first day. a has opened b did open c opened d has been open 11, 13 12 Ben ____________________ that workshop since 2010, and it still isn’t finished. a has been building b built c has built d is building 14 13 I got to the station too late. The train ___________________. a has gone b went c had gone d has been going 15 14 ‘This car doesn’t sound right.’ ‘I know, and that’s why _____________________ it to the garage tomorrow.’ a I’m going to take b I’ll take c I take 16, 20 15 Look at those black clouds! ___________________ in a minute! a It’s raining b It’s going to rain c It rains 16, 20 16 ‘Could you do the washing when you have time?’ 17, 20 ‘Yes, certainly. ___________________ it right now.’ a I’m going to do b I’m doing c I do d I’ll do 17 I can’t come tomorrow. ___________________ all day. a I’ll be working b I’ll work c I work 18, 20 18 They ______________________ by 1:00, but the job will be done by 3:00. a don’t finish b aren’t finishing c won’t have finished 19, 20 19 Kim is tired. ___________________ a rest at the moment. a She’s b She has got c She has d She’s having 21 20 The family ___________________ to Florida for their holidays last summer. a flew b have flown c had flown d have been flying 22 21 Don’t say things like that. You’re just ___________________ silly! a be b been c being 23 22 I can hear the bus. ___________________ coming now! a It’s b Its c It 24 Question forms and answers 23 ___________________ tennis every Saturday? a Do he play b Does he plays c Does he playing d Does he play 264 25 24 ‘_______________________ the match?’ ‘No, I’m afraid they’re losing.’ a Are they no winning b Aren’t they winning c Aren’t winning they 25 25 Why ___________________ home so early yesterday? a they went b they did go c did they go d did they went 26 26 Who _________________________ see at the office? a are you going to b you are going to c you go to d you going to 26 27 What happened? Which company ___________________ the contract? a did get b did it get c got it d got 26 28 Lucy works in Paris, ___________________? a don’t she b do she c doesn’t she d isn’t she 27 29 ‘Has Peter gone on holiday yet?’ ‘___________________.’ a No, he not gone b No, he hasn’t c No, not go d No, he isn’t 28 30 Can you tell me ___________________ at 6:00 yesterday? a if Lyn arrived b whether Lyn she arrived c did Lyn arrive d if did Lyn arrive 29 31 Do you know when _______________________? a closes the library b does it close the library c the library closes d does the library close 29 32 ‘Anne is very happy that you got the job.’ ‘___________________!’ a So I am b So are I c I am so d So am I 30 Modal forms 33 The bus was leaving, so I ran and I ___________________ catch it. a can climb b could climb c was able to climb d could have climbed 31 34 ‘___________________ carry your shopping for you?’ ‘Thanks very much!’ a Shall I b Will I c Would I d Do I 32 35 It’s getting late. ___________________ stay any longer. a I’d better not to b I’d better not c It’s better not d It would be better to not 33 36 ‘Tom was doing 70 mph when the police stopped him.’ ‘Oh, no! He _________________________ driven so fast.’ a ought to not have b didn’t ought to c oughtn’t to be d ought not to have 33 37 The boss says we can go. We ___________________________ any longer. a can’t stay b mustn’t stay c don’t have to stay d needn’t have stayed 35 38 Dan isn’t on the train, so he ___________________ to London today. a can’t be going b mustn’t go c mustn’t be going 36 39 I __________________________ you, but I thought you were out. a would visit b must have visited c could call d would have visited 37 Passive verb forms 40 That day, our boat ___________________ by a three-metre wave. a was hitting b was hit c hit d had hit 39 41 A new road to the north ___________________ at the moment. a is building b is being built c is built d is been built 40 42 When ___________________ returned to the library? 40 a the books must be b must the books to be c must the books be d must the books being 265 43 Old Josh should look after his eyes better. He ___________________ for five years. a hasn’t had them checked b hasn’t them checked c hasn’t checked d hasn’t have them checked Infinitives and ~ing forms 44 I enjoy ___________________ the football on TV every Saturday. a to watch b watching c that I watch d watch 42 45 I don’t remember ___________________ downstairs when I was young. a to fall b falling c to have fallen 43 46 The boss wanted ___________________ to a meeting with him. a that I go b that I would go c me to go d me going 44 47 I don’t blame Harry ___________________ all our money. a to use b for use c by using d for using 45 48 I’m interested ___________________ this motorbike. a in buying b about buying c to buy d in to buy 46 49 Despite ___________________ little money, Terry tried to help his son. a he had b that he had c having 47 50 It’s not worth ___________________ to her. She won’t listen to any of us. a to talk b talking c for you to talk d that you talk 48 Conditional forms 51 If we ___________________ this match, we’ll be out of the competition. a would lose b lost c lose d will lose 49 52 I’m too busy to go, but if ___________________ time, I’d love to visit Italy. a I had b I had had c I would have d I have 50 53 If I’d got up earlier, I _________________________ the train. a hadn’t missed b wouldn’t have missed c didn’t miss d wouldn’t miss 51 54 If only it ___________________ raining, we could go out and have fun! a stops b would have stopped c would stop d should stop 52 Reported speech 55 Tammy told me that she___________________ again the next day. a calls b called c would call d would have called 266 41 53 56 Jason asked Rob where ___________________ the day before. a had he been b was he c has he been d he had been 54 57 The police officer told us ___________________ any closer to the building. a not to go b not going c to not go d not go 55 Nouns and articles 58 I’ve just bought ___________________________ for myself. a a jeans b a pair jeans c a jean d a pair of jeans 57 59 Have you got a little time to talk? I need ___________________ about work. a an advice b some advice c some advices 58 60 The children had brought _________________________ for the ducks in the park. a a bread b some breads c some piece of bread d some pieces of bread 58 61 We took ___________________ flight to South Africa. a a twelve hours b twelve hours c a twelve-hour d twelve-hour 59 62 ‘Does little Jenny go to ___________________ now?’ ‘Yes, she goes to the new school on Green Road.’ a a school b school c the school 61 63 I want to climb _____________________________. a Mont Blanc in the Alps b the Mont Blanc in the Alps c the Mont Blanc in Alps d Mont Blanc in Alps 61 64 I gave ___________________ about France. a a book him b to him a book c him a book d him to a book 62 Other determiners and pronouns 65 I asked for a litre of olive oil, but the shop didn’t have ____________ at all. a any b a c some d no 64 66 ___________________ a lot you can choose to do at college. It must be hard to decide. a It must b There must c It must be d There must be 66 67 Julie spent ___________________ money on those shoes she’s wearing. a few b much c a lot of d many 67 68 ___________________ parents do all they can for their children. a Most b Most of c The most of d The most 68 69 ‘These aren’t Susie’s shoes.’ ‘Oh, well, I’ll ask Pam. Maybe they’re ___________________.’ a her b hers c her’s 70 Relative clauses 70 There’s the man ___________________ wanted to talk to you. a he b what c who d which 71 Australia is a country ___________________ population lives mainly on the coast. a that b whose c who 72 74 267 72 My glasses were found by someone ___________________ along the beach. a walking b walked c was walking d who walking 75 73 Sarah said she would visit us, ___________________ was fantastic news. a it b that c which d what 76 Adjectives and adverbs 74 We gave Emma some ________________________ shoes for her birthday. a little red lovely b red lovely little c lovely little red d red little love 75 ___________________ that they all survived the crash. a I’m amazing b It’s amazing c it’s amazed 78 76 Society has to bring up ___________________ to be good, responsible adults. a young ones b the young c youngs d the youngs 78 77 We ___________________ to get the job finished on time. a worked hardly b hardly worked c hard worked d worked hard 79 78 Are you sitting ___________________? Then I’ll begin. a comfortable b comfortablely c comfortably d comfortabley 79 79 At the factory, ___________________________ very long hours. a always they have to work b they always have to work c they have always to work d they have to work always 80 80 The new LX model is _________________________ the old model. a reliable than b more reliable as c reliable as d more reliable than 82, 83 81 Lucy is __________________________ of us all. a the most intelligent b the intelligentest c the most intelligentest d most intelligent 82, 83 82 Mark was driving ___________________ at the traffic lights. a too fast as to stop b too fast for stopping c too fast so as to stop d too fast to stop 84 83 I don’t have ___________________________ the report now. a time enough for writing b enough time for write c enough time to write d time enough for writing 84 84 After some practice, Harry could walk _____________________ than before. a a lot more easily b quite more easily c very more easily d fairly more easily 85 85 Lynda was ___________________ that she couldn’t stop talking. a such excited b so excited c so exciting 85 Prepositions 86 We live in a village ___________________ the city of Oxford. a by b near c out of d in front of 268 77 86 87 Rob and Jill met ___________________ Tony’s birthday party. a in b at c to d on 87 88 The taxi arrived for Alex _________________________________. a at 4:30 in Friday afternoon b at 4:30 at Friday afternoon c at 4:30 on Friday afternoon d in 4:30 at Friday afternoon 88 89 Old Jack has been in the same job ___________________ 33 years! a for b during c since d until 89 90 ‘Can I pay ___________________ credit card?’ ‘Yes, a credit card is fine.’ a in b on c with d by 90 91 I’m sorry ___________________ the noise last night. I hope I didn’t wake you. a for b over c with d about 91 Prepositional and phrasal verbs 92 Listen! I’ve suddenly thought _______________ a new way to solve the problem. a about b of c over d through 93 I took the reports to the meeting, and I ______________________ to everyone. a gave them out b gave out c gave out them Linking ideas, sentences and discourse 94 I prepared all the food for the picnic ___________________ the cold drinks. a apart from b such as c as well as d except for 92 93 94 95 We’re going to buy some more coffee ___________________ we’ve run out. a even though b because c unless d so that 95 96 ___________________ Tim had made a lot of money, he soon lost it again. a Although b Despite c Whereas d In spite of 96 97 A thermometer is used ___________________ measuring temperature. a so as to b so that we can c in order to d for 97 98 You should take your phone ___________________ you need to contact me. a if b in case c unless d when 98 99 By mistake, the goods were not sent express. ___________________, they arrived the next morning – much to our surprise. a On the other hand b As a result c Nevertheless d Moreover 99 100 ‘I was thinking about our holiday plans last night.’ ‘Ah, yes, ______________________, I’ve done some research on places to stay.’ a talking about that b changing the subject c to start with d in other words 100 269 Checkpoint self-test answer key Basic verb forms 1c 2a 3b 4d 5a 6b 7a 8d 9b 10 b 11 a 12 a 13 c 14 a 15 b 16 d 17 a 18 c 19 d 20 a 21 c 22 a Question forms and answers 23 d 24 b 25 c 26 a 27 d 28 c 29 b 30 a 31 c 32 d Modal forms 33 c 34 a 35 b 36 d 37 c 38 a 39 d Passive verb forms 40 b 41 b 42 c 43 a Infinitives and ~ing forms 44 b 45 b 46 c 47 d 48 a 49 c 50 b Conditional forms 51 c 52 a 53 b 54 c Reported speech 55 c 56 d 57 a Nouns and articles 58 d 59 b 60 d 61 c 62 b 63 a 64 c Other determiners and pronouns 65 a 66 d 67 c 68 a 69 b Relative clauses 70 c 71 b 72 a 73 c 270 Adjectives and adverbs 74 c 75 b 76 b 77 d 78 c 79 b 80 d 81 a 82 d 83 c 84 a 85 b Prepositions 86 b 87 b 88 c 89 a 90 d 91 d Prepositional and phrasal verbs 92 b 93 a Linking ideas, sentences and discourse 94 c 95 b 96 a 97 d 98 b 99 c 100 a Appendix 1 Irregular verbs These common irregular verbs have the following forms: A Verbs with no change Infinitive cost cut hit hurt let put set shut spread Past tense cost cut hit hurt let put set shut spread Past participle cost cut hit hurt let put set shut spread B Verbs with one change Infinitive beat bring build burn buy catch deal dream feel fight find get have* (see below) hear hold keep lay lead learn leave lend lose make mean meet pay read (sounds like need) say sell send sit shoot sleep slide smell spell spend stand swing teach tell think understand win Past tense beat brought built burnt/burned bought caught dealt dreamt/dreamed felt fought found got had heard held kept laid led learnt/learned left lent lost made meant met paid read (sounds like red) said sold sent sat shot slept slid smelt/smelled spelt/spelled spent stood swung taught told thought understood won Past participle beaten brought built burnt/burned bought caught dealt dreamt/dreamed felt fought found got had heard held kept laid led learnt/learned left lent lost made meant met paid read (sounds like red) said sold sent sat shot slept slid smelt/smelled *Note that the 3rd person singular of have in the preset simple is he/she/it has. 271 spelt/spelled spent stood swung taught told thought understood won C Verbs with two changes Infinitive be* (see below) become begin bite blow break choose come do* (see below) draw drink drive eat fall fly forget give go grow hide know lie ride ring rise run see shake show sing sink speak steal 272 swim take throw wake wear write Past tense was/were became began bit blew broke chose came did drew drank drove ate fell flew forgot gave went grew hid knew lay rode rang rose ran saw shook showed sang sank spoke stole swam took threw woke wore wrote Past participle been become begun bitten blown broken chosen come done drawn drunk driven eaten fallen flown forgotten given gone grown hidden known lain ridden rung risen run seen shaken shown sung sunk spoken stolen swum taken thrown woken worn written *Note that be in the present simple is I am, he/she/it is and you/we/they are. *Note that the 3rd person singular of do in the present simple is he/she/it does. Appendix 2 Some spelling rules These spelling rules deal with spelling changes with grammatical word endings. A Some spelling terms To study this Appendix you need to know the terms vowel and consonant. Vowel letters are a, e, i, o and u. Vowel sounds are sounds written with two or more vowel letters, e.g., ai, au, ea, ee, ei, ie, oa, oo, ou, etc. Consonants are the other letters of the alphabet and their sounds, e.g., b, c, d, f, g, etc. A short vowel is e in get and o in got. A long vowel is ee in keep, ea in heat, oo in soon and ou in route. You also need to know the term syllable. This is a unit of sound within a word. stand (1 syllable) un•der (2 syllables) un•der•stand (3 syllables) mis•un•der•stand (4 syllables) mis•un•der•stand•ing (5 syllables) B Word endings English adds the following grammatical word endings to words. Noun Verb Verb Verb Adjective Adjective Adjective ~s ~s ~ing ~ed ~er ~est ~ly cars looks looking looked quicker quickest quickly planes works working worked slower slowest slowly (Plural) (3rd person present simple) (Present participle) (Past simple, past participle) (Comparative) (Superlative) (Adverb) Sometimes there is a spelling change when we add an ending to a word. There are clear rules for these changes – see Sections C–G. C Noun and verb endings with ~es Add ~es when the word ends in ~s, ~ss, ~sh, ~ch and ~x. bus boss dish match box buses bosses dishes matches boxes Many verbs and nouns end in an ~e which we do not say. But if the silent e comes after c, s, x or z, just add ~s. We then sound the e + s together. race practise axe organize races practises axes organizes 273 After other consonants, we do not sound the silent e – see Section D below. bikes scenes tapes votes consumes We add ~es after some nouns ending in ~o, but not others. Compare the following: cargoes heroes potatoes tomatoes volcanoes discos studios photos radios steroes Note also the verbs go goes and do does. Some nouns which end in ~f or ~fe change their endings to ~ves. knife life loaf shelf wife knives lives loaves shelves wives D Words that end in silent e After final, silent e just add ~s. bikes scenes tapes votes consumes hopes rules types (Plural nouns) (3rd person present simple) But see Section C for pronunciation of words like the following: races practises axes organizes Leave out e and add ~ing to form the present participle. dance handle hope smile write dancing handling hoping smiling writing After e just add ~d for regular past tense and past participle forms. consumed hoped ruled typed Just add ~r and ~st for comparative and superlative forms. brave large rude wide braver larger ruder wider bravest largest rudest widest Just add ~ly to most adjectives for adverb forms. bravely largely rudely widely But if an adjective ends in ~le, leave out e and just add ~y. able capable horrible probable ably capably horribly probably Note these special ~ly cases. day due true daily duly truly 274 whole wholly E Words that double the final consonant Words that end in one short vowel + one consonant often double that consonant before ~ing, ~ed, ~er and ~est. Most words like occur, with two syllables or more, double the last consonant when the last syllable is stressed. But compare the following: frighten permit benefit occur occurring frightening permitted benefited But words which end in one vowel + l are different in British English (though not American English). They all double the l. quarrel quarrelling (Present participle) travel travelled (Past simple, past participle) beautiful beautifully (Adverb) F Words that end in ~y Before s, y changes to ie and becomes ~ies. Before ed, y changes to ie and becomes ~ied. applied emptied studied tried (Past simple, past participle) Before er and est, y changes to i and becomes ~ier or ~iest. But a y ending does not change before ing. applying emptying studying trying (Present participle) Most words with a vowel + y ending (~ay, ~ey, ~oy) do not change at all. play grey boy plays greyer boys playing greyest played But note these special cases. day lay pay daily laid paid say said G Words that end in ie A few verbs end in ~ie. With these, ie changes to y and becomes ~ying. die lie tie dying lying tying 275 Appendix 3 Punctuation A Types Study the punctuation in the following: dashes capital letter colon apostrophe James – that’s Peter’s younger brother – shocked us last night at the concert: he suddenly said, ‘Listen, everybody! Can we go home? I’m tired of this music.’ comma exclamation mark question mark full stop speech marks B Apostrophe (…’) Use this: n in short forms of verbs: It’s cold. (It’s = It is) I don’t want to go out. (don’t = do not) Be careful with the different meanings of ’s and ’d: He’s working. (He’s = He is) He’s finished. (He’s = He has) We’d finished by 5:00. (We’d = We had) We’d like to go home now. (We’d = We would) n n in short forms of other words, mainly years: I met Joe in June ’89. to show possession after nouns: I’m Peter’s younger brother. A possessive apostrophe goes after a plural noun with s: We can use my parents’ car. Possessive adjectives and pronouns do not take apostrophes: This is my coat, and this is hers. Be careful with its (possessive adjective) and it’s (it is/it has): Look at the fish. It’s opening and closing its mouth. C Capital letter (I, P, J, L, etc.) Use this: n for the 1st person singular: I n for the name of a person, place, geographical name, country, nationality: James, The Palace Hotel, London, the River Nile, Canada, Canadian n for abbreviations: the UN (the United Nations), the USA (the United States of America) D Colon (:) Use this: n to introduce a list of things: Remember to bring the following: thick jacket, walking boots, sleeping bag. n to lead from a general heading into a particular example: Summer camp: equipment n to show a connection between two ideas: I’ve got the answer: 2,301. You should take a coat: it’s going to rain. 276 E Comma (,) Use this: n between separate clauses in one sentence: We were shocked, but Peter just smiled. n to separate other parts of a sentence, e.g. connectors and sentence adverbs: We were tired. However, we had to keep running. Surprisingly, it got easier as we continued. n between words in lists: I bought some bread, butter, cheese and tomatoes. It was a lovely, warm, sunny day for a picnic. n to introduce direct speech in a story: Bob arrived and said, ‘Hello.’ F Dash (–) Use this: n to show an extra idea added to a sentence: I met Carol – she’s the one in a blue dress – when we were both students. She’s going to France next month – or at least that’s what she told me. G Exclamation mark (!) Use this: n to show strong feeling in written form: ‘I’m so happy!’ ‘Listen! I’ve got an idea!’ ‘Help!’ This takes the place of a full stop – see Section H. ‘That was really stupid!’ H Full stop (.) Use this: n to show the end of a statement: The men are not due to go home this week. They will return next week. n in abbreviations (optional): I work for the B.B.C. It’s 10 a.m. Have you seen Mrs. Jones? I Question mark (?) Use this: n to end a sentence in question form: Can they do the job? This takes the place of a full stop – see Section H. They can do it, can’t they? J Speech marks (‘ … ’) These are also called quotation marks or inverted commas. Use these: n to mark direct speech in a story: Ann turned to Bob and said, ‘Hi.’ You can also use speech marks in double form: Ann turned to Bob and said, “Hi.” n to mark something for special attention: The letters ‘Dr’ stand for ‘Doctor’. 277 Appendix 4 Numbers A Whole numbers Write Say 101 a hundred and one 199 a hundred and ninety-nine 235 two hundred and thirty-five 1,001 a thousand and one 1,135 one thousand, one hundred and thirty-five 1,000,001 a million and one 1,135,199 one million, one hundred and thirty-five thousand, one hundred and ninety-nine Compare the following: a hundred BUT exactly one hundred about a hundred BUT exactly one hundred and twelve B Telephone numbers Write Say 521 301377 five two one … three oh one … three seven seven OR five two one … three zero one … three double seven 999 775666 nine nine nine … seven seven five … six six six OR treble nine … double seven five … treble six C Decimals Write 31.3166 33.3333 Say thirty-one point three one six six thirty-three point three recurring D Fractions Write Say ⁄2 ⁄3 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄5 1 ⁄6 1 ⁄10 a half a third a quarter a fifth a sixth a tenth 1 1 278 1 ⁄2 2 2⁄3 5 3⁄4 7 4⁄5 9 5⁄6 10 7⁄10 1 OR OR OR OR OR OR one half one third one quarter one fifth one sixth one tenth one and a half two and two-thirds five and three quarter seven and four-fifths nine and five-sixths ten and seven-tenths E Mathematical terms Write Say 7+2=9 seven plus/add/and two equals/is nine 9–3=6 nine minus/take away three equals/is six 6 x 3 = 18 six times/multiplied by three equals/is eighteen 18 ÷ 2 = 9 eighteen divided by two equals/is nine F Ordinal numbers Write Write or say (e.g., in dates) 1st first 2nd second 3rd third 4th fourth 5th fifth 6th sixth 7th seventh 8th eighth 9th ninth 10th tenth 11th eleventh 12th twelfth 13th thirteenth 14th fourteenth 15th fifteenth … 19th nineteenth Write Write or say (e.g., in dates) 20th twentieth 21st twenty-first 22nd twenty-second 23rd twenty-third 24th twenty-fourth … 30th thirtieth 40th fortieth 50th fiftieth 60th sixtieth 70th seventieth 80th eightieth 90th ninetieth 100th hundredth 101st hundred and first … 279 Appendix 5 Days, dates and times A Days and months – abbreviations Note that the short forms of days and months may have a full stop, e.g., Mon. and Oct. Days Full Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Short Mon Tue/Tues Wed Thu/Thur/Thurs Fri Sat Sun Months Full January February March April May June Short Jan Feb Mar Apr – Jun Full July August September October November December B Dates – word order Write Say 1st January the first of January January 1st January the first C Dates – abbreviations Write Say Monday, 21st January Monday, the twenty-first of January Mon, 21st Jan Mon, 21 Jan D Dates in numbers Write Say 30/6 the thirtieth of June 31/12/94 the thirty-first of December, 1994 E Times Write 10:00 10 a.m. 3:00 p.m. 10:00 p.m. 12 a.m./12 p.m. 1:15/1:30/1:45 2:10/2:20/2:40 3:13/3:59 280 Say ten o’clock ten a.m./ten o’clock (in the morning) three p.m./three o’clock (in the afternoon) ten p.m./ten o’clock (at night) midday/midnight a quarter past one/half past one/a quarter to two OR one fifteen/one thirty/one forty-five ten past two/twenty past two/twenty to three OR two ten/two twenty/two forty thirteen minutes past three/one minute to four OR three thirteen/three fifty-nine Short Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Appendix 6 British and American English There are some grammatical and other differences between British English and American English. Here are the more important ones: Units 11–13 Present perfect and past simple British English (BE) American English (AE) BE uses the present perfect for past actions connected with the present, especially with already, just, yet. I’ve bought a new car. There it is! In the same situations, AE uses either the present perfect or the past simple. Has he finished work already? We’ve just had breakfast. Have you seen Tony yet? BE normally uses the present perfect with ever/never. Have the children ever flown before? Tom has never stayed away from home before. I’ve bought a new car. There it is! I bought a new car. There it is! Has he finished work already? Did he finish work already? We’ve just had breakfast. We just had breakfast. Have you seen Tony yet? Did you see Tony yet? AE normally uses the past simple with ever/never. Did the children ever fly before? Tom never stayed away from home before. Unit 17 will and shall BE sometimes uses shall instead of will in the 1st person for the future. I will/shall be at home tomorrow. Also: Offers: Shall I help you? Suggestions: Shall we have lunch now? AE does not normally use shall and finds other forms of expression. I will be at home tomorrow. Offers: Should I help you? Suggestions: How about lunch now? Would you like to have lunch now? 281 Unit 21 have (got) and gotten BE uses both have and have got in positive statements. We have/We’ve got plenty of time. AE also uses both have and have got in positive statements. We have/We’ve got plenty of time. Questions and negative statements normally take one of these forms. Does he have much money? No, he doesn’t have any. Has he (got) much money? No, he hasn’t (got) any. Questions and negative statements normally take the do auxiliary form. Does he have much money? No, he doesn’t have any. BE normally uses the did form in the past. Did he have much money? Had he got much money? AE always uses the did form in the past. Did he have much money? BE does not use gotten. AE uses gotten in two ways. For actions: They’ve gotten/bought a lot of land. We’ve gotten/got over the bad times. Meaning become: She’s gotten good at drawing. Unit 21 have and take BE often uses have as a main verb for actions, including these. have a bath have a look have a break have a shower have a holiday have a walk AE also often uses have as a main verb for actions, but it uses take for these. take a bath take a look take a break take a shower take a holiday take a walk Unit 35 needn’t and don’t need to BE uses both forms. You needn’t say anything. I know! You don’t need to say anything. I know! AE normally only uses don’t need to. You don’t need to say anything. I know! Unit 57 Group nouns When a group noun refers to a group of people, it can usually be seen as either singular or plural in BE. The team is/are playing tomorrow. The committee is/are meeting now. 282 In AE, a group noun normally remains singular. The team is playing tomorrow. The committee is meeting now. Unit 60 the BE uses the with musical instruments. She plays the violin and the guitar. AE usually leaves out the. She plays violin and guitar. BE says to/in hospital He went to hospital by ambulance. I had to stay in hospital for a week. AE says to/in the hospital. He went to the hospital by ambulance. I had to stay in the hospital for a week. Units 86–92 Prepositions Place and direction We stayed at home. We sat at the front/back of the hall. People are the same all around/round the world. I live in East Street. I climbed out of the window. Let’s look outside the house. There will be rain toward/towards the north. We stayed home. We sat in the front/back of the hall. People are the same all around the world. I live on East Street. I climbed out/out of the window. Let’s look outside/outside of the house. There will be rain toward the north. Time I go out at the weekend/at weekends. I’m here from Friday to/till/until Monday. It’s quarter past four. It’s twenty-five to six. I go out on the weekend/on weekends. I’m here (from) Friday through Monday. It’s a quarter past/after four. It’s twenty-five to/of six. Prepositional verbs I met/visited Tony last month. I talked to him for an hour. I wrote to him last week. I met/visited with Tony last month. I talked to/with him for an hour. I wrote him/to him last week. Other The city was different from/to what I had imagined. Luke has got a place in the team. The city was different from/than what I had imagined. Luke has got a place on the team. Unit 93 Phrasal verbs I’ve filled in all the forms. How are you getting on at college? Alice gets on well with Sue. I’ve filled out all the forms. How are you doing at college? Alice gets along well with Sue. 283 Appendix 1 Irregular verbs In BE, some verbs can be irregular (with a t ending) as well as regular. burn burnt/burned burnt/burned In AE, all these verbs remain regular. burn burned burned Other similar verbs: dream, learn, smell, spell In BE, the verb dive is regular. dive dived dived In AE, dive is often irregular. dive dove/dived Appendix 2 Spelling rules In BE, verbs ending with l double the l when ~ing and ~ed are added. cancel > cancelling, cancelled travel > travelling, travelled In AE, verbs ending with l remain the same when ~ing and ~ed are added. cancel > canceling, canceled travel > traveling, traveled In BE, the noun is practice and the verb is practise. In AE, the noun and the verb are both the same: practice. Appendix 4 Numbers BE uses and between hundred and the rest of the number. three hundred and thirteen For numbers 100–199 BE usually uses a. It contains a hundred and ten parts. AE usually leaves out and after hundred. three hundred thirteen For numbers 100–199 AE often uses one. It contains one hundred ten parts. Appendix 5 Dates 284 These are the normal ways of writing and saying dates in BE. 15/15th April ‘the fifteenth of April’ ‘April the fifteenth’ These are the normal ways of writing and saying dates in AE. April 15 ‘April fifteen/fifteenth’ Be careful when writing/reading all-number dates. In BE, 10/11/2013 means: the tenth of November, 2013. Be careful when writing/reading all-number dates. In AE, 10/11/2013 means: October eleventh, 2013. Index a/an type of determiner 1 singular and plural 56 a/an, some and the 60 for general meaning 56, 61 a bit + adjective/adverb 85 + comparative 85 able (see be able to) 31, 38, 53 a few a few/a little 67 a few/few 67 a little a little/a few 67 a little/little 67 + adjective/adverb a little tired 85 + comparative a little better 85 a lot a lot (of), many and much 67 a lot and lots 67 + comparative a lot better 85 about adjective + about 91 prepositional verbs 92 accommodation uncountable noun 58 ‘adding extra’ (non-defining) relative clauses 76 adjectives word class 1 adjective + preposition + ~ing form tired of working 46, 91 adjective + preposition + noun tired of work 46, 91 use of adjectives 77 word order with adjectives 77 adjectives with and 77 participle adjectives boring and bored 78 adjective + infinitive It’s good to learn 78 adjectives and adverbs loud and loudly 79 adjectives ending in ~ly 79 comparative forms cheaper, more expensive 82 superlative forms cheapest, most expensive 82 irregular comparison forms better, best 82 comparison: sentence patterns faster than 83 the tallest boy in the class 83 (isn’t) as tall as 83 comparison and object pronouns is faster than him 83 spelling rules with comparison Appendix 2 adverbials 2 adverbs word class 1 adverbs and adjectives loudly and loud 79 irregular forms 79 adverb positions He drove slowly. He slowly drove. 80 adverb types 81 manner quickly 81 place there, outside 81 time today, then 81 frequency usually, hardly ever 81 degree very, slightly 81 sentence luckily, certainly 81 comparative forms more quickly 82 superlative forms most beautifully 82 irregular comparison forms better, best 82 comparison: sentence patterns lasts longer than 83 likes best 83 works (doesn’t work) as quickly as 83 comparison and object pronouns drove faster than him 83 spelling rules with comparison Appendix 2 advice uncountable noun 58 advise + object + to or + ~ing He advised us to do. He advised doing. 43 a few a few and a little 67 a few and few 67 after in connecting clauses 15 in prepositional verbs look after 92 285 against in prepositional verbs insured against 92 ago with past simple 8 ago and before 89 all all week 14 all (of) the students 68 all cats 68 as subject and object 68 allow + object + to + ~ing 43 already 11 alternatively 99 an (see a) 56, 60–61 and 94–95 any any and some 64 anything, somebody, etc. 64, 65 any of 68 not … any of and none of 68 apostrophe (’s, s’ ) punctuation Appendix 3 appear stative verb 7 articles a, an and some 56, 60 a, an and the 60 a and an with rates 100 kph 60 no article with plurals 56 the and a, an 60 the with positions on the right 60 the with superlatives the fastest, the worst 60 the with groups the rich, the French, the Himalayas 61 the with regions and other names the Far East, the Sahara Desert 61 school and the school 61 the with time expressions in the morning 61 by plane and on the 5:00 plane 61 general statements A plane is a beautiful thing. 61 general and specific students and the new students 61 as = at the same time as 10 as long as 52 286 (not) as … as 83 = because 97 as a result (of), as a consequence (of) 99 at with indirect objects They’re laughing at us. 62 in and on for place 86, 87 at, in and on for time 88 adjectives + at good at 91 prepositional verbs with at look at 92 auxiliary verbs be, do, have 23 baggage uncountable noun 58 be with present forms am, is, are 5 with past forms was, were 9 in continuous tenses I am/was/have been/will be doing 6, 10, 14, 18 as an auxiliary verb 23 as a main verb 23 in passive verb forms it is tested, it is being finished 39–40 be able to ability in the past 31, 38 in conditional forms 52 in reported forms 53 because in linking clauses 95, 97 because and so 95 because of 97 been to and gone to 12 before in connecting clauses Had it begun before you arrived? 15 + a time or date 19 before and ago 89 begin + to and + ~ing 43 being as a main verb He’s being stupid. 23 in continuous passive tenses It is being finished. 40 believe stative verb 7 belong stative verb 7 better and best good, well, better, best 82 had better 33, 38 be used to + noun/~ing form I’m used to hard work. I’m used to working hard. 91 bit (see a bit) 85 both both (of) the instructors 68 as subject and object 68 but 95–96 by + time by 4:00 19, 89 by and until/till 89 + noun by car 90 adjective + by surprised by 91 can 31–32, 36–38 can’t have (done) 31, 36–38 can’t be 36 capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) punctuation Appendix 3 clauses 2 colon (:) punctuation Appendix 3 comma (,) punctuation Appendix 3 comparative forms cheaper, most quickly 82, 83 comparison: adjective and adverb forms cheaper, most quickly 82 comparison: sentence patterns is faster than 83 is the tallest boy in the class 83 isn’t as tall as 83 complement Tom is the driver. 2 conditional forms 49–52 connectors (linking words) in addition, however, etc. 99 consonants (b, c, d, f, g, h, etc.) Spelling rules Appendix 2 continuous tenses I am doing 6 I was doing 10 I have been doing 14 I will be doing 18 could could have 31, 36–37, 50–51 couldn’t have 31, 36 in conditional forms 50–51 countable and uncountable nouns olives, olive oil 58 ’d and they would or they had 24 dash (–) punctuation Appendix 3 dates Days, dates and times Appendix 5 days Days, dates and times Appendix 5 demonstratives as determiners (demonstrative adjectives) this, those (+ noun) 1 as pronouns (demonstrative pronouns) this, those (+ verb) 1 this, that, these, those 63 despite 96 determiners word class 1 determiners and pronouns 1 detest stative verb 7 did 8 direct and indirect objects 62 do do and does 4, 7 auxiliary verb forms do, be, have 23 main verb form 21 dream about and dream of 92 due to 97 during and while 89 each and every 68 ~ed (past) participles present perfect 11–13 past perfect 15 future perfect 19 passive sentences 39–41 with relative clauses 75 irregular past participles break – broken, etc. Appendix 1 either either of 68 not … either of and neither of 68 enough and too 84 even though 95 ever ever and never 12, 81 hardly ever 81 287 every and each 68 except for 94 exclamation mark (!) punctuation Appendix 3 exclamations 2 extremely 85 fairly, pretty, quite and rather 85 farther and farthest 82 few few and little 67 a few and few 67 for for and since 12, 89 for + indirect object 62 time 89 before and after nouns 90 after adjectives 91 in prepositional verbs 92 purpose 97 forget stative verb 7 forget to buy and forget reaching 43 from movement 86 time 88 after adjectives different from 91 full forms and short forms he is and he’s 24 full stop (.) punctuation Appendix 3 furniture uncountable noun 58 furthermore 99 future present tenses for the future 7, 20 going to 16 going to and present continuous for the future 16 will 17 future continuous I will be swimming 18 future perfect I will have done 19 will and going to 20 future continuous I will be doing 18 I will be cleaning and I will do 20 I will be doing and I will have done 20 288 future perfect I will have done 19 future perfect with before, by and not … until/till 19 I will have done and I will be doing 20 genitive ~’s Tim’s shirt 70 geographical names the Himalayas, Mount Everest 61 get and have something done 41 going to I am going to do and I am doing 16 I am going to do and I will do 20 gone to and been to 12 go on to do and go on doing 43 got have got and have 21 had with past perfect The film had started 15 had better 33, 38 had to 37, 38 hard and hardly 79 hate stative verb 7 have with present perfect I have done 11, 12 present perfect or past simple? I have done and I did 13 with present perfect continuous I have been doing 14 have and have got 21 have + action have a swim 19 auxiliary verb forms have, be and do 23 main verb form 23 can’t have and could/couldn’t have 31, 37 should/shouldn’t have and ought/oughtn’t to have 33, 37 have/get something done 41 have to and have got to 34, 38 he 69 health uncountable noun 58 hear stative verb 7 help 44 her object pronoun I called her. 69 possessive adjective This is her coat. 70 hers 70 herself 71 him 69 himself 71 his possessive adjective This is his car. 70 possessive pronoun This car is his. 70 how, how much, how many, how often, etc. question words 26 if conditional forms If it rains, we’ll … 49–51 if only 52 linking ideas in sentences 95, 98 imperatives Do and Do not … 3 in in and on for place 86, 87 in, on and at for time 88 adjectives + in interested in 91 phrasal verbs with in come in 93 in addition and in addition to 99 indirect forms I wonder what time it is. 29 infinitives hold, play, talk, etc. 3, Appendix 1 information uncountable noun 58 in front of 86 ~ing participles present continuous I am flying 6 past continuous I was looking 10 present perfect continuous I have been waiting 14 future continuous I will be swimming 18 relative clauses 75 spelling rules Appendix 2 in order to, so as to and to 95, 97 inside 86 in spite of 96 instead and instead of 99 into 86 irregular adverbs well, fast, hard 79 irregular comparative and superlative forms better, worst, etc. 82 irregular noun forms clothes, sheep, team, etc. 57 irregular verb forms break, broke, broken, etc. Appendix 1 in past simple 8 infinitive, past form and past participle 11 it it and there There was a hotel. It wasn’t … 66 it for time, distance and weather It’s 5:00. 66 it as an empty subject It’s a good idea to … 66 subject pronoun It saw me. 69 object pronoun I saw it. 69 its possessive pronoun Its name is fluffy. 70 possessive adjective This is its food. 70 it’s and its 24, 70 itself 71 just 11 know stative verb 7 knowledge uncountable noun 58 like stative verb 7 like doing and like to do 43 linking words and, although, when, etc. 1, 94–98 word classes 1 linking clauses 94–98 linking sentences 99 linking verbs become, feel, look, seem, sound, etc. 77 little little and few 67 little and a little 67 look stative verb 7 look after, look at and look for 92 lot (see a lot ) 67 lots (see a lot ) 67 love stative verb 7 luggage uncountable noun 58 main clauses 95 main verb forms 22 289 many how many 26 many, much and a lot of 67 may for requests, permission and offers 32, 38 may be 36, 38 may have 36–38 me 69 mean stative verb 7 mean to do and mean doing 43 might might be 36, 38 might have 36–38 might in conditional forms 50 might have in conditional forms 51 mine 70 modal forms can, must, etc. can, could and be able to 31 can’t have, could have and couldn’t have 31 can, could, would and may 32 should, ought to and had better 33 should have and ought to have 33 must and have to 34 mustn’t, can’t and not have to 34 needn’t and mustn’t 35 needn’t have and didn’t need to 35 may, might and could 36 may be, might be, must be and can’t be 36 may have, must have and can’t have 36 could, had to and needed to 37 may have, must have, can’t have and could have 37 review of modal forms 38 most most of the students and most students 68 in superlative forms most quickly 82 much how much 26 much, many and a lot of 67 much + comparative much better 85 music uncountable noun 58 must for necessity 34, 38 must be 36, 38 must have 36, 37–38 290 mustn’t, can’t, not have to, needn’t 34, 38 mustn’t and needn’t 35 my 70 myself 71 near 86 need modal form need stative verb 7 need to 34, 38 needn’t and not need to 35, 38 needn’t and mustn’t 35, 38 didn’t need to and needn’t have 35 need to do and need doing 43 negative questions 23, 25, 26 neither/nor and so 23, 30 neither neither of 68 neither of/not … either of 68 never and ever 12, 81 news uncountable noun 58 next to 86 no There was no … 66 No man can fly. 68 none none of 68 none of and not … any of 68 not and so I’m afraid not and I hope so. 30 nouns word classes 1 singular and plural 56 irregular forms 57 countable and uncountable 58 noun + preposition the price of 90 numbers 60, Appendix 4 object pronouns me, him, us, etc. 69 in comparison faster than him 83 objects direct and indirect objects 62 objects in sentence structure 2 of in partitives all of us 68 noun + preposition the price of 90 adjective + preposition nervous of 91 prepositional verbs dream of 92 off preposition of movement 86 phrasal verbs come in 93 on on and in for place 87 on, in and at for time 88 on with nouns on holiday 90 on with prepositional verbs + object congratulate her on 92 with phrasal verbs carry on 93 once connecting clauses 15 one one and ones 63 one of 68 onto 86 on top of 86 opposite 86 or 95, 99 orders 2 ought to modal verb 33, 38 ought to have 33, 38 our 70 ours 70 ourselves 71 out of 86 outside 86 over movement 86 with phrasal verbs turn over 93 own stative verb 7 participles See past (~ed) participles and present (~ing) participles. passive verb forms forms with simple tenses It is mended. 39 by + agent It was mended by the mechanic. 39 forms with continuous tenses It is being mended. 40 forms with modal verbs It can be mended. 40 have and get something done 41 irregular past participles Appendix 1 past movement 86 telling the time with past and to 88 past continuous past continuous of main verbs I was working 10 past continuous and past simple I was working and I worked 10 with linking words when, as and while 10 spelling rules Appendix 2 past (~ed) participles present perfect 11–13 past perfect 15 future perfect 19 passive sentences 39–41 with relative clauses 75 irregular past participles break – broken, etc. Appendix 1 past perfect past perfect of main verbs I had worked 15 past perfect and past simple I had worked and I worked 15 with linking words when, after, before, once, until and as soon as 15 irregular past participles break – broken, etc. Appendix 1 past simple past simple of main verbs I worked 8 used to 8 past simple of be I was, they were 9 past simple and past continuous I worked and I was working 10 with linking words when, as and while 10 past simple and present perfect I worked and I have worked 11 past simple and past perfect I worked and I had worked 15 irregular past forms break – broke, etc. Appendix 1 291 personal pronouns pronouns and determiners 1 subject and object 69 phrasal verbs meanings Come in and sit down. That hairstyle came in last year. 93 noun and pronoun objects They put down their pens. They put them down. 93 plural and singular nouns regular plurals book – books, etc. 56 plurals without articles They’re maps. 56 irregular plurals man – men, etc. 57 spelling rules Appendix 2 possessive forms possessive pronouns mine, yours, etc. 1, 70 possessive adjectives or determiners my, your, etc. 1, 70 noun + ’s Sally’s coat 70 punctuation (’s and s’ ) Appendix 3 prefer stative verb 7 prefer doing and prefer to do 43 prepositional verbs apply for 92 prepositions place on, in, behind 86–87 movement onto, into, out of 86 time at, in, on, etc. 88 time for, since, ago, before, during, while, until/till, by 89 preposition + noun for the children 90 noun + preposition price of 90 adjective + preposition worried about 91 present continuous present continuous of main verbs I am working 6 present continuous and present simple I am doing and I do 7 future meaning 6–7, 20 spelling rules Appendix 2 present (~ing) participles present continuous I am flying 6 past continuous I was flying 10 present perfect continuous I have been flying 14 future continuous I will be flying 18 292 with relative clauses 75 spelling rules Appendix 2 present perfect present perfect of main verbs I have worked 11 with yet, just, up to now, so far, still (not), already 11 with for and since 12 with ever and never 12 been to and gone to 12 present perfect and past simple I have worked and I worked 13 present perfect and present perfect continuous I have worked and I have been working 14 irregular past participles break – broken, etc. Appendix 1 present perfect continuous present perfect continuous of main verbs I have been working 14 present perfect continuous and present perfect I have been working and I have worked 14 spelling rules Appendix 2 present simple present simple of main verbs I work, she works 4 present simple of be I am, he is, you are 5 future meaning 5, 7, 20 verbs taking simple not continuous tenses 4, 7 present simple and present continuous I do and I am doing 7 spelling rules Appendix 2 pretty, quite, rather and fairly 85 pronouns word classes 1 pronouns and determiners 1 demonstrative pronouns one and ones; this and those 63 demonstrative pronouns and demonstrative adjectives 63 something, anybody, etc., and somewhere, anywhere, etc. 64, 65 there is/are; it and they 66 subject pronouns I, we, they, etc. 69 object pronouns me, us, them, etc. 69 possessive pronouns mine, yours, etc. 1, 70 possessive adjectives or determiners my, your, etc. 1,70 reflexive pronouns myself, ourselves, themselves, etc. 71 relative pronouns who, which and that 72 relative pronoun whose 74 provided that 52 punctuation Appendix 3 quantifier quantifier + of all of, most of, none of, both of, neither of, either of, etc. 68 type of determiner some, a lot of, no (+ noun) 1 type of pronoun some, a lot, nobody (+ verb) 1 quantity a lot of, many, much, a few and a little 67 question forms Yes/No questions Are you from Japan? 25 Wh~ questions Where are you going? 26 negative questions Aren’t you going? Why aren’t you going? 25, 26 tag questions You’re 18, aren’t you? 23, 27 question mark (?) punctuation Appendix 3 question words what, where, who, etc. 26 quite, rather, fairly and pretty 85 rather, fairly, pretty and quite 85 realize stative verb 7 reflexive pronouns myself, ourselves, themselves, etc. 71 regret to say and regret saying 43 relative clauses He’s the person who …, etc. 72–76 defining relative clauses He’s the person who 72 relative pronouns who, which and that 72 reduced relative clauses The man they want is coming … 73 prepositions in relative clauses 73 relative pronoun whom 73 relative pronoun whose 74 relative clauses with what, when, where and why 74 relative clauses with ~ing and ~ed participles Experts examining the ingots …, etc. 75 ‘adding extra’ relative clauses Alan Brant, who won in Monaco, is … 76 remember stative verb 7 remember to do and remember doing 43 reported speech 53–55 statements He said he would go. 53 questions He asked if he could go. 54 orders, requests and invitations He told me to go. 55 promises and offers He promised to go. 55 suggestions and apologies He suggested going. 55 reporting verbs invite, promise, etc. 55 round 86 ’s possessive This is Tim’s. 70 see stative verb 7 seem stative verb 7 sentence connectors In addition, However, etc. 99 sentence structure subject, verb, etc. 2 sentence types statement, question, etc. 2 shall 17 short answers Yes, I do. 23, 28 with so and neither/nor So do I. 23, 30 short forms and full forms he’s and he is 24 should modal verb 33, 38 should have 33, 37, 38 since and for 12, 89 singular and plural 56, 57 smell stative verb 7 so so and neither/nor 23, 30 so and not I think so and I’m afraid not. 30 so and such so long and such a long time 85 linking clauses 95, 97 so and because 95, 97 so as to, so that, in order to and to 95, 97 293 some some, a and an 56, 60 some and any 64 somebody, anything, etc. 64, 65 some of 68 Some trees grow fruit. 68 sound stative verb 7 speech marks (‘ ’) punctuation Appendix 3 statements 2 still (not) 11 stop to do and stop doing 43 subject 2 subject pronouns I, we, they, etc. 69 subject questions with who and what 26 subordinate clauses 2 such and so such a long time and so long 85 suggest 55 superlative forms cheapest, most quickly 82, 83 syllable Spelling rules Appendix 2 tag questions 23, 27 taste stative verb 7 than 82–83 that demonstrative adjectives and pronouns 63 that, who and which in relative clauses There’s the car that … 72, 76 the type of determiner 1 a/an, the and some 60 for general meaning 56, 61 their 70 theirs 70 them 69 themselves 71 there is and there are 66 they 69 they and there There were some shops. They were … 66 think about and think of 45, 92 this, that, these and those 63 through 86 till/until 19, 89 till/until and by 19, 89 294 times Days, dates and times Appendix 5 to with indirect objects Pass it to me. 62 movement 86 time 88 adjective + preposition similar to 91 prepositional verb talk to 92 to, in order to, so as to, so that 97 too too and enough 84 too/very 84 try to do and try doing 43 under 86 understand stative verb 7 unless 52 until/till 19, 89 until/till and by 19, 89 up movement 86 in phrasal verbs pick up 93 us 69 used to as a verb: used to + bare infinitive I used to go training. 8 as an adjective: (be/get) used to + noun or ~ing form I’m used to hard work. I’m used to working hard. 91 verb forms, auxiliary be, do, have 23 verb forms, main fall, falls, fell, fallen, falling 22 verb + object + preposition + noun or ~ing form? I thanked her for the present. I thanked her for coming. 45, 92 verb + preposition + noun or ~ing form? I’m thinking about the race. I’m thinking about entering the race. 45, 92 verb tenses, active 4–20 verb tenses, passive 39, 40 verb + object + to + infinitive I want you to go. 44 verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form? want to go and like doing 42, 43 very and too 84 vowels (a, e, i, o, u) Spelling rules Appendix 2 was and were 9, 10 we 69 were in past tenses 9, 10 in conditional sentences If I were you, I’d … 50 Wh~ question words What ..., When ..., Where ..., etc. 23, 26 when when with past simple + past continuous and past simple + past simple 10 linking word 10, 15, 49, 95 Wh~ question word 26 when, where and why in relative clauses There was a time when … 74 where Wh~ question word 26 where, when and why in relative clauses I remember the house where … 74 which Wh~ question word 26 which, who and that in relative clauses There’s the car which … 72, 76 while linking word 10, 95, 98 while and during 89 who Wh~ question word 26 who and what in subject and object questions Who called Lisa? Who did Lisa call? 26 who, which and that in relative clauses He’s the driver who … 72, 76 whom 73 whose Wh~ question word 26 in relative clauses He’s the man whose car … 74 why Wh~ question word 26 why, where and when in relative clauses That’s the reason why … 74 will will for future facts Sam will be 20 next month. 17 will for prediction You’ll pass your exams. 17 will for stating a new decision. It’s cold. I’ll close the window. 17 will for promises, etc. I promise I won’t be late. 17 will for requesting Will you post this? 17 will and shall 17 future continuous I will be doing 18 future perfect I will have done 19 will do and going to do 20 will do and will be doing 20 wish 52 with noun + preposition a problem with 90 adjective + preposition angry with 91 prepositional verbs (verb + object + preposition) provide her with 92 word classes verb, noun, etc. 1 worse and worst 82 Yes/No questions Are you from Japan? 25 yet 11 you 69 your 70 yourself and yourselves 71 295 The new edition of English Practice Grammar contains the essential grammar needed for successful communication in English up to and including the intermediate level. It is designed as a complete reference guide for all students of English studying at this level, whether within the secondary school system, private language schools or for independent study. This simple and easy-to-use book makes use of a straightforward layout, enabling the student to quickly find the information required. Each unit begins with an illustration to put the structural area into context. Clear explanations of each grammatical point are followed by examples in everyday language. A feature of the book is the contextualization of grammar in a wide variety of authentic texts. These include newspaper extracts, advertisements, letters, e-mails and many more. English Practice Grammar is a reference and practice book in one. It is perfect for both self-study and for use in class. Suitable for: Pre-intermediate to intermediate IELTS 3.0 – 4.0+ CEF A2 – B1 ISBN 978-1-85964-688-5 www.garneteducation.com 9 781859 646885